This is a modern-English version of Hawaiian folk tales : a collection of native legends, originally written by unknown author(s). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Hawaiian Folk Tales

Hawaiian Folktales

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Hawaiian Girl of the Old Régime.

Hawaiian Girl of the Old Régime.

Hawaiian Girl of the Old Régime.

Hawaiian Girl of the Old Regime.

Hawaiian Folk Tales

A Collection of Native Legends

With sixteen illustrations from photographs
Chicago
A. C. McClurg & Co.
1907

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Copyright, 1907

Copyright, 1907

By

By

A. C. McClurg & Co.

A. C. McClurg & Co.


Entered at Stationers’ Hall, London, England

Entered at Stationers’ Hall, London, England

Published March 1, 1907

Published March 1, 1907

The Lakeside Press
R. R. Donnelley & Sons Company
Chicago [v]

The Lakeside Press
R. R. Donnelley & Sons Company
Chicago [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Preface

It is becoming more and more a matter of regret that a larger amount of systematic effort was not established in early years for the gathering and preservation of the folk-lore of the Hawaiians. The world is under lasting obligations to the late Judge Fornander, and to Dr. Rae before him, for their painstaking efforts to gather the history of this people and trace their origin and migrations; but Fornander’s work only has seen the light, Dr. Rae’s manuscript having been accidentally destroyed by fire.

It is increasingly regrettable that more systematic effort wasn’t put into gathering and preserving Hawaiian folklore in earlier years. The world owes a great debt to the late Judge Fornander and to Dr. Rae before him for their dedicated work in documenting the history of this people and tracking their origins and migrations; however, only Fornander’s work has been published, as Dr. Rae’s manuscript was accidentally destroyed in a fire.

The early attempts of Dibble and Pogue to gather history from Hawaiians themselves have preserved to native and foreign readers much that would probably otherwise have been lost. To the late Judge Andrews we are indebted for a very full grammar and dictionary of the language, as also for a valuable manuscript collection of meles and antiquarian literature that passed to the custody of the Board of Education.

The early efforts of Dibble and Pogue to collect history from Hawaiians themselves have saved for both native and foreign readers much that would likely have been lost otherwise. We owe a lot to the late Judge Andrews for a comprehensive grammar and dictionary of the language, as well as a valuable manuscript collection of meles and historical literature that was entrusted to the Board of Education.

There were native historians in those days; the newspaper articles of S. M. Kamakau, the earlier writings of David Malo, and the later contributions of G. W. Pilipo and others are but samples of a wealth of material, most of which has been lost forever to the world. From time to time Prof. W. D. Alexander, [vi]as also C. J. Lyons, has furnished interesting extracts from these and other hakus.

There were local historians back then; the newspaper articles by S. M. Kamakau, the earlier writings of David Malo, and the later contributions by G. W. Pilipo and others are just a few examples of a rich collection of material, most of which is now lost to the world forever. Occasionally, Prof. W. D. Alexander, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] along with C. J. Lyons, provided interesting excerpts from these and other sources.

The Rev. A. O. Forbes devoted some time and thought to the collecting of island folk-lore: and King Kalakaua took some pains in this line also, as evidenced by his volume of “Legends and Myths of Hawaii,” edited by R. M. Daggett, though there is much therein that is wholly foreign to ancient Hawaiian customs and thought. No one of late years had a better opportunity than Kalakaua toward collecting the meles, kaaos, and traditions of his race; and for purposes looking to this end there was established by law a Board of Genealogy, which had an existence of some four years, but nothing of permanent value resulted therefrom.

The Rev. A. O. Forbes spent some time and effort gathering island folklore, and King Kalakaua also made an effort in this area, as shown in his book “Legends and Myths of Hawaii,” edited by R. M. Daggett. However, much of it does not relate to ancient Hawaiian customs and beliefs. In recent years, no one had a better chance than Kalakaua to collect the meles, kaaos, and traditions of his people. To support this goal, a Board of Genealogy was established by law, which lasted about four years, but it did not produce anything of lasting value.

Fornander’s manuscript collection of meles, legends, and genealogies in the vernacular has fortunately become, by purchase, the property of the Hon. C. R. Bishop, which insures for posterity the result of one devoted scholar’s efforts to rescue the ancient traditions that are gradually slipping away; for the haku meles (bards) of Hawaii are gone. This fact, as also the Hawaiian Historical Society’s desire to aid and stimulate research into the history and traditions of this people, strengthens the hope that some one may yet arise to give us further insight into the legendary folk-lore of this interesting race.

Fornander’s collection of meles, legends, and genealogies in the native language has fortunately been purchased by the Hon. C. R. Bishop, ensuring that the work of a dedicated scholar to preserve ancient traditions that are slowly fading away will be saved for future generations; the haku meles (bards) of Hawaii are no longer present. This reality, along with the Hawaiian Historical Society’s commitment to support and encourage research into the history and traditions of this people, strengthens the hope that someone may still emerge to provide us with more insight into the legendary folklore of this fascinating culture.

T. G. T.

T.G.T.

Honolulu, January 1, 1907. [vii]

Honolulu, January 1, 1907. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Note

In response to repeated requests, the compiler now presents in book form the series of legends that have been made a feature of “The Hawaiian Annual” for a number of years past. The series has been enriched by the addition of several tales, the famous shark legend having been furnished for this purpose from the papers of the Hawaiian Historical Society.

In response to numerous requests, the compiler is now presenting the series of legends that have been featured in “The Hawaiian Annual” for several years in book form. The series has been enhanced by the inclusion of several new tales, including the well-known shark legend, which has been provided for this purpose from the records of the Hawaiian Historical Society.

The collection embraces contributions by the Rev. A. O. Forbes, Dr. N. B. Emerson, J. S. Emerson, Mrs. E. M. Nakuina, W. M. Gibson, Dr. C. M. Hyde, and others, all of whom are recognized authorities.

The collection features contributions from Rev. A. O. Forbes, Dr. N. B. Emerson, J. S. Emerson, Mrs. E. M. Nakuina, W. M. Gibson, Dr. C. M. Hyde, and others, all of whom are respected experts.

T. G. T.

T.G.T.

Honolulu, January 1, 1907. [ix]

Honolulu, January 1, 1907. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Contents

[xi]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Illustrations

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Hawaiian Folk Tales

I

Legends Resembling Old Testament History

Rev. C. M. Hyde, D.D.

Rev. C. M. Hyde, PhD

In the first volume of Judge Fornander’s elaborate work on “The Polynesian Race” he has given some old Hawaiian legends which closely resemble the Old Testament history. How shall we account for such coincidences?

In the first volume of Judge Fornander’s detailed work on “The Polynesian Race,” he includes some ancient Hawaiian legends that closely resemble the Old Testament history. How can we explain these coincidences?

Take, for instance, the Hawaiian account of the Creation. The Kane, Ku and Lono: or, Sunlight, Substance, and Sound,—these constituted a triad named Ku-Kaua-Kahi, or the Fundamental Supreme Unity. In worship the reverence due was expressed by such epithets as Hi-ka-po-loa, Oi-e, Most Excellent, etc. “These gods existed from eternity, from and before chaos, or, as the Hawaiian term expressed it, ‘mai ka po mia’ (from the time of night, darkness, chaos). By an act of their will these gods dissipated or broke into pieces the existing, surrounding, all-containing po, night, or chaos. By this act light entered into space. They then created the heavens, three in number, as a place to dwell in; and the earth to be their footstool, he keehina honua a Kane. Next they created the sun, [16]moon, stars, and a host of angels, or spirits—i kini akua—to minister to them. Last of all they created man as the model, or in the likeness of Kane. The body of the first man was made of red earth—lepo ula, or alaea—and the spittle of the gods—wai nao. His head was made of a whitish clay—palolo—which was brought from the four ends of the world by Lono. When the earth-image of Kane was ready, the three gods breathed into its nose, and called on it to rise, and it became a living being. Afterwards the first woman was created from one of the ribs—lalo puhaka—of the man while asleep, and these two were the progenitors of all mankind. They are called in the chants and in various legends by a large number of different names; but the most common for the man was Kumuhonua, and for the woman Keolakuhonua [or Lalahonua].

Take, for example, the Hawaiian story of Creation. The Kane, Ku, and Lono, representing Sunlight, Substance, and Sound, formed a trio known as Ku-Kaua-Kahi, or the Fundamental Supreme Unity. In worship, the respect owed was shown by titles like Hi-ka-po-loa, Oi-e, Most Excellent, and so on. “These gods existed from eternity, from before chaos, or as the Hawaiian term puts it, ‘mai ka po mia’ (from the time of night, darkness, chaos). By their will, these gods disrupted or shattered the surrounding, all-encompassing po, night, or chaos. Through this act, light filled the void. They then created the heavens, three in total, as a place to live, and made the earth to serve as their footstool, he keehina honua a Kane. Next, they created the sun, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]moon, stars, and a multitude of angels or spirits—i kini akua—to serve them. Finally, they created man in the image, or likeness, of Kane. The body of the first man was made from red earth—lepo ula, or alaea—and the spittle of the gods—wai nao. His head was formed from a whitish clay—palolo—which Lono collected from the four corners of the world. Once the earth-image of Kane was complete, the three gods breathed into its nostrils, called for it to rise, and it became a living being. Later, the first woman was created from one of the ribs—lalo puhaka—of the man while he slept, and these two became the ancestors of all people. They are referred to in chants and various legends by many different names, but the most common for the man was Kumuhonua, and for the woman, Keolakuhonua [or Lalahonua].

“Of the creation of animals these chants are silent; but from the pure tradition it may be inferred that the earth at the time of its creation or emergence from the watery chaos was stocked with vegetable and animal. The animals specially mentioned in the tradition as having been created by Kane were hogs (puaa), dogs (ilio), lizards or reptiles (moo).

“These chants don’t mention the creation of animals; however, it can be inferred from tradition that when the earth was created or emerged from the watery chaos, it was filled with plants and animals. The animals specifically noted in tradition as having been created by Kane were pigs (puaa), dogs (ilio), and lizards or reptiles (moo).”

“Another legend of the series, that of Wela-ahi-lani, states that after Kane had destroyed the world by fire, on account of the wickedness of the people then living, he organized it as it now is, and created the first man and the first woman, with the assistance of Ku and Lono, nearly in the same manner as narrated in the former legend of Kumuhonua. In this legend the [17]man is called Wela-ahi-lani, and the woman is called Owe.”

“Another legend of the series, that of Wela-ahi-lani, tells that after Kane had destroyed the world with fire due to the wickedness of the people living at that time, he restructured it as it is today and created the first man and the first woman, with the help of Ku and Lono, much like what is described in the earlier legend of Kumuhonua. In this legend, the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]man is called Wela-ahi-lani, and the woman is called Owe.”

Of the primeval home, the original ancestral seat of mankind, Hawaiian traditions speak in highest praise. “It had a number of names of various meanings, though the most generally occurring, and said to be the oldest, was Kalana-i-hau-ola (Kalana with the life-giving dew). It was situated in a large country, or continent, variously called in the legends Kahiki-honua-kele, Kahiki-ku, Kapa-kapa-ua-a-Kane, Molo-lani. Among other names for the primary homestead, or paradise, are Pali-uli (the blue mountain), Aina-i-ka-kaupo-o-Kane (the land in the heart of Kane), Aina-wai-akua-a-Kane (the land of the divine water of Kane). The tradition says of Pali-uli, that it was a sacred, tabooed land; that a man must be righteous to attain it; if faulty or sinful he will not get there; if he looks behind he will not get there; if he prefers his family he will not enter Pali-uli.” “Among other adornments of the Polynesian Paradise, the Kalana-i-hau-ola, there grew the Ulu kapu a Kane, the breadfruit tabooed for Kane, and the ohia hemolele, the sacred apple-tree. The priests of the olden time are said to have held that the tabooed fruits of these trees were in some manner connected with the trouble and death of Kumuhonua and Lalahonua, the first man and the first woman. Hence in the ancient chants he is called Kane-laa-uli, Kumu-uli, Kulu-ipo, the fallen chief, he who fell on account of the tree, or names of similar import.”

Hawaiian traditions speak highly of the primordial home, the original ancestral seat of humanity. “It had several names with different meanings, but the most common and believed to be the oldest was Kalana-i-hau-ola (Kalana with the life-giving dew). It was located in a vast land, or continent, referred to in legends as Kahiki-honua-kele, Kahiki-ku, Kapa-kapa-ua-a-Kane, and Molo-lani. Other names for this primary homestead or paradise include Pali-uli (the blue mountain), Aina-i-ka-kaupo-o-Kane (the land in the heart of Kane), and Aina-wai-akua-a-Kane (the land of the divine water of Kane). The tradition states that Pali-uli was a sacred, forbidden land; that a person must be righteous to reach it; if they are flawed or sinful, they won’t get there; if they look back, they won’t get there; if they prioritize their family, they won’t enter Pali-uli.” “Among the other beauties of the Polynesian Paradise, the Kalana-i-hau-ola, there thrived the Ulu kapu a Kane, the breadfruit sacred to Kane, and the ohia hemolele, the holy apple tree. The ancient priests believed that the forbidden fruits of these trees were somehow linked to the troubles and death of Kumuhonua and Lalahonua, the first man and the first woman. Thus, in ancient chants, he is referred to as Kane-laa-uli, Kumu-uli, Kulu-ipo, the fallen chief, the one who fell because of the tree, or similar names.”

According to those legends of Kumuhonua and [18]Wela-ahi-lani, “at the time when the gods created the stars, they also created a multitude of angels, or spirits (i kini akua), who were not created like men, but made from the spittle of the gods (i kuhaia), to be their servants or messengers. These spirits, or a number of them, disobeyed and revolted, because they were denied the awa; which means that they were not permitted to be worshipped, awa being a sacrificial offering and sign of worship. These evil spirits did not prevail, however, but were conquered by Kane, and thrust down into uttermost darkness (ilalo loa i ka po). The chief of these spirits was called by some Kanaloa, by others Milu, the ruler of Po; Akua ino; Kupu ino, the evil spirit. Other legends, however, state that the veritable and primordial lord of the Hawaiian inferno was called Manua. The inferno itself bore a number of names, such as Po-pau-ole, Po-kua-kini, Po-kini-kini, Po-papa-ia-owa, Po-ia-milu. Milu, according to those other legends, was a chief of superior wickedness on earth who was thrust down into Po, but who was really both inferior and posterior to Manua. This inferno, this Po, with many names, one of which remarkably enough was Ke-po-lua-ahi, the pit of fire, was not an entirely dark place. There was light of some kind and there was fire. The legends further tell us that when Kane, Ku, and Lono were creating the first man from the earth, Kanaloa was present, and in imitation of Kane, attempted to make another man out of the earth. When his clay model was ready, he called to it to become alive, but no life came to it. Then Kanaloa became very angry, and said to Kane, [19]‘I will take your man, and he shall die,’ and so it happened. Hence the first man got his other name Kumu-uli, which means a fallen chief, he ’lii kahuli.... With the Hawaiians, Kanaloa is the personified spirit of evil, the origin of death, the prince of Po, or chaos, and yet a revolted, disobedient spirit, who was conquered and punished by Kane. The introduction and worship of Kanaloa, as one of the great gods in the Hawaiian group, can be traced back only to the time of the immigration from the southern groups, some eight hundred years ago. In the more ancient chants he is never mentioned in conjunction with Kane, Ku, and Lono, and even in later Hawaiian mythology he never took precedence of Kane. The Hawaiian legend states that the oldest son of Kumuhonua, the first man, was called Laka, and that the next was called Ahu, and that Laka was a bad man; he killed his brother Ahu.

According to the legends of Kumuhonua and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Wela-ahi-lani, “when the gods created the stars, they also made a multitude of angels, or spirits (i kini akua), who were not made like humans but formed from the spittle of the gods (i kuhaia), to serve as their agents or messengers. Some of these spirits disobeyed and rebelled because they were denied the awa, meaning they were not allowed to be worshipped; awa being a sacrificial offering and sign of reverence. These evil spirits did not succeed but were defeated by Kane and cast into complete darkness (ilalo loa i ka po). The leader of these spirits was known by some as Kanaloa and by others as Milu, the ruler of Po; Akua ino; Kupu ino, the evil spirit. Other legends say that the true and original lord of the Hawaiian underworld was called Manua. The underworld itself had many names, such as Po-pau-ole, Po-kua-kini, Po-kini-kini, Po-papa-ia-owa, Po-ia-milu. According to these other legends, Milu was a chief of exceptional wickedness on earth who was cast down into Po, but was actually both inferior and later than Manua. This underworld, Po, which had many names, one of which was Ke-po-lua-ahi, the pit of fire, was not completely dark. There was some kind of light and there was fire. The legends also tell us that when Kane, Ku, and Lono were creating the first man from the earth, Kanaloa was present and, trying to imitate Kane, attempted to create another man from the earth. When his clay model was ready, he called for it to come alive, but no life appeared. Kanaloa then became very angry and said to Kane, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]‘I will take your man, and he shall die,’ and that is what happened. Thus, the first man got his other name Kumu-uli, meaning a fallen chief, he ’lii kahuli.... For the Hawaiians, Kanaloa is the embodiment of evil, the source of death, the prince of Po, or chaos, yet he is a rebellious, disobedient spirit who was defeated and punished by Kane. The introduction and worship of Kanaloa as one of the major gods in the Hawaiian pantheon can only be traced back to the time of immigration from the southern groups about eight hundred years ago. In the older chants, he is not mentioned alongside Kane, Ku, and Lono, and even in later Hawaiian mythology, he never took precedence over Kane. The Hawaiian legend states that Kumuhonua's oldest son, the first man, was named Laka, and that the next was Ahu, with Laka being a bad man; he killed his brother Ahu.

“There are these different Hawaiian genealogies, going back with more or less agreement among themselves to the first created man. The genealogy of Kumuhonua gives thirteen generations inclusive to Nuu, or Kahinalii, or the line of Laka, the oldest son of Kumuhonua. (The line of Seth from Adam to Noah counts ten generations.) The second genealogy, called that of Kumu-uli, was of greatest authority among the highest chiefs down to the latest times, and it was taboo to teach it to the common people. This genealogy counts fourteen generations from Huli-houna, the first man, to Nuu, or Nana-nuu, but inclusive, on the line of Laka. The third genealogy, [20]which, properly speaking, is that of Paao, the high-priest who came with Pili from Tahiti, about twenty-five generations ago, and was a reformer of the Hawaiian priesthood, and among whose descendants it has been preserved, counts only twelve generations from Kumuhonua to Nuu, on the line of Kapili, youngest son of Kumuhonua.”

“There are different Hawaiian family trees that trace back to the first man, with varying degrees of agreement among them. The genealogy of Kumuhonua includes thirteen generations up to Nuu, or Kahinalii, or the line of Laka, the oldest son of Kumuhonua. (The line of Seth from Adam to Noah includes ten generations.) The second genealogy, known as that of Kumu-uli, was highly regarded among the highest chiefs up to more recent times, and it was forbidden to share it with the common people. This genealogy counts fourteen generations from Huli-houna, the first man, to Nuu, or Nana-nuu, along the line of Laka. The third genealogy, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]which is properly that of Paao, the high-priest who arrived with Pili from Tahiti around twenty-five generations ago, reformed the Hawaiian priesthood, and has been preserved among his descendants, counts only twelve generations from Kumuhonua to Nuu, along the line of Kapili, the youngest son of Kumuhonua.”

“In the Hawaiian group there are several legends of the Flood. One legend relates that in the time of Nuu, or Nana-nuu (also pronounced lana, that is, floating), the flood, Kaiakahinalii, came upon the earth, and destroyed all living beings; that Nuu, by command of his god, built a large vessel with a house on top of it, which was called and is referred to in chants as ‘He waa halau Alii o ka Moku,’ the royal vessel, in which he and his family, consisting of his wife, Lilinoe, his three sons and their wives, were saved. When the flood subsided, Kane, Ku, and Lono entered the waa halau of Nuu, and told him to go out. He did so, and found himself on the top of Mauna Kea (the highest mountain on the island of Hawaii). He called a cave there after the name of his wife, and the cave remains there to this day—as the legend says in testimony of the fact. Other versions of the legend say that Nuu landed and dwelt in Kahiki-honua-kele, a large and extensive country.” ... “Nuu left the vessel in the evening of the day and took with him a pig, cocoanuts, and awa as an offering to the god Kane. As he looked up he saw the moon in the sky. He thought it was the god, saying to himself, ‘You are Kane, no doubt, though [21]you have transformed yourself to my sight.’ So he worshipped the moon, and offered his offerings. Then Kane descended on the rainbow and spoke reprovingly to Nuu, but on account of the mistake Nuu escaped punishment, having asked pardon of Kane.” ... “Nuu’s three sons were Nalu-akea, Nalu-hoo-hua, and Nalu-mana-mana. In the tenth generation from Nuu arose Lua-nuu, or the second Nuu, known also in the legend as Kane-hoa-lani, Kupule, and other names. The legend adds that by command of his god he was the first to introduce circumcision to be practised among his descendants. He left his native home and moved a long way off until he reached a land called Honua-ilalo, ‘the southern country.’ Hence he got the name Lalo-kona, and his wife was called Honua-po-ilalo. He was the father of Ku-nawao by his slave-woman Ahu (O-ahu) and of Kalani-menehune by his wife, Mee-hewa. Another says that the god Kane ordered Lua-nuu to go up on a mountain and perform a sacrifice there. Lua-nuu looked among the mountains of Kahiki-ku, but none of them appeared suitable for the purpose. Then Lua-nuu inquired of God where he might find a proper place. God replied to him: ‘Go travel to the eastward, and where you find a sharp-peaked hill projecting precipitously into the ocean, that is the hill for the sacrifice.’ Then Lua-nuu and his son, Kupulu-pulu-a-Nuu, and his servant, Pili-lua-nuu, started off in their boat to the eastward. In remembrance of this event the Hawaiians called the back of Kualoa Koo-lau; Oahu (after one of Lua-nuu’s names), Kane-hoa-lani; [22]and the smaller hills in front of it were named Kupu-pulu and Pili-lua-nuu. Lua-nuu is the tenth descendant from Nuu by both the oldest and the youngest of Nuu’s sons. This oldest son is represented to have been the progenitor of the Kanaka-maoli, the people living on the mainland of Kane (Aina kumupuaa a Kane): the youngest was the progenitor of the white people (ka poe keo keo maoli). This Lua-nuu (like Abraham, the tenth from Noah, also like Abraham), through his grandson, Kini-lau-a-mano, became the ancestor of the twelve children of the latter, and the original founder of the Menehune people, from whom this legend makes the Polynesian family descend.”

“In the Hawaiian islands, there are several legends about the Flood. One legend says that during the time of Nuu, or Nana-nuu (also pronounced lana, meaning floating), the flood known as Kaiakahinalii came over the earth and wiped out all living beings. Nuu, following his god's command, built a large vessel with a house on top, referred to in chants as ‘He waa halau Alii o ka Moku,’ the royal vessel, in which he and his family—his wife Lilinoe, their three sons, and their wives—were saved. When the flood receded, Kane, Ku, and Lono entered Nuu's waa halau and told him to go out. He did, and found himself on top of Mauna Kea (the highest mountain on the island of Hawaii). He named a cave there after his wife, and the cave still exists today, as the legend claims. Other versions say that Nuu landed and lived in Kahiki-honua-kele, a large and expansive country.” ... “Nuu left the vessel in the evening and took with him a pig, coconuts, and awa as an offering to the god Kane. As he looked up, he saw the moon in the sky. He thought it was the god, saying to himself, ‘You are Kane, no doubt, though [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]you have transformed yourself to my sight.’ So he worshipped the moon and made his offerings. Then Kane came down on a rainbow and spoke to Nuu, reproaching him, but because of the misunderstanding, Nuu avoided punishment after asking for Kane's forgiveness.” ... “Nuu’s three sons were Nalu-akea, Nalu-hoo-hua, and Nalu-mana-mana. In the tenth generation from Nuu appeared Lua-nuu, or the second Nuu, who is also known in the legend as Kane-hoa-lani, Kupule, and other names. The legend also says that by his god's command, he was the first to introduce circumcision among his descendants. He left his homeland and traveled far until he reached a place called Honua-ilalo, ‘the southern country.’ That’s how he got the name Lalo-kona, and his wife was named Honua-po-ilalo. He was the father of Ku-nawao by his slave woman Ahu (O-ahu) and of Kalani-menehune by his wife, Mee-hewa. Another version states that the god Kane instructed Lua-nuu to go up on a mountain and perform a sacrifice there. Lua-nuu searched among the mountains of Kahiki-ku, but none seemed suitable. Then Lua-nuu asked God where he could find a proper place. God replied, ‘Travel eastward, and where you find a sharply peaked hill rising steeply into the ocean, that is the hill for the sacrifice.’ Following this guidance, Lua-nuu, along with his son Kupulu-pulu-a-Nuu and his servant Pili-lua-nuu, set off in their boat to the east. In remembrance of this event, the Hawaiians named the back of Kualoa Koo-lau; Oahu (after one of Lua-nuu’s names) Kane-hoa-lani; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and the smaller hills in front of it were named Kupu-pulu and Pili-lua-nuu. Lua-nuu is the tenth descendant from Nuu, both from the oldest and youngest of Nuu’s sons. The oldest son is said to be the ancestor of the Kanaka-maoli, the people living on the mainland of Kane (Aina kumupuaa a Kane); the youngest was the ancestor of the white people (ka poe keo keo maoli). This Lua-nuu (like Abraham, the tenth from Noah, also like Abraham), through his grandson Kini-lau-a-mano, became the ancestor of the twelve children of the latter, and the original founder of the Menehune people, from whom this legend claims the Polynesian family descends.”

The Rev. Sheldon Dibble, in his history of the Sandwich Islands, published at Lahainaluna, in 1843, gives a tradition which very much resembles the history of Joseph. “Waikelenuiaiku was one of ten brethren who had one sister. They were all the children of one father, whose name was Waiku. Waikelenuiaiku was much beloved by his father, but his brethren hated him. On account of their hatred they carried him and cast him into a pit belonging to Holonaeole. The oldest brother had pity on him, and gave charge to Holonaeole to take good care of him. Waikelenuiaiku escaped and fled to a country over which reigned a king whose name was Kamohoalii. There he was thrown into a dark place, a pit under ground, in which many persons were confined for various crimes. Whilst confined in this dark place he told his companions to dream dreams and tell [23]them to him. The night following four of the prisoners had dreams. The first dreamed that he saw a ripe ohia (native apple), and his spirit ate it; the second dreamed that he saw a ripe banana, and his spirit ate it; the third dreamed that he saw a hog, and his spirit ate it; and the fourth dreamed that he saw awa, pressed out the juice, and his spirit drank it. The first three dreams, pertaining to food, Waikelenuiaiku interpreted unfavorably, and told the dreamers they must prepare to die. The fourth dream, pertaining to drink, he interpreted to signify deliverance and life. The first three dreamers were slain according to the interpretation, and the fourth was delivered and saved. Afterward this last dreamer told Kamohoalii, the king of the land, how wonderful was the skill of Waikelenuiaiku in interpreting dreams, and the king sent and delivered him from prison and made him a principal chief in his kingdom.”

The Rev. Sheldon Dibble, in his history of the Sandwich Islands, published in Lahainaluna in 1843, shares a tradition that closely resembles the story of Joseph. “Waikelenuiaiku was one of ten brothers who had a sister. They were all the children of their father, named Waiku. Waikelenuiaiku was cherished by his father, but his brothers hated him. Because of their hatred, they carried him and threw him into a pit owned by Holonaeole. The oldest brother felt sorry for him and instructed Holonaeole to take good care of him. Waikelenuiaiku managed to escape and fled to a land ruled by a king named Kamohoalii. There, he was thrown into a dark underground pit where many people were held for various crimes. While in this dark place, he encouraged his fellow prisoners to dream and share those dreams with him. The next night, four of the prisoners had dreams. The first one dreamed he saw a ripe ohia (native apple), which his spirit ate; the second dreamed he saw a ripe banana, which his spirit ate; the third dreamed he saw a pig, which his spirit ate; and the fourth dreamed he saw awa, pressed out the juice, and his spirit drank it. Waikelenuiaiku interpreted the first three dreams, which were about food, negatively and warned the dreamers to prepare for death. However, he interpreted the fourth dream about drink as a sign of freedom and life. The first three dreamers were executed based on the interpretations, while the fourth was freed and saved. Later, this last dreamer told Kamohoalii, the king, about Waikelenuiaiku’s remarkable skill in interpreting dreams, prompting the king to send for him, release him from prison, and make him a chief in his kingdom.”

Judge Fornander alludes to this legend, giving the name, however, Aukelenui-a-Iku, and adding to it the account of the hero’s journey to the place where the water of life was kept (ka-wai-ola-loa-a-Kane), his obtaining it and therewith resuscitating his brothers, who had been killed by drowning some years before. Another striking similarity is that furnished to Judge Fornander in the legend of Ke-alii-waha-nui: “He was king of the country called Honua-i-lalo. He oppressed the Menehune people. Their god Kane sent Kane-apua and Kaneloa, his elder brother, to bring the people away, and take them to the land which Kane had given them, and which was called [24]Ka aina momona a Kane, or Ka one lauena a Kane, and also Ka aina i ka haupo a Kane. The people were then told to observe the four Ku days in the beginning of the month as Kapu-hoano (sacred or holy days), in remembrance of this event, because they thus arose (Ku) to depart from that land. Their offerings on the occasion were swine and goats.” The narrator of the legend explains that formerly there were goats without horns, called malailua, on the slopes of Mauna Loa on Hawaii, and that they were found there up to the time of Kamehameha I. The legend further relates that after leaving the land of Honualalo, the people came to the Kai-ula-a-Kane (the Red Sea of Kane); that they were pursued by Ke-alii-waha-nui; that Kane-apua and Kanaloa prayed to Lono, and finally reached the Aina lauena a Kane.

Judge Fornander references this legend, naming it Aukelenui-a-Iku, and adds the story of the hero's journey to the place where the water of life was stored (ka-wai-ola-loa-a-Kane). He obtained it and used it to bring his brothers back to life, who had drowned years earlier. Another notable similarity is provided to Judge Fornander in the legend of Ke-alii-waha-nui: “He was the king of a land called Honua-i-lalo. He oppressed the Menehune people. Their god Kane sent Kane-apua and his older brother Kaneloa to rescue the people and take them to the land Kane had given them, which was called [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Ka aina momona a Kane, or Ka one lauena a Kane, and also Ka aina i ka haupo a Kane. The people were instructed to observe the four Ku days at the start of the month as Kapu-hoano (sacred or holy days), in memory of this event, as they rose (Ku) to leave that land. Their offerings for this occasion were swine and goats.” The storyteller of the legend explains that there used to be hornless goats, called malailua, on the slopes of Mauna Loa in Hawaii, and they were present until the time of Kamehameha I. The legend also states that after departing from Honualalo, the people arrived at Kai-ula-a-Kane (the Red Sea of Kane); they were pursued by Ke-alii-waha-nui; Kane-apua and Kanaloa prayed to Lono, and eventually reached Aina lauena a Kane.

“In the famous Hawaiian legend of Hiiaka-i-ka-poli-o-Pele, it is said that when Hiiaka went to the island of Kauai to recover and restore to life the body of Lohiau, the lover of her sister, Pele, she arrived at the foot of the Kalalau Mountain shortly before sunset. Being told by her friends at Haena that there would not be daylight sufficient to climb the pali (precipice) and get the body out of the cave in which it was hidden, she prayed to her gods to keep the sun stationary (i ka muli o Hea) over the brook Hea, until she had accomplished her object. The prayer was heard, the mountain was climbed, the guardians of the cave vanquished, and the body recovered.”

In the well-known Hawaiian legend of Hiiaka-i-ka-poli-o-Pele, it's said that when Hiiaka went to the island of Kauai to find and bring back to life the body of Lohiau, her sister Pele's lover, she reached the base of Kalalau Mountain just before sunset. Her friends in Haena warned her that there wouldn’t be enough daylight to climb the pali (cliff) and retrieve the body from the cave where it was hidden, so she prayed to her gods to keep the sun still (i ka muli o Hea) over the brook Hea until she could complete her task. Her prayer was answered; she climbed the mountain, defeated the guardians of the cave, and recovered the body.

A story of retarding the sun and making the day [25]longer to accomplish his purpose is told of Maui-a-kalana, according to Dibble’s history.

A story about stopping the sun and making the day [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]longer to achieve his goal is told of Maui-a-kalana, according to Dibble’s history.

Judge Fornander alludes to one other legend with incidents similar to the Old Testament history wherein “Na-ula-a-Mainea, an Oahu prophet, left Oahu for Kauai, was upset in his canoe, was swallowed by a whale, and thrown up alive on the beach at Wailua, Kauai.”

Judge Fornander refers to another legend with events resembling the Old Testament story where “Na-ula-a-Mainea, an Oahu prophet, left Oahu for Kauai, got capsized in his canoe, was swallowed by a whale, and was spit out alive on the beach at Wailua, Kauai.”

Judge Fornander says that, when he first heard the legend of the two brother prophets delivering the Menehune people, “he was inclined to doubt its genuineness and to consider it as a paraphrase or adaptation of the Biblical account by some semi-civilized or semi-Christianized Hawaiian, after the discovery of the group by Captain Cook. But a larger and better acquaintance with Hawaiian folk-lore has shown that though the details of the legend, as interpreted by the Christian Hawaiian from whom it was received, may possibly in some degree, and unconsciously to him, perhaps, have received a Biblical coloring, yet the main facts of the legend, with the identical names of persons and places, are referred to more or less distinctly in other legends of undoubted antiquity.” And the Rev. Mr. Dibble, in his history, says of these Hawaiian legends, that “they were told to the missionaries before the Bible was translated into the Hawaiian tongue, and before the people knew much of sacred history. The native who acted as assistant in translating the history of Joseph was forcibly struck with its similarity to their ancient tradition. Neither is there the least room for supposing that the songs referred to are recent inventions. [26]They can all be traced back for generations, and are known by various persons residing on different islands who have had no communication with each other. Some of them have their date in the reign of some ancient king, and others have existed time out of mind. It may also be added, that both their narrations and songs are known the best by the very oldest of the people, and those who never learned to read; whose education and training were under the ancient system of heathenism.”

Judge Fornander states that when he first heard the legend of the two brother prophets saving the Menehune people, “he was inclined to doubt its authenticity and thought it might be a paraphrase or adaptation of the Biblical story by some semi-civilized or semi-Christianized Hawaiian after Captain Cook discovered the islands. However, a deeper understanding of Hawaiian folklore has shown that while the details of the legend, as interpreted by the Christian Hawaiian who shared it, may have unconsciously taken on a Biblical influence, the main facts of the legend, including the same names of people and places, appear more or less clearly in other legends of undeniable ancient origin.” Rev. Mr. Dibble, in his history, mentions these Hawaiian legends, stating that “they were shared with the missionaries before the Bible was translated into Hawaiian and before the people had much knowledge of sacred history. The native who helped translate the history of Joseph was struck by how similar it was to their ancient tradition. There is also no basis for thinking that the songs mentioned are recent inventions. They can all be traced back for generations and are recognized by different people living on various islands who have had no contact with one another. Some of them date back to the reign of ancient kings, while others have existed for a very long time. It should also be noted that both their stories and songs are best known by the very oldest individuals, and those who never learned to read; whose education and upbringing were under the ancient system of paganism.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Two hypotheses,” says Judge Fornander, “may with some plausibility be suggested to account for this remarkable resemblance of folk-lore. One is, that during the time of the Spanish galleon trade, in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, between the Spanish Main and Manila, some shipwrecked people, Spaniards and Portuguese, had obtained sufficient influence to introduce these scraps of Bible history into the legendary lore of this people.... On this fact hypothesis I remark that, if the shipwrecked foreigners were educated men, or only possessed of such Scriptural knowledge as was then imparted to the commonality of laymen, it is morally impossible to conceive that a Spaniard of the sixteenth century should confine his instruction to some of the leading events of the Old Testament, and be totally silent upon the Christian dispensation, and the cruciolatry, mariolatry, and hagiolatry of that day. And it is equally impossible to conceive that the Hawaiian listeners, chiefs, priests, or commoners, should have retained and incorporated so much of the former in their own folk-lore, and yet [27]have utterly forgotten every item bearing upon the latter.

“Two hypotheses,” says Judge Fornander, “can reasonably be proposed to explain this striking similarity in folklore. One is that during the Spanish galleon trade in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, between the Spanish Main and Manila, some shipwrecked individuals, Spaniards and Portuguese, managed to gain enough influence to introduce bits of Bible history into the legendary stories of these people.... Regarding this hypothesis, I note that if the shipwrecked foreigners were educated individuals, or at least had the same Scriptural knowledge that was then taught to laypeople, it is hard to believe that a Spaniard of the sixteenth century would limit his teachings to just a few key events from the Old Testament while completely ignoring the Christian era and the worship of the cross, Mary, and saints that were common at the time. It’s also hard to imagine that Hawaiian listeners—whether they were chiefs, priests, or regular people—could have remembered and incorporated so much of the former into their own folklore while completely forgetting any details related to the latter.”

“The other hypothesis is, that at some remote period either a body of the scattered Israelites had arrived at these islands direct, or in Malaysia, before the exodus of ‘the Polynesian family,’ and thus imparted a knowledge of their doctrines, of the early life of their ancestors, and of some of their peculiar customs, and that having been absorbed by the people among whom they found a refuge, this is all that remains to attest their presence—intellectual tombstones over a lost and forgotten race, yet sufficient after twenty-six centuries of silence to solve in some measure the ethnic puzzle of the lost tribes of Israel. In regard to this second hypothesis, it is certainly more plausible and cannot be so curtly disposed of as the Spanish theory.... So far from being copied one from the other, they are in fact independent and original versions of a once common legend, or series of legends, held alike by Cushite, Semite, Turanian, and Aryan, up to a certain time, when the divergencies of national life and other causes brought other subjects peculiar to each other prominently in the foreground; and that as these divergencies hardened into system and creed, that grand old heirloom of a common past became overlaid and colored by the peculiar social and religious atmosphere through which it has passed up to the surface of the present time. But besides this general reason for refusing to adopt the Israelitish theory, that the Polynesian legends were introduced by fugitive or emigrant Hebrews from the subverted kingdoms of [28]Israel or Judah, there is the more special reason to be added that the organization and splendor of Solomon’s empire, his temple, and his wisdom became proverbial among the nations of the East subsequent to his time; on all these, the Polynesian legends are absolutely silent.”

“The other hypothesis is that at some distant time, a group of scattered Israelites either reached these islands directly or through Malaysia, before the Polynesian migrations began. They may have shared knowledge of their beliefs, the early lives of their ancestors, and some of their unique customs. Having been absorbed by the local people who welcomed them, this is all that remains to show they were here—intellectual tombstones marking a lost and forgotten race, yet enough after twenty-six centuries of silence to help piece together the ethnic puzzle of the lost tribes of Israel. As for this second hypothesis, it is definitely more convincing and shouldn’t be dismissed as easily as the Spanish theory... Instead of being copies of one another, these are actually independent and original versions of a once shared legend, or series of legends, known among Cushites, Semites, Turanians, and Aryans. Over time, national differences and other factors brought various themes to the forefront, and as these differences solidified into systems and beliefs, that grand old legacy of a shared past was layered and influenced by the unique social and religious contexts through which it has passed down to today. Beyond this general reason for not accepting the notion that Polynesian legends were brought by fleeing or emigrating Hebrews from the fallen kingdoms of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Israel or Judah, there is a more specific reason: the organization and splendor of Solomon’s empire, his temple, and his wisdom became legendary among the nations of the East after his reign; yet, the Polynesian legends remain completely silent on these topics.”

In commenting on the legend of Hiiaka-i-ka-poli-o-Pele, Judge Fornander says: “If the Hebrew legend of Joshua or a Cushite version give rise to it, it only brings down the community of legends a little later in time. And so would the legend of Naulu-a-Mahea,... unless the legend of Jonah, with which it corresponds in a measure, as well as the previous legend of Joshua and the sun, were Hebrew anachronisms compiled and adapted in later times from long antecedent materials, of which the Polynesian references are but broken and distorted echoes, bits of legendary mosaics, displaced from their original surroundings and made to fit with later associations.”

In discussing the legend of Hiiaka-i-ka-poli-o-Pele, Judge Fornander states: “Whether the Hebrew legend of Joshua or a Cushite version inspired it, it merely shifts the timeline of legends a bit later. The same goes for the legend of Naulu-a-Mahea,... unless the legend of Jonah, which it somewhat resembles, along with the earlier legend of Joshua and the sun, were Hebrew anachronisms compiled and adapted in later years from much older sources, of which the Polynesian references are just fragmented and distorted echoes, pieces of a legendary mosaic, removed from their original context and reconfigured to fit with more recent associations.”

In regard to the account of the Creation, he remarks that “the Hebrew legend infers that the god Elohim existed contemporaneously with and apart from the chaos. The Hawaiian legend makes the three great gods, Kane, Ku, and Lono, evolve themselves out of chaos.... The order of creation, according to Hawaiian folk-lore, was that after Heaven and earth had been separated, and the ocean had been stocked with its animals, the stars were created, then the moon, then the sun.” Alluding to the fact that the account in Genesis is truer to nature, Judge Fornander nevertheless propounds the inquiry whether this fact may not [29]“indicate that the Hebrew text is a later emendation of an older but once common tradition”?

In discussing the creation story, he notes that “the Hebrew legend suggests that the god Elohim existed at the same time as and separate from the chaos. The Hawaiian legend, on the other hand, describes the three main gods, Kane, Ku, and Lono, emerging from chaos.... According to Hawaiian folklore, the order of creation was that after Heaven and earth were separated, and the ocean was filled with its animals, the stars were created, followed by the moon, and then the sun.” While noting that the account in Genesis aligns more closely with nature, Judge Fornander still raises the question of whether this fact could [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]“suggest that the Hebrew text is a later revision of an older but once widely accepted tradition”?

Highest antiquity is claimed for Hawaiian traditions in regard to events subsequent to the creation of man. “In one of the sacrificial hymns of the Marquesans, when human victims were offered, frequent allusions were made to ‘the red apples eaten in Naoau,’ ... and to the ‘tabooed apples of Atea,’ as the cause of death, wars, pestilence, famine, and other calamities, only to be averted or atoned for by the sacrifice of human victims. The close connection between the Hawaiian and the Marquesan legends indicates a common origin, and that origin can be no other than that from which the Chaldean and Hebrew legends of sacred trees, disobedience, and fall also sprang.” In comparison of “the Hawaiian myth of Kanaloa as a fallen angel antagonistic to the great gods, as the spirit of evil and death in the world, the Hebrew legends are more vague and indefinite as to the existence of an evil principle. The serpent of Genesis, the Satan of Job, the Hillel of Isaiah, the dragon of the Apocalypse—all point, however, to the same underlying idea that the first cause of sin, death, evil, and calamities, was to be found in disobedience and revolt from God. They appear as disconnected scenes of a once grand drama that in olden times riveted the attention of mankind, and of which, strange to say, the clearest synopsis and the most coherent recollection are, so far, to be found in Polynesian traditions. It is probably in vain to inquire with whom the legend of an evil spirit and his operations in Heaven and on [30]earth had its origin. Notwithstanding the apparent unity of design and remarkable coincidence in many points, yet the differences in coloring, detail, and presentation are too great to suppose the legend borrowed by one from either of the others. It probably descended to the Chaldeans, Polynesians, and Hebrews alike, from a source or people anterior to themselves, of whom history now is silent.” [31]

Highest antiquity is claimed for Hawaiian traditions regarding events after the creation of man. “In one of the sacrificial hymns of the Marquesans, when human victims were offered, there were frequent references to ‘the red apples eaten in Naoau,’ ... and to the ‘tabooed apples of Atea,’ as the cause of death, wars, diseases, famine, and other disasters, which could only be averted or atoned for by sacrificing human victims. The close link between Hawaiian and Marquesan legends suggests a common origin, which can only be the same source from which the Chaldean and Hebrew legends of sacred trees, disobedience, and the fall also emerged.” When comparing “the Hawaiian myth of Kanaloa as a fallen angel opposed to the great gods, representing the spirit of evil and death in the world, the Hebrew legends are more vague and unclear regarding the existence of an evil principle. The serpent in Genesis, the Satan in Job, the Hillel in Isaiah, the dragon in the Apocalypse—all point to the same underlying idea that the first cause of sin, death, evil, and calamities can be found in disobedience and rebellion against God. They appear as disjointed scenes from a once grand drama that, long ago, captured the attention of humanity, and, strangely enough, the clearest summary and most coherent memories are, so far, found in Polynesian traditions. It is likely in vain to inquire about the origin of the legend of an evil spirit and his actions in Heaven and on [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]earth. Despite the apparent unity of design and remarkable coincidences in many aspects, the differences in colors, details, and presentations are too significant to believe that one culture borrowed the legend from the other. It likely descended to the Chaldeans, Polynesians, and Hebrews alike from a people or source that predates them, of whom history is now silent.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

II

Exploits of Maui

Rev. A. O. Forbes

Rev. A. O. Forbes

I.—Snaring the Sun

Maui was the son of Hina-lau-ae and Hina, and they dwelt at a place called Makalia, above Kahakuloa, on West Maui. Now, his mother Hina made kapas. And as she spread them out to dry, the days were so short that she was put to great trouble and labor in hanging them out and taking them in day after day until they were dry. Maui, seeing this, was filled with pity for her, for the days were so short that, no sooner had she got her kapas all spread out to dry, than the Sun went down, and she had to take them in again. So he determined to make the Sun go slower. He first went to Wailohi, in Hamakua, on East Maui, to observe the motions of the Sun. There he saw that it rose toward Hana. He then went up on Haleakala, and saw that the Sun in its course came directly over that mountain. He then went home again, and after a few days went to a place called Paeloko, at Waihee. There he cut down all the cocoanut-trees, and gathered the fibre of the cocoanut husks in great quantity. This he manufactured into strong cord. One Moemoe, seeing this, [32]said tauntingly to him: “Thou wilt never catch the Sun. Thou art an idle nobody.”

Maui was the son of Hina-lau-ae and Hina, and they lived in a place called Makalia, above Kahakuloa, on West Maui. His mother, Hina, made kapas. As she spread them out to dry, the days were so short that it became a huge hassle for her to hang them out and take them in day after day until they were dry. Maui, feeling sorry for her, noticed that by the time she had the kapas all spread out, the Sun would already be going down, forcing her to bring them in again. So, he decided to make the Sun move more slowly. He first went to Wailohi in Hamakua, on East Maui, to watch the Sun's movements. He noticed it rose toward Hana. Then he climbed up Haleakala and saw that the Sun traveled directly over that mountain. After returning home, he eventually went to a place called Paeloko in Waihee. There, he cut down all the coconut trees and collected a large amount of fiber from the coconut husks. He turned this into strong cord. One Moemoe, seeing this, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]taunted him: “You’ll never catch the Sun. You’re just a lazy nobody.”

Maui answered: “When I conquer my enemy, and my desire is attained, I will be your death.” So he went up Haleakala again, taking his cord with him. And when the Sun arose above where he was stationed, he prepared a noose of the cord and, casting it, snared one of the Sun’s larger beams and broke it off. And thus he snared and broke off, one after another, all the strong rays of the Sun.

Maui replied, “Once I defeat my enemy and get what I want, I will be your end.” So he climbed Haleakala once more, taking his rope with him. And when the Sun rose above his spot, he made a loop with the rope and threw it, capturing one of the Sun’s larger rays and tearing it off. And in this way, he caught and broke off all the powerful rays of the Sun, one after the other.

Then shouted he exultingly: “Thou art my captive, and now I will kill thee for thy going so swiftly.”

Then he shouted triumphantly: “You’re my prisoner now, and I’m going to kill you for being so quick.”

And the Sun said: “Let me live, and thou shalt see me go more slowly hereafter. Behold, hast thou not broken off all my strong legs, and left me only the weak ones?”

And the Sun said, “Let me live, and you’ll see me move more slowly from now on. Look, haven’t you broken off all my strong legs and left me with only the weak ones?”

So the agreement was made, and Maui permitted the Sun to pursue its course, and from that time on it went more slowly; and that is the reason why the days are longer at one season of the year than at another. It was this that gave the name to that mountain, which should properly be called Alehe-ka-la (sun snarer), and not Haleakala.

So the deal was struck, and Maui allowed the Sun to continue its path, and from then on it moved more slowly; that’s why the days are longer during certain times of the year than others. This is what named that mountain, which should actually be called Alehe-ka-la (sun snarer), not Haleakala.

When Maui returned from this exploit, he went to find Moemoe, who had reviled him. But that individual was not at home. He went on in his pursuit till he came upon him at a place called Kawaiopilopilo, on the shore to the eastward of the black rock called Kekaa, north of Lahaina. Moemoe dodged him up hill and down, until at last Maui, growing wroth, leaped upon and slew the fugitive. And the dead [33]body was transformed into a long rock, which is there to this day, by the side of the road.

When Maui came back from this adventure, he went to find Moemoe, who had insulted him. But Moemoe wasn't home. Maui continued his search until he found him at a place called Kawaiopilopilo, on the shore to the east of the black rock known as Kekaa, north of Lahaina. Moemoe ran up and down the hills to escape him, but eventually Maui, getting angry, jumped on him and killed him. The dead body was turned into a long rock, which is still there today, by the side of the road.

II.—The Origin of Fire

Maui and Hina dwelt together, and to them were born four sons, whose names were Maui-mua, Maui-hope, Maui-kiikii, and Maui-o-ka-lana. These four were fishermen. One morning, just as the edge of the Sun lifted itself up, Maui-mua roused his brethren to go fishing. So they launched their canoe from the beach at Kaupo, on the island of Maui, where they were dwelling, and proceeded to the fishing ground. Having arrived there, they were beginning to fish, when Maui-o-ka-lana saw the light of a fire on the shore they had left, and said to his brethren: “Behold, there is a fire burning. Whose can this fire be?”

Maui and Hina lived together and had four sons named Maui-mua, Maui-hope, Maui-kiikii, and Maui-o-ka-lana. All four of them were fishermen. One morning, just as the sun started to rise, Maui-mua woke his brothers to go fishing. They launched their canoe from the beach at Kaupo, on the island of Maui, where they lived, and headed to the fishing grounds. Once they got there and started to fish, Maui-o-ka-lana noticed a fire on the shore they had just left and said to his brothers, “Look, there’s a fire burning. Whose fire could that be?”

And they answered: “Whose, indeed? Let us return to the shore, that we may get our food cooked; but first let us get some fish.”

And they replied, “Whose, really? Let’s head back to the shore so we can cook our food; but first, let’s catch some fish.”

So, after they had obtained some fish, they turned toward the shore; and when the canoe touched the beach Maui-mua leaped ashore and ran toward the spot where the fire had been burning. Now, the curly-tailed alae (mud-hens) were the keepers of the fire; and when they saw him coming they scratched the fire out and flew away. Maui-mua was defeated, and returned to the house to his brethren.

So, after they caught some fish, they headed back to the shore; and when the canoe reached the beach, Maui-mua jumped out and ran toward where the fire had been. The curly-tailed alae (mud-hens) were in charge of the fire, and when they saw him approaching, they put out the fire and flew off. Maui-mua was defeated and went back to the house to join his brothers.

Then said they to him: “How about the fire?”

Then they said to him, "What about the fire?"

“How, indeed?” he answered. “When I got there, behold, there was no fire; it was out. I supposed [34]some man had the fire, and behold, it was not so; the alae are the proprietors of the fire, and our bananas are all stolen.”

“How, really?” he replied. “When I got there, guess what? The fire was out. I thought some guy had it, but it turns out that wasn’t the case; the alae own the fire, and all our bananas are gone.”

When they heard that, they were filled with anger, and decided not to go fishing again, but to wait for the next appearance of the fire. But after many days had passed without their seeing the fire, they went fishing again, and behold, there was the fire! And so they were continually tantalized. Only when they were out fishing would the fire appear, and when they returned they could not find it.

When they heard that, they got really angry and decided they wouldn’t go fishing again but would wait for the fire to show up next. But after many days went by without seeing the fire, they decided to go fishing again, and guess what? There was the fire! So they kept being teased. The fire would only show up when they were out fishing, and when they came back, it was gone.

This was the way of it. The curly-tailed alae knew that Maui and Hina had only these four sons, and if any of them stayed on shore to watch the fire while the others were out in the canoe the alae knew it by counting those in the canoe, and would not light the fire. Only when they could count four men in the canoe would they light the fire. So Maui-mua thought it over, and said to his brethren: “To-morrow morning do you go fishing, and I will stay ashore. But do you take the calabash and dress it in kapa, and put it in my place in the canoe, and then go out to fish.”

This is how things went. The curly-tailed alae knew that Maui and Hina had just these four sons, and if any of them stayed on land to watch the fire while the others were out in the canoe, the alae figured it out by counting those in the canoe and wouldn’t light the fire. They only lit it when they counted four men in the canoe. So Maui-mua thought about it and told his brothers, “Tomorrow morning, you go fishing, and I’ll stay on shore. But take the calabash, cover it with kapa, and put it in my spot in the canoe, then go out to fish.”

They did so, and when they went out to fish the next morning, the alae counted and saw four figures in the canoe, and then they lit the fire and put the bananas on to roast. Before they were fully baked one of the alae cried out: “Our dish is cooked! Behold, Hina has a smart son.”

They did that, and when they went out to fish the next morning, the alae counted and saw four people in the canoe. Then they started a fire and put the bananas on to roast. Before the bananas were fully cooked, one of the alae shouted, “Our dish is ready! Look, Hina has a clever son.”

And with that, Maui-mua, who had stolen close to them unperceived, leaped forward, seized the curly-tailed alae and exclaimed: “Now I will kill you, you [35]scamp of an alae! Behold, it is you who are keeping the fire from us. I will be the death of you for this.”

And with that, Maui-mua, who had crept up on them unnoticed, jumped forward, grabbed the curly-tailed alae, and shouted: “Now I'm going to kill you, you little troublemaker! Look, you’re the one keeping the fire away from us. I will make sure you regret this.”

Then answered the alae: “If you kill me the secret dies with me, and you won’t get the fire.” As Maui-mua began to wring its neck, the alae again spoke, and said: “Let me live, and you shall have the fire.”

Then the alae replied, “If you kill me, the secret dies with me, and you won’t get the fire.” As Maui-mua started to wring its neck, the alae spoke again and said, “Let me live, and you’ll have the fire.”

So Maui-mua said: “Tell me, where is the fire?”

So Maui-mua said, “Tell me, where's the fire?”

The alae replied: “It is in the leaf of the a-pe plant” (Alocasia macrorrhiza).

The alae replied, “It’s in the leaf of the a-pe plant” (Alocasia macrorrhiza).

So, by the direction of the alae, Maui-mua began to rub the leaf-stalk of the a-pe plant with a piece of stick, but the fire would not come. Again he asked: “Where is this fire that you are hiding from me?”

So, guided by the wings, Maui-mua started to rub the leaf-stalk of the a-pe plant with a stick, but the fire wouldn't ignite. He asked again, "Where is this fire that you're keeping from me?"

The alae answered: “In a green stick.”

The wings replied, "In a green stick."

And he rubbed a green stick, but got no fire. So it went on, until finally the alae told him he would find it in a dry stick; and so, indeed, he did. But Maui-mua, in revenge for the conduct of the alae, after he had got the fire from the dry stick, said: “Now, there is one thing more to try.” And he rubbed the top of the alae’s head till it was red with blood, and the red spot remains there to this day. [36]

And he rubbed a green stick but couldn’t get a fire. This went on until the alae told him he would find it in a dry stick; and sure enough, he did. But Maui-mua, seeking revenge for how the alae treated him, after he got the fire from the dry stick, said: “Now, there’s one more thing to try.” He rubbed the top of the alae’s head until it was red with blood, and that red spot is still there today. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

III

Pele and the Deluge

Rev. A. O. Forbes

Rev. A. O. Forbes

All volcanic phenomena are associated in Hawaiian legendary lore with the goddess Pele; and it is a somewhat curious fact that to the same celebrated personage is also attributed a great flood that occurred in ancient times. The legends of this flood are various, but mainly connected with the doings of Pele in this part of the Pacific Ocean. The story runs thus:

All volcanic activity is linked in Hawaiian legend to the goddess Pele; interestingly, the same well-known figure is also credited with causing a great flood in ancient times. The legends about this flood differ, but they primarily relate to Pele's actions in this part of the Pacific Ocean. The story goes like this:

Kahinalii was the mother of Pele; Kanehoalani was her father; and her two brothers were Kamohoalii and Kahuilaokalani. Pele was born in the land of Hapakuela, a far-distant land at the edge of the sky, toward the southwest. There she lived with her parents until she was grown up, when she married Wahialoa; and to these were born a daughter named Laka, and a son named Menehune. But after a time Pele’s husband, Wahialoa, was enticed away from her by Pele-kumulani. The deserted Pele, being much displeased and troubled in mind on account of her husband, started on her travels in search of him, and came in the direction of the Hawaiian Islands. Now, at that time these islands were a vast waste. There was no sea, nor was there any fresh water. When Pele set [37]out on her journey, her parents gave her the sea to go with her and bear her canoes onward. So she sailed forward, flood-borne by the sea, until she reached the land of Pakuela, and thence onward to the land of Kanaloa. From her head she poured forth the sea as she went, and her brothers composed the celebrated ancient mele:

Kahinalii was Pele's mother; Kanehoalani was her father; and her two brothers were Kamohoalii and Kahuilaokalani. Pele was born in Hapakuela, a distant place at the edge of the sky to the southwest. She lived there with her parents until she grew up and married Wahialoa. They had a daughter named Laka and a son named Menehune. However, after some time, Wahialoa was lured away by Pele-kumulani. Feeling abandoned and troubled by her husband's actions, Pele began her journey to find him, heading towards the Hawaiian Islands. At that time, these islands were desolate. There was no ocean or fresh water. When Pele set out on her journey, her parents gave her the sea to accompany her and carry her canoes. So she sailed forward, carried by the sea, until she reached Pakuela and then continued on to Kanaloa. As she traveled, she poured the sea from her head, and her brothers created the famous ancient mele:

O the sea, the great sea!

Oh, the ocean, the huge ocean!

Forth bursts the sea:

The sea breaks forth:

Behold, it bursts on Kanaloa!

Check it out, it’s exploding on Kanaloa!

But the waters of the sea continued to rise until only the highest points of the great mountains, Haleakala, Maunakea, and Maunaloa, were visible; all else was covered. Afterward the sea receded until it reached its present level. This event is called the Kai a Kahinalii (Sea of Kahinalii), because it was from Kahinalii, her mother, that Pele received the gift of the sea, and she herself only brought it to Hawaii.

But the sea kept rising until only the tallest peaks of the great mountains, Haleakala, Maunakea, and Maunaloa, were visible; everything else was submerged. Later, the sea withdrew until it reached its current level. This event is known as the Kai a Kahinalii (Sea of Kahinalii), because it was from Kahinalii, her mother, that Pele received the gift of the sea, which she brought to Hawaii.

And from that time to this, Pele and all her family forsook their former land of Hapakuela and have dwelt in Hawaii-nei, Pele coming first and the rest following at a later time.

And from that time until now, Pele and her whole family left their old home in Hapakuela and have been living in Hawaii-nei, with Pele arriving first and the others coming along later.

On her first arrival at Hawaii-nei, Pele dwelt on the island of Kauai. From there she went to Kalaupapa,1 on the island of Molokai, and dwelt in the crater of Kauhako at that place; thence she departed to Puulaina,2 near Lahainaluna, where she dug out that crater. Afterward she moved still further to Haleakala, [38]where she stayed until she hollowed out that great crater; and finally she settled at Kilauea, on the island of Hawaii, where she has remained ever since.3 [39]

On her first arrival in Hawaii, Pele lived on the island of Kauai. From there, she traveled to Kalaupapa, 1 on the island of Molokai, and settled in the crater of Kauhako. After that, she moved to Puulaina, 2 near Lahainaluna, where she excavated that crater. Later, she continued on to Haleakala, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] where she stayed until she formed that large crater; and ultimately, she settled at Kilauea, on the island of Hawaii, where she has remained ever since.3 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Now the Leper Settlement.

1 Now the Leprosy Colony.

2 The hill visible from the Lahaina anchorage to the north of Lahainaluna School, and near to it.

2 The hill that can be seen from the Lahaina anchorage to the north of Lahainaluna School, and close to it.

3 It is not a little remarkable that the progress of Pele, as stated in this tradition, agrees with geological observation in locating the earliest volcanic action in this group, on the island of Kauai, and the latest, on the island of Hawaii.—Translator.

3 It's quite striking that the development of Pele, as noted in this tradition, aligns with geological findings that pinpoint the initial volcanic activity in this group on the island of Kauai and the most recent activity on the island of Hawaii.—Translator.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

IV

Pele and Kahawali

From Ellis’s “Tour of Hawaii”

From Ellis’s “Hawaii Tour”

In the reign of Kealiikukii, an ancient king of Hawaii, Kahawali, chief of Puna, and one of his favorite companions went one day to amuse themselves with the holua (sled), on the sloping side of a hill, which is still called ka holua ana o Kahawali (Kahawali’s sliding-place). Vast numbers of the people gathered at the bottom of the hill to witness the game, and a company of musicians and dancers repaired thither to add to the amusement of the spectators. The performers began their dance, and amidst the sound of drums and the songs of the musicians the sledding of Kahawali and his companion commenced. The hilarity of the occasion attracted the attention of Pele, the goddess of the volcano, who came down from Kilauea to witness the sport. Standing on the summit of the hill in the form of a woman, she challenged Kahawali to slide with her. He accepted the offer, and they set off together down the hill. Pele, less acquainted with the art of balancing herself on the narrow sled than her rival, was beaten, and Kahawali was applauded by the spectators as he returned up the side of the hill. [40]

During the reign of Kealiikukii, an ancient king of Hawaii, Kahawali, the chief of Puna, and one of his favorite friends decided to have some fun with the holua (sled) on the incline of a hill, which is still known as ka holua ana o Kahawali (Kahawali’s sliding-place). A large crowd gathered at the bottom of the hill to watch the game, and a group of musicians and dancers came to entertain the spectators. The performers began their dance, and with the sound of drums and the musicians' songs, Kahawali and his friend started sledding. The excitement caught the attention of Pele, the goddess of the volcano, who descended from Kilauea to see the fun. Standing at the top of the hill in the form of a woman, she challenged Kahawali to race her. He accepted, and they set off together down the hill. However, Pele, who was less skilled at balancing on the narrow sled than Kahawali, lost the race, and the crowd cheered as he made his way back up the hill. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Before starting again, Pele asked him to give her his papa holua, but he, supposing from her appearance that she was no more than a native woman, said: “Aole! (no!) Are you my wife, that you should obtain my sled?” And, as if impatient at being delayed, he adjusted his papa, ran a few yards to take a spring, and then, with this momentum and all his strength he threw himself upon it and shot down the hill.

Before starting again, Pele asked him to give her his papa holua, but he, thinking from her look that she was just a native woman, said: “Aole! (no!) Are you my wife, that you should get my sled?” And, seeming impatient at being held up, he adjusted his papa, ran a few yards to gain momentum, and then, with all his strength, he jumped on it and shot down the hill.

A Lava Cascade.

A Lava Cascade.

A Lava Cascade.

A lava waterfall.

Pele, incensed at his answer, stamped her foot on the ground and an earthquake followed, which rent the hill in sunder. She called, and fire and liquid lava arose, and, assuming her supernatural form, with these irresistible ministers of vengeance, she followed down the hill. When Kahawali reached the bottom, he arose, and on looking behind saw Pele, accompanied by thunder and lightning, earthquake, and streams of burning lava, closely pursuing him. He took up his broad spear which he had stuck in the ground at the beginning of the game, and, accompanied by his friend, fled for his life. The musicians, dancers, and crowds of spectators were instantly overwhelmed by the fiery torrent, which, bearing on its foremost wave the enraged goddess, continued to pursue Kahawali and his companion. They ran till they came to an eminence called Puukea. Here Kahawali threw off his cloak of netted ki leaves and proceeded toward his house, which stood near the shore. He met his favorite pig and saluted it by touching noses, then ran to the house of his mother, who lived at Kukii, saluted her by touching noses, and said: “Aloha ino oe, eia ihonei paha oe e make ai, ke ai mainei Pele.” (Compassion [41]great to you! Close here, perhaps, is your death; Pele comes devouring.) Leaving her, he met his wife, Kanakawahine, and saluted her. The burning torrent approached, and she said: “Stay with me here, and let us die together.” He said: “No; I go, I go.” He then saluted his two children, Poupoulu and Kaohe, and said, “Ke ue nei au ia olua.” (I grieve for you two.) The lava rolled near, and he ran till a deep chasm arrested his progress. He laid down his spear and walked over on it in safety. His friend called out for his help; he held out his spear over the chasm; his companion took hold of it and he drew him securely over. By this time Pele was coming down the chasm with accelerated motion. He ran till he reached Kula. Here he met his sister, Koai, but had only time to say, “Aloha oe!” (Alas for you!) and then ran on to the shore. His younger brother had just landed from his fishing-canoe, and had hastened to his house to provide for the safety of his family, when Kahawali arrived. He and his friend leaped into the canoe, and with his broad spear paddled out to sea. Pele, perceiving his escape, ran to the shore and hurled after him, with prodigious force, great stones and fragments of rock, which fell thickly around but did not strike his canoe. When he had paddled a short distance from the shore the kumukahi (east wind) sprung up. He fixed his broad spear upright in the canoe, that it might answer the double purpose of mast and sail, and by its aid he soon reached the island of Maui, where they rested one night and then proceeded to Lanai. The day following [42]they moved on to Molokai, thence to Oahu, the abode of Kolonohailaau, his father, and Kanewahinekeaho, his sister, to whom he related his disastrous perils, and with whom he took up his permanent abode. [43]

Pele, furious at his response, stomped her foot on the ground, causing an earthquake that split the hill in two. She called out, and fire and molten lava erupted, and, taking on her supernatural form, accompanied by her unstoppable agents of wrath, she chased him down the hill. When Kahawali reached the bottom, he got up and looked back to see Pele, followed by thunder and lightning, earthquakes, and streams of burning lava, closely pursuing him. He grabbed his broad spear that he had stuck in the ground at the start of the game and, along with his friend, ran for his life. The musicians, dancers, and crowds of spectators were quickly engulfed by the fiery torrent, which, carrying the furious goddess on its leading wave, continued to chase Kahawali and his companion. They ran until they reached a high point called Puukea. Here, Kahawali threw off his cloak made of netted ki leaves and headed toward his house, which was near the shore. He met his favorite pig and greeted it by touching noses, then ran to his mother’s house at Kukii, greeted her by touching noses, and said: “Aloha ino oe, eia ihonei paha oe e make ai, ke ai mainei Pele.” (Compassion great to you! Close here, perhaps, is your death; Pele comes devouring.) After leaving her, he met his wife, Kanakawahine, and greeted her. The burning torrent was drawing near, and she said: “Stay with me here, and let us die together.” He replied: “No; I go, I go.” He then greeted his two children, Poupoulu and Kaohe, and said, “Ke ue nei au ia olua.” (I grieve for you two.) The lava rolled closer, and he ran until a deep chasm stopped him. He laid down his spear and carefully walked over it. His friend cried out for help; he extended his spear over the chasm; his companion grabbed hold of it and he pulled him across safely. By this time, Pele was coming down the chasm faster. He ran until he reached Kula. There, he met his sister, Koai, but only had time to say, “Aloha oe!” (Alas for you!) before running on to the shore. His younger brother had just landed from his fishing canoe and had hurried to his house to secure his family's safety when Kahawali arrived. He and his friend jumped into the canoe, and using his broad spear to paddle, they moved out to sea. Pele, noticing his escape, ran to the shore and threw after him, with great force, large stones and pieces of rock that landed thickly around them but did not hit his canoe. When he paddled a little further from the shore, the kumukahi (east wind) kicked up. He set his broad spear upright in the canoe to serve as both mast and sail, and with its help, he quickly reached the island of Maui, where they rested for one night before continuing on to Lanai. The following day [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] they traveled to Molokai, then to Oahu, the home of Kolonohailaau, his father, and Kanewahinekeaho, his sister, to whom he shared his harrowing troubles and with whom he settled permanently. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

V

Hiku and Kawelu

J. S. Emerson

J.S. Emerson

Not far from the summit of Hualalai, on the island of Hawaii, in the cave on the southern side of the ridge, lived Hina and her son, the kupua, or demigod, Hiku. All his life long as a child and a youth, Hiku had lived alone with his mother on this mountain summit, and had never once been permitted to descend to the plains below to see the abodes of men and to learn of their ways. From time to time, his quick ear had caught the sound of the distant hula (drum) and the voices of the gay merrymakers. Often had he wished to see the fair forms of those who danced and sang in those far-off cocoanut groves. But his mother, more experienced in the ways of the world, had never given her consent. Now, at length, he felt that he was a man, and as the sounds of mirth arose on his ears, again he asked his mother to let him go for himself and mingle with the people on the shore. His mother, seeing that his mind was made up to go, reluctantly gave her consent and warned him not to stay too long, but to return in good time. So, taking in his hand his faithful arrow, Pua Ne, which he always carried, he started off. [44]

Not far from the top of Hualalai on the island of Hawaii, in a cave on the southern side of the ridge, lived Hina and her son, the kupua, or demigod, Hiku. Throughout his childhood and youth, Hiku had lived alone with his mother on this mountain peak, and he had never been allowed to go down to the plains below to see where people lived and learn about their ways. Occasionally, he would hear the distant sound of the hula (drum) and the voices of cheerful partygoers. He often wished to see the beautiful figures of those who danced and sang in those distant coconut groves. But his mother, more knowledgeable about the world, had never agreed. Now, at last, he felt he was a man, and as the sounds of joy reached his ears, he asked his mother again if he could go to the shore and join the people. His mother, realizing he was determined to go, reluctantly agreed and warned him not to stay too long, but to come back in good time. So, taking his trusty arrow, Pua Ne, which he always carried, he set off. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

This arrow was a sort of talisman, possessed of marvellous powers, among which were the ability to answer his call and by its flight to direct his journey.

This arrow was like a charm, with amazing powers, including the ability to respond to his call and guide his journey through its flight.

Thus he descended over the rough clinker lava and through the groves of koa that cover the southwestern flank of the mountain, until, nearing its base, he stood on a distant hill; and consulting his arrow, he shot it far into the air, watching its bird-like flight until it struck on a distant hill above Kailua. To this hill he rapidly directed his steps, and, picking up his arrow in due time, he again shot it into the air. The second flight landed the arrow near the coast of Holualoa, some six or eight miles south of Kailua. It struck on a barren waste of pahoehoe, or lava rock, beside the waterhole of Waikalai, known also as the Wai a Hiku (Water of Hiku), where to this day all the people of that vicinity go to get their water for man and beast.

So he made his way down over the rough clinker lava and through the koa trees that cover the southwestern side of the mountain, until, as he approached the base, he stood on a distant hill. Consulting his arrow, he shot it high into the air, watching its bird-like flight until it landed on a distant hill above Kailua. He quickly headed toward that hill, and picking up his arrow in due time, he shot it into the air again. The second flight landed the arrow near the coast of Holualoa, about six or eight miles south of Kailua. It struck a barren stretch of pahoehoe, or lava rock, next to the waterhole of Waikalai, also known as Wai a Hiku (Water of Hiku), where even today, all the people in that area go to get water for themselves and their animals.

Here he quenched his thirst, and nearing the village of Holualoa, again shot the arrow, which, instinct with life, entered the courtyard of the alii or chief, of Kona, and from among the women who were there singled out the fair princess Kawelu, and landed at her feet. Seeing the noble bearing of Hiku as he approached to claim his arrow, she stealthily hid it and challenged him to find it. Then Hiku called to the arrow, “Pua ne! Pua ne!” and the arrow replied, “Ne!” thus revealing its hiding-place.

Here he quenched his thirst, and as he got closer to the village of Holualoa, he shot the arrow again, which, full of life, flew into the courtyard of the chief of Kona, the alii. Among the women there, it found the beautiful princess Kawelu and landed at her feet. Noticing Hiku's noble stance as he approached to retrieve his arrow, she secretly hid it and dared him to find it. Then Hiku called out to the arrow, “Pua ne! Pua ne!” and the arrow answered, “Ne!” revealing its hiding place.

This exploit with the arrow and the remarkable grace and personal beauty of the young man quite won the heart of the princess, and she was soon possessed [45]by a strong passion for him, and determined to make him her husband.

This impressive skill with the arrow and the young man's incredible charm and good looks completely captured the princess's heart, and she soon fell deeply in love with him, deciding that she wanted him to be her husband.

With her wily arts she detained him for several days at her home, and when at last he was about to start for the mountain, she shut him up in the house and thus detained him by force. But the words of his mother, warning him not to remain too long, came to his mind, and he determined to break away from his prison. So he climbed up to the roof, and removing a portion of the thatch, made his escape.

With her clever tricks, she kept him at her place for several days, and when he finally planned to leave for the mountain, she locked him inside the house and held him there against his will. But he remembered his mother’s words telling him not to stay too long, so he decided to break free from his confinement. He climbed up to the roof, removed a part of the thatch, and escaped.

When his flight was discovered by Kawelu, the infatuated girl was distracted with grief. Refusing to be comforted, she tasted no food, and ere many days had passed was quite dead. Messengers were despatched who brought back the unhappy Hiku, author of all this sorrow. Bitterly he wept over the corpse of his beloved, but it was now too late; the spirit had departed to the nether world, ruled over by Milu. And now, stung by the reproaches of her kindred and friends for his desertion, and urged on by his real love for the fair one, he resolved to attempt the perilous descent into the nether world and, if possible, to bring her spirit back.

When Kawelu discovered his flight, the heartbroken girl was overwhelmed with grief. Refusing to be comforted, she wouldn't eat, and before long, she was dead. Messengers were sent to bring back the sorrowful Hiku, who caused all this pain. He wept bitterly over the body of his beloved, but it was too late; her spirit had already moved on to the underworld, ruled by Milu. Stung by the accusations of her family and friends for abandoning her, and driven by his genuine love for her, he decided to attempt the dangerous journey into the underworld to try to bring her spirit back.

With the assistance of her friends, he collected from the mountain slope a great quantity of the kowali, or convolvulus vine. He also prepared a hollow cocoanut shell, splitting it into two closely fitting parts. Then anointing himself with a mixture of rancid cocoanut and kukui oil, which gave him a very strong corpse-like odor, he started with his companions in the well-loaded canoes for a point in the sea where the sky comes down to meet the water. [46]

With the help of his friends, he gathered a large amount of kowali, or convolvulus vine, from the mountainside. He also created a hollow coconut shell by splitting it into two snug pieces. After applying a mixture of rancid coconut and kukui oil, which gave him a powerful, corpse-like smell, he set off with his friends in heavily-loaded canoes toward a spot in the sea where the sky meets the water. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Arrived at the spot, he directed his comrades to lower him into the abyss called by the Hawaiians the Lua o Milu. Taking with him his cocoanut-shell and seating himself astride of the cross-stick of the swing, or kowali, he was quickly lowered down by the long rope of kowali vines held by his friends in the canoe above.

Arriving at the location, he directed his friends to lower him into the pit known to Hawaiians as the Lua o Milu. He took his coconut shell with him and sat astride the cross-stick of the swing, or kowali. He was quickly lowered down by the long rope made of kowali vines held by his buddies in the canoe above.

Soon he entered the great cavern where the shades of the departed were gathered together. As he came among them, their curiosity was aroused to learn who he was. And he heard many remarks, such as “Whew! what an odor this corpse emits!” “He must have been long dead.” He had rather overdone the matter of the rancid oil. Even Milu himself, as he sat on the bank watching the crowd, was completely deceived by the stratagem, for otherwise he never would have permitted this bold descent of a living man into his gloomy abode.

Soon he entered the large cave where the spirits of the dead were gathered. As he approached them, they were curious to know who he was. He heard many comments, like “Wow! What a smell this corpse gives off!” “He must have been dead for a while.” He had probably gone a bit overboard with the rancid oil. Even Milu himself, as he sat on the bank watching the crowd, was completely fooled by the trick, because otherwise he would never have allowed this daring entry of a living person into his dark domain.

The Hawaiian swing, it should be remarked, unlike ours, has but one rope supporting the cross-stick on which the person is seated. Hiku and his swing attracted considerable attention from the lookers-on. One shade in particular watched him most intently; it was his sweetheart, Kawelu. A mutual recognition took place, and with the permission of Milu she darted up to him and swung with him on the kowali. But even she had to avert her face on account of his corpse-like odor. As they were enjoying together this favorite Hawaiian pastime of lele kowali, by a preconcerted signal the friends above were informed of the success of his ruse and were now rapidly drawing them up. [47]At first she was too much absorbed in the sport to notice this. When at length her attention was aroused by seeing the great distance of those beneath her, like a butterfly she was about to flit away, when the crafty Hiku, who was ever on the alert, clapped the cocoanut-shells together, imprisoning her within them, and was then quickly drawn up to the canoes above.

The Hawaiian swing, it should be noted, unlike ours, has only one rope supporting the cross-stick where the person sits. Hiku and his swing drew a lot of attention from the spectators. One person in particular watched him closely; it was his girlfriend, Kawelu. They recognized each other, and with Milu's permission, she ran over to him and swung with him on the kowali. But even she had to turn her face away because of his corpse-like smell. As they enjoyed this favorite Hawaiian pastime of lele kowali, their friends above signaled that his trick had worked and began pulling them up quickly. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]At first, she was too caught up in the fun to notice this. When she finally realized how far away the people below were, like a butterfly about to flutter away, the clever Hiku, always on the lookout, clapped the coconut shells together, trapping her inside them, and they were then quickly hoisted up to the canoes above.

With their precious burden, they returned to the shores of Holualoa, where Hiku landed and at once repaired to the house where still lay the body of his beloved. Kneeling by its side, he made a hole in the great toe of the left foot, into which with great difficulty he forced the reluctant spirit, and in spite of its desperate struggles he tied up the wound so that it could not escape from the cold, clammy flesh in which it was now imprisoned. Then he began to lomilomi, or rub and chafe the foot, working the spirit further and further up the limb.

With their precious burden, they returned to the shores of Holualoa, where Hiku landed and immediately went to the house where his beloved's body still lay. Kneeling by her side, he made an incision in the great toe of her left foot, into which he struggled to force the resistant spirit. Despite its desperate attempts to escape, he tied up the wound to prevent it from fleeing the cold, clammy flesh in which it was now trapped. Then he began to lomilomi, or massage, the foot, working the spirit further and further up the limb.

Gradually, as the heart was reached, the blood began once more to flow through the body, the chest began gently to heave with the breath of life, and soon the spirit gazed out through the eyes. Kawelu was now restored to consciousness, and seeing her beloved Hiku bending tenderly over her, she opened her lips and said: “How could you be so cruel as to leave me?”

Gradually, as the heart was reached, the blood started to flow through the body again, the chest began to rise gently with the breath of life, and soon the spirit looked out through the eyes. Kawelu was now conscious again, and seeing her beloved Hiku tenderly leaning over her, she opened her lips and said: “How could you be so cruel as to leave me?”

All remembrance of the Lua o Milu and of her meeting him there had disappeared, and she took up the thread of consciousness just where she had left it a few days before at death. Great joy filled the hearts of the people of Holualoa as they welcomed back to [48]their midst the fair Kawelu and the hero, Hiku, from whom she was no more to be separated.

All memory of Lua o Milu and her meeting with him had vanished, and she resumed her awareness right where she had left it a few days before at death. Great joy filled the hearts of the people of Holualoa as they welcomed back into [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]their community the beautiful Kawelu and the hero, Hiku, from whom she would no longer be separated.

Location of the Lua o Milu

In the myth of Hiku and Kawelu, the entrance to the Lua o Milu is placed out to sea opposite Holualoa and a few miles south of Kailua. But the more usual account of the natives is, that it was situated at the mouth of the great valley of Waipio, in a place called Keoni, where the sands have long since covered up and concealed from view this passage from the upper to the nether world.

In the myth of Hiku and Kawelu, the entrance to the Lua o Milu is located out at sea across from Holualoa and a few miles south of Kailua. However, the more common story among the locals is that it was found at the mouth of the great valley of Waipio, in an area called Keoni, where the sands have long since buried and hidden this passage from the upper world to the underworld.

Every year, so it is told, the procession of ghosts called by the natives Oio, marches in solemn state down the Mahiki road, and at this point enters the Lua o Milu. A man, recently living in Waimea, of the best reputation for veracity, stated that about thirty or more years ago, he actually saw this ghostly company. He was walking up this road in the evening, when he saw at a distance the Oio appear, and knowing that should they encounter him his death would be inevitable, he discreetly hid himself behind a tree and, trembling with fear, gazed in silence at the dread spectacle. There was Kamehameha, the conqueror, with all his chiefs and warriors in military array, thousands of heroes who had won renown in the olden time. Though all were silent as the grave, they kept perfect step as they marched along, and passing through the woods down to Waipio, disappeared from his view. [49]

Every year, it's said that a procession of ghosts called Oio marches solemnly down the Mahiki road and enters the Lua o Milu. A man who recently lived in Waimea and was known for his honesty claimed that around thirty years ago, he actually saw this ghostly group. One evening, while walking up this road, he spotted the Oio in the distance, and knowing that if they encountered him, he would surely die, he wisely hid behind a tree. Shaking with fear, he silently watched the terrifying scene unfold. There was Kamehameha, the conqueror, accompanied by all his chiefs and warriors in military formation—thousands of heroes who had earned their fame in the past. Although they were all silent as death, they marched in perfect step as they made their way through the woods down to Waipio, disappearing from his sight. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In connection with the foregoing, Professor W. D. Alexander kindly contributes the following:

In relation to the above, Professor W. D. Alexander generously offers the following:

“The valley of Waipio is a place frequently celebrated in the songs and traditions of Hawaii, as having been the abode of Akea and Milu, the first kings of the island....

“The valley of Waipio is a location often praised in the songs and traditions of Hawaii, known as the home of Akea and Milu, the first kings of the island....

“Some said that the souls of the departed went to the Po (place of night), and were annihilated or eaten by the gods there. Others said that some went to the regions of Akea and Milu. Akea (Wakea), they said, was the first king of Hawaii. At the expiration of his reign, which terminated with his life at Waipio, where we then were, he descended to a region far below, called Kapapahanaumoku (the island bearing rock or stratum), and founded a kingdom there. Milu, who was his successor, and reigned in Hamakua, descended, when he died, to Akea and shared the government of the place with him. Their land is a place of darkness; their food lizards and butterflies. There are several streams of water, of which they drink, and some said that there were large kahilis and wide-spreading kou trees, beneath which they reclined.”1

“Some said that the souls of the deceased went to the Po (place of night), where they were destroyed or consumed by the gods. Others claimed that some went to the areas of Akea and Milu. Akea (Wakea), they said, was the first king of Hawaii. At the end of his reign, which concluded with his death at Waipio, where we currently were, he descended to a region far below, called Kapapahanaumoku (the island bearing rock or stratum), and established a kingdom there. Milu, who succeeded him and ruled in Hamakua, descended to Akea when he died and shared governance of the place with him. Their land is a place of darkness; their food consists of lizards and butterflies. There are several streams of water that they drink from, and some said there were large kahilis and wide-spreading kou trees, beneath which they relaxed.”1

“They had some very indistinct notion of a future state of happiness and of misery. They said that, after death, the ghost went first to the region of Wakea, the name of their first reputed progenitor, and if it had observed the religious rites and ceremonies, was entertained and allowed to remain there. That was a place of houses, comforts, and pleasures. [50]If the soul had failed to be religious, it found no one there to entertain it, and was forced to take a desperate leap into a place of misery below, called Milu.

“They had a vague idea of a future state of happiness and suffering. They believed that after death, the spirit first went to the realm of Wakea, named after their first supposed ancestor, and if it had followed the religious rituals and ceremonies, it would be welcomed and allowed to stay there. That was a place filled with homes, comforts, and pleasures. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]If the soul hadn’t been religious, there would be no one to welcome it, and it would be forced to make a desperate leap into a place of suffering below, called Milu.

“There were several precipices, from the verge of which the unhappy ghosts were supposed to take the leap into the region of woe; three in particular, one at the northern extremity of Hawaii, one at the western termination of Maui, and the third at the northern point of Oahu.”2

“There were several cliffs, from the edge of which the unfortunate souls were believed to jump into a realm of misery; three in particular, one at the northern tip of Hawaii, one at the western end of Maui, and the third at the northern point of Oahu.”2

Near the northwest point of Oahu is a rock called Leina Kauhane, where the souls of the dead descended into Hades. In New Zealand the same term, “Reinga” (the leaping place), is applied to the North Cape. The Marquesans have a similar belief in regard to the northermost island of their group, and apply the same term, “Reinga,” to their Avernus. [51]

Near the northwest point of Oahu is a rock called Leina Kauhane, where the souls of the dead go to the afterlife. In New Zealand, the same term, “Reinga” (the leaping place), is used for the North Cape. The Marquesans have a similar belief about the northernmost island of their group and also use the term “Reinga” for their version of the underworld. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Ellis’s “Polynesian Researches,” pp. 365–7.

1 Ellis’s “Polynesian Researches,” pp. 365–7.

2 Dibble’s History, p. 99.

2 Dibble's History, p. 99.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VI

Lonopuha; Or, Origin of the Art of Healing in Hawaii

Translated by Thos. G. Thrum

Translated by Thos. G. Thrum

During the time that Milu was residing at Waipio, Hawaii, the year of which is unknown, there came to these shores a number of people, with their wives, from that vague foreign land, Kahiki. But they were all of godly kind (ano akua nae), it is said, and drew attention as they journeyed from place to place. They arrived first at Niihau, and from there they travelled through all the islands. At Hawaii they landed at the south side, thence to Puna, Hilo, and settled at Kukuihaele, Hamakua, just above Waipio.

During the time Milu was living in Waipio, Hawaii, the exact year unknown, a group of people and their wives arrived from the mysterious foreign land of Kahiki. They were all said to be of a divine nature (ano akua nae) and caught everyone's attention as they moved from place to place. They first landed at Niihau and then traveled through all the islands. In Hawaii, they arrived on the south side and continued on to Puna, Hilo, and eventually settled at Kukuihaele in Hamakua, just above Waipio.

On every island they visited there appeared various diseases, and many deaths resulted, so that it was said this was their doings, among the chiefs and people. The diseases that followed in their train were chills, fevers, headache, pani, and so on.

On every island they visited, different diseases showed up, leading to many deaths. People claimed this was due to their presence among the chiefs and communities. The illnesses that followed them included chills, fevers, headaches, pani, and more.

These are the names of some of these people: Kaalaenuiahina, Kahuilaokalani, Kaneikaulanaula, besides others. They brought death, but one Kamakanuiahailono followed after them with healing powers. This was perhaps the origin of sickness and the art of healing with medicines in Hawaii. [52]

These are the names of some of these people: Kaalaenuiahina, Kahuilaokalani, Kaneikaulanaula, and others. They brought death, but one Kamakanuiahailono followed them with healing powers. This may have been the beginning of sickness and the practice of healing with medicines in Hawaii. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

As has been said, diseases settled on the different islands like an epidemic, and the practice of medicine ensued, for Kamakanuiahailono followed them in their journeyings. He arrived at Kau, stopping at Kiolakaa, on the west side of Waiohinu, where a great multitude of people were residing, and Lono was their chief. The stranger sat on a certain hill, where many of the people visited him, for the reason that he was a newcomer, a custom that is continued to this day. While there he noticed the redness of skin of a certain one of them, and remarked, “Oh, the redness of skin of that man!”

As mentioned before, diseases spread across the different islands like an epidemic, leading to the practice of medicine, as Kamakanuiahailono traveled with them. He arrived at Kau, making a stop at Kiolakaa on the west side of Waiohinu, where a large number of people lived, and Lono was their chief. The stranger sat on a particular hill, where many people came to see him because he was new, a tradition that still exists today. While he was there, he noticed that one of them had red skin and remarked, “Oh, the redness of skin of that man!”

The people replied, “Oh, that is Lono, the chief of this land, and he is a farmer.”

The people answered, “Oh, that's Lono, the leader of this land, and he’s a farmer.”

He again spoke, asserting that his sickness was very great; for through the redness of the skin he knew him to be a sick man.

He spoke again, claiming that his illness was very serious; because of the redness of his skin, he recognized him as someone who was sick.

They again replied that he was a healthy man, “but you consider him very sick.” He then left the residents and set out on his journey.

They responded again that he was a healthy man, “but you think he’s very sick.” He then left the residents and continued on his journey.

Some of those who heard his remarks ran and told the chief the strange words, “that he was a very sick man.” On hearing this, Lono raised up his oo (digger) and said, “Here I am, without any sign of disease, and yet I am sick.” And as he brought down his oo with considerable force, it struck his foot and pierced it through, causing the blood to flow freely, so that he fell and fainted away. At this, one of the men seized a pig and ran after the stranger, who, hearing the pig squealing, looked behind him and saw the man running with it; and as he neared him he dropped it [53]before him, and told him of Lono’s misfortune, Kamakanuiahailono then returned, gathering on the way the young popolo seeds and its tender leaves in his garment (kihei). When he arrived at the place where the wounded man was lying he asked for some salt, which he took and pounded together with the popolo and placed it with a cocoanut covering on the wound. From then till night the flowing of the blood ceased. After two or three weeks had elapsed he again took his departure.

Some of those who heard his remarks ran and told the chief the strange words, “that he was a very sick man.” On hearing this, Lono picked up his oo (digger) and said, “Here I am, without any sign of disease, and yet I am sick.” And as he brought down his oo with significant force, it struck his foot and pierced through, causing blood to flow freely, so that he fell and passed out. At this, one of the men grabbed a pig and ran after the stranger, who, hearing the pig squealing, looked back and saw the man running with it; as he got closer, he dropped it [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] in front of him and told him about Lono’s misfortune. Kamakanuiahailono then returned, gathering young popolo seeds and tender leaves in his garment (kihei). When he arrived at the spot where the injured man was lying, he asked for some salt, which he took, pounded together with the popolo, and placed it on the wound covered with a coconut. From then until night, the bleeding stopped. After two or three weeks had passed, he set out again.

While he was leisurely journeying, some one breathing heavily approached him in the rear, and, turning around, there was the chief, and he asked him: “What is it, Lono, and where are you going?”

While he was casually traveling, someone breathing heavily came up behind him, and when he turned around, there was the chief. He asked him, “What’s going on, Lono, and where are you headed?”

Lono replied, “You healed me; therefore, as soon as you had departed I immediately consulted with my successors, and have resigned my offices to them, so that they will have control over all. As for myself, I followed after you, that you might teach me the art of healing.”

Lono replied, “You healed me; so as soon as you left, I met with my successors and handed over my responsibilities to them, so they would be in charge of everything. As for me, I came after you, hoping you would teach me the art of healing.”

The kahuna lapaau (medical priest) then said, “Open your mouth.” When Lono opened his mouth, the kahuna spat into it,1 by which he would become proficient in the calling he had chosen, and in which he eventually became, in fact, very skilful.

The kahuna lapaau (medical priest) then said, “Open your mouth.” When Lono opened his mouth, the kahuna spat into it, 1 and that’s how he would become skilled in the vocation he had chosen, and he eventually became very proficient at it.

As they travelled, he instructed Lono (on account of the accident to his foot he was called Lonopuha) in the various diseases, and the different medicines for the proper treatment of each. They journeyed through Kau, Puna, and Hilo, thence onward to Hamakua as [54]far as Kukuihaele. Prior to their arrival there, Kamakanuiahailono said to Lonopuha, “It is better that we reside apart, lest your healing practice do not succeed; but you settle elsewhere, so as to gain recognition from your own skill.”

As they traveled, he taught Lono (due to the injury to his foot, he was called Lonopuha) about various illnesses and the different treatments for each. They went through Kau, Puna, and Hilo, and then continued to Hamakua as far as Kukuihaele. Before they arrived, Kamakanuiahailono said to Lonopuha, “It’s better for us to live apart, in case your healing doesn’t work; you should settle somewhere else to build your own reputation.”

For this reason, Lonopuha went on farther and located in Waimanu, and there practised the art of healing. On account of his labors here, he became famous as a skilful healer, which fame Kamakanuiahailono and others heard of at Kukuihaele; but he never revealed to Kaalaenuiahina ma (company) of his teaching of Lonopuha, through which he became celebrated. It so happened that Kaalaenuiahina ma were seeking an occasion to cause Milu’s death, and he was becoming sickly through their evil efforts.

For this reason, Lonopuha traveled further and settled in Waimanu, where he practiced the art of healing. Because of his work there, he became well-known as a skilled healer, and his fame reached Kamakanuiahailono and others in Kukuihaele; however, he never disclosed to Kaalaenuiahina ma the teachings of Lonopuha that led to his recognition. It just so happened that Kaalaenuiahina ma were looking for a way to bring about Milu’s death, and he was becoming ill from their wicked schemes.

When Milu heard of the fame of Lonopuha as a skilful healer, because of those who were afflicted with disease and would have died but for his treatment, he sent his messenger after him. On arriving at Milu’s house, Lonopuha examined and felt of him, and then said, “You will have no sickness, provided you be obedient to my teachings.” He then exercised his art, and under his medical treatment Milu recovered.

When Milu heard about Lonopuha's reputation as a skilled healer, thanks to those who were suffering from illness and would have died without his care, he sent a messenger to find him. When Lonopuha arrived at Milu’s house, he examined him and said, “You won’t be sick as long as you follow my advice.” He then applied his treatment, and with his care, Milu got better.

Lonopuha then said to him: “I have treated you, and you are well of the internal ailments you suffered under, and only that from without remains. Now, you must build a house of leaves and dwell therein in quietness for a few weeks, to recuperate.” These houses are called pipipi, such being the place to which invalids are moved for convalescent treatment unless something unforeseen should occur. [55]

Lonopuha then said to him: “I’ve taken care of you, and you’re no longer suffering from the internal issues you had; now, only the external ones remain. You need to build a shelter out of leaves and stay there quietly for a few weeks to recover.” These shelters are called pipipi; they are the places where people go for recovery unless something unexpected happens. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Upon Milu’s removal thereto, Lonopuha advised him as follows: “O King! you are to dwell in this house according to the length of time directed, in perfect quietness; and should the excitement of sports with attendant loud cheering prevail here, I warn you against these as omens of evil for your death; and I advise you not to loosen the ti leaves of your house to peep out to see the cause, for on the very day you do so, that day you will perish.”

Upon Milu’s arrival there, Lonopuha advised him: “O King! You should stay in this house for the time specified, in complete peace; and if the noise of sports and loud cheering happens here, I caution you that these are signs of bad things for your life; and I suggest you don’t pull back the ti leaves of your house to look outside to see what’s happening, because on the very day you do that, you will die.”

Some two weeks had scarcely passed since the King had been confined in accordance with the kahuna’s instructions, when noises from various directions in proximity to the King’s dwelling were heard, but he regarded the advice of the priest all that day. The cause of the commotion was the appearance of two birds playing in the air, which so excited the people that they kept cheering them all that day.

Some two weeks had barely gone by since the King had been confined as per the kahuna’s directions when sounds from different directions near the King’s residence were heard, but he followed the priest’s advice all day long. The source of the noise was the sight of two birds playing in the sky, which thrilled the people so much that they cheered for them all day.

Three weeks had almost passed when loud cheering was again heard in Waipio, caused by a large bird decorated with very beautiful feathers, which flew out from the clouds and soared proudly over the palis (precipices) of Koaekea and Kaholokuaiwa, and poised gracefully over the people; therefore, they cheered as they pursued it here and there. Milu was much worried thereby, and became so impatient that he could no longer regard the priest’s caution; so he lifted some of the ti leaves of his house to look out at the bird, when instantly it made a thrust at him, striking him under the armpit, whereby his life was taken and he was dead (lilo ai kona ola a make iho la).

Three weeks had nearly passed when loud cheers erupted again in Waipio, caused by a large bird adorned with stunning feathers that flew out from the clouds and soared proudly over the cliffs of Koaekea and Kaholokuaiwa, hovering gracefully above the crowd; this made them cheer as they chased it around. Milu was very worried by this and became so impatient that he disregarded the priest’s warning; so he lifted some of the ti leaves from his house to catch a glimpse of the bird, when suddenly it lunged at him, striking him under the armpit, causing his life to end and he fell dead.

The priest saw the bird flying with the liver of Milu; [56]therefore, he followed after it. When it saw that it was pursued, it immediately entered into a sunken rock just above the base of the precipice of Koaekea. As he reached the place, the blood was spattered around where the bird had entered. Taking a piece of garment (pahoola), he soaked it with the blood and returned and placed it in the opening in the body of the dead King and poured healing medicine on the wound, whereby Milu recovered. And the place where the bird entered with Milu’s liver has ever since been called Keakeomilu (the liver of Milu).

The priest saw the bird flying with Milu's liver; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]so he chased after it. When the bird noticed it was being pursued, it quickly flew into a sunken rock just above the base of the Koaekea cliff. When he got to the spot, he found blood splattered around where the bird had entered. He took a piece of fabric (pahoola), soaked it in the blood, and returned to place it in the wound on the body of the dead King, pouring healing medicine on the injury, which allowed Milu to recover. The spot where the bird entered with Milu's liver has since been known as Keakeomilu (the liver of Milu).

A long while afterward, when this death of the King was as nothing (i mea ole), and he recovered as formerly, the priest refrained not from warning him, saying: “You have escaped from this death; there remains for you one other.”

A long time later, when the King’s death was just a memory, and he was back to his old self, the priest didn’t hold back from warning him, saying: “You’ve survived this death; there’s one more waiting for you.”

After Milu became convalescent from his recent serious experience, a few months perhaps had elapsed, when the surf at Waipio became very high and was breaking heavily on the beach. This naturally caused much commotion and excitement among the people, as the numerous surf-riders, participating in the sport, would land upon the beach on their surf-boards. Continuous cheering prevailed, and the hilarity rendered Milu so impatient at the restraint put upon him by the priest that he forsook his wise counsel and joined in the exhilarating sport.

After Milu recovered from his recent serious experience, a few months went by, and the surf at Waipio got really high, crashing heavily on the beach. This naturally sparked a lot of excitement among the people, as the many surf riders participated in the sport, landing on the beach on their surfboards. There was continuous cheering, and the excitement made Milu so impatient with the restrictions from the priest that he ignored his wise advice and joined in the thrilling sport.

Seizing a surf-board he swam out some distance to the selected spot for suitable surfs. Here he let the first and second combers pass him; but watching his opportunity he started with the momentum of the [57]heavier third comber, catching the crest just right. Quartering on the rear of his board, he rode in with majestic swiftness, and landed nicely on the beach amid the cheers and shouts of the people. He then repeated the venture and was riding in as successfully, when, in a moment of careless abandon, at the place where the surfs finish as they break on the beach, he was thrust under and suddenly disappeared, while the surf-board flew from under and was thrown violently upon the shore. The people in amazement beheld the event, and wildly exclaimed: “Alas! Milu is dead! Milu is dead!” With sad wonderment they searched and watched in vain for his body. Thus was seen the result of repeated disobedience. [58]

Grabbing a surfboard, he swam out a bit to the chosen spot for good waves. He let the first and second waves roll past him, but keeping an eye on his chance, he took off with the momentum of the heavier third wave, catching the crest perfectly. Balancing on the back of his board, he rode in with impressive speed, landing smoothly on the beach to the cheers and shouts of the crowd. He tried it again and was riding in just as successfully when, in a moment of careless fun, right where the waves break on the shore, he was pushed under and suddenly disappeared, while the surfboard flew out from under him and crashed violently onto the sand. The crowd gasped at what had happened and shouted in disbelief: “Oh no! Milu is dead! Milu is dead!” With sad confusion, they searched and watched in vain for his body. This was the consequence of repeated disobedience. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 An initiatory act, as in the priesthood.

1 A beginning action, like in the priesthood.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VII

A Visit to the Spirit Land; Or, The Strange Experience of a Woman in Kona, Hawaii

Mrs. E. N. Haley

Mrs. E. N. Haley

Kalima had been sick for many weeks, and at last died. Her friends gathered around her with loud cries of grief, and with many expressions of affection and sorrow at their loss they prepared her body for its burial.

Kalima had been sick for several weeks, and finally passed away. Her friends gathered around her, crying loudly in grief, expressing their love and sadness over their loss as they prepared her body for burial.

The grave was dug, and when everything was ready for the last rites and sad act, husband and friends came to take a final look at the rigid form and ashen face before it was laid away forever in the ground. The old mother sat on the mat-covered ground beside her child, brushing away the intrusive flies with a piece of cocoanut-leaf, and wiping away the tears that slowly rolled down her cheeks. Now and then she would break into a low, heart-rending wail, and tell in a sob-choked, broken voice, how good this her child had always been to her, how her husband loved her, and how her children would never have any one to take her place. “Oh, why,” she cried, “did the gods leave me? I am old and heavy with years; my back is bent and my eyes are getting dark. I cannot work, and am too old and weak to enjoy fishing in the sea, or dancing [59]and feasting under the trees. But this my child loved all these things, and was so happy. Why is she taken and I, so useless, left?” And again that mournful, sob-choked wail broke on the still air, and was borne out to the friends gathered under the trees before the door, and was taken up and repeated until the hardest heart would have softened and melted at the sound. As they sat around on the mats looking at their dead and listening to the old mother, suddenly Kalima moved, took a long breath, and opened her eyes. They were frightened at the miracle, but so happy to have her back again among them.

The grave was dug, and when everything was set for the final rites and somber moment, the husband and friends came to take one last look at the still form and pale face before it was laid to rest in the ground forever. The old mother sat on the mat-covered ground beside her child, swatting away the pesky flies with a piece of coconut leaf and wiping away the tears that slowly rolled down her cheeks. Every so often, she would break into a low, heart-wrenching wail, sobbing about how good her child had always been to her, how her husband loved her, and how her other children would never have anyone to take her place. “Oh, why,” she cried, “did the gods abandon me? I am old and burdened with years; my back is bent and my vision is fading. I cannot work, and I am too old and weak to enjoy fishing in the sea or dancing and feasting under the trees. But my child loved all these things and was so happy. Why was she taken, and I, so useless, left behind?” Once again, that mournful, sob-filled wail broke the stillness and echoed out to the friends gathered under the trees by the door, who picked it up and echoed it back until even the hardest hearts would have softened at the sound. As they sat around on the mats, staring at their loved one and listening to the old mother, suddenly Kalima moved, took a deep breath, and opened her eyes. They were stunned by the miracle but overjoyed to have her back among them.

The old mother raised her hands and eyes to heaven and, with rapt faith on her brown, wrinkled face, exclaimed: “The gods have let her come back! How they must love her!”

The elderly mother raised her hands and eyes to the sky and, with deep faith on her brown, wrinkled face, exclaimed: “The gods have allowed her to return! How much they must love her!”

Mother, husband, and friends gathered around and rubbed her hands and feet, and did what they could for her comfort. In a few minutes she revived enough to say, “I have something strange to tell you.”

Mother, husband, and friends gathered around and rubbed her hands and feet, doing what they could to make her comfortable. After a few minutes, she perked up enough to say, “I have something strange to tell you.”

Several days passed before she was strong enough to say more; then calling her relatives and friends about her, she told them the following weird and strange story:

Several days went by before she felt strong enough to share more. Then, gathering her family and friends around her, she told them the following bizarre and unusual story:

“I died, as you know. I seemed to leave my body and stand beside it, looking down on what was me. The me that was standing there looked like the form I was looking at, only, I was alive and the other was dead. I gazed at my body for a few minutes, then turned and walked away. I left the house and village, [60]and walked on and on to the next village, and there I found crowds of people,—Oh, so many people! The place which I knew as a small village of a few houses was a very large place, with hundreds of houses and thousands of men, women, and children. Some of them I knew and they spoke to me,—although that seemed strange, for I knew they were dead,—but nearly all were strangers. They were all so happy! They seemed not to have a care; nothing to trouble them. Joy was in every face, and happy laughter and bright, loving words were on every tongue.

“I died, as you know. I felt like I left my body and stood next to it, looking down at what was me. The version of me standing there looked like the body I was looking at, except I was alive and the other was dead. I stared at my body for a few minutes, then turned and walked away. I left the house and village, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and kept walking to the next village, where I found crowds of people—oh, so many people! The place I used to know as a small village with just a few houses had turned into a large area, filled with hundreds of houses and thousands of men, women, and children. Some of them I recognized, and they spoke to me—though that felt weird since I knew they were dead—but most were complete strangers. They were all so happy! They seemed carefree; nothing bothered them. Joy was on every face, and happy laughter and kind words flowed from everyone’s lips.

“I left that village and walked on to the next. I was not tired, for it seemed no trouble to walk. It was the same there; thousands of people, and every one so joyous and happy. Some of these I knew. I spoke to a few people, then went on again. I seemed to be on my way to the volcano,—to Pele’s pit,—and could not stop, much as I wanted to do so.

“I left that village and walked on to the next. I wasn't tired; walking felt effortless. It was the same there—thousands of people, all so joyful and happy. Some of them I recognized. I chatted with a few people, then continued on my way. I felt like I was headed toward the volcano—to Pele’s pit—and couldn’t stop, even though I wanted to.”

“All along the road were houses and people, where I had never known any one to live. Every bit of good ground had many houses, and many, many happy people on it. I felt so full of joy, too, that my heart sang within me, and I was glad to be dead.

“All along the road were houses and people, where I had never known anyone to live. Every bit of good land had many houses, and many, many happy people on it. I felt so full of joy, too, that my heart sang within me, and I was glad to be dead.”

“In time I came to South Point, and there, too, was a great crowd of people. The barren point was a great village, I was greeted with happy alohas, then passed on. All through Kau it was the same, and I felt happier every minute. At last I reached the volcano. There were some people there, but not so many as at other places. They, too, were happy like [61]the others, but they said, ‘You must go back to your body. You are not to die yet.’

“In time, I arrived at South Point, and there was a huge crowd of people. The desolate point felt like a bustling village; I was welcomed with cheerful alohas, then moved on. It was the same throughout Kau, and I felt happier with each passing moment. Eventually, I reached the volcano. There were some people there, but not as many as in other places. They were just as cheerful as the others, but they said, ‘You need to go back to your body. You’re not supposed to die yet.’”

“I did not want to go back. I begged and prayed to be allowed to stay with them, but they said, ‘No, you must go back; and if you do not go willingly, we will make you go.’

“I didn’t want to go back. I begged and prayed to be allowed to stay with them, but they said, ‘No, you have to go back; and if you don’t go willingly, we’ll make you go.’”

“I cried and tried to stay, but they drove me back, even beating me when I stopped and would not go on. So I was driven over the road I had come, back through all those happy people. They were still joyous and happy, but when they saw that I was not allowed to stay, they turned on me and helped drive me, too.

“I cried and tried to stay, but they pushed me back, even hitting me when I stopped and refused to move on. So I was forced back along the road I had come, through all those happy people. They were still cheerful and joyful, but when they saw that I wasn't allowed to stay, they turned against me and helped push me along too.

“Over the sixty miles I went, weeping, followed by those cruel people, till I reached my home and stood by my body again. I looked at it and hated it. Was that my body? What a horrid, loathsome thing it was to me now, since I had seen so many beautiful, happy creatures! Must I go and live in that thing again? No, I would not go into it; I rebelled and cried for mercy.

“Over the sixty miles I traveled, crying, followed by those cruel people, until I reached my home and stood by my body again. I looked at it and hated it. Was that my body? What a horrible, disgusting thing it was to me now, since I had seen so many beautiful, happy beings! Did I really have to go and live in that thing again? No, I refused to go into it; I rebelled and cried for mercy.

“‘You must go into it; we will make you!’ said my tormentors. They took me and pushed me head foremost into the big toe.

“‘You have to go in there; we’re making you!’ said my tormentors. They grabbed me and shoved me in headfirst into the big toe.”

“I struggled and fought, but could not help myself. They pushed and beat me again, when I tried for the last time to escape. When I passed the waist, I seemed to know it was of no use to struggle any more, so went the rest of the way myself. Then my body came to life again, and I opened my eyes.

“I struggled and fought, but I couldn’t help myself. They pushed and hit me again when I tried one last time to escape. When I reached the waist, I realized it was useless to keep fighting, so I went the rest of the way on my own. Then my body came to life again, and I opened my eyes."

“But I wish I could have stayed with those happy [62]people. It was cruel to make me come back. My other body was so beautiful, and I was so happy, so happy!” [63]

“But I wish I could have stayed with those happy [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]people. It was so unfair to make me come back. My other body was so beautiful, and I was so happy, so happy!” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VIII

Kapeepeekauila; Or, The Rocks of Kana

Rev. A. O. Forbes

Rev. A. O. Forbes

On the northern side of the island of Molokai, commencing at the eastern end and stretching along a distance of about twenty miles, the coast is a sheer precipice of black rock varying in height from eight hundred to two thousand feet. The only interruptions to the continuity of this vast sea wall are formed by the four romantic valleys of Pelekunu, Puaahaunui, Wailau, and Waikolu. Between the valleys of Pelekunu and Waikolu, juts out the bold, sharp headland of Haupu, forming the dividing ridge between them, and reminding one somewhat of an axe-head turned edge upward. Directly in a line with this headland, thirty or forty rods out in the ocean, arise abruptly from the deep blue waters the rocks of Haupu, three or four sharp, needle-like points of rock varying from twenty to one hundred feet in height. This is the spot associated with the legend of Kapeepeekauila, and these rocks stand like grim sentinels on duty at the eastern limit of what is now known as the settlement of Kalawao. The legend runs as follows:

On the northern side of the island of Molokai, starting at the eastern end and extending about twenty miles, the coast is a steep cliff of black rock that ranges from eight hundred to two thousand feet high. The only breaks in this massive sea wall are the four scenic valleys of Pelekunu, Puaahaunui, Wailau, and Waikolu. Between the valleys of Pelekunu and Waikolu juts out the bold, sharp headland of Haupu, which forms the ridge that separates them and somewhat resembles an axe-head turned edge-up. Directly in line with this headland, thirty or forty rods out in the ocean, rise sharply from the deep blue waters the rocks of Haupu, three or four pointed rock formations that vary in height from twenty to one hundred feet. This is the site linked to the legend of Kapeepeekauila, and these rocks stand like grim guards at the eastern boundary of what is now known as the settlement of Kalawao. The legend goes like this:

Keahole was the father, Hiiaka-noholae was the [64]mother, and Kapeepeekauila was the son. This Kapeepeekauila was a hairy man, and dwelt on the ridge of Haupu.

Keahole was the father, Hiiaka-noholae was the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]mother, and Kapeepeekauila was the son. This Kapeepeekauila was a hairy man who lived on the ridge of Haupu.

Once on a time Hakalanileo and his wife Hina, the mother of Kana, came and dwelt in the valley of Pelekunu, on the eastern side of the ridge of Haupu.

Once upon a time, Hakalanileo and his wife Hina, the mother of Kana, came and lived in the valley of Pelekunu, on the eastern side of the Haupu ridge.

Kapeepeekauila, hearing of the arrival of Hina, the beautiful daughter of Kalahiki, sent his children to fetch her. They went and said to Hina, “Our royal father desires you as his wife, and we have come for you.”

Kapeepeekauila, learning about the arrival of Hina, the beautiful daughter of Kalahiki, sent his children to bring her back. They went and said to Hina, “Our royal father wants you as his wife, and we’ve come for you.”

“Desires me for what?” said she.

“Wants me for what?” she said.

“Desires you for a wife,” said they.

“Wants you for a wife,” they said.

This announcement pleased the beautiful daughter of Kalahiki, and she replied, “Return to your royal father and tell him he shall be the husband and I will be the wife.”

This announcement made the beautiful daughter of Kalahiki happy, and she replied, “Go back to your royal father and tell him he will be the husband and I will be the wife.”

When this message was delivered to Kapeepeekauila, he immediately sent a messenger to the other side of the island to summon all the people from Keonekuina to Kalamaula; for we have already seen that he was a hairy man, and it was necessary that this blemish should be removed. Accordingly, when the people had all arrived, Kapeepeekauila laid himself down and they fell to work until the hairs were all plucked out. He then took Hina to wife, and they two dwelt together on the top of Haupu.

When Kapeepeekauila received this message, he quickly sent a messenger to the other side of the island to gather everyone from Keonekuina to Kalamaula; as we have already noted, he was a hairy guy, and it was important to get rid of that flaw. So, when everyone arrived, Kapeepeekauila lay down, and they went to work until all the hair was plucked out. He then married Hina, and they lived together on top of Haupu.

Poor Hakalanileo, the husband of Hina, mourned the loss of his companion of the long nights of winter and the shower-sprinkled nights of summer. Neither could he regain possession of her, for the ridge of [65]Haupu grew till it reached the heavens. He mourned and rolled himself in the dust in agony, and crossed his hands behind his back. He went from place to place in search of some powerful person who should be able to restore to him his wife. In his wanderings, the first person to whom he applied was Kamalalawalu, celebrated for strength and courage. This man, seeing his doleful plight, asked, “Why these tears, O my father?”

Poor Hakalanileo, Hina's husband, grieved for the loss of his companion through the long winter nights and the rain-soaked summer nights. He couldn't bring her back, as the ridge of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Haupu had grown until it touched the sky. He mourned, rolling in the dust in pain, with his hands crossed behind his back. He traveled from place to place looking for someone powerful enough to help him get his wife back. During his journey, the first person he approached was Kamalalawalu, known for his strength and bravery. This man, seeing Hakalanileo's sorrowful state, asked, “Why are you crying, my father?”

Hakalanileo replied, “Thy mother is lost.”

Hakalanileo replied, “Your mother is lost.”

“Lost to whom?”

"Lost to who?"

“Lost to Kapeepee.”

"Defeated by Kapeepee."

“What Kapeepee?”

"What is Kapeepee?"

“Kapeepee-kauila.”

“Kapeepee-kauila.”

“What Kauila?”

"What is Kauila?"

“Kauila, the dauntless, of Haupu.”

“Kauila, the fearless, of Haupu.”

“Then, O father, thou wilt not recover thy wife. Our stick may strike; it will but hit the dust at his feet. His stick, when it strikes back, will hit the head. Behold, measureless is the height of Haupu.”

“Then, O father, you will not get your wife back. Our stick may strike; it will only hit the dust at his feet. His stick, when it strikes back, will hit the head. Look, the height of Haupu is immeasurable.”

Now, this Kamalalawalu was celebrated for his strength in throwing stones. Of himself, one side was stone, and the other flesh. As a test he seized a large stone and threw it upwards. It rose till it hit the sky and then fell back to earth again. As it came down, he turned his stony side toward it, and the collision made his side rattle. Hakalanileo looked on and sadly said, “Not strong enough.”

Now, this Kamalalawalu was known for his incredible strength in throwing stones. One side of him was like stone, while the other was flesh. To prove his strength, he grabbed a large stone and threw it up into the air. It soared until it hit the sky and then came back down to earth. As it fell, he faced his stony side toward it, and the impact caused his side to shake. Hakalanileo watched and sadly said, “Not strong enough.”

On he went, beating his breast in his grief, till he came to the celebrated Niuloihiki. Question and answer passed between them, as in the former case, but [66]Niuloihiki replied, “It is hopeless; behold, measureless is the height of Haupu.”

On he went, beating his chest in his sorrow, until he reached the famous Niuloihiki. They exchanged questions and answers just like last time, but [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Niuloihiki responded, “It’s useless; look, Haupu’s height is immeasurable.”

View in Wainiha Valley, Kauai.

View in Wainiha Valley, Kauai.

View in Wainiha Valley, Kauai.

View in Wainiha Valley, Kauai.

Again he prosecuted his search till he met the third man of fame, whose name was Kaulu. Question and answer passed, as before, and Kaulu, to show his strength, seized a river and held it fast in its course. But Hakalanileo mournfully said, “Not strong enough.”

Again he continued his search until he met the third famous man, named Kaulu. They exchanged questions and answers, as before, and Kaulu, to demonstrate his strength, grabbed a river and held it firmly in its flow. But Hakalanileo sadly said, “Not strong enough.”

Pursuing his way with streaming eyes, he came to the fourth hero, Lonokaeho by name. As in the former cases, so in this, he received no satisfaction. These four were all he knew of who were foremost in prowess, and all four had failed him. It was the end, and he turned sadly toward the mountain forest, to return to his home.

Pursuing his path with tears streaming down his face, he reached the fourth hero, named Lonokaeho. Just like before, he found no satisfaction. These four were the only ones he knew who were the best in skill, and all four had let him down. It was the end, and he turned sadly toward the mountain forest to head back home.

Meantime, the rumor had reached the ears of Niheu, surnamed “the Rogue.” Some one told him a father had passed along searching for some one able to recover him his wife.

Meantime, the rumor had reached Niheu, known as “the Rogue.” Someone told him that a father was out looking for someone who could help him get his wife back.

“Where is this father of mine?” inquired Niheu.

“Where is my father?” Niheu asked.

“He has gone inland,” was the reply.

“He’s gone inland,” was the reply.

“I’ll overtake him; he won’t escape me,” said Niheu. So he went after the old man, kicking over the trees that came in his way. The old man had gone on till he was tired and faint, when Niheu overtook him and brought him back to his house. Then Niheu asked him, “What made you go on without coming to the house of Niheu?”

“I'll catch up to him; he can't get away from me,” said Niheu. So he pursued the old man, kicking aside the trees that were in his path. The old man had continued until he was exhausted and weak, when Niheu finally caught up to him and took him back to his house. Then Niheu asked him, “What made you keep going instead of coming to my house?”

“What, indeed,” answered the old man; “as though I were not seeking to recover thy mother, who is lost!” [67]

“What do you mean?” replied the old man. “Like I’m not trying to find your mother, who is missing!” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Then came question and answer, as in former cases, and Niheu said, “I fear thou wilt not recover thy wife, O my father. But let us go inland to the foster son of Uli.” So they went. But Niheu ran on ahead and told Kana, the foster son of Uli: “Behold, here comes Hakalanileo, bereft of his wife. We are all beat.”

Then they started asking questions and giving answers like before, and Niheu said, “I’m afraid you won’t get your wife back, Dad. But let’s head inland to Uli’s foster son.” So they went. But Niheu hurried ahead and told Kana, Uli’s foster son, “Look, here comes Hakalanileo, without his wife. We’re all out of luck.”

“Where is he?” inquired Kana.

“Where is he?” asked Kana.

“Here he is, just arrived.”

"Here he is, just got here."

Kana looked forth, and Hakalanileo recoiled with fear at the blazing of his eyes.

Kana looked ahead, and Hakalanileo shrank back in fear at the brightness of his eyes.

Then spoke Niheu: “Why could you not wait before looking at our father? Behold, you have frightened him, and he has run back.”

Then Niheu said, “Why couldn’t you wait before looking at our dad? Look, you’ve scared him, and he ran away.”

On this, Kana, remaining yet in the house, stretched forth his hand, and, grasping the old man in the distance, brought him back and sat him on his lap. Then Kana wept. And the impudent Niheu said, “Now you are crying; look out for the old man, or he will get water-soaked.”

On this, Kana, still in the house, reached out his hand, grabbed the old man from a distance, and pulled him back to sit on his lap. Then Kana cried. And the bold Niheu said, “Now you’re crying; take care of the old man, or he’ll get soaked.”

But Kana ordered Niheu to bestir himself and light a fire, for the tears of Kana were as the big dropping rains of winter, soaking the plain. And Kana said to the old man, “Now, dry yourself by the fire, and when you are warm, tell your story.”

But Kana told Niheu to get up and start a fire, because Kana's tears were like the heavy winter rains, soaking the land. And Kana said to the old man, “Now, warm yourself by the fire, and when you're warm, share your story.”

The old man obeyed, and when he was warm enough, told the story of his grief. Then said Kana, “Almost spent are my years; I am only waiting for death, and behold I have at last found a foeman worthy of my prowess.”

The old man did what he was asked, and when he was warm enough, he shared the story of his sorrow. Then Kana said, “My years are almost gone; I am just waiting for death, and look, I have finally found a worthy opponent for my skills.”

Kana immediately espoused the cause of Hakalanileo, [68]and ordered his younger brother, Niheu, to construct a canoe for the voyage. Poor Niheu worked and toiled without success until, in despair, he exclaimed, upbraidingly, “Thy work is not work; it is slavery. There thou dwellest at thy ease in thy retreat, while with thy foot thou destroyest my canoe.”

Kana immediately took up the cause of Hakalanileo, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and told his younger brother, Niheu, to build a canoe for the journey. Poor Niheu worked hard and struggled without success until, in despair, he shouted, accusingly, “Your work is not just work; it's slavery. You sit back comfortably in your hideaway while you’re trampling my canoe with your foot.”

Upon this, Kana pointed out to Niheu a bush, and said, “Can you pull up that bush?”

Upon this, Kana pointed out a bush to Niheu and said, “Can you pull up that bush?”

“Yes,” replied Niheu, for it was but a small bush, and he doubted not his ability to root it up; so he pulled and tugged away, but could not loosen it.

"Yes," Niheu replied, since it was just a small bush, and he was confident he could pull it up; so he pulled and tugged at it, but couldn’t get it to budge.

Kana looking on, said, tauntingly, “Your foeman will not be overcome by you.”

Kana looked on and said, teasingly, “You won’t be able to defeat your enemy.”

Then Kana stretched forth his hands, scratching among the forests, and soon had a canoe in one hand; a little more and another canoe appeared in the other hand. The twin canoes were named Kaumueli. He lifted them down to the shore, provided them with paddles, and then appointed fourteen rowers. Kana embarked with his magic rod called Waka-i-lani. Thus they set forth to wage war upon Kapeepeekauila. They went on until the canoes grounded on a hard ledge.

Then Kana reached out his hands, searching through the forests, and before long he had a canoe in one hand; a moment later, another canoe appeared in the other hand. The twin canoes were named Kaumueli. He brought them down to the shore, equipped them with paddles, and then selected fourteen rowers. Kana set off with his magic rod called Waka-i-lani. Thus, they began their journey to fight against Kapeepeekauila. They continued until the canoes ran aground on a hard ledge.

Niheu called out, “Behold, thou sleepest, O Kana, while we all perish.”

Niheu shouted, “Look, you’re sleeping, Kana, while we all suffer.”

Kana replied, “What is there to destroy us? Are not these the reefs of Haupu? Away with the ledges, the rock points, and the yawning chasms! Smite with Waka-i-lani, thy rod.”

Kana replied, “What could possibly bring us down? Aren't these the reefs of Haupu? Forget about the ledges, the rock points, and the deep chasms! Strike with Waka-i-lani, your rod.”

Niheu smote, the rocks crumbled to pieces, and the canoes were freed. They pursued their course again [69]until Niheu, being on the watch, cried out, “Why sleepest thou, O Kana? Here we perish, again. Thy like for sleeping I never saw!”

Niheu struck the rocks, causing them to break apart, and the canoes were set free. They continued on their way [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]until Niheu, keeping an eye out, shouted, “Why are you sleeping, Kana? We're in danger again. I've never seen anyone sleep like you!”

“Wherefore perish?” said Kana.

“Why perish?” said Kana.

“Behold,” replied Niheu, “the fearful wall of water. If we attempt to pass it, it will topple over and destroy us all.”

“Look,” replied Niheu, “the terrifying wall of water. If we try to cross it, it will crash down and wipe us all out.”

Then said Kana: “Behold, behind us the reefs of Haupu. That is the destruction passed. As for the destruction before us, smite with thy rod.”

Then Kana said, “Look, behind us are the reefs of Haupu. That is the destruction we've already faced. As for the destruction ahead of us, strike it with your rod.”

Niheu smote, the wall of water divided, and the canoes passed safely through. Then they went on their course again, as before. After a time, Niheu again called out, “Alas, again we perish. Here comes a great monster. If he falls upon us, we are all dead men.”

Niheu struck, the wall of water parted, and the canoes went through safely. Then they resumed their journey, just like before. After a while, Niheu shouted again, “Oh no, we’re doomed again. A huge monster is approaching. If it gets to us, we’re all finished.”

And Kana said, “Look sharp, now, and when the pointed snout crosses our bow, smite with thy rod.”

And Kana said, “Pay attention now, and when the pointed snout comes across our path, strike with your rod.”

And he did so, and behold, this great thing was a monster fish, and when brought on board it became food for them all. So wonderfully great was this fish that its weight brought the rim of the canoes down to the water’s edge.

And he did that, and look, this amazing catch was a huge fish, and when it was brought on board, it fed everyone. This fish was so incredibly big that its weight made the edges of the canoes dip into the water.

They continued on their way, and next saw the open mouth of the sharp-toothed shark—another of the outer defences of Haupu—awaiting them.

They kept going and soon saw the open mouth of the sharp-toothed shark—another one of Haupu's outer defenses—waiting for them.

“Smite with thy rod,” ordered Kana.

“Hit with your stick,” ordered Kana.

Niheu smote, and the shark died.

Niheu struck, and the shark died.

Next they came upon the great turtle, another defence of Haupu. Again the sleepy Kana is aroused by the cry of the watchful Niheu, and the turtle is [70]slain by the stroke of the magic rod. All this was during the night. At last, just as the edge of the morning lifted itself from the deep, their mast became entangled in the branches of the trees. Niheu flung upward a stone. It struck. The branches came rattling down, and the mast was free. On they went till the canoes gently stood still. On this, Niheu cried out, “Here you are, asleep again, O Kana, and the canoes are aground!”

Next, they came across the huge turtle, another defense of Haupu. Once more, the sleepy Kana is jolted awake by the alert Niheu, and the turtle is [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]slain with the magic rod. This all took place during the night. Finally, as dawn began to break from the depths, their mast got caught in the branches of the trees. Niheu threw a stone upward. It hit its mark. The branches came crashing down, and the mast was free. They continued on until the canoes gently came to a stop. At this, Niheu called out, “Here you are, asleep again, O Kana, and the canoes are stuck!”

Kana felt beneath; there was no ground. He felt above; the mast was entangled in weeds. He pulled, and the weeds and earth came down together. The smell of the fresh-torn weeds was wafted up to Hale-huki, the house where Kapeepeekauila lived. His people, on the top of Haupu, looked down on the canoes floating at the foot. “Wondrous is the size of the canoes!” they cried. “Ah! it is a load of opihis (shell-fish) from Hawaii for Hina,” for that was a favorite dish with her.

Kana felt beneath him; there was no ground. He looked above; the mast was tangled in weeds. He pulled, and the weeds and dirt came down together. The smell of the freshly torn weeds drifted up to Hale-huki, the home of Kapeepeekauila. His people, on top of Haupu, looked down at the canoes floating below. “The canoes are huge!” they shouted. “Ah! It’s a load of opihis (shellfish) from Hawaii for Hina,” since that was one of her favorite dishes.

Meantime, Kana despatched Niheu after his mother. “Go in friendly fashion,” said the former.

Meantime, Kana sent Niheu after his mother. “Go in a friendly way,” said Kana.

Niheu leaped ashore, but slipped and fell on the smooth rocks. Back he went to the canoes.

Niheu jumped onto the shore but slipped and fell on the smooth rocks. He went back to the canoes.

“What sort of a coming back is this?” demanded Kana.

“What kind of comeback is this?” asked Kana.

“I slipped and fell, and just escaped with my life,” answered Niheu.

“I slipped and fell, and just managed to escape with my life,” Niheu replied.

“Back with you!” thundered Kana.

"Back with you!" shouted Kana.

Again the luckless Niheu sprang ashore, but the long-eyed sand-crabs (ohiki-makaloa) made the sand fly with their scratching till his eyes were filled. Back to [71]the canoes again he went. “Got it all in my eyes!” said he, and he washed them out with sea-water.

Again, the unfortunate Niheu jumped ashore, but the long-eyed sand crabs (ohiki-makaloa) made the sand fly with their scratching until his eyes were filled. He went back to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the canoes again. "I've got sand in my eyes!" he said, and he rinsed them out with seawater.

“You fool!” shouted Kana; “what were you looking down for? The sand-crabs are not birds. If you had been looking up, as you ought, you would not have got the sand in your eyes. Go again!”

“You idiot!” shouted Kana. “Why were you looking down? The sand crabs aren’t birds. If you had been looking up like you should have, you wouldn’t have gotten sand in your eyes. Try again!”

This time he succeeded, and climbed to the top of Haupu. Arriving at the house, Hale-huki, where Hina dwelt, he entered at once. Being asked “Why enterest thou this forbidden door?” he replied:

This time he succeeded and climbed to the top of Haupu. When he got to the house, Hale-huki, where Hina lived, he went in right away. When asked, “Why are you entering this forbidden door?” he replied:

“Because I saw thee entering by this door. Hadst thou entered some other way, I should not have come in at the door.” And behold, Kapeepeekauila and Hina sat before him. Then Niheu seized the hand of Hina and said, “Let us two go.” And she arose and went.

“Because I saw you coming in through this door. If you had come in another way, I wouldn’t have come in through the door.” And behold, Kapeepeekauila and Hina were sitting before him. Then Niheu took Hina's hand and said, “Let’s go, just the two of us.” And she stood up and left.

When they had gone about half-way to the brink of the precipice, Kapeepeekauila exclaimed, “What is this? Is the woman gone?”

When they had gone about halfway to the edge of the cliff, Kapeepeekauila exclaimed, “What’s going on? Is the woman gone?”

Mo-i, the sister of Kana, answered and said, “If you wish the woman, now is the time; you and I fight.”

Mo-i, Kana's sister, replied, “If you want the woman, now's your chance; you and I will fight.”

Great was the love of Kapeepeekauila for Hina, and he said, “No war dare touch Haupu; behold, it is a hill, growing even to the heavens.” And he sent the kolea (plover) squad to desecrate the sacred locks of Niheu; for the locks of Niheu were kapu, and if they should be touched, he would relinquish Hina for very shame. So the kolea company sailed along in the air till they brushed against the sacred locks of Niheu, and for very shame he let go his mother and struck at the koleas with his rod and hit their tail feathers and knocked them all out, so that they remain tailless to [72]this day. And he returned to the edge of the shore, while the koleas bore off Hina in triumph.

Kapeepeekauila loved Hina deeply, and he said, “No war can touch Haupu; look, it’s a hill reaching up to the sky.” He sent the kolea (plover) squad to defile the sacred locks of Niheu, because the locks of Niheu were kapu, and if they were disturbed, he would have to give up Hina out of shame. So, the kolea group flew through the air until they brushed against the sacred locks of Niheu, and out of shame, he released his mother and struck at the koleas with his rod, hitting their tail feathers and knocking them all off, leaving them tailless to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]this day. He then returned to the shore while the koleas took Hina away in triumph.

When Niheu reached the shore, he beat his forehead with stones till the blood flowed; a trick which Kana perceived from on board the canoes. And when Niheu went on board he said, “See! we fought and I got my head hurt.”

When Niheu reached the shore, he banged his forehead with stones until blood ran down; a tactic that Kana noticed from the canoes. And when Niheu got on board, he said, “Look! We fought, and I got hurt on my head.”

But Kana replied, “There was no fight; you did it yourself, out of shame at your defeat.”

But Kana replied, “There was no fight; you did it yourself because you were ashamed of losing.”

And Niheu replied, “What, then, shall we fight?”

And Niheu replied, “What, then, are we going to fight about?”

“Yes,” said Kana, and he stood up.

“Yes,” said Kana, getting to his feet.

Now, one of his legs was named Keauea and the other Kaipanea, and as he stood upon the canoes, he began to lengthen himself upward until the dwellers on top of Haupu exclaimed in terror, “We are all dead men! Behold, here is a great giant towering above us.”

Now, one of his legs was called Keauea and the other Kaipanea, and as he stood on the canoes, he started to grow taller until the people on top of Haupu cried out in fear, “We are all dead! Look, a giant is rising above us.”

And Kapeepeekauila, seeing this, hastened to prune the branches of the kamani tree (Calophyllum inophyllum), so that the bluff should grow upward. And the bluff rose, and Kana grew. Thus they strove, the bluff rising higher and Kana growing taller, until he became as the stalk of a banana leaf, and gradually spun himself out till he was no thicker than a strand of a spider’s web, and at last he yielded the victory to Kapeepeekauila.

And Kapeepeekauila, seeing this, quickly pruned the branches of the kamani tree (Calophyllum inophyllum), so the bluff would grow taller. The bluff rose, and Kana grew as well. They worked hard, with the bluff getting higher and Kana getting taller, until he became as thin as a banana leaf stalk and gradually stretched out until he was no thicker than a strand of a spider’s web, ultimately yielding victory to Kapeepeekauila.

Niheu, seeing the defeat of Kana, called out, “Lay yourself along to Kona, on Hawaii, to your grandmother, Uli.”

Niheu, seeing Kana's defeat, called out, “Go to Kona, on Hawaii, to your grandmother, Uli.”

And he laid himself along with his body in Kona, while his feet rested on Molokai. His grandmother in Kona fed him until he became plump and fat again. [73]Meanwhile, poor Niheu, watching at his feet on Molokai, saw their sides fill out with flesh while he was almost starved with hunger. “So, then,” quoth he, “you are eating and growing fat while I die with hunger.” And he cut off one of Kana’s feet for revenge.

And he laid down with his body in Kona, while his feet rested on Molokai. His grandmother in Kona fed him until he became plump and healthy again. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Meanwhile, poor Niheu, watching at his feet on Molokai, saw their sides fill out with flesh while he was nearly starving. “So, then,” he said, “you’re eating and getting fat while I’m dying of hunger.” And he cut off one of Kana’s feet in revenge.

The sensation crept along up to his body, which lay in Kona, and Kana said to his grandmother, Uli, “I seem to feel a numbness creeping over me.”

The feeling crawled up his body, which was lying in Kona, and Kana said to his grandmother, Uli, “I think I’m starting to feel numb.”

And she answered, and said, “Thy younger brother is hungry with watching, and seeing thy feet grow plump, he has cut off one of them; therefore this numbness.”

And she replied, “Your younger brother is hungry from watching, and seeing your feet getting fat, he has cut one of them off; that’s why it’s numb.”

Kana, having at last grown strong and fat, prepared to wage war again upon Kapeepeekauila. Food was collected in abundance from Waipio, and when it was prepared, they embarked again in their canoes and came back to Haupu, on Molokai. But his grandmother, Uli, had previously instructed him to first destroy all the branches of the kamani tree of Haupu. Then he showed himself, and began again to stretch upward and tower above the bluff. Kapeepeekauila hastened again to trim the branches of the kamani, that the bluff might grow as before; but behold, they were all gone! It was the end; Kapeepeekauila was at last vanquished. The victorious Kana recovered his sister, Mo-i, restored to poor Hakalanileo his wife, Hina, and then, tearing down the bluff of Haupu, kicked off large portions of it into the sea, where they stand to this day, and are called “The Rocks of Kana.” [74]

Kana, finally strong and healthy, got ready to fight Kapeepeekauila again. They gathered plenty of food from Waipio, and once it was prepared, they set off again in their canoes and returned to Haupu on Molokai. However, his grandmother, Uli, had told him to first destroy all the branches of the kamani tree at Haupu. Then he revealed himself and began to reach upward, towering above the bluff. Kapeepeekauila quickly went to trim the branches of the kamani so the bluff could grow tall again, but to his surprise, they were all gone! It was over; Kapeepeekauila was finally defeated. The victorious Kana reclaimed his sister, Mo-i, returned the wife, Hina, to poor Hakalanileo, and then, tearing down the bluff of Haupu, kicked large chunks of it into the sea, where they remain to this day, known as “The Rocks of Kana.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

IX

Kalelealuaka

Dr. N. B. Emerson

Dr. N. B. Emerson

Part I

Kaopele was born in Waipio, Hawaii. When born he did not breathe, and his parents were greatly troubled; but they washed his body clean, and having arrayed it in good clothes, they watched anxiously over the body for several days, and then, concluding it to be dead, placed it in a small cave in the face of the cliff. There the body remained from the summer month of Ikiki (July or August) to the winter month of Ikua (December or January), a period of six months.

Kaopele was born in Waipio, Hawaii. When he was born, he didn’t breathe, and his parents were very worried; but they cleaned his body and dressed it in nice clothes, watching over it anxiously for several days. Eventually, thinking he was dead, they placed him in a small cave on the side of a cliff. There, the body remained from the summer month of Ikiki (July or August) to the winter month of Ikua (December or January), a period of six months.

At this time they were startled by a violent storm of thunder and lightning, and the rumbling of an earthquake. At the same time appeared the marvellous phenomenon of eight rainbows arching over the mouth of the cave. Above the din of the storm the parents heard the voice of the awakened child calling to them:

At that moment, they were caught off guard by a fierce storm of thunder and lightning, along with the booming sound of an earthquake. At the same time, they witnessed the amazing sight of eight rainbows stretching over the cave entrance. Above the noise of the storm, the parents heard the voice of their awakened child calling out to them:

“Let your love rest upon me,

"Let your love rest on me,

O my parents, who have thrust me forth,

Oh my parents, who brought me into this world,

Who have left me in the cavernous cliff,

Who have left me in the deep ravine,

Who have heartlessly placed me in the

Who have carelessly put me in the __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cliff frequented by the tropic bird! [75]

Cliff was visited by a tropical bird! [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

O Waiaalaia, my mother!

O Waiaalaia, my mom!

O Waimanu, my father!

O Waimanu, my dad!

Come and take me!”

"Come and get me!"

The yearning love of the mother earnestly besought the father to go in quest of the infant; but he protested that search was useless, as the child was long since dead. But, unable longer to endure a woman’s teasing, which is the same in all ages, he finally set forth in high dudgeon, vowing that in case of failure he would punish her on his return.

The mother's deep longing for her child earnestly urged the father to go looking for the baby; however, he insisted that searching was pointless since the child had been dead for a long time. But, unable to tolerate a woman's nagging any longer, which is the same in every era, he finally set off in a huff, swearing that if he failed, he would punish her when he got back.

On reaching the place where the babe had been deposited, its body was not to be found. But lifting up his eyes and looking about, he espied the child perched on a tree, braiding a wreath from the scarlet flowers of the lehua (Metrosideros polymorpha). “I have come to take you home with me,” said the father. But the infant made no answer. The mother received the child to her arms with demonstrations of the liveliest affection. At her suggestion they named the boy Kaopele, from the name of their goddess, Pele.

Upon arriving at the spot where the baby had been left, they found no sign of him. But looking around, he saw the child sitting in a tree, weaving a wreath from the bright red flowers of the lehua (Metrosideros polymorpha). “I’ve come to take you home,” said the father. But the baby didn’t reply. The mother gathered the child into her arms with the warmest affection. At her suggestion, they named the boy Kaopele, after their goddess, Pele.

Six months after this, on the first day (Hilo) of the new moon, in the month of Ikiki, they returned home from working in the fields and found the child lying without breath, apparently dead. After venting their grief for their darling in loud lamentations, they erected a frame to receive its dead body.

Six months later, on the first day (Hilo) of the new moon in the month of Ikiki, they came back home from working in the fields and found the child lying there, seemingly lifeless. After expressing their sorrow for their beloved with loud cries, they built a frame to hold its dead body.

Time healed the wounds of their affection, and after the lapse of six moons they had ceased to mourn, when suddenly they were affrighted by a storm of thunder and lightning, with a quaking of the earth, [76]in the midst of which they distinguished the cry of their child, “Oh, come; come and take me!”

Time healed the wounds of their love, and after six months had passed, they had stopped grieving, when suddenly they were startled by a storm with thunder and lightning, accompanied by an earthquake, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]through which they heard their child's voice, “Oh, come; come and take me!”

They, overjoyed at this second restoration of their child to them, and deeming it to be a miracle worked by their goddess, made up their minds that if it again fell into a trance they would not be anxious, since their goddess would awake their child and bring it to life again.

They were thrilled about having their child back again and believed it was a miracle from their goddess. They decided that if their child fell into a trance again, they wouldn’t worry, since their goddess would wake their child and bring them back to life.

But afterward the child informed them of their mistake, saying: “This marvel that you see in me is a trance; when I pass into my deep sleep my spirit at once floats away in the upper air with the goddess, Poliahu. We are a numerous band of spirits, but I excel them in the distance of my flights. In one day I can compass this island of Hawaii, as well as Maui, Oahu, and Kauai, and return again. In my flights I have seen that Kauai is the richest of all the islands, for it is well supplied with food and fish, and it is abundantly watered. I intend to remain with you until I am grown; then I shall journey to Kauai and there spend the rest of my life.” Thus Kaopele lived with his parents until he was grown, but his habit of trance still clung to him.

But later, the child told them about their mistake, saying: “This amazing thing you see in me is a trance; when I fall into my deep sleep, my spirit instantly floats away into the upper air with the goddess, Poliahu. We are a large group of spirits, but I’m the best at traveling great distances. In one day, I can fly around the island of Hawaii, as well as Maui, Oahu, and Kauai, and come back. In my travels, I’ve seen that Kauai is the richest of all the islands because it has plenty of food and fish, and it’s well-watered. I plan to stay with you until I grow up; then I will travel to Kauai and spend the rest of my life there.” So, Kaopele lived with his parents until he grew up, but he still held on to his trance habit.

Then one day he filled them with grief by saying: “I am going, aloha.”

Then one day he filled them with sadness by saying, “I’m leaving, goodbye.”

They sealed their love for each other with tears and kisses, and he slept and was gone. He alighted at Kula, on Maui. There he engaged in cultivating food. When his crops were nearly ripe and ready to be eaten he again fell into his customary deep sleep, and when he awoke he found that the people of the land had eaten up all his crops. [77]

They sealed their love for each other with tears and kisses, and he slept and disappeared. He arrived at Kula, on Maui. There, he started growing food. When his crops were almost ready to be harvested, he fell into his usual deep sleep again, and when he woke up, he found that the locals had eaten all his crops. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Then he flew away to a place called Kapapakolea, in Moanalua, on Oahu, where he set out a new plantation. Here the same fortune befell him, and his time for sleep came upon him before his crops were fit for eating. When he awoke, his plantation had gone to waste.

Then he flew away to a place called Kapapakolea, in Moanalua, on Oahu, where he started a new plantation. Here, the same luck happened to him, and he fell asleep before his crops were ready to eat. When he woke up, his plantation had gone to waste.

Again he moves on, and this time settles in Lihue, Oahu, where for the third time he sets out a plantation of food, but is prevented from eating it by another interval of sleep. Awakening, he finds his crops overripe and wasted by neglect and decay.

Again he moves on, and this time he settles in Lihue, Oahu, where for the third time he starts a food plantation, but is kept from eating it by another period of sleep. When he wakes up, he finds his crops overripe and ruined from neglect and decay.

His restless ambition now carries him to Lahuimalo, still on the island of Oahu, where his industry plants another crop of food. Six months pass, and he is about to eat of the fruits of his labor, when one day, on plunging into the river to bathe, he falls into his customary trance, and his lifeless body is floated by the stream out into the ocean and finally cast up by the waters on the sands of Maeaea, a place in Waialua, Oahu.

His restless ambition now takes him to Lahuimalo, still on the island of Oahu, where he works to plant another crop of food. Six months go by, and he is about to enjoy the results of his hard work when one day, while diving into the river to bathe, he falls into his usual trance. His lifeless body is carried by the current out into the ocean and eventually washed ashore on the sands of Maeaea, a spot in Waialua, Oahu.

At the same time there arrived a man from Kauai in search of a human body to offer as a sacrifice at the temple of Kahikihaunaka at Wailua, on Kauai, and having seen the corpse of Kaopele on the beach, he asks and obtains permission of the feudal lord (Konohiki) of Waialua to take it. Thus it happens that Kaopele is taken by canoe to the island of Kauai and placed, along with the corpse of another man, on the altar of the temple at Wailua.

At the same time, a man from Kauai arrived looking for a human body to sacrifice at the Kahikihaunaka temple in Wailua, Kauai. After seeing Kaopele's corpse on the beach, he asked and got permission from the local lord (Konohiki) of Waialua to take it. As a result, Kaopele was transported by canoe to Kauai and placed on the altar of the temple at Wailua, alongside another man's corpse.

There he lay until the bones of his fellow corpse had begun to fall apart. When six moons had [78]been accomplished, at midnight there came a burst of thunder and an earthquake. Kaopele came to life, descended from the altar, and directed his steps toward a light which he saw shining through some chinks in a neighboring house. He was received by the occupants of the house with that instant and hearty hospitality which marks the Hawaiian race, and bidden to enter (“mai, komo mai”).

There he lay until the bones of his fellow corpse began to fall apart. After six moons had passed [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], at midnight there was a loud thunderclap and an earthquake. Kaopele came to life, stepped down from the altar, and walked towards a light he saw shining through some cracks in a nearby house. The occupants of the house welcomed him with the warmth and generosity typical of the Hawaiian people, inviting him in (“mai, komo mai”).

Food was set before him, with which he refreshed himself. The old man who seemed to be the head of the household was so much pleased and impressed with the bearing and appearance of our hero that he forthwith sought to secure him to be the husband of his granddaughter, a beautiful girl named Makalani. Without further ado, he persuaded him to be a suitor for the hand of the girl, and while it was yet night, started off to obtain the girl’s consent and to bring her back with him.

Food was served to him, and he enjoyed it. The old man, who appeared to be the head of the household, was so pleased and impressed by our hero's demeanor and looks that he immediately wanted him to marry his granddaughter, a beautiful girl named Makalani. Without wasting any time, he convinced him to pursue her hand, and while it was still night, he left to get her consent and bring her back with him.

The young woman was awakened from her slumbers in the night to hear the proposition of her grandfather, who painted to her in glowing colors the manly attractions of her suitor. The suit found favor in the eyes of the girl’s parents and she herself was nothing loath; but with commendable maidenly propriety she insisted that her suitor should be brought and presented to her, and that she should not first seek him.

The young woman was woken from her sleep at night to hear her grandfather's proposal, who described her suitor's appealing qualities in vibrant detail. The proposal was well-received by the girl's parents, and she had no objections either; however, with admirable modesty, she insisted that her suitor be brought to her and that she wouldn’t go looking for him first.

The sun had hardly begun to lift the dew from the grass when our young hero, accompanied by the two matchmakers, was brought into the presence of his future wife. They found favor in each other’s eyes, [79]and an ardent attachment sprang up on the instant. Matters sped apace. A separate house was assigned as the residence of the young couple, and their married life began felicitously.

The sun had just started to evaporate the dew on the grass when our young hero, along with the two matchmakers, was brought to meet his future wife. They were instantly attracted to each other, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and a strong bond developed right away. Things moved quickly. A separate house was arranged for the young couple, and their married life began happily.

But the instincts of a farmer were even stronger in the breast of Kaopele than the bonds of matrimony. In the middle of the night he arose, and, leaving the sleeping form of his bride, passed out into the darkness. He went mauka until he came upon an extensive upland plain, where he set to work clearing and making ready for planting. This done, he collected from various quarters shoots and roots of potato (kalo), banana (waoke), awa, and other plants, and before day the whole plain was a plantation. After his departure his wife awoke with a start and found her husband was gone. She went into the next house, where her parents were sleeping, and, waking them, made known her loss; but they knew nothing of his whereabouts. Much perplexed, they were still debating the cause of his departure, when he suddenly returned, and to his wife’s questioning, answered that he had been at work.

But the instincts of a farmer were even stronger in Kaopele than the ties of marriage. In the middle of the night, he got up and, leaving his bride asleep, stepped out into the darkness. He headed mauka until he found a large upland plain, where he started clearing and preparing for planting. Once that was done, he gathered shoots and roots of potato (kalo), banana (waoke), awa, and other plants from various places, and by dawn, the whole plain was a plantation. After he left, his wife woke up suddenly and realized her husband was gone. She went to the next house, where her parents were sleeping, and, waking them, shared her worry about his disappearance; but they had no idea where he was. Feeling confused, they were still discussing why he had left when he suddenly returned, and when his wife asked him where he had been, he replied that he had been working.

She gently reproved him for interrupting their bridal night with agriculture, and told him there would be time enough for that when they had lived together a while and had completed their honeymoon. “And besides,” said she, “if you wish to turn your hand to agriculture, here is the plat of ground at hand in which my father works, and you need not go up to that plain where only wild hogs roam.”

She softly scolded him for ruining their wedding night with thoughts of farming and told him there would be plenty of time for that after they had settled in together and enjoyed their honeymoon. “And besides,” she said, “if you want to get into farming, here is the plot of land where my father works, and you don’t have to go all the way to that plain where only wild pigs roam.”

To this he replied: “My hand constrains me to [80]plant; I crave work; does idleness bring in anything? There is profit only when a man turns the palm of his hand to the soil: that brings in food for family and friends. If one were indeed the son of a king he could sleep until the sun was high in the heavens, and then rise and find the bundles of cooked food ready for him. But for a plain man, the only thing to do is to cultivate the soil and plant, and when he returns from his work let him light his oven, and when the food is cooked let the husband and the wife crouch about the hearth and eat together.”

To this he replied: “My hands urge me to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]plant; I need to work; does being idle bring in anything? There's only profit when someone puts their hands to the soil: that provides food for family and friends. If someone were really a king's child, they could sleep until the sun is high in the sky, then wake up to find meals ready for them. But for an ordinary person, the only thing to do is to farm and plant, and when they come home from work, let them light their oven, and when the food is ready, let the husband and wife gather around the fire and eat together.”

Again, very early on the following morning, while his wife slept, Kaopele rose, and going to the house of a neighbor, borrowed a fishhook with its tackle. Then, supplying himself with bait, he went a-fishing in the ocean and took an enormous quantity of fish. On his way home he stopped at the house where he had borrowed the tackle and returned it, giving the man also half of the fish. Arrived at home, he threw the load of fish onto the ground with a thud which waked his wife and parents.

Again, very early the next morning, while his wife was still sleeping, Kaopele got up and went to a neighbor's house to borrow a fishhook and some tackle. After gathering some bait, he went fishing in the ocean and caught a huge amount of fish. On his way back, he stopped by the house where he had borrowed the tackle to return it, also giving the man half of the fish. When he got home, he dropped the pile of fish onto the ground with a thud that woke his wife and parents.

“So you have been a-fishing,” said his wife. “Thinking you had again gone to work in the field, I went up there, but you were not there. But what an immense plantation you have set out! Why, the whole plain is covered.”

“So you’ve been fishing,” said his wife. “I thought you had gone to work in the field again, so I went up there, but you weren’t there. But look at the huge plantation you have started! The whole plain is covered.”

His father-in-law said, “A fine lot of fish, my boy.”

His father-in-law said, “A great catch of fish, my boy.”

Thus went life with them until the crops were ripe, when one day Kaopele said to his wife, who was now evidently with child, “If the child to be born is a boy, [81]name it Kalelealuaka; but if it be a girl, name it as you will, from your side of the family.”

Thus went life with them until the crops were ripe, when one day Kaopele said to his wife, who was now clearly pregnant, “If the child we are having is a boy, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]name him Kalelealuaka; but if it’s a girl, name her however you like, from your side of the family.”

From his manner she felt uneasy and suspicious of him, and said, “Alas! do you intend to desert me?”

From the way he acted, she felt uneasy and suspicious of him, and said, “Oh no! Are you planning to leave me?”

Then Kaopele explained to his wife that he was not really going to leave her, as men are wont to forsake their wives, but he foresaw that that was soon to happen which was habitual to him, and he felt that on the night of the morrow a deep sleep would fall upon him (puni ka hiamoe), which would last for six months. Therefore, she was not to fear.

Then Kaopele told his wife that he wasn't actually going to leave her, like men often do to their wives, but he could see that something he was used to was about to happen. He felt that the next night, he would fall into a deep sleep (puni ka hiamoe) that would last for six months. So, she shouldn't be afraid.

“Do not cast me out nor bury me in the ground,” said he. Then he explained to her how he happened to be taken from Oahu to Kauai and how he came to be her husband, and he commanded her to listen attentively to him and to obey him implicitly. Then they pledged their love to each other, talking and not sleeping all that night.

“Don’t reject me or put me in the ground,” he said. Then he told her how he was taken from Oahu to Kauai and how he became her husband, urging her to listen closely and follow his lead without question. They then promised their love to each other, talking and staying awake all night.

On the following day all the friends and neighbors assembled, and as they sat about, remarks were made among them in an undertone, like this, “So this is the man who was placed on the altar of the heiau at Wailua.” And as evening fell he bade them all aloha, and said that he should be separated from them for six months, but that his body would remain with them if they obeyed his commands. And, having kissed his wife, he fell into the dreamful, sacred sleep of Niolo-kapu.

On the next day, all the friends and neighbors gathered, and as they sat around, they whispered things to each other, like, “So this is the guy who was put on the altar of the heiau at Wailua.” And as evening fell, he told them all aloha, saying he would be apart from them for six months, but that his body would stay with them if they followed his instructions. After kissing his wife, he entered the dreamful, sacred sleep of Niolo-kapu.

On the sixth day the father-in-law said: “Let us bury your husband, lest he stink. I thought it was to be only a natural sleep, but it is ordinary death. [82]Look, his body is rigid, his flesh is cold, and he does not breathe; these are the signs of death.”

On the sixth day, the father-in-law said, “Let’s bury your husband before he starts to smell. I thought it was just a natural sleep, but it’s an ordinary death. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Look, his body is stiff, his flesh is cold, and he isn’t breathing; these are the signs of death.”

But Makalani protested, “I will not let him be buried; let him lie here, and I will watch over him as he commanded; you also heard his words.” But in spite of the wife’s earnest protests, the hard-hearted father-in-law gathered strong vines of the koali (convolvulus), tied them about Kaopele’s feet, and attaching to them heavy stones, caused his body to be conveyed in a canoe and sunk in the dark waters of the ocean midway between Kauai and Oahu.

But Makalani objected, “I won’t let him be buried; let him stay here, and I’ll watch over him like he asked; you heard him too.” Despite the wife’s passionate protests, the unyielding father-in-law gathered strong vines of the koali (convolvulus), tied them around Kaopele’s feet, and attached heavy stones to them, causing his body to be taken in a canoe and sunk in the dark waters of the ocean halfway between Kauai and Oahu.

Makalani lived in sorrow for her husband until the birth of her child, and as it was a boy, she called his name Kalelealuaka.

Makalani mourned for her husband until her child was born, and since it was a boy, she named him Kalelealuaka.

Part II

When the child was about two months old the sky became overcast and there came up a mighty storm, with lightning and an earthquake. Kaopele awoke in his dark, watery couch, unbound the cords that held his feet, and by three powerful strokes raised himself to the surface of the water. He looked toward Kauai and Oahu, but love for his wife and child prevailed and drew him to Kauai.

When the child was around two months old, the sky turned gray and a huge storm rolled in, complete with lightning and an earthquake. Kaopele woke up in his dark, water-filled bed, untied the cords that bound his feet, and with three strong movements, pushed himself up to the surface of the water. He glanced toward Kauai and Oahu, but his love for his wife and child won out and pulled him towards Kauai.

In the darkness of night he stood by his wife’s bed and, feeling for her, touched her forehead with his clammy hand. She awoke with a start, and on his making himself known she screamed with fright, “Ghost of Kaopele!” and ran to her parents. Not until a candle was lighted would she believe it to be her husband. The step-parents, in fear and shame at [83]their heartless conduct, fled away, and never returned. From this time forth Kaopele was never again visited by a trance; his virtue had gone out from him to the boy Kalelealuaka.

In the darkness of the night, he stood by his wife's bed, and feeling for her, he touched her forehead with his cold, clammy hand. She woke up suddenly, and upon realizing it was him, she screamed in fright, “Ghost of Kaopele!” and ran to her parents. It wasn't until a candle was lit that she believed it was her husband. Her step-parents, feeling fear and shame about their cruel behavior, quickly left and never came back. From that time on, Kaopele was never visited by a trance again; his virtue had transferred to the boy Kalelealuaka.

When Kalelealuaka was ten years old Kaopele began to train the lad in athletic sports and to teach him all the arts of war and combat practised throughout the islands, until he had attained great proficiency in them. He also taught him the arts of running and jumping, so that he could jump either up or down a high pali, or run, like a waterfowl on the surface of the water. After this, one day Kalelealuaka went over to Wailua, where he witnessed the games of the chiefs. The youth spoke contemptuously of their performances as mere child’s play; and when his remark was reported to the King he challenged the young man to meet him in a boxing encounter. When Kalelealuaka came into the presence of the King his royal adversary asked him what wager he brought. As the youth had nothing with him, he seriously proposed that each one should wager his own body against that of the other one. The proposal was readily accepted. The herald sounded the signal of attack, and both contestants rushed at each other. Kalelealuaka warily avoided the attack by the King, and hastened to deliver a blow which left his opponent at his mercy; and thereupon, using his privilege, he robbed the King of his life, and to the astonishment of all, carried away the body to lay as a sacrifice on the altar of the temple, hitherto unconsecrated by human sacrifice, which he and his father Kaopele had recently built in honor of their deity. [84]

When Kalelealuaka turned ten, Kaopele started training him in sports and teaching him all the skills of war and combat practiced across the islands until he became very skilled. He also taught him how to run and jump, so he could leap off or climb up a steep cliff, or run like a waterbird on the water’s surface. One day, Kalelealuaka went to Wailua, where he saw the chief's games. The young man dismissed their skills as mere child's play, and when the King heard this, he challenged Kalelealuaka to a boxing match. When Kalelealuaka faced the King, the royal opponent asked what stake he was bringing. Since the youth had nothing with him, he boldly proposed that they wager their own bodies against each other. The King agreed quickly. The herald signaled the start of the fight, and both competitors charged at each other. Kalelealuaka carefully dodged the King's attack and quickly landed a blow that left the King defenseless; taking advantage of the situation, he killed the King and, to everyone’s shock, took his body to offer it as a sacrifice on the altar of the temple that he and his father Kaopele had recently constructed in honor of their god, which had never been dedicated with a human sacrifice before. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

After a time there reached the ear of Kalelealuaka a report of the great strength of a certain chief who lived in Hanalei. Accordingly, without saying anything about his intention, he went over to the valley of Hanalei. He found the men engaged in the game of throwing heavy spears at the trunk of a cocoanut-tree. As on the previous occasion, he invited a challenge by belittling their exploits, and when challenged by the chief, fearlessly proposed, as a wager, the life of one against the other. This was accepted, and the chief had the first trial. His spear hit the stem of the huge tree and made its lofty crest nod in response to the blow. It was now the turn of Kalelealuaka to hurl the spear. In anticipation of the failure of the youth and his own success, the chief took the precaution to station his guards about Kalelealuaka, to be ready to seize him on the instant. In a tone of command our hero bade the guards fall back, and brandishing his spear, stroked and polished it with his hands from end to end; then he poised and hurled it, and to the astonishment of all, lo! the tree was shivered to pieces. On this the people raised a shout of admiration at the prowess of the youth, and declared he must be the same hero who had slain the chief at Wailua. In this way Kalelealuaka obtained a second royal sacrifice with which to grace the altar of his temple.

After a while, Kalelealuaka heard about the incredible strength of a chief who lived in Hanalei. So, without mentioning his plans, he went over to the Hanalei Valley. He found the men playing a game where they threw heavy spears at the trunk of a coconut tree. Just like before, he challenged them by downplaying their skills, and when the chief challenged him, he boldly proposed a wager: their lives against each other. This was agreed upon, and the chief took the first shot. His spear struck the trunk of the large tree, causing its high crown to sway from the impact. Now it was Kalelealuaka’s turn to throw. Expecting the youth to fail and himself to succeed, the chief had his guards surround Kalelealuaka, ready to capture him immediately. In a commanding voice, our hero ordered the guards to step back, and with his spear in hand, he expertly stroked and polished it from end to end; then he aimed and threw it, and to everyone’s amazement, the tree shattered into pieces. The crowd erupted in cheers, praising the young man's skill, and claimed he must be the same hero who had defeated the chief at Wailua. This way, Kalelealuaka secured a second royal sacrifice to honor the altar of his temple.

One clear, calm evening, as Kalelealuaka looked out to sea, he descried the island of Oahu, which is often clearly visible from Kauai, and asked his father what land that was that stood out against them. Kaopele told the youth it was Oahu; that the cape [85]that swam out into the ocean like a waterfowl was Kaena; that the retreating contour of the coast beyond was Waianae. Thus he described the land to his son. The result was that the adventurous spirit of Kalelealuaka was fired to explore this new island for himself, and he expressed this wish to his father. Everything that Kalelealuaka said or did was good in the eye of his father, Kaopele. Accordingly, he immediately set to work and soon had a canoe completely fitted out, in which Kalelealuaka might start on his travels. Kalelealuaka took with him, as travelling companion, a mere lad named Kaluhe, and embarked in his canoe. With two strokes of the paddle his prow grated on the sands of Waianae.

One clear, calm evening, as Kalelealuaka looked out to sea, he spotted the island of Oahu, which can often be clearly seen from Kauai, and asked his father what land that was that stood out against the horizon. Kaopele told his son it was Oahu; that the cape [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]stretching into the ocean like a waterfowl was Kaena; that the receding outline of the coast beyond was Waianae. He described the land to his son in detail. As a result, Kalelealuaka's adventurous spirit was ignited, and he expressed his desire to explore this new island. Everything Kalelealuaka said or did was seen as good by his father, Kaopele. So, he immediately got to work and soon had a canoe completely ready for Kalelealuaka's journey. Kalelealuaka took along a young companion named Kaluhe and set off in his canoe. With just two strokes of the paddle, his canoe touched the sands of Waianae.

Before leaving Kauai his father had imparted to Kalelealuaka something of the topography of Oahu, and had described to him the site of his former plantation at Keahumoe. At Waianae the two travellers were treated affably by the people of the district. In reply to the questions put them, they said they were going sight-seeing. As they went along they met a party of boys amusing themselves with darting arrows; one of them asked permission to join their party. This was given, and the three turned inland and journeyed till they reached a plain of soft, whitish rock, where they all refreshed themselves with food. Then they kept on ascending, until Keahumoe lay before them, dripping with hoary moisture from the mist of the mountain, yet as if smiling through its tears. Here were standing bananas with ripened, yellow fruit, upland kalo, and sugar cane, rusty and crooked with [86]age, while the sweet potatoes had crawled out of the earth and were cracked and dry. It was the very place where Kaopele, the father of Kalelealuaka, had years before set out the plants from which these were descended.

Before leaving Kauai, his father had shared some information about the landscape of Oahu with Kalelealuaka and told him about his old plantation at Keahumoe. In Waianae, the two travelers were warmly welcomed by the locals. When asked where they were headed, they said they were going sightseeing. As they walked, they encountered a group of boys having fun with arrows; one of them asked to join their group. This was allowed, and the three of them headed inland, traveling until they reached a flat area of soft, whitish rock, where they all enjoyed some food. Then they continued their ascent until Keahumoe appeared before them, glistening with mist from the mountains, almost like it was smiling through its tears. There were banana trees with ripe, yellow fruit, upland kalo, and sugarcane, rusty and bent with age, while the sweet potatoes had pushed themselves out of the ground, cracked and dry. This was the exact spot where Kaopele, Kalelealuaka's father, had planted the very plants that had grown into these.

“This is our food, and a good place, perhaps, for us to settle down,” said Kalelealuaka; “but before we make up our minds to stay here let me dart an arrow; and if it drops soon we shall stay, but if it flies afar we shall not tarry here.” Kalelealuaka darted his arrow, while his companions looked on intently. The arrow flew along, passing over many a hill and valley, and finally rested beyond Kekuapoi, while they followed the direction of its wonderful flight. Kalelealuaka sent his companions on to find the arrow, telling them at the same time to go to the villages and get some awa roots for drink, while he would remain there and put up a shelter for them.

“This is our food, and a good place, maybe, for us to settle down,” said Kalelealuaka; “but before we decide to stay here, let me shoot an arrow; if it lands nearby, we’ll stay, but if it flies far away, we won’t linger here.” Kalelealuaka shot his arrow while his companions watched closely. The arrow soared through the air, crossing many hills and valleys, and finally landed beyond Kekuapoi, as they followed the path of its amazing flight. Kalelealuaka sent his companions to find the arrow, telling them at the same time to go to the villages and get some awa roots for a drink while he stayed behind to set up a shelter for them.

Scene in Olokele Gulch, Makaweli, Kauai.

Scene in Olokele Gulch, Makaweli, Kauai.

Scene in Olokele Gulch, Makaweli, Kauai.

Scene in Olokele Gulch, Makaweli, Kauai.

On their way the two companions of Kalelealuaka encountered a number of women washing kalo in a stream, and on asking them if they had seen their arrow flying that way they received an impertinent answer; whereupon they called out the name of the arrow, “Pua-ne, Pua-ne,” and it came to their hands at once. At this the women ran away, frightened at the marvel.

On their journey, Kalelealuaka and his friend came across several women washing kalo in a stream. When they asked if the women had seen their arrow flying by, they received a rude response. They then shouted the name of the arrow, “Pua-ne, Pua-ne,” and it immediately came to them. This amazed the women, who ran away in fear.

The two boys then set to gathering awa roots, as they had been bidden. Seeing them picking up worthless fragments, a kind-hearted old man, who turned out to be the konohiki of the land, sent by his servants an abundance of good food to Kalelealuaka. [87]

The two boys then started collecting roots, just as they had been asked. Seeing them pick up useless scraps, a kind-hearted old man, who turned out to be the konohiki of the land, sent a lot of good food to Kalelealuaka through his servants. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

On their return the boys found, to their astonishment, that during their absence Kalelealuaka had put up a fine, large house, which was all complete but the mats to cover the floors. The kind-hearted konohili remarked this, and immediately sent her servants to fetch mats for the floors and sets of kapa for bedding, adding the command, “And with them bring along some malos” (girdles used by the males). Soon all their wants were supplied, and the three youths were set up in housekeeping. To these services the konohiki, through his attendants, added still others; some chewed and strained the awa, while others cooked and spread for them a bountiful repast. The three youths ate and drank, and under the drowsy influence of the awa they slept until the little birds that peopled the wilderness about them waked them with their morning songs; then they roused and found the sun already climbing the heavens.

On their way back, the boys were amazed to find that while they were gone, Kalelealuaka had built a beautiful, large house that was mostly finished except for mats to cover the floors. The kind-hearted konohili noticed this and immediately sent her servants to get mats for the floors and sets of kapa for bedding, adding the instruction, “And don't forget to bring some malos” (girdles used by men). Soon, all their needs were met, and the three young men were set up in their new home. The konohiki, through his attendants, provided even more assistance; some chewed and strained the awa, while others cooked and prepared a plentiful meal for them. The three young men ate and drank, and under the calming effects of the awa, they fell asleep until the little birds that filled the wilderness around them woke them with their morning songs; then they got up and realized the sun was already on its way up.

Now, Kalelealuaka called to his comrades, and said, “Rouse up and let us go to cultivating.” To this they agreed, and each one set to work in his own way, working his own piece of ground. The ground prepared by Kalelealuaka was a strip of great length, reaching from the mountain down toward the ocean. This he cleared and planted the same day. His two companions, however, spent several days in clearing their ground, and then several days more in planting it. While these youths occupied their mountain home, the people of that region were well supplied with food. The only lack of Kalelealuaka and his comrades was animal food (literally, fish), but they supplied its place as well as [88]they could with such herbs as the tender leaves of the popolo, which they cooked like spinach, and with inamona made from the roasted nuts of the kukui tree (Aleurites molluccana).

Now, Kalelealuaka called out to his friends and said, “Wake up and let’s get to work on the garden.” They agreed, and each one began working on their own plot of land. Kalelealuaka prepared a long stretch of ground that went from the mountain down to the ocean. He cleared and planted it all on the same day. However, his two friends spent several days clearing their land and then several more days planting it. While these young men stayed in their mountain home, the people in the area had plenty of food. The only thing Kalelealuaka and his companions were missing was meat (literally, fish), but they made do with herbs like the tender leaves of the popolo, which they cooked like spinach, and inamona made from the roasted nuts of the kukui tree (Aleurites molluccana).

One day, as they were eking out their frugal meal with a mess of popolo cooked by the lad from Waianae, Kalelealuaka was greatly disgusted at seeing a worm in that portion that the youth was eating, and thereupon nicknamed him Keinohoomanawanui (sloven, or more literally, the persistently unclean). The name ever after stuck to him. This same fellow had the misfortune, one evening, to injure one of his eyes by the explosion of a kukui nut which he was roasting on the fire. As a result, that member was afflicted with soreness, and finally became blinded. But their life agreed with them, and the youths throve and increased in stature, and grew to be stout and lusty young men.

One day, while they were making do with a simple meal of popolo cooked by the guy from Waianae, Kalelealuaka was really disgusted to see a worm in the part that the young man was eating, so he nicknamed him Keinohoomanawanui (sloven, or more literally, the persistently unclean). The name stuck with him from then on. This same guy had the bad luck one evening of injuring one of his eyes from the explosion of a kukui nut he was roasting over the fire. As a result, that eye became sore and eventually went blind. But their lives suited them, and the young men grew taller and stronger, becoming robust and healthy.

Now, it happened that ever since their stay at their mountain house, Lelepua (arrow flight), they had kept a torch burning all night, which was seen by Kakuhihewa, the King of Oahu, and had caused him uneasiness.

Now, ever since they had been staying at their mountain house, Lelepua (arrow flight), they kept a torch burning all night, which was seen by Kakuhihewa, the King of Oahu, and made him uneasy.

One fine evening, when they had eaten their fill and had gone to bed, Kalelealuaka called to Keinohoomanawanui and said, “Halloo there! are you asleep?”

One nice evening, after they had eaten their fill and gone to bed, Kalelealuaka called to Keinohoomanawanui and said, “Hey there! Are you asleep?”

And he replied, “No; have I drunk awa? I am restless. My eyes will not close.”

And he replied, “No; have I lost my mind? I can’t relax. My eyes won’t shut.”

“Well,” said Kalelealuaka, “when you are restless at night, what does your mind find to do?”

“Well,” said Kalelealuaka, “when you're restless at night, what does your mind wander to?”

“Nothing,” said the Sloven.

“Nothing,” said the Sloven.

“I find something to think about,” said Kalelealuaka. [89]

“I have something on my mind,” said Kalelealuaka. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“What is that?” said the Sloven.

“What is that?” asked the Sloven.

“Let us wish” (kuko, literally, to lust), said Kalelealuaka.

“Let us wish” (kuko, literally, to desire), said Kalelealuaka.

“What shall we wish?” said the Sloven.

“What should we wish for?” said the Sloven.

“Whatever our hearts most earnestly desire,” said Kalelealuaka. Thereupon they both wished. The Sloven, in accordance with his nature, wished for things to eat,—the eels, from the fish-pond of Hanaloa (in the district of Ewa), to be cooked in an oven together with sweet potatoes, and a bowl of awa.

“Whatever our hearts truly desire,” said Kalelealuaka. Then they both made a wish. The Sloven, being true to his nature, wished for food—the eels from the fish-pond of Hanaloa (in the Ewa district) to be baked in an oven along with sweet potatoes, and a bowl of awa.

“Pshaw, what a beggarly wish!” said Kalelealuaka. “I thought you had a real wish. I have a genuine wish. Listen: The beautiful daughters of Kakuhihewa to be my wives; his fatted pigs and dogs to be baked for us; his choice kalo, sugar cane, and bananas to be served up for us; that Kakuhihewa himself send and get timber and build a house for us; that he pull the famous awa of Kahauone; that the King send and fetch us to him; that he chew the awa for us in his own mouth, strain and pour it for us, and give us to drink until we are happy, and then take us to our house.”

"Pshaw, what a pathetic wish!" said Kalelealuaka. "I thought you had a real desire. I have a genuine wish. Listen: The beautiful daughters of Kakuhihewa to be my wives; his fat pigs and dogs to be roasted for us; his best kalo, sugar cane, and bananas to be served up for us; that Kakuhihewa himself sends for timber and builds a house for us; that he pulls the famous awa of Kahauone; that the King sends for us to come to him; that he chews the awa for us in his own mouth, strains it, and pours it for us to drink until we're happy, and then takes us home."

Trembling with fear at the audacious ambition of his concupiscent companion, the Sloven replied, “If your wish should come to the ears of the King, we shall die; indeed, we should die.”

Trembling with fear at the bold ambition of his lustful friend, the Sloven replied, “If your wish reaches the King, we will die; in fact, we will die.”

In truth, as they were talking together and uttering their wishes, Kakuhihewa had arrived, and was all the time listening to their conversation from the outside of their house. When the King had heard their conversation he thrust his spear into the ground outside [90]the inclosure about Kalelealuaka’s house, and by the spear placed his stone hatchet (pahoa), and immediately returned to his residence at Puuloa. Upon his arrival at home that night King Kakuhihewa commanded his stewards to prepare a feast, and then summoned his chiefs and table companions and said, “Let us sup.” When all was ready and they had seated themselves, the King said, “Shall we eat, or shall we talk?”

As they were chatting and sharing their desires, Kakuhihewa had arrived and was quietly listening to their conversation from outside their house. After hearing what they had to say, the King stuck his spear into the ground outside [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the area around Kalelealuaka’s home, placed his stone hatchet (pahoa) by the spear, and then returned to his place at Puuloa. When he got home that night, King Kakuhihewa instructed his stewards to prepare a feast and then gathered his chiefs and dining companions, saying, “Let’s eat.” Once everything was ready and they were seated, the King asked, “Shall we eat, or shall we talk?”

One of them replied: “If it please the King, perhaps it were better for him to speak first; it may be what he has to say touches a matter of life and death; therefore, let him speak and we will listen.”

One of them replied, “If it pleases the King, maybe it would be better for him to speak first; what he has to say might concern a matter of life and death; so, let him speak, and we’ll listen.”

Then Kakuhihewa told them the whole story of the light seen in the mountains, and of the wishes of Kalelealuaka and the Sloven.

Then Kakuhihewa shared the entire story about the light seen in the mountains, and the wishes of Kalelealuaka and the Sloven.

Then up spoke the soldiers, and said: “Death! This man is worthy to be put to death; but as for the other one, let him live.”

Then the soldiers spoke up and said, “Death! This man deserves to die; but as for the other one, let him live.”

“Hold,” said the King, “not so fast! Before condemning him to death, I will call together the wise men, priests, wizards, and soothsayers; perchance they will find that this is the man to overcome Kualii in battle.” Thereupon all the wise men, priests, wizards, and soothsayers were immediately summoned, and after the King had explained the whole story to them they agreed with the opinion of the soldiers. Again the King interposed delay, and said, “Wait until my wise kahuna Napuaikamao comes; if his opinion agrees with yours, then, indeed, let the man be put to death; but if he is wiser than you, the man shall live. But you will have eaten this food in vain.” [91]

“Wait,” said the King, “not so fast! Before sentencing him to death, I will gather the wise men, priests, wizards, and soothsayers; maybe they’ll discover that this is the man who can defeat Kualii in battle.” So, all the wise men, priests, wizards, and soothsayers were quickly called together, and after the King had shared the whole story with them, they agreed with the soldiers' viewpoint. The King then delayed again and said, “Hold on until my wise kahuna Napuaikamao arrives; if his opinion matches yours, then let the man be executed; but if he is wiser than you, the man will live. But you will have eaten this food for nothing.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

So the King sent one of his fleetest runners to go and fetch Napuaikamao. To him the King said, “I have sent for you to decide what is just and right in the case of these two men who lived up in the region of Waipio.” Then he went on to state the whole case to this wise man.

So the King sent one of his fastest runners to go get Napuaikamao. To him, the King said, “I’ve called you to determine what is fair and just in the situation involving these two men who lived in the Waipio area.” Then he went on to explain the entire case to this wise man.

“In regard to Keinohoomanawanui’s wish,” said the wise man, “that is an innocent wish, but it is profitless and will bring no blessing.” At the narration of Kalelealuaka’s wish he inclined his head, as if in thought; then lifting his head, he looked at the King and said: “O King, as for this man’s wish, it is an ambition which will bring victory to the government. Now, then, send all your people and fetch house-timber and awa.”

“In regard to Keinohoomanawanui’s wish,” said the wise man, “that is a pure wish, but it is useless and will bring no benefit.” When he heard about Kalelealuaka’s wish, he paused as if deep in thought; then raising his head, he looked at the King and said: “O King, concerning this man’s wish, it is an ambition that will lead to the government’s success. Now, send all your people to gather house-timber and awa.”

As soon as the wise man had given this opinion, the King commanded his chief marshal, Maliuhaaino, to set every one to work to carry out the directions of this counsellor. This was done, and before break of day every man, woman, and child in the district of Ewa, a great multitude, was on the move.

As soon as the wise man shared his thoughts, the King instructed his chief marshal, Maliuhaaino, to get everyone to work on the advisor’s recommendations. This was done, and before dawn, every man, woman, and child in the district of Ewa, a large crowd, was on the move.

Now, when the Sloven awoke in the morning and went out of doors, he found the stone hatchet (pahoa) of the King, with his spear, standing outside of the house. On seeing this he rushed back into the house and exclaimed to his comrades, “Alas! our wishes have been overheard by the King; here are his hatchet and his spear. I said that if the King heard us we should die, and he has indeed heard us. But yours was the fatal ambition; mine was only an innocent wish.”

Now, when the Sloven woke up in the morning and went outside, he found the King’s stone hatchet (pahoa) and spear right in front of the house. Upon seeing this, he rushed back inside and shouted to his friends, “Oh no! The King has overheard our wishes; here are his hatchet and spear. I said that if the King heard us, we would die, and he has definitely heard us. But your ambition is what brought this on; mine was just a harmless wish.”

Even while they were talking, the babble of the [92]multitude drew near, and the Sloven exclaimed, “Our death approaches!”

Even while they were talking, the noise of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]crowd grew closer, and the Sloven shouted, “Our death is coming!”

Kalelealuaka replied, “That is not for our death; it is the people coming to get timber for our houses.” But the fear of the Sloven would not be quieted.

Kalelealuaka replied, “That’s not for our death; it’s just people coming to get wood for our houses.” But the fear of the Sloven wouldn’t go away.

The multitude pressed on, and by the time the last of them had reached the mountain the foremost had returned to the sea-coast and had begun to prepare the foundations for the houses, to dig the holes for the posts, to bind on the rafters and the small poles on which they tied the thatch, until the houses were done.

The crowd kept moving, and by the time the last of them reached the mountain, the first had already gone back to the coast and started getting things ready for the houses, digging the holes for the posts, securing the rafters, and tying on the small poles for the thatch until the houses were finished.

Meantime, some were busy baking the pigs and the poi-fed dogs in ovens; some in bringing the eels of Kanaloa and cooking them with potatoes in an oven by themselves.

Meantime, some were busy baking the pigs and the poi-fed dogs in ovens; others were bringing the eels of Kanaloa and cooking them with potatoes in an oven by themselves.

The houses are completed, everything is ready, the grand marshal, Maliuhaaino, has just arrived in front of the house of the ambitious youth Kalelealuaka, and calls out “Keinohoomanawanui, come out!” and he comes out, trembling. “Kalelealuaka, come out!” and he first sends out the boy Kaluhe and then comes forth himself and stands outside, a splendid youth. The marshal stands gazing at him in bewilderment and admiration. When he has regained his equanimity he says to him, “Mount on my back and let us go down.”

The houses are finished, everything is set, and the grand marshal, Maliuhaaino, has just arrived in front of the house of the ambitious young man Kalelealuaka, and calls out, “Keinohoomanawanui, come out!” He steps out, shaking. “Kalelealuaka, come out!” First, he sends out the boy Kaluhe, and then he comes out himself and stands outside, a striking young man. The marshal looks at him in awe and amazement. Once he’s composed himself, he says to him, “Climb on my back and let’s go.”

“No,” said Kalelealuaka, “I will go by myself, and do you walk ahead. I will follow after; but do not look behind you, lest you die.”

“No,” said Kalelealuaka, “I’ll go on my own, so you lead the way. I’ll follow behind; but don’t look back, or you might die.”

As soon as they had started down, Kalelealuaka was transported to Kuaikua, in Helemano. There he [93]plunged into the water and bathed all over; this done, he called on his ancestral shades (Aumakua), who came and performed on him the rite of circumcision while lightning flashed, thunder sounded, and the earth quaked.

As soon as they started down, Kalelealuaka was taken to Kuaikua, in Helemano. There he [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]jumped into the water and cleaned himself from head to toe; after that, he called on his ancestral spirits (Aumakua), who came and performed the circumcision ritual on him while lightning flashed, thunder roared, and the ground shook.

Kaopele, on Kauai, heard the commotion and exclaimed, “Ah! my son has received the purifying rite—the offspring of the gods goes to meet the sovereign of the land” (Alii aimoku).

Kaopele, on Kauai, heard the noise and exclaimed, “Ah! my son has received the purifying rite—the child of the gods goes to meet the ruler of the land” (Alii aimoku).

Meanwhile, the party led by Maliuhaaino was moving slowly down toward the coast, because the marshal himself was lame. Returning from his purification, Kalelealuaka alighted just to the rear of the party, who had not noticed his absence, and becoming impatient at the tedious slowness of the journey,—for the day was waning, and the declining sun was already standing over a peak of the Waianae Mountains called Puukuua,—this marvellous fellow caught up the lame marshal in one hand and his two comrades in the other, and, flying with them, set them down at Puuloa. But the great marvel was, that they knew nothing about being transported, yet they had been carried and set down as from a sheet.

Meanwhile, the party led by Maliuhaaino was making its way slowly down toward the coast because the marshal himself was injured. After finishing his purification, Kalelealuaka landed just behind the party, who hadn't noticed he was gone. Growing impatient with the slow pace of the journey—since the day was ending and the setting sun was already above a peak of the Waianae Mountains called Puukuua—this incredible guy picked up the injured marshal with one hand and his two companions with the other, and, flying with them, dropped them off at Puuloa. The amazing part was that they had no idea they had been moved; it was as if they had been gently placed down from a sheet.

On their arrival at the coast all was ready, and the people were waiting for them. A voice called out, “Here is you house, Keinohoomanawanui!” and the Sloven entered with alacrity and found bundles of his wished-for eels and potatoes already cooked and awaiting his disposal.

On their arrival at the coast, everything was ready, and the people were waiting for them. A voice called out, “Here is your house, Keinohoomanawanui!” and the Sloven entered eagerly and found bundles of his desired eels and potatoes already cooked and ready for him.

But Kalelealuaka proudly declined to enter the house prepared for himself when the invitation came [94]to him, “Come in! this is your house,” all because his little friend Kaluhe, whose eyes had often been filled with smoke while cooking luau and roasting kukui nuts for him, had not been included in the invitation, and he saw that no provision had been made for him. When this was satisfactorily arranged Kalelealuaka and his little friend entered and sat down to eat. The King, with his own hand, poured out awa for Kalelealuaka, brought him a gourd of water to rinse his mouth, offered him food, and waited upon him till he had supplied all his wants.

But Kalelealuaka proudly refused to enter the house that had been prepared for him when the invitation came to him, saying, “Come in! This is your house,” simply because his little friend Kaluhe, whose eyes had often been filled with smoke while cooking luau and roasting kukui nuts for him, hadn’t been included in the invitation, and he noticed that no arrangements had been made for him. Once this was properly addressed, Kalelealuaka and his little friend entered and sat down to eat. The King personally poured out awa for Kalelealuaka, brought him a gourd of water to rinse his mouth, offered him food, and ensured he had everything he needed.

Now, when Kalelealuaka had well drunken, and was beginning to feel drowsy from the awa, the lame marshal came in and led him to the two daughters of Kakuhihewa, and from that time these two lovely girls were his wives.

Now, when Kalelealuaka had drunk enough and was starting to feel drowsy from the awa, the lame marshal came in and took him to the two daughters of Kakuhihewa, and from that moment on, these two beautiful girls became his wives.

Part III

Thus they lived for perhaps thirty days (he mau anabulu), when a messenger arrived, announcing that Kualii was making war at Moanalua. The soldiers of Kakuhihewa quickly made themselves ready, and among them Keinohoomanawanui went out to battle. The lame marshal had started for the scene the night before.

Thus they lived for about thirty days (he mau anabulu), when a messenger arrived, announcing that Kualii was waging war in Moanalua. The soldiers of Kakuhihewa quickly prepared themselves, and among them, Keinohoomanawanui went out to battle. The injured marshal had set off for the location the night before.

On the morning of the day of battle, Kalelealuaka said to his wives that he had a great hankering for some shrimps and moss, which must be gathered in a particular way, and that nothing else would please his appetite. Thereupon, they dutifully set out to obtain these things for him. As soon as they had gone from [95]the house Kalelealuaka flew to Waianae and arrayed himself with wreaths of the fine-leaved maile (Maile laulii). which is peculiar to that region. Thence he flew to Napeha, where the lame marshal, Maliuhaaino, was painfully climbing the hill on his way to battle. Kalelealuaka cheerily greeted him, and the following dialogue occurred:

On the morning of battle, Kalelealuaka told his wives that he really craved some shrimp and moss, which had to be collected in a specific way, and nothing else would satisfy him. They immediately set out to get these things for him. As soon as they left the house, Kalelealuaka flew to Waianae and adorned himself with wreaths of the fine-leaved maile (Maile laulii), which is unique to that area. Then he flew to Napeha, where the injured marshal, Maliuhaaino, was struggling up the hill on his way to battle. Kalelealuaka greeted him cheerfully, and their conversation went like this:

K. “Whither are you trudging, Maliuhaaino?”

K. “Where are you heading, Maliuhaaino?”

M. “What! don’t you know about the war?”

M. “What! Don’t you know about the war?”

K. “Let me carry you.”

K. “I’ll carry you.”

M. “How fast you travel! Where are you from?”

M. “You sure move quickly! Where are you coming from?”

K. “From Waianae.”

K. “From Waianae.”

M. “So I see from your wreaths. Yes, carry me, and Waianae shall be yours.”

M. “I see your wreaths. Yes, take me, and Waianae will be yours.”

At the word Kalelealuaka picked up the cripple and set him down on an eminence mauka of the battlefield, saying, “Remain you here and watch me. If I am killed in the fight, you return by the same way we came and report to the King.”

At the word Kalelealuaka picked up the disabled person and set him down on a raised spot mauka of the battlefield, saying, “Stay here and watch me. If I get killed in the fight, go back the way we came and tell the King.”

Kalelealuaka then addressed himself to the battle, but before attacking the enemy he revenged himself on those who had mocked and jeered at him for not joining the forces of Kakuhihewa. This done, he turned his hand against the enemy, who at the time were advancing and inflicting severe loss in the King’s army.

Kalelealuaka then focused on the battle, but before he attacked the enemy, he took revenge on those who had mocked him for not joining Kakuhihewa's forces. Once that was settled, he turned his attention to the enemy, who were currently advancing and causing significant damage to the King's army.

To what shall we compare the prowess of our hero? A man was plucked and torn in his hand as if he were but a leaf. The commotion in the ranks of the enemy was as when a powerful waterfowl lashes the water with his wings (O haehae ka manu, Ke ale nei ka [96]wai). Kalelealuaka moved forward in his work of destruction until he had slain the captain who stood beside the rebel chief, Kualii. From the fallen captain he took his feather cloak and helmet and cut off his right ear and the little finger of his right hand. Thus ended the slaughter that day.

To what should we compare our hero's strength? A man was grabbed and torn apart in his hand as if he were just a leaf. The chaos in the enemy ranks was like when a strong waterfowl splashes the water with its wings (O haehae ka manu, Ke ale nei ka [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]wai). Kalelealuaka moved forward in his path of destruction until he had killed the captain who was next to the rebel chief, Kualii. From the fallen captain, he took his feather cloak and helmet and cut off his right ear and the little finger of his right hand. Thus ended the slaughter that day.

The enthusiasm of the cripple was roused to the highest pitch on witnessing the achievements of Kalelealuaka, and he determined to return and report that he had never seen his equal on the battlefield.

The excitement of the disabled person was at its peak when he saw Kalelealuaka's accomplishments, and he decided to go back and tell everyone that he had never seen anyone like him on the battlefield.

Kalelealuaka returned to Puuloa, and hid the feather cloak and helmet under the mats of his bed, and having fastened the dead captain’s ear and little finger to the side of the house, lay down and slept.

Kalelealuaka returned to Puuloa, hid the feather cloak and helmet under the mats of his bed, and after fastening the dead captain’s ear and little finger to the side of the house, lay down and slept.

After a while, when the two women, his wives, returned with the moss and shrimps, he complained that the moss was not gathered as he had directed, and that they had been gone such a long time that his appetite had entirely left him, and he would not eat of what they had brought. At this the elder sister said nothing, but the younger one muttered a few words to herself; and as they were all very tired they soon went to sleep.

After a while, when the two women, his wives, came back with the moss and shrimp, he complained that the moss wasn’t gathered the way he had instructed, and that they had been gone so long that he had lost his appetite completely, and wouldn’t eat what they had brought. The older sister didn’t say anything, but the younger one muttered a few words to herself; and since they were all very tired, they quickly went to sleep.

They had slept a long while when the tramp of the soldiers of Kakuhihewa was heard, returning from the battle. The King immediately asked how the battle had gone. The soldiers answered that the battle had gone well, but that Keinohoomanawanui alone had greatly distinguished himself. To this the King replied he did not believe that the Sloven was a great warrior, but when the cripple returned he would learn the truth. [97]

They had been asleep for a long time when the sound of the Kakuhihewa soldiers could be heard, returning from the battle. The King immediately asked how the battle had gone. The soldiers replied that the battle had gone well, but that Keinohoomanawanui had particularly distinguished himself. The King responded that he didn’t believe that the Sloven was a great warrior, but when the cripple returned, he would find out the truth. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

About midnight the footsteps of the lame marshal were heard outside of the King’s house. Kakuhihewa called to him, “Come, how went the battle?”

About midnight, the footsteps of the limping marshal could be heard outside the King's house. Kakuhihewa called out to him, "Hey, how did the battle go?"

“Can’t you have patience and let me take breath?” said the marshal. Then when he had rested himself he answered, “They fought, but there was one man who excelled all the warriors in the land. He was from Waianae. I gave Waianae to him as a reward for carrying me.”

“Can’t you be patient and let me catch my breath?” said the marshal. After he took a moment to rest, he continued, “They fought, but there was one man who stood out among all the warriors in the land. He was from Waianae. I gave Waianae to him as a reward for helping me.”

“It shall be his,” said the King.

“It will be his,” said the King.

“He tore a man to pieces,” said the cripple, “as he would tear a banana-leaf. The champion of Kualii’s army he killed, and plundered him of his feather cloak and helmet.”

“He ripped a man apart,” said the cripple, “just like he would rip a banana leaf. He killed the champion of Kualii’s army and took his feather cloak and helmet.”

“The soldiers say that Keinohoomanawanui was the hero of the day,” said the King.

“The soldiers say that Keinohoomanawanui was the hero of the day,” the King said.

“What!” said the cripple. “He did nothing. He merely strutted about. But this man—I never saw his equal; he had no spear, his only weapons were his hands; if a spear was hurled at him, he warded it off with his hair. His hair and features, by the way, greatly resemble those of your son-in-law.”

“What!” said the disabled man. “He did nothing. He just walked around showing off. But this guy—I’ve never seen anyone like him; he didn’t have a spear, his only weapons were his hands; if someone threw a spear at him, he deflected it with his hair. By the way, his hair and looks are very similar to your son-in-law’s.”

Thus they conversed till daybreak.

They talked until dawn.

After a few days, again came a messenger announcing that the rebel Kualii was making war on the plains of Kulaokahua. On hearing this Kakuhihewa immediately collected his soldiers. As usual, the lame marshal set out in advance the evening before the battle.

After a few days, a messenger arrived again, announcing that the rebel Kualii was waging war on the plains of Kulaokahua. Upon hearing this, Kakuhihewa quickly gathered his soldiers. As always, the injured marshal headed out ahead of time the evening before the battle.

In the morning, after the army had gone, Kalelealuaka said to his wives, “I am thirsting for some water taken with the snout of the calabash held downward. [98]I shall not relish it if it is taken with the snout turned up.” Now, Kalelealuaka knew that they could not fill the calabash if held this way, but he resorted to this artifice to present the two young women from knowing of his miraculous flight to the battle. As soon as the young women had got out of sight he hastened to Waialua and arrayed himself in the rough and shaggy wreaths of uki from the lagoons of Ukoa and of hinahina from Kealia. Thus arrayed, he alighted behind the lame marshal as he climbed the hill at Napeha, slapped him on the back, exchanged greetings with him, and received a compliment on his speed; and when asked whence he came, he answered from Waialua. The shrewd, observant cripple recognized the wreaths as being those of Waialua, but he did not recognize the man, for the wreaths with which Kalelealuaka had decorated himself were of such a color—brownish gray—as to give him the appearance of a man of middle age. He lifted the cripple as before, and set him down on the brow of Puowaina (Punch Bowl Hill), and received from the grateful cripple, as a reward for his service, all the land of Waialua for his own.

In the morning, after the army had left, Kalelealuaka said to his wives, “I really want some water poured from the calabash with the spout facing down. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]I won’t enjoy it if it’s poured with the spout facing up.” Kalelealuaka knew they couldn’t fill the calabash that way, but he used this trick to keep the two young women from finding out about his miraculous escape to the battle. As soon as the young women were out of sight, he rushed to Waialua and dressed himself in the rough, shaggy wreaths of uki from the lagoons of Ukoa and hinahina from Kealia. Dressed like this, he approached the lame marshal as he climbed the hill at Napeha, patted him on the back, exchanged greetings, and received a compliment on his speed; when asked where he came from, he said Waialua. The clever, observant cripple recognized the wreaths as those from Waialua but didn’t recognize the man, as the wreaths made Kalelealuaka look like a middle-aged man with their brownish-gray color. He lifted the cripple as before and set him down on the top of Puowaina (Punch Bowl Hill), and in gratitude for his help, the grateful cripple gave him all the land of Waialua as a reward.

This done, Kalelealuaka repeated the performances of the previous battle. The enemy melted away before him, whichever way he turned. He stayed his hand only when he had slain the captain of the host and stripped him of his feather cloak and helmet, taking also his right ear and little finger. The speed with which Kalelealuaka returned to his home at Puuloa was like the flight of a bird. The [99]spoils and trophies of this battle he disposed of as before.

This done, Kalelealuaka repeated the actions from the previous battle. The enemy scattered before him, no matter which way he turned. He only held back once he had killed the captain of the army and taken his feather cloak and helmet, along with his right ear and little finger. Kalelealuaka returned to his home at Puuloa as quickly as a bird in flight. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]spoils and trophies from this battle were handled the same way as before.

The two young women, Kalelealuaka’s wives, turned the nozzle of the water-gourd downward, as they were bidden, and continued to press it into the water, in the vain hope that it might rise and fill their container, until the noonday sun began to pour his rays directly upon their heads; but no water entered their calabash. Then the younger sister proposed to the elder to fill the calabash in the usual way, saying that Kalelealuaka would not know the difference. This they did, and returned home.

The two young women, Kalelealuaka’s wives, pointed the nozzle of the water-gourd downwards, as instructed, and kept pushing it into the water, hoping it would fill their container, until the midday sun started to shine directly on their heads; but no water got into their calabash. Then the younger sister suggested to the older one that they should fill the calabash the usual way, saying Kalelealuaka wouldn’t notice the difference. They did just that and went back home.

Kalelealuaka would not drink of the water, declaring that it had been dipped up. At this the younger wife laughed furtively; the elder broke forth and said: “It is due to the slowness of the way you told us to employ in getting the water. We are not accustomed to the menial office of fetching water; our father treated us delicately, and a man always fetched water for us, and we always used to see him pour the water into the gourd with the nozzle turned up, but you trickily ordered us to turn the nozzle down. Your exactions are heartless.”

Kalelealuaka refused to drink the water, saying it had been scooped up. At this, the younger wife giggled quietly; the elder spoke up and said, “It's because of how slow you told us to get the water. We're not used to the job of fetching water; our father treated us gently, and a man always brought us water, and we always saw him pour it into the gourd with the spout facing up, but you slyly told us to turn the spout down. Your demands are cruel.”

Thus the women kept complaining until, by and by, the tramp of the returning soldiers was heard, who were boasting of the great deeds of Keinohoomanawanui. The King, however, said: “I do not believe a word of your talk; when my cripple comes he will tell me the truth. I do not believe that Keinohoomanawanui is an athlete. Such is the opinion I have formed of him. But there is a powerful man, Kalelealuaka,—if [100]he were to go into battle I am confident he would perform wonders. Such is the opinion I have formed of him, after careful study.”

Thus, the women kept complaining until, eventually, the sound of the returning soldiers was heard, who were bragging about the great accomplishments of Keinohoomanawanui. The King, however, said: “I don’t believe a word of what you’re saying; when my cripple arrives, he will tell me the truth. I don’t believe that Keinohoomanawanui is an athlete. That’s my opinion of him. But there is a strong man, Kalelealuaka—if [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]he were to go into battle, I’m confident he would do amazing things. That’s my conclusion after careful consideration.”

So the King waited for the return of the cripple until night, and all night until nearly dawn. When finally the lame marshal arrived, the King prudently abstained from questioning him until he had rested a while and taken breath; then he obtained from him the whole story of this new hero from Waialua, whose name he did not know, but who, he declared, resembled the King’s son-in-law, Kalelealuaka.

So the King waited for the return of the cripple until night, and all night until nearly dawn. When the lame marshal finally arrived, the King wisely held off on asking him questions until he had a chance to rest and catch his breath; then he got the full story about this new hero from Waialua, whose name he didn't know, but who he said looked like the King’s son-in-law, Kalelealuaka.

Again, on a certain day, came the report of an attack by Kualii at Kulaokahua, and the battle was to be on the morrow. The cripple, as usual, started off the evening before. In the morning, Kalelealuaka called to his wives, and said: “Where are you? Wake up. I wish you to bake a fowl for me. Do it thus: Pluck it; do not cut it open, but remove the inwards through the opening behind; then stuff it with luau from the same end, and bake it; by no means cut it open, lest you spoil the taste of it.”

Again, on a certain day, news came that Kualii was attacking at Kulaokahua, and the battle was set for the next day. As usual, the cripple left the evening before. In the morning, Kalelealuaka called to his wives and said: “Where are you? Wake up. I want you to bake a chicken for me. Do it this way: Pluck it; don’t cut it open, but remove the insides through the opening at the back; then stuff it with luau from the same end, and bake it; by no means cut it open, or you’ll ruin the flavor.”

As soon as they had left the house he flew to Kahuku and adorned his neck with wreaths of the pandanus fruit and his head with the flowers of the sugar cane, thus entirely changing his appearance and making him look like a gray-haired old man. As on previous days, he paused behind the cripple and greeted him with a friendly slap on the back. Then he kindly lifted the lame man and set him down at Puowaina. In return for this act of kindness the cripple gave him the district of Koolau. [101]

As soon as they left the house, he rushed to Kahuku and decorated his neck with wreaths of pandanus fruit and his head with sugar cane flowers, completely changing his look to resemble a gray-haired old man. Like on previous days, he stopped behind the disabled man and greeted him with a friendly pat on the back. Then he gently lifted the lame man and set him down at Puowaina. In return for this act of kindness, the cripple gifted him the district of Koolau. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In this battle he first slew those soldiers in Kakuhihewa’s army who had spoken ill of him. Then he turned his hand against the warriors of Kualii, smiting them as with the stroke of lightning, and displaying miraculous powers. When he had reached the captain of Kualii’s force, he killed him and despoiled his body of his feather cloak and helmet, taking also a little finger and toe. With these he flew to the cripple, whom he lifted and bore in his flight as far as Waipio, and there dropped him at a point just below where the water bursts forth at Waipahu.

In this battle, he first took out the soldiers in Kakuhihewa’s army who had talked bad about him. Then he targeted the warriors of Kualii, striking them down like lightning and showing off his incredible powers. When he got to the leader of Kualii's troops, he killed him and took his feather cloak and helmet, along with a little finger and toe. With these, he flew to the cripple, whom he lifted and carried all the way to Waipio, where he dropped him off just below the spot where the water erupts at Waipahu.

Arrived at his house, Kalelealuaka, after disposing of his spoils, lay down and slept. After he had slept several hours, his wives came along in none too pleased a mood and awoke him, saying his meat was cooked. Kalelealuaka merely answered that it was so late his appetite had gone, and he did not care to eat.

Arriving at his house, Kalelealuaka, after getting rid of his spoils, lay down and fell asleep. After several hours of sleep, his wives came in, clearly not happy, and woke him up, saying that his meat was cooked. Kalelealuaka simply replied that it was too late, and he had lost his appetite, so he didn’t feel like eating.

At this slight his wives said: “Well, now, do you think we are accustomed to work? We ought to live without work, like a king’s daughters, and when the men have prepared the food then we should go and eat it.”

At this, his wives said, “Well, do you think we’re used to working? We should live without work, like royal daughters, and when the men have prepared the food, then we should go and eat it.”

The women were still muttering over their grievance, when along came the soldiers, boasting of the powers of Keinohoomanawanui, and as they passed Kalelealuaka’s door they said it were well if the two wives of this fellow, who lounges at home in time of war, were given to such a brave and noble warrior as Keinohoomanawanui.

The women were still murmuring about their complaint when the soldiers arrived, bragging about the strength of Keinohoomanawanui. As they passed Kalelealuaka’s door, they remarked that it would be fitting for the two wives of this guy, who stays home during wartime, to be given to such a brave and noble warrior like Keinohoomanawanui.

The sun was just sinking below the ocean when [102]the footsteps of the cripple were heard at the King’s door, which he entered, sitting down within. After a short time the King asked him about the battle. “The valor and prowess of this third man were even greater than those of the previous ones; yet all three resemble each other. This day, however, he first avenged himself by slaying those who had spoken ill of him. He killed the captain of Kualii’s army and took his feather cloak and helmet. On my return he lifted me as far as Waipahu.”

The sun was just setting over the ocean when [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the sound of the cripple’s footsteps was heard at the King’s door, which he entered and sat down inside. After a little while, the King asked him about the battle. “The courage and skill of this third man were even greater than those of the others; still, all three are similar. Today, however, he finally took revenge by killing those who spoke badly of him. He killed the captain of Kualii’s army and took his feather cloak and helmet. On my way back, he carried me all the way to Waipahu.”

In a few days again came a report that Kualii had an army at a place called Kahapaakai, in Nuuanu. Maliuhaaino immediately marshalled his forces and started for the scene of battle the same evening.

In a few days, another report came in that Kualii had an army at a location called Kahapaakai, in Nuuanu. Maliuhaaino quickly gathered his troops and headed to the battlefield that evening.

Early the next morning Kalelealuaka awakened his wives, and said to them: “Let us breakfast, but do you two eat quietly in your own house, and I in my house with the dogs; and do not come until I call you.” So they did, and the two women went and breakfasted by themselves. At his own house Kalelealuaka ordered Kaluhe to stir up the dogs and keep them barking until his return. Then he sprang away and lighted at Kapakakolea, where he overtook the cripple, whom, after the usual interchange of greetings, he lifted, and set down at a place called Waolani.

Early the next morning, Kalelealuaka woke up his wives and said to them, “Let’s have breakfast, but you two eat quietly in your own house, and I’ll eat in my house with the dogs. Don’t come until I call you.” So they did, and the two women went to have breakfast by themselves. At his house, Kalelealuaka told Kaluhe to get the dogs riled up and keep them barking until he got back. Then he took off and landed at Kapakakolea, where he found the cripple, and after the usual greetings, he picked him up and set him down at a place called Waolani.

On this day his first action was to smite and slay those who had reviled him at his own door. That done, he made a great slaughter among the soldiers of Kualii; then, turning, he seized Keinohoomanawanui, threw him down and asked him how he became blinded in one eye. [103]

On this day, his first move was to attack and kill those who had insulted him at his own door. Once that was done, he caused a massive slaughter among Kualii’s soldiers; then he turned, grabbed Keinohoomanawanui, threw him down, and asked how he had gone blind in one eye. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“It was lost,” said the Sloven, “from the thrust of a spear, in a combat with Olopana.”

“It was lost,” said the Sloven, “from a spear thrust during a fight with Olopana.”

“Yes, to be sure,” said Kalelealuaka, “while you and I were living together at Wailuku, you being on one side of the stream and I on the other, a kukui nut burst in the fire, and that was the spear that put out your eye.”

“Yes, definitely,” said Kalelealuaka, “when you and I were living together in Wailuku, you on one side of the stream and I on the other, a kukui nut exploded in the fire, and that was the spear that took out your eye.”

When the Sloven heard this, he hung his head. Then Kalelealuaka seized him to put him to death, when the spear of the Sloven pierced the fleshy part of Kalelealuaka’s left arm, and in plucking it out the spear-head remained in the wound.

When the Sloven heard this, he lowered his head. Then Kalelealuaka grabbed him to kill him, but the Sloven's spear struck the soft part of Kalelealuaka’s left arm, and when he pulled it out, the spearhead stayed in the wound.

Kalelealuaka killed Keinohoomanawanui and beheaded him, and, running to the cripple, laid the trophy at his feet with the words: “I present you, Maliuhaaino, with the head of Keinohoomanawanui.” This done, he returned to the battle, and went on slaying until he had advanced to the captain of Kualii’s forces, whom he killed and spoiled of his feather cloak and helmet.

Kalelealuaka killed Keinohoomanawanui and beheaded him, then ran to the cripple and laid the trophy at his feet, saying, “I present you, Maliuhaaino, with the head of Keinohoomanawanui.” After that, he returned to the battle and continued to slay until he reached the captain of Kualii’s forces, whom he killed and took his feather cloak and helmet.

When Kualii saw that his chief captain, the bulwark of his power, was slain, he retreated and fled up Nuuanu Valley, pursued by Kalelealuaka, who overtook him at the head of the valley. Here Kualii surrendered himself, saying: “Spare my life. The land shall all go to Kakuhihewa, and I will dwell on it as a loyal subject under him and create no disturbance as long as I live.”

When Kualii saw that his chief captain, the backbone of his power, had been killed, he retreated and ran up Nuuanu Valley, being chased by Kalelealuaka, who caught up with him at the mouth of the valley. There, Kualii gave himself up, saying: “Please spare my life. The land will go to Kakuhihewa, and I will live on it as a loyal subject under him and won’t cause any trouble as long as I live.”

To this the hero replied: “Well said! I spare your life on these terms. But if you at any time foment a rebellion, I will take your life! So, then, [104]return, and live quietly at home and do not stir up any war in Koolau.” Thus warned, Kaulii set out to return to the “deep blue palis of Koolau.”

To this, the hero replied, “Well said! I’m letting you live on these conditions. But if you ever incite a rebellion, I will take your life! So, go back, live peacefully at home, and don’t create any conflict in Koolau.” With this warning, Kaulii set off to return to the “deep blue palis of Koolau.”

While the lame marshal was trudging homeward, bearing the head of the Sloven, Kalelealuaka alighted from his flight at his house, and having disposed in his usual manner of his spoils, immediately called to his wives to rejoin him at his own house.

While the disabled marshal was walking home with the head of the Sloven, Kalelealuaka landed from his flight at his house, and after handling his spoils in his usual way, immediately called for his wives to come back to his house.

“The Deep Blue Palis of Koolau.”

“The Deep Blue Palis of Koolau.”

“The Deep Blue Palis of Koolau.”

“The Deep Blue Palis of Koolau.”

The next morning, after the sun was warm, the cripple arrived at the house of the King in a state of great excitement, and was immediately questioned by him as to the issue of the battle, “The battle was altogether successful,” said the marshal, “but Keinohoomanawanui was killed. I brought his head along with me and placed it on the altar mauka of Kalawao. But I would advise you to send at once your fleetest runners through Kona and Koolau, commanding everybody to assemble in one place, that I may review them and pick out and vaunt as the bravest that one whom I shall recognize by certain marks—for I have noted him well: he is wounded in the left arm.”

The next morning, after the sun had warmed up, the cripple arrived at the King’s house feeling very excited, and the King immediately asked him about the battle's outcome. “The battle went really well,” the marshal said, “but Keinohoomanawanui was killed. I brought his head with me and placed it on the altar mauka of Kalawao. However, I recommend you send your fastest runners through Kona and Koolau right away, telling everyone to gather in one spot so I can review them and identify the bravest one. I'll recognize him by certain marks because I’ve seen him clearly: he has a wound on his left arm.”

Now, Kakuhihewa’s two swiftest runners (kukini) were Keakealani and Kuhelemoana. They were so fleet that they could compass Oahu six times in a forenoon, or twelve times in a whole day. These two were sent to call together all the men of the King’s domain. The men of Waianae came that same day and stood in review on the sandy plains of Puuloa. But among them all was not one who bore the marks sought for. Then came the men of Kona, [105]of Waialua, and of Koolau, but the man was not found.

Now, Kakuhihewa’s two fastest runners (kukini) were Keakealani and Kuhelemoana. They were so quick that they could circle Oahu six times in the morning or twelve times in an entire day. These two were sent to gather all the men from the King’s domain. The men from Waianae arrived that same day and assembled on the sandy plains of Puuloa. But among them all, there was not one who had the required marks. Then the men from Kona, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Waialua, and Koolau came, but the man was still not found.

Then the lame marshal came and stood before the King and said: “Your bones shall rest in peace, Kalani. You had better send now and summon your son-in-law to come and stand before me; for he is the man.” Then Kakuhihewa arose and went himself to the house of his son-in-law, and called to his daughters that he had come to get their husband to go and stand before Maliuhaaino.

Then the injured marshal came and stood before the King and said: “You can rest in peace now, Kalani. You should send someone to call your son-in-law to come and stand before me; he’s the right person.” Then Kakuhihewa got up and went himself to his son-in-law's house, calling to his daughters that he had come to get their husband to go and stand before Maliuhaaino.

Then Kalelealuaka lifted up the mats of his bed and took out the feather cloaks and the helmets and arrayed his two wives, and Kaluhe, and himself. Putting them in line, he stationed the elder of his wives first, next to her the younger, and third Kaluhe, and placing himself at the rear of the file, he gave the order to march, and thus accompanied he went forth to obey the King’s command.

Then Kalelealuaka lifted the mats from his bed and took out the feather cloaks and helmets for his two wives, Kaluhe, and himself. He lined them up, placing his elder wife first, then the younger one, followed by Kaluhe, and he stood at the back of the line. He gave the order to march and, accompanied by them, set out to follow the King’s command.

The lame marshal saw them coming, and in ecstasy he prostrated himself and rolled over in the dust, “The feather cloak and the helmet on your elder daughter are the ones taken from the captain of Kualii’s army in the first day’s fight; those on your second daughter from the captain of the second day’s fight; while those on Kalelealuaka himself are from the captain killed in the battle on the fourth day. You will live, but perhaps I shall die, since he is weary of carrying me.”

The lame marshal saw them coming, and out of joy, he threw himself down and rolled in the dust. “The feather cloak and the helmet on your older daughter are from the captain of Kualii’s army from the first day’s battle; those on your second daughter are from the captain of the second day’s battle; and the ones on Kalelealuaka himself are from the captain who was killed in the fourth day’s battle. You will survive, but I might die, since he’s tired of carrying me.”

The lame marshal went on praising and eulogizing Kalelealuaka as he drew near. Then addressing the hero, he said: “I recognize you, having met you [106]before. Now show your left arm to the King and to this whole assembly, that they may see where you were wounded by the spear.”

The injured marshal continued to praise and admire Kalelealuaka as he approached. Then, speaking to the hero, he said: “I know you, having met you [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]before. Now show your left arm to the King and to everyone here, so they can see where the spear wounded you.”

Then Kalelealuaka bared his left arm and displayed his wound to the astonished multitude. Thereupon Kakuhihewa said: “Kalelealuaka and my daughters, do you take charge of the kingdom, and I will pass into the ranks of the common people under you.”

Then Kalelealuaka rolled up his left sleeve and showed his injury to the shocked crowd. Kakuhihewa then said, “Kalelealuaka and my daughters, you take control of the kingdom, and I will join the common people beneath you.”

After this a new arrangement of the lands was made, and the country had peace until the death of Kakuhihewa; Kalelealuaka also lived peacefully until death took him. [107]

After that, a new layout of the land was created, and the country experienced peace until Kakuhihewa's death; Kalelealuaka also lived in peace until his death. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

X

Stories of the Menehunes

Hawaii the Original Home of the Brownies

Thos. G. Thrum

Thos. G. Thrum

Students of Hawaiian folk-lore find much of coincident interest with traditional or more historic beliefs of other and older lands. The same applies, in a measure, to some of the ancient customs of the people. This is difficult to account for, more especially since the Hawaiians possessed no written language by which such knowledge could be preserved or transmitted. Fornander and others discovered in the legends of this people traces of the story of the Flood, the standing still of the sun, and other narratives of Bible history, which some savants accept as evidence of their Aryan origin. This claim we are not disposed to dispute, but desire to present another line of tradition that has been neglected hitherto, yet has promise of much interest.

Students of Hawaiian folklore find many interesting coincidences with the traditional or older beliefs of other lands. The same goes for some of the ancient customs of the people. This is hard to explain, especially since the Hawaiians had no written language to preserve or share this knowledge. Fornander and others found traces of stories like the Flood, the sun standing still, and other narratives from the Bible in the legends of this people, which some scholars believe point to an Aryan origin. We don’t intend to dispute this claim, but we want to highlight another line of tradition that has been overlooked until now and holds the potential for great interest.

It will doubtless interest some readers to learn that Hawaii is the real home of the Brownies, or was; and that this adventurous nomadic tribe were known to the Hawaiians long before Swift’s satirical mind conceived his Lilliputians.

It will surely interest some readers to know that Hawaii is the true home of the Brownies, or at least it was; and that this adventurous nomadic tribe was known to the Hawaiians long before Swift’s satirical imagination came up with his Lilliputians.

It would be unreasonable to expect so great a range [108]of nationalities and peculiar characteristics among the pygmies of Hawaii as among the Brownies of story. Tradition naturally represents them as of one race, and all nimble workers; not a gentleman dude, or policeman in the whole lot. Unlike the inquisitive and mischievous athletes of present fame, the original and genuine Brownies, known as the Menehunes, are referred to as an industrious race. In fact, it was their alleged power to perform a marvellous amount of labor in a short space of time that has fixed them in the minds of Hawaiians, many of whom point to certain traces of their work in various parts of the islands to substantiate the traditional claim of their existence.

It would be unrealistic to expect such a wide variety of nationalities and unique traits among the pygmies of Hawaii as you would find among the Brownies from stories. Tradition naturally portrays them as one race of nimble workers, with not a single gentlemanly dude or policeman among them. Unlike the curious and mischievous athletes we hear about today, the original and true Brownies, known as the Menehunes, are described as a hardworking people. In fact, it was their supposed ability to accomplish an incredible amount of work in a short time that solidified their presence in the minds of Hawaiians, many of whom point to specific examples of their work around the islands as evidence of their historical existence.

Meeting thus with occasional references to this active race, but mostly in a vague way, it has been a matter of interesting inquiry among Hawaiians, some of whom were noted kaao, or legend-bearers, for further knowledge on the subject. Very naturally their ideas differ respecting the Menehunes. Some treat the subject with gravity and respect, and express the belief that they were the original inhabitants of these islands, but gradually gave way to the heavier-bodied ancestors of the present race; others consider that the history of the race has been forgotten through the lapse of ages; while the more intelligent and better educated look upon the Menehunes as a mythical class of gnomes or dwarfs, and the account of their exploits as having been handed down by tradition for social entertainment, as other peoples relate fairy stories.

Meeting with occasional references to this active race, but mostly in a vague way, it has been an interesting topic of inquiry among Hawaiians, some of whom were noted kaao or legend-bearers, for more knowledge on the subject. Naturally, their opinions about the Menehunes vary. Some treat the topic with seriousness and respect, believing that they were the original inhabitants of these islands but gradually gave way to the ancestors of the current population; others think that the history of the race has been forgotten over time; while the more educated and informed view the Menehunes as a mythical group of gnomes or dwarfs, and their stories as tales passed down for social enjoyment, similar to how other cultures share fairy tales.

In the Hawaiian legend of Kumuhonua, Fornander states that the Polynesians were designated as “the [109]people, descendants from Menehune, son of Lua Nuu, etc. It disappeared as a national name so long ago, however, that subsequent legends have changed it to a term of reproach, representing them at times as a separate race, and sometimes as a race of dwarfs, skilful laborers, but artful and cunning.”

In the Hawaiian legend of Kumuhonua, Fornander notes that the Polynesians were referred to as “the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]people, descendants of Menehune, son of Lua Nuu, etc. However, this name has faded from national use so long ago that later legends have turned it into a term of insult, portraying them at times as a distinct race and at other times as a race of dwarfs, skilled workers, but also crafty and sly.”

In the following account and selection of stories gathered from various native sources, as literal a rendition as possible has been observed by the translators for the better insight it gives of Hawaiian thought and character.

In the following account and selection of stories collected from different native sources, the translators have aimed for as accurate a representation as possible to provide better insight into Hawaiian thought and character.

Moke Manu’s Account

The Menehunes were supposed to have been a wonderful people, small of stature and of great activity. They were always united in doing any service required of them. It was their rule that any work undertaken must be completed in one night, otherwise it would be left unfinished, as they did not labor twice on the same work; hence the origin of the saying: “He po hookahi, a ao ua pau,”—in one night, and by dawn it is finished.

The Menehunes were said to be an amazing people, small in size but full of energy. They always worked together on any task that needed to be done. Their rule was that any work started must be finished in one night; otherwise, it would remain unfinished because they never did the same job twice. This is where the saying comes from: “He po hookahi, a ao ua pau,”—in one night, and by dawn it is done.

There is no reliable history of the Menehunes. No one knows whence they came, though tradition says they were the original people of the Hawaiian Islands. They are thought to have been supernatural beings, governed by some one higher in rank than themselves, whom they recognized as having power and authority over them, that assigned them to the mountains and hills where they lived permanently. They were said to be the only inhabitants of the islands up to the time [110]of Papa and Wakea, and were invisible to every one but their own descendants, or those connected with them in some way. Many persons could hear the noise and hum of their voices, but the gift of seeing them with the naked eye was denied to those not akin to them. They were always willing to do the bidding of their descendants, and their supernatural powers enabled them to perform some wonderful works.

There’s no solid history of the Menehunes. No one knows where they came from, but tradition claims they were the original people of the Hawaiian Islands. They’re believed to have been supernatural beings, led by someone of higher rank, whom they acknowledged as having power and authority over them, and who assigned them to the mountains and hills where they lived permanently. They were said to be the only inhabitants of the islands until the time [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]of Papa and Wakea, and they were invisible to everyone except their own descendants or those linked to them in some way. Many people could hear the sounds and hum of their voices, but only those related to them could see them with the naked eye. They were always ready to carry out the wishes of their descendants, and their supernatural powers allowed them to perform amazing feats.

Pi’s Watercourse

Pi was an ordinary man living in Waimea, Kauai, who wanted to construct a mano, or dam, across the Waimea River and a watercourse therefrom to a point near Kikiaola. Having settled upon the best locations for his proposed work, he went up to the mountains and ordered all the Menehunes that were living near Puukapele to prepare stones for the dam and watercourse. The Menehunes were portioned off for the work; some to gather stones, and others to cut them. All the material was ready in no time (manawa ole), and Pi settled upon the night when the work was to be done. When the time came he went to the point where the dam was to be built, and waited. At the dead of night he heard the noise and hum of the voices of the Menehunes on their way to Kikiaola, each of whom was carrying a stone. The dam was duly constructed, every stone fitting in its proper place, and the stone auwai, or watercourse, also laid around the bend of Kikiaola. Before the break of day the work was completed, and the water of the [111]Waimea River was turned by the dam into the watercourse on the flat lands of Waimea.

Pi was an ordinary man living in Waimea, Kauai, who wanted to build a mano, or dam, across the Waimea River and a watercourse from there to a point near Kikiaola. After deciding on the best locations for his project, he went up to the mountains and instructed all the Menehunes living near Puukapele to prepare stones for the dam and watercourse. The Menehunes were assigned to different tasks: some gathered stones while others cut them. All the materials were ready in no time (manawa oleauwai, or watercourse, was also laid around the bend of Kikiaola. Before dawn, the work was completed, and the water from the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Waimea River was redirected by the dam into the watercourse on the flat lands of Waimea.

When the work was finished Pi served out food for the Menehunes, which consisted of shrimps (opae), this being the only kind to be had in sufficient quantity to supply each with a fish to himself. They were well supplied and satisfied, and at dawn returned to the mountains of Puukapele rejoicing, and the hum of their voices gave rise to the saying, “Wawa ka Menehune i Puukapele, ma Kauai, puoho ka manu o ka loko o Kawainui ma Koolaupoko, Oahu”—the hum of the voices of the Menehunes at Puukapele, Kauai, startled the birds of the pond of Kawainui, at Koolaupoko Oahu.

When the work was done, Pi served food to the Menehunes, which included shrimps (opae), the only type available in enough quantity to give each one their own fish. They were well-fed and content, and at dawn, they returned to the mountains of Puukapele happily, with the sound of their voices leading to the saying, “Wawa ka Menehune i Puukapele, ma Kauai, puoho ka manu o ka loko o Kawainui ma Koolaupoko, Oahu”—the sound of the Menehunes' voices at Puukapele, Kauai, startled the birds at Kawainui pond, Koolaupoko, Oahu.

The auwai, or watercourse, of Pi is still to be seen at Kikiaola.

The auwai, or watercourse, of Pi is still visible at Kikiaola.

At one time Pi also told the Menehunes to wall in a fish-pond at the bend of the Huleia River. They commenced work toward midnight, but at dawn the walls of the pond were not sufficiently finished to meet, so it was left incomplete, and has remained so to this day.

At one point, Pi also asked the Menehunes to build a wall around a fish pond at the bend of the Huleia River. They started working around midnight, but by dawn, the walls of the pond weren’t finished enough to connect, so it was left incomplete, and it has stayed that way ever since.

Laka’s Adventure

Wahieloa, a chief, lived at Kalaikoi, Kipahulu, Maui. He took to him a wife named Hinahawea. In due time a boy was born to them, whom Hinahowana, the mother of Hinahawea, brought up under her own care at Alaenui. She called him Laka-a-wahieloa. He was greatly petted by his parents. One day his father went to Hawaii in search [112]of the Ala-Koiula a Kane for a toy for his son, landing at Punaluu, Kau, Hawaii, where he was killed in a cave called Keana-a-Kaualehu.

Wahieloa, a chief, lived in Kalaikoi, Kipahulu, Maui. He took a wife named Hinahawea. Eventually, they had a son, who was raised by Hinahowana, Hinahawea's mother, at Alaenui. She named him Laka-a-wahieloa. His parents spoiled him a lot. One day, his father went to Hawaii looking for the Ala-Koiula a Kane, a toy for his son, and landed at Punaluu, Kau, Hawaii, where he was killed in a cave called Keana-a-Kaualehu.

After a long absence Laka asked for his father, and his mother referred him to his grandmother, who, on being questioned, told him that his father went to Hawaii, and was supposed to be dead. Laka then asked for means by which he could search for his father.

After being away for a long time, Laka asked about his dad, and his mom directed him to his grandma. When he asked her, she told him that his dad had gone to Hawaii and was thought to be dead. Laka then wanted to know how he could look for his dad.

His grandmother replied: “Go to the mountains and look for the tree that has leaves shaped like the moon on the night of Hilo, or Hoaka; such is the tree for a canoe.”

His grandmother replied, “Go to the mountains and search for the tree with leaves shaped like the moon on the night of Hilo, or Hoaka; that’s the tree for a canoe.”

Scene from the Road over Nuuanu Pali.

Scene from the Road over Nuuanu Pali.

Scene from the Road over Nuuanu Pali.

Scene from the Road over Nuuanu Pali.

Laka followed this advice, and went to the mountains to find the tree for his canoe. Finding a suitable one, he commenced to cut in the morning, and by sundown he had felled it to the ground. This accomplished, he went home. Returning the next day, to his surprise he could not find his fallen tree, so he cut down another, with the same result. Laka was thus tricked for several days, and in his perplexity consulted again with his grandmother, who sent him off with the same advice as before, to look for the crescent-shaped leaf.

Laka took this advice and went to the mountains to find a tree for his canoe. After finding a suitable one, he started cutting it down in the morning, and by sunset, he had brought it to the ground. Once he achieved that, he went home. When he returned the next day, he was surprised to discover that his fallen tree was missing, so he cut down another one, only to face the same outcome. Laka was fooled like this for several days, and in his confusion, he went back to consult his grandmother again. She sent him off with the same guidance as before: to look for the crescent-shaped leaf.

He went to the mountains again and found the desired tree, but before cutting it he dug a big hole on the side where the Kalala-Kamahele would fall. Upon cutting the tree it fell right into the hole or trench, as designed; then he jumped into it and lay in waiting for the person or persons who were reërecting the trees he had cut down for his canoe. [113]

He went back to the mountains and found the tree he wanted, but before cutting it down, he dug a big hole on the side where the Kalala-Kamahele would fall. When he cut the tree, it fell right into the hole as planned; then he jumped in and waited for the person or people who were putting the trees back up that he had cut down for his canoe. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

While thus waiting, he heard some one talking about raising the tree and returning it to its former position, followed by someone chanting as follows:

While waiting, he heard someone discussing how to lift the tree and put it back in its original spot, followed by another person chanting:

E ka mano o ke Akua,

Oh God, give us wisdom,

Ke kini o ke Akua,

The essence of the divine,

Ka lehu o ke Akua,

Ka lehu o ke Akua,

Ka lalani Akua,

Ka lalani Akua,

Ka pukui Akua!

God bless!

E na Akua o ke kuahiwi nei,

O God of this mountain,

I ka mauna,

I ka mauna,

I ke kualono,

I am at the crossroads,

I ka manowai la-e,

I ka manowai la-e,

E-iho!1

Hey there! __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

When this appeal ended there was a hum and noise, and in a short time (manawa ole) the place was filled with a band of people, who endeavored to lift the tree; but it would not move. Laka then jumped out from his place of hiding and caught hold of two of the men, Mokuhalii and Kapaaikee, and threatened to kill them for raising again the trees he had cut for his canoe. Mokuhalii then told Laka that if they were killed, nobody would be able to make a canoe for him, nor would anybody pull it to the beach, but if they were spared they would willingly do it for him, provided Laka would first build a big and long shed (halau) of sufficient size to hold the canoe, and prepare sufficient food for the men. Laka gladly consenting, released them and returned to his home and built a shed on [114]the level ground of Puhikau. Then he went up to the woods and saw the canoe, ready and complete. The Menehunes told Laka that it would be brought to the halau that night. At the dead of night the hum of the voices of the Menehunes was heard; this was the commencement of the lifting of the canoe. It was not dragged, but held up by hand. The second hum of voices brought the canoe to Haloamekiei, at Pueo. And at the third hum the canoe was carefully laid down in the halau. Food and fish were there spread out for the workers, the ha of the taro for food, and the opae and oopu for fish. At dawn the Menehunes returned to their home. Kuahalau was the name of the halau, the remains of the foundation of which were to be seen a few years ago, but now it is ploughed over. The hole dug by Laka still exists.

When this appeal ended, there was a buzz of conversation, and soon enough (manawa ole) the area was filled with a group of people trying to lift the tree, but it wouldn't budge. Laka then jumped out from his hiding spot and grabbed two of the men, Mokuhalii and Kapaaikee, threatening to kill them for raising the trees he had cut for his canoe. Mokuhalii responded by saying that if they were killed, nobody would be able to make a canoe for him or pull it to the beach. However, if they were spared, they would gladly help him, as long as Laka would first build a large, long shed (halau) big enough to hold the canoe and prepare enough food for the men. Laka happily agreed, released them, and returned to his home to build a shed on [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the flat land of Puhikau. Then he went into the woods and saw the canoe, ready and complete. The Menehunes told Laka that it would be brought to the halau that night. In the dead of night, the sounds of the Menehunes could be heard; this marked the beginning of lifting the canoe. It wasn't dragged but held up by hand. The second sound brought the canoe to Haloamekiei, at Pueo. And at the third sound, the canoe was carefully placed in the halau. Food and fish were spread out for the workers, including the ha of taro for sustenance, and opae and oopu for fish. At dawn, the Menehunes returned home. Kuahalau was the name of the halau, and the remnants of its foundation could still be seen a few years ago, but now it has been plowed over. The hole dug by Laka still remains.

Kekupua’s Canoe

Kakae, a chief, lived at Wahiawa, Kukaniloko, Waialua, Oahu. One day his wife told him that she desired to go in search of her brother, Kahanaiakeakua, who was supposed to be living at Tahiti. Kakae thereupon ordered his man Kekupua to go into the woods and find a suitable tree and make a canoe for his wife for this foreign voyage. Kekupua, with a number of men under him, searched in the forest belt of Wahiawa, Helemano, and Waoala, as also through the woods of Koolau, without success. From Kahana they made a search through the mountains till they came to Kilohana, in Kalihi Valley, and from there to Waolani, in Nuuanu, where they slept in a cave. [115]In the dead of night they heard the hum as of human voices, but were unable to discern any person, though the voices sounded close to them. At dawn silence reigned again, and when the sun arose, lo, and behold! there stood a large mound of stones, the setting of which resembled that of a heiau, or temple, the remains of which are said to be noticeable to this day.

Kakae, a chief, lived in Wahiawa, Kukaniloko, Waialua, Oahu. One day, his wife told him that she wanted to go look for her brother, Kahanaiakeakua, who was believed to be living in Tahiti. Kakae then instructed his man Kekupua to go into the woods, find a suitable tree, and make a canoe for his wife for this overseas journey. Kekupua, along with a group of men, searched the forests of Wahiawa, Helemano, and Waoala, as well as through the woods of Koolau, but found nothing. They continued their search through the mountains from Kahana until they reached Kilohana in Kalihi Valley, and from there to Waolani in Nuuanu, where they spent the night in a cave. In the dead of night, they heard the sound of human voices, but they couldn’t see anyone, even though the voices seemed very close. At dawn, silence returned, and when the sun rose, they discovered a large mound of stones that looked like the foundation of a heiau, or temple, the remains of which are said to be visible to this day.

Kekupua and his men returned to their chief and reported their unsuccessful search for a suitable koa (Acacia koa) tree for the desired canoe, and related also the incident at Waolani. Kakae, being a descendant of the Menehunes, knew immediately the authors of the strange occurrence. He therefore instructed Kekupua to proceed to Makaho and Kamakela and to stay there till the night of Kane, then go up to Puunui and wait till hearing the hum and noise of the Menehunes, which would be the signal of their finishing the canoe. And thus it was; the Menehunes, having finished the canoe, were ready to pull it to the sea. He directed them to look sharp, and two men would be noticed holding the ropes at the pu (or head) of the canoe. One of them would leap from one side to the other; he was the director of the work and was called pale. There would be some men farther behind, holding the kawelewele, or guiding-ropes. They were the kahunas that superintended the construction of the canoe. He reminded them to remember these directions, and when they saw these men, to give them orders and show them the course to take in pulling the canoe to the sea.

Kekupua and his men went back to their chief and told him about their unsuccessful search for a suitable koa (Acacia koa) tree for the canoe they wanted, and they also mentioned the incident at Waolani. Kakae, being a descendant of the Menehunes, instantly recognized the source of the strange event. He instructed Kekupua to head to Makaho and Kamakela and stay there until the night of Kane. Then, he was to go up to Puunui and wait until he heard the hum and noise of the Menehunes, which would signal that they had finished the canoe. And so it happened; the Menehunes, having completed the canoe, were ready to pull it to the sea. Kakae told them to keep a close eye out, as they would see two men holding the ropes at the pu (or head) of the canoe. One of them would jump from side to side; he was in charge of the work and was called pale. There would be some men further back holding the kawelewele, or guiding ropes. These were the kahunas supervising the canoe's construction. He reminded them to remember these instructions, and when they saw these men, to give them orders and show them how to pull the canoe to the sea.

Kekupua followed all these instructions faithfully. [116]He waited at Puunui till dusk, when he heard a hum as of many voices, and proceeding farther up near the slope of Alewa he saw these wonderful people. They were like ordinary human beings but diminutive. He directed them to pull the canoe along the nae, or farther side of the Puunui stream. By this course the canoe was brought down as far as Kaalaa, near Waikahalulu, where, when daylight came, they left their burden and returned to Waolani. The canoe was left in the ditch, where it remained for many generations, and was called Kawa-a-Kekupua (Kekupua’s canoe), in honor of the servant of the chief Kakae.

Kekupua followed all these instructions carefully. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]He waited at Puunui until dusk when he heard a hum that sounded like many voices. As he moved farther up near the slope of Alewa, he saw these amazing little people. They looked like regular humans but were smaller in size. He asked them to pull the canoe along the nae, or the farther side of the Puunui stream. This way, the canoe was brought down to Kaalaa, near Waikahalulu, where, when daylight came, they left their load and returned to Waolani. The canoe was left in the ditch, where it stayed for many generations, and was called Kawa-a-Kekupua (Kekupua’s canoe), in honor of the servant of Chief Kakae.

Thus, even with the help of the Menehunes, the wife of Kakae was not satisfied in her desire.

Thus, even with the help of the Menehunes, Kakae's wife was still not fulfilled in her desire.

As Heiau Builders

The Menehunes are credited with the construction of numerous heiaus (ancient temples) in various parts of the islands.

The Menehunes are known for building many heiaus (ancient temples) in different areas of the islands.

The heiau of Mookini, near Honoipu, Kohala, is pointed out as an instance of their marvellous work. The place selected for the site of the temple was on a grassy plain. The stones in the nearest neighborhood were for some reason not deemed suitable for the work, so those of Pololu Valley, distant some twelve miles, were selected. Tradition says the Menehunes were placed in a line covering the entire distance from Pololu to Honoipu, whereby the stones were passed from hand to hand for the entire work. Work was begun at the quiet of night, and at cock-crow [117]in the morning it was finished. Thus in one night the heiau of Mookini was built.

The heiau of Mookini, near Honoipu, Kohala, is recognized as an example of their incredible work. The site chosen for the temple was on a grassy plain. The stones nearby were considered unsuitable for some reason, so stones from Pololu Valley, about twelve miles away, were picked instead. According to tradition, the Menehunes formed a line stretching all the way from Pololu to Honoipu, passing the stones hand to hand throughout the whole process. They started working at night, and by dawn [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], it was complete. So, the heiau of Mookini was built in just one night.

Another temple of their erection was at Pepeekeo, Hilo, the peculiarity of the work being that the stones had been brought together by the residents of that part of the district, by direction of the chief, but that in one night, the Menehunes gathered together and built it. The chief and his people were surprised on coming the next morning to resume their labors, to find the heiau completed.

Another temple they built was at Pepeekeo, Hilo. What makes this construction special is that the stones were gathered by the local residents under the chief's direction, but one night, the Menehunes assembled and completed it. The chief and his people were surprised when they returned the next morning to continue their work and found the heiau finished.

There stands on the pali of Waikolu, near Kalaupapa, Molokai, a heiau that Hawaiians believe to have been constructed by no one else than the Menehunes. It is on the top of a ledge in the face of a perpendicular cliff, with a continuous inaccessible cliff behind it reaching hundreds of feet above. No one has ever been able to reach it either from above or from below; and the marvel is how the material, which appears to be seashore stones, was put in place. [118]

There is a heiau on the cliff of Waikolu near Kalaupapa, Molokai, that locals believe was built by the Menehunes. It's situated at the top of a ledge on a sheer cliff, with an impassable cliff rising hundreds of feet behind it. No one has ever been able to get to it from above or below, and the mystery is how the stones, which look like beach rocks, were placed there. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


O the four thousand gods,

O the 4,000 gods,

The forty thousand gods,

The 40,000 gods,

The four hundred thousand gods,

The 400,000 gods,

The file of gods,

The file of gods,

The assembly of gods!

The gathering of gods!

O gods of these woods,

O gods of the forest,

Of the mountain,

About the mountain,

And the knoll,

And the hill,

At the water-dam,

At the water dam,

Oh, come!

Oh, come on!

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XI

Kahalaopuna, Princess of Manoa

Mrs. E. M. Nakuina

Mrs. E. M. Nakuina

Akaaka (laughter) is a projecting spur of the mountain range at the head of Manoa Valley, forming the ridge running back to and above Waiakeakua, “the water of the gods.” Akaaka was united in marriage to Nalehuaakaaka, still represented by some lehua (Metrosideros polymorpha) bushes on the very brow of the spur or ridge. They had two children, twins, Kahaukani, a boy, and Kauakuahine, a girl. These children were adopted at birth by a chief, Kolowahi, and chieftainess, Pohakukala, who were brother and sister, and cousins of Akaaka. The brother took charge of the boy, Kahaukani, a synonyme for the Manoa wind; and Pohakukala the girl, Kauakuahine, meaning the famous Manoa rain. When the children were grown up, the foster parents determined that they should be united; and the children, having been brought up separately and in ignorance of their relationship, made no objections. They were accordingly married and a girl was born to them, who was called Kahalaopuna. Thus Kolowahi and Pohakukala, by conspiring to unite the twin brother and sister, made permanent the union of rain and wind for which [119]Manoa Valley is noted; and the fruit of such a union was the most beautiful woman of her time. So the Manoa girls, foster children of the Manoa rains and winds, have generally been supposed to have inherited the beauty of Kahalaopuna.

Akaaka (laughter) is a protruding peak of the mountain range at the head of Manoa Valley, forming the ridge that stretches back to and above Waiakeakua, “the water of the gods.” Akaaka was married to Nalehuaakaaka, still represented by some lehua (Metrosideros polymorpha) bushes right at the edge of the peak or ridge. They had two children, twins: Kahaukani, a boy, and Kauakuahine, a girl. These children were adopted at birth by a chief, Kolowahi, and his sister, chieftainess Pohakukala, who were also cousins of Akaaka. The brother took care of the boy, Kahaukani, which means the Manoa wind; and Pohakukala took on the girl, Kauakuahine, meaning the famous Manoa rain. When the children grew up, their foster parents decided they should be united; and since the children had been raised separately and didn’t know they were siblings, they raised no objections. They were married, and a girl was born to them, named Kahalaopuna. Thus, Kolowahi and Pohakukala, by planning to unite the twin brother and sister, solidified the bond of rain and wind for which Manoa Valley is known; the result of this union was the most beautiful woman of her time. So, the girls of Manoa, foster children of the Manoa rains and winds, are generally believed to have inherited the beauty of Kahalaopuna.

A house was built for Kahalaopuna at Kahaiamano on the road to Waiakekua, where she lived with a few attendants. The house was surrounded by a fence of auki (dracæna), and a puloulou (sign of kapu) was placed on each side of the gate, indicative of forbidden ground. The puloulou were short, stout poles, each surmounted by a ball of white kapa cloth, and indicated that the person or persons inhabiting the premises so defined were of the highest rank, and sacred.

A house was built for Kahalaopuna at Kahaiamano on the road to Waiakekua, where she lived with a few attendants. The house was surrounded by a fence of auki (dracæna), and a puloulou (sign of kapu) was placed on each side of the gate, indicating it was forbidden ground. The puloulou were short, sturdy poles, each topped with a ball of white kapa cloth, signaling that the people living there were of the highest rank and sacred.

Kahalaopuna was very beautiful from her earliest childhood. Her cheeks were so red and her face so bright that a glow emanated therefrom which shone through the thatch of her house when she was in; a rosy light seemed to envelop the house, and bright rays seemed to play over it constantly. When she went to bathe in the spring below her house, the rays of light surrounded her like a halo. The natives maintain that this bright light is still occasionally seen at Kahaiamano, indicating that the spirit of Kahalaopuna is revisiting her old home.

Kahalaopuna was stunning from a young age. Her cheeks were so red and her face so bright that a glow radiated from her, lighting up the inside of her house even when she was there; a rosy light seemed to surround the house, and bright rays appeared to dance around it all the time. When she went to bathe in the spring below her home, the light seemed to surround her like a halo. The locals say that this bright light can still sometimes be seen at Kahaiamano, suggesting that the spirit of Kahalaopuna is returning to her old home.

She was betrothed in childhood to Kauhi, the young chief of Kailua, in Koolau, whose parents were so sensible of the honor of the contemplated union of their son with the Princess of Manoa, who was deemed of a semi-supernatural descent, that they [120]always sent the poi of Kailua and the fish of Kawainui for the girl’s table. She was thus, as it were, brought up entirely on the food of her prospective husband.

She was engaged since childhood to Kauhi, the young chief of Kailua in Koolau. His parents recognized the honor of their son marrying the Princess of Manoa, who was believed to have a semi-supernatural ancestry, so they always sent the poi from Kailua and the fish from Kawainui for her meals. In this way, she was basically raised on the food of her future husband.

View at the Head of Manoa Valley, Oahu.

View at the Head of Manoa Valley, Oahu.

View at the Head of Manoa Valley, Oahu.

View at the Head of Manoa Valley, Oahu.

When she was grown to young womanhood, she was so exquisitely beautiful that the people of the valley would make visits to the outer puloulou at the sacred precinct of Luaalea, the land adjoining Kahaiamano, just to get a glimpse of the beauty as she went to and from the spring. In this way the fame of her surpassing loveliness was spread all over the valley, and came to the ears of two men, Kumauna and Keawaa, both of whom were disfigured by a contraction of the lower eyelids, and were known as makahelei (drawn eyes). Neither of these men had ever seen Kahalaopuna, but they fell in love with her from hear-say, and not daring to present themselves to her as suitors on account of their disfigurement, they would weave and deck themselves leis (wreaths) of maile (Alyxia olivæformis), ginger, and ferns and go to Waikiki for surf-bathing. While there they would indulge in boasting of their conquest of the famous beauty, representing the leis with which they were decked as love-gifts from Kahalaopuna. Now, when the surf of Kalehuawehe at Waikiki was in proper condition, it would attract people from all parts of the island to enjoy the delightful sport. Kauhi, the betrothed of Kahalaopuna, was one of these. The time set for his marriage to Kahalaopuna was drawing near, and as yet he had not seen her, when the assertions of the two makahelei men came to his ears. [121]These were repeated so frequently that Kauhi finally came to believe them, and they so filled him with jealous rage of his betrothed that he determined to kill her. He started for Manoa at dawn, and proceeded as far as Mahinauli, in mid-valley, where he rested under a hala (Pandanus odoratissimus) tree that grew in the grove of wiliwili (Erythrina monosperma). He sat there some time, brooding over the fancied injury to himself, and nursing his wrath. Upon resuming his walk he broke off and carried along with him a bunch of hala nuts. It was quite noon when he reached Kahaiamano and presented himself before the house of Kahalaopuna. The latter had just awakened from a sleep, and was lying on a pile of mats facing the door, thinking of going to the spring, her usual bathing-place, when she perceived a stranger at the door.

When she grew into a young woman, she was so incredibly beautiful that the people of the valley would visit the outer puloulou at the sacred area of Luaalea, the land next to Kahaiamano, just to catch a glimpse of her beauty as she walked to and from the spring. This way, the news of her exceptional loveliness spread throughout the valley and reached two men, Kumauna and Keawaa, both of whom were marked by a drooping of their lower eyelids, known as makahelei (drawn eyes). Neither of them had ever seen Kahalaopuna, but they fell in love with her from what they heard, and, too embarrassed to approach her as suitors because of their appearance, they would weave and adorn themselves with leis (wreaths) made of maile (Alyxia olivæformis), ginger, and ferns, heading to Waikiki to surf. While there, they would boast about their supposed conquest of the famous beauty, claiming that the leis they wore were love gifts from Kahalaopuna. Now, when the waves at Kalehuawehe in Waikiki were just right, they attracted people from all over the island to enjoy the fun. Kauhi, who was engaged to Kahalaopuna, was one of them. The time for his marriage to Kahalaopuna was approaching, and he still hadn't seen her when he heard the claims of the two makahelei men. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]These tales were repeated so often that Kauhi eventually came to believe them, and they filled him with such jealous rage towards his fiancée that he decided he would kill her. He set off for Manoa at dawn and made it as far as Mahinauli, in mid-valley, where he rested under a hala (Pandanus odoratissimus) tree in a grove of wiliwili (Erythrina monosperma). He sat there for some time, stewing over the imagined wrongs done to him and nurturing his anger. When he resumed his journey, he picked up a bunch of hala nuts to take with him. It was around noon when he reached Kahaiamano and stood before the house of Kahalaopuna. She had just woken up from a nap and was lying on a pile of mats facing the door, thinking about going to the spring, her usual bathing spot, when she noticed a stranger at the door.

She looked at him some time and, recognizing him from oft repeated descriptions, asked him to enter; but Kauhi refused, and asked her to come outside. The young girl had been so accustomed from early childhood to consider herself as belonging to Kauhi, and of being indebted to him, as it were, for her daily food, that she obeyed him unhesitatingly.

She stared at him for a while, and recognizing him from the frequent descriptions she'd heard, invited him in; but Kauhi declined and asked her to come outside. The young girl had been so used to thinking of herself as belonging to Kauhi and feeling grateful to him for her daily food that she followed his request without hesitation.

He perhaps intended to kill her then, but the girl’s unhesitating obedience as well as her extreme loveliness made him hesitate for a while; and after looking intently at her for some time he told her to go and bathe and then prepare herself to accompany him in a ramble about the woods.

He might have meant to kill her then, but the girl's quick obedience and her stunning beauty made him pause for a moment. After staring at her for a while, he told her to go take a bath and then get ready to join him for a walk in the woods.

While Kahalaopuna was bathing, Kauhi remained [122]moodily seated where she had left him, and watched the bright glow, like rainbow rays, playing above the spring. He was alternately filled with jealousy, regret, and longing for the great beauty of the girl; but that did not make him relent in his dreadful purpose. He seemed to resent his betrothed’s supposed infidelity the more because she had thrown herself away on such unworthy persons, who were, besides, ugly and disfigured, while he, Kauhi, was not only a person of rank and distinction, but possessed also of considerable manly beauty.

While Kahalaopuna was bathing, Kauhi stayed moodily seated where she had left him, watching the bright glow, like rainbow rays, dancing above the spring. He was filled with jealousy, regret, and longing for the incredible beauty of the girl, but that didn’t make him reconsider his dreadful intentions. He seemed to resent his fiancée’s supposed infidelity even more because she had wasted her affection on such unworthy people, who were not only ugly but also disfigured, while he, Kauhi, was not only a person of rank and distinction but also quite handsome.

When she was ready he motioned her to follow him, and turned to go without a word. They went across Kumakaha to Hualea, when the girl said, “Why don’t you stay and have something to eat before we go?”

When she was ready, he signaled for her to follow him and turned to leave without saying anything. They crossed Kumakaha to Hualea, and the girl asked, “Why don’t you stay and grab a bite to eat before we leave?”

He answered rather surlily, “I don’t care to eat; I have no appetite.”

He replied a bit grumpily, “I’m not hungry; I don’t feel like eating.”

He looked so sternly at her as he said this that she cried out to him, “Are you annoyed with me? Have I displeased you in any way?”

He looked at her so seriously when he said this that she exclaimed, “Are you upset with me? Did I do something to disappoint you?”

He only said, “Why, what have you done that would displease me?”

He just said, “Why, what have you done to upset me?”

He kept on his way, she following, till they came to a large stone in Aihualama, when he turned abruptly and, facing the young girl, looked at her with an expression of mingled longing and hate. At last, with a deep sigh, he said, “You are beautiful, my betrothed, but, as you have been false, you must die.”

He continued on his path, with her following, until they arrived at a large stone in Aihualama. He suddenly turned around, facing the young girl, and looked at her with a mix of desire and anger. Finally, with a heavy sigh, he said, “You’re beautiful, my fiancée, but since you have been unfaithful, you must die.”

The young girl looked up in surprise at these strange words, but saw only hatred and a deadly purpose in Kauhi’s eyes; so she said: “If I have to die, [123]why did you not kill me at home, so that my people could have buried my bones; but you brought me to the wild woods, and who will bury me? If you think I have been false to you, why not seek proof before believing it?”

The young girl looked up in shock at these strange words, but all she saw in Kauhi’s eyes was hatred and a deadly intention; so she said: “If I have to die, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]why didn’t you kill me at home, so my people could have buried my bones? You brought me to the wild woods, and who will bury me now? If you think I’ve betrayed you, why not find proof before jumping to conclusions?”

But Kauhi would not listen to her appeal. Perhaps it only served to remind him of what he considered was his great loss. He struck her across the temple with the heavy bunch of hala nuts he had broken off at Mahinauli, and which he had been holding all the time. The blow killed the girl instantly, and Kauhi hastily dug a hole under the side of the rock and buried her; then he started down the valley toward Waikiki.

But Kauhi wouldn’t listen to her plea. Maybe it just reminded him of what he thought was his huge loss. He hit her on the temple with the heavy bunch of hala nuts he had broken off at Mahinauli and had been holding the whole time. The blow killed the girl instantly, and Kauhi quickly dug a hole beside the rock and buried her; then he headed down the valley toward Waikiki.

As soon as he was gone, a large owl, who was a god, and a relative of Kahalaopuna, and had followed her from home, immediately set to digging the body out; which done, it brushed the dirt carefully off with its wings and, breathing into the girl’s nostrils, restored her to life. It rubbed its face against the bruise on the temple, and healed it immediately. Kauhi had not advanced very far on his way when he heard the voice of Kahalaopuna singing a lament for his unkindness, and beseeching him to believe her, or, at least, prove his accusation.

As soon as he left, a large owl, which was a god and a relative of Kahalaopuna, who had followed her from home, immediately started digging up the body. Once it was done, it carefully brushed the dirt off with its wings and, breathing into the girl’s nostrils, brought her back to life. It rubbed its face against the bruise on her temple and healed it instantly. Kauhi hadn’t gotten very far when he heard Kahalaopuna’s voice singing a lament for his unkindness, pleading with him to believe her or at least to prove his accusation.

Hearing her voice, Kauhi returned, and, seeing the owl flying above her, recognized the means of her resurrection; and, going up to the girl, ordered her to follow him. They went up the side of the ridge which divides Manoa Valley from Nuuanu. It was hard work for the tenderly nurtured maiden to climb [124]the steep mountain ridge, at one time through a thorny tangle of underbrush, and at another clinging against the bare face of the rocks, holding on to swinging vines for support. Kauhi never offered to assist her, but kept on ahead, only looking back occasionally to see that she followed. When they arrived at the summit of the divide she was all scratched and bruised, and her pa-u (skirt) in tatters. Seating herself on a stone to regain her breath, she asked Kauhi where they were going. He never answered, but struck her again with the hala branch, killing her instantly, as before. He then dug a hole near where she lay, and buried her, and started for Waikiki by way of the Kakea ridge. He was no sooner out of sight than the owl again scratched the dirt away and restored the girl, as before. Again she followed and sang a song of love and regret for her lover’s anger, and pleaded with him to lay aside his unjust suspicions. On hearing her voice again, Kauhi returned and ordered her to follow him. They descended into Nuuanu Valley, at Kaniakapupu, and crossed over to Waolani ridge, where he again killed and buried the faithful girl, who was again restored by the owl. When he was on his way back, as before, she sang a song, describing the perils and difficulties of the way traversed by them, and ended by pleading for pardon for the unknown fault. The wretched man, on hearing her voice again, was very angry; and his repeated acts of cruelty and the suffering endured by the girl, far from softening his heart, only served to render him more brutal, and to extinguish what little spark of kindly feeling he might [125]have had originally. His only thought was to kill her for good, and thus obtain some satisfaction for his wasted poi and fish. He returned to her and ordered her, as before, to follow him, and started for Kilohana, at the head of Kalihi Valley, where he again killed her. She was again restored by the owl, and made her resurrection known by singing to her cruel lover. He this time took her across gulches, ravines, and plains, until they arrived at Pohakea, on the Ewa slope of the Kaala Mountains, where he killed her and buried her under a large koa (Acacia koa). The faithful owl tried to scrape the dirt away, so as to get at the body of the girl, but his claws became entangled in the numerous roots and rootlets which Kauhi had been careful not to cut away. The more the owl scratched, the more deeply tangled he got, and, finally, with bruised claws and ruffled feathers, he had to give up the idea of rescuing the girl; and perhaps he thought it useless, as she would be sure to make her resurrection known to Kauhi. So the owl left, and followed Kauhi on his return to Waikiki.

Hearing her voice, Kauhi came back and, noticing the owl flying above her, recognized how she was being brought back to life. He approached the girl and told her to follow him. They made their way up the ridge that separates Manoa Valley from Nuuanu. It was tough for the delicately raised girl to climb the steep mountain ridge, sometimes pushing through thorny underbrush and other times clinging to the bare rocks, using swinging vines for support. Kauhi never offered to help her but kept walking ahead, glancing back now and then to make sure she was following. When they reached the top of the ridge, she was all scratched and bruised, and her skirt was in tatters. Sitting on a stone to catch her breath, she asked Kauhi where they were going. He didn’t answer but hit her again with the hala branch, killing her instantly, just like before. He then dug a hole near where she lay and buried her, setting off for Waikiki via the Kakea ridge. As soon as he was out of sight, the owl scratched away the dirt and brought the girl back to life, just like before. Again, she followed him and sang a song of love and regret for her lover’s anger, begging him to let go of his unfair suspicions. Hearing her voice again, Kauhi came back and told her to follow him. They went down into Nuuanu Valley, at Kaniakapupu, and crossed over to Waolani ridge, where he killed and buried the loyal girl again, who was once more brought back to life by the owl. As he made his way back, she sang a song about the dangers and difficulties they faced together and concluded by asking for forgiveness for an unknown fault. The miserable man, hearing her voice again, became even angrier; his ongoing cruelty and the girl's suffering did nothing to soften his heart but instead made him more brutal, extinguishing any small bit of kindness he might have originally had. His only thought was to kill her for good and find some satisfaction for the waste of his poi and fish. He returned to her and told her to follow him again, starting for Kilohana at the head of Kalihi Valley, where he killed her once more. She was again revived by the owl, announcing her return with a song to her cruel lover. This time he took her across gulches, ravines, and plains until they reached Pohakea on the Ewa slope of the Kaala Mountains, where he killed her and buried her under a large koa tree. The faithful owl tried to dig her out, but his claws got caught in the numerous roots Kauhi hadn’t bothered to cut. The more the owl scratched, the more tangled he became, and eventually, with bruised claws and ruffled feathers, he had to give up on rescuing her; maybe he thought it was pointless since she would surely let Kauhi know she was back. So the owl left and followed Kauhi back to Waikiki.

There had been another witness to Kauhi’s cruelties, and that was Elepaio (Chasiempis sandwichensis), a little green bird, a cousin to Kahalaopuna. As soon as this bird saw that the owl had deserted the body of Kahalaopuna, it flew straight to Kahaukani and Kauakuahine, and told them of all that had happened. The girl had been missed, but, as some of the servants had recognized Kauhi, and had seen them leave together for what they supposed was a ramble in the adjoining woods, no great anxiety had been felt, as yet. But [126]when the little bird told his tale, there was great consternation, and even positive disbelief; for, how could any one in his senses, they argued, be guilty of such cruelty to such a lovely, innocent being, and one, too, belonging entirely to himself.

There had been another witness to Kauhi’s cruelty, and that was Elepaio (Chasiempis sandwichensis), a small green bird, a relative of Kahalaopuna. As soon as this bird saw that the owl had abandoned Kahalaopuna’s body, it flew directly to Kahaukani and Kauakuahine and told them everything that had happened. The girl had been noticed missing, but since some of the servants had recognized Kauhi and had seen them leave together, thinking it was just a stroll in the nearby woods, there was no significant concern at first. But [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]when the little bird shared its story, there was great alarm and even outright disbelief; because, they argued, how could anyone in their right mind be capable of such cruelty to such a beautiful, innocent person, especially one so deeply connected to him?

In the meantime, the spirit of the murdered girl discovered itself to a party who were passing by; and one of them, a young man, moved with compassion, went to the tree indicated by the spirit, and, removing the dirt and roots, found the body, still warm. He wrapped it in his kihei (shoulder scarf), and then covered it entirely with maile, ferns, and ginger, and, making a haawe, or back-load, of it, carried it to his home at Kamoiliili. There, he submitted the body to his elder brother, who called upon two spirit sisters of theirs, with whose aid they finally succeeded in restoring it to life. In the course of the treatment she was frequently taken to an underground water-cave, called Mauoki, for the Kakelekele (hydropathic cure). The water-cave has ever since been known as the “Water of Kahalaopuna.”

In the meantime, the spirit of the murdered girl revealed itself to a group passing by; and one of them, a young man moved with compassion, went to the tree the spirit pointed out, and after clearing away the dirt and roots, found the body, still warm. He wrapped it in his kihei (shoulder scarf) and then covered it completely with maile, ferns, and ginger, and, making a haawe (back-load) out of it, carried it to his home in Kamoiliili. There, he showed the body to his older brother, who called on two spirit sisters of theirs, and with their help, they finally managed to bring her back to life. During the recovery, she was regularly taken to an underground water cave known as Mauoki for the Kakelekele (hydropathic cure). Since then, the water cave has been known as the “Water of Kahalaopuna.”

The young man who had rescued her from the grave naturally wanted her to become his bride; but the girl refused, saying that as long as Kauhi lived she was his, and none other’s, as her very body was, as it were, nourished on his food, and was as much his property as the food had been.

The young man who had saved her from the grave naturally wanted her to be his bride; but the girl refused, saying that as long as Kauhi was alive, she belonged to him and no one else, as her very body was, in a sense, sustained by his food and was as much his property as the food had been.

The elder brother then counselled the younger to seek, in some way, the death of Kauhi. To this end they conspired with the parents of Kahalaopuna to keep her last resurrection secret. The young man [127]then set to work to learn all the meles Kahalaopuna had sung to her lover during that fatal journey. When he knew these songs well, he sought the kilu (play, or game) houses of the King and high chiefs, where Kauhi was sure to be found.

The older brother then advised the younger one to find a way to bring about Kauhi's death. To do this, they teamed up with Kahalaopuna's parents to keep her last revival a secret. The young man [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]then got to work learning all the songs Kahalaopuna had sung to her lover during that tragic journey. Once he knew these songs well, he went to the game houses of the King and high chiefs, where Kauhi was sure to be found.

One day, when Kauhi was playing, this young man placed himself on the opposite side, and as Kauhi ceased, took up the kilu and chanted the first of Kahalaopuna’s meles.

One day, while Kauhi was playing, a young man positioned himself on the other side, and as Kauhi stopped, he picked up the kilu and began to chant the first of Kahalaopuna’s songs.

Kauhi was very much surprised, and contrary to the etiquette of the game of kilu, stopped him in his play to ask him where he had learned that song. The young man answered he had learned it from Kahalaopuna, the famous Manoa beauty, who was a friend of his sister’s and who was now on a visit at their house. Kauhi, knowing the owl had deserted the body of the girl, felt certain that she was really dead, and accused the other of telling a lie. This led to an angry and stormy scene, when the antagonists were parted by orders of the King.

Kauhi was really surprised, and going against the etiquette of the kilu game, he stopped the young man mid-play to ask him where he learned that song. The young man replied that he had learned it from Kahalaopuna, the famous beauty of Manoa, who was a friend of his sister’s and was currently visiting their house. Kauhi, knowing that the owl had left the girl’s body, was certain she was actually dead and accused the young man of lying. This sparked an angry and chaotic scene, which resulted in the King ordering them to be separated.

The next night found them both at the kilu house, when the second of Kahalaopuna’s songs was sung, and another angry discussion took place. Again they were separated by others. On the third night, the third song having been sung, the dispute between the young men became so violent that Kauhi told the young man that the Kahalaopuna he knew must be an impostor, as the real person of that name was dead, to his certain knowledge. He dared him to produce the young woman whom he had been representing as Kahalaopuna; and should she not prove to be the [128]genuine one then his life should be the forfeit, and on the other hand, if it should be the real one, then he, Kauhi, should be declared the liar and pay for his insults to the other with his life.

The next night, they both ended up at the kilu house, where the second of Kahalaopuna’s songs was performed, leading to another heated argument. Once again, others had to step in to separate them. On the third night, after the third song was sung, the dispute between the young men escalated to such a degree that Kauhi accused the other young man of being a fraud, claiming that the real Kahalaopuna was dead, and he knew it for sure. He challenged him to bring forward the young woman he had been claiming was Kahalaopuna; if she didn’t turn out to be the genuine article, then the other young man would forfeit his life. Conversely, if she was indeed the real Kahalaopuna, then Kauhi would be branded a liar and would have to pay for his insults with his life.

This was just what the young man had been scheming to compass, and he quickly assented to the challenge, calling on the King and chiefs to take notice of the terms of agreement, and to see that they were enforced.

This was exactly what the young man had been plotting to achieve, and he quickly agreed to the challenge, urging the King and chiefs to pay attention to the terms of the agreement and to ensure they were enforced.

On the appointed day Kahalaopuna went to Waikiki, attended by her parents, relatives, servants, and the two spirit sisters, who had assumed human form for that day so as to accompany their friend and advise her in case of necessity. Akaaka, the grandfather, who had been residing in Waikiki some little time previous to the dispute between the young men, was appointed one of the judges at the approaching trial.

On the designated day, Kahalaopuna went to Waikiki, accompanied by her parents, relatives, servants, and the two spirit sisters, who had taken on human form for the day to support their friend and offer guidance if needed. Akaaka, the grandfather, who had been living in Waikiki for a little while before the conflict between the young men, was chosen as one of the judges for the upcoming trial.

Kauhi had consulted the priests and sorcerers of his family as to the possibility of the murdered girl having assumed human shape for the purpose of working him some injury. Kaea, a famous priest and seer of his family, told him to have the large leaves of the a-pe (Calladium costatum) spread where Kahalaopuna and party were to be seated. If she was a spirit, she would not be able to tear the a-pe leaf on which she would be seated, but if human, the leaf or leaves would be torn. With the permission of the King, this was done. The latter, surrounded by the highest chiefs and a vast assemblage from all parts of the island, was there to witness the test. [129]

Kauhi had talked to the priests and sorcerers in his family about whether the murdered girl might have taken on human form to harm him. Kaea, a well-known priest and seer in his family, advised him to lay out the large leaves of the a-pe (Calladium costatum) where Kahalaopuna and her group would sit. If she was a spirit, she wouldn’t be able to tear the a-pe leaf she sat on, but if she was human, the leaf or leaves would get torn. With the King’s permission, they went ahead with this. The King, surrounded by the top chiefs and a huge crowd from all over the island, was there to watch the test. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

When Kahalaopuna and party were on the road to the scene of the test, her spirit friends informed her of the a-pe leaves, and advised her to trample on them so as to tear them as much as possible, as they, being spirits, would be unable to tear the leaves on which they should be seated, and if any one’s attention were drawn to them, they would be found out and killed by the poe po-i uhane (spirit catchers).

When Kahalaopuna and her group were on their way to the test site, her spirit friends told her about the a-pe leaves and advised her to step on them to tear them as much as possible. Since they were spirits, they couldn’t tear the leaves on which they would be sitting themselves, and if anyone noticed them, they would be discovered and killed by the poe po-i uhane (spirit catchers).

The young girl faithfully performed what was required of her. Kaea, on seeing the torn leaves, remarked that she was evidently human, but that he felt the presence of spirits, and would watch for them, feeling sure they were in some way connected with the girl. Akaaka then told him to look in a calabash of water, when he would in all probability see the spirits. The seer, in his eagerness to unravel the mystery, forgot his usual caution and ordered a vessel of water to be brought, and, looking in, he saw only his own reflection. Akaaka at that moment caught the reflection of the seer (which was his spirit), and crushed it between his palms, and at that moment the seer dropped down dead. Akaaka now turned around and opened his arms and embraced Kahalaopuna, thus acknowledging her as his own beloved granddaughter.

The young girl faithfully did what was expected of her. Kaea, noticing the torn leaves, commented that she was clearly human, but he sensed the presence of spirits and would keep an eye out for them, believing they were somehow connected to the girl. Akaaka then advised him to look into a bowl of water, as he would likely see the spirits there. The seer, eager to solve the mystery, forgot his usual caution and had a vessel of water brought to him. Looking in, he saw only his own reflection. At that moment, Akaaka caught the reflection of the seer (which was his spirit) and crushed it between his palms, causing the seer to drop dead. Akaaka then turned around, opened his arms, and embraced Kahalaopuna, recognizing her as his beloved granddaughter.

The King now demanded of the girl and of Kauhi an account of all that had happened between them, and of the reported death of the maiden. They both told their stories, Kauhi ascribing his anger to hearing the assertions of the two disfigured men, Kumauna and Keawaa. These two, on being confronted with [130]the girl, acknowledged never having seen her before, and that all their words had been idle boastings. The King then said: “As your fun has cost this innocent girl so much suffering, it is my will that you two and Kauhi suffer death at once, as a matter of justice; and if your gods are powerful enough to restore you, so much the better for you.”

The King now demanded that the girl and Kauhi explain everything that had happened between them, including the rumors about the girl's death. They both shared their stories, with Kauhi blaming his anger on what he heard from the two disfigured men, Kumauna and Keawaa. When confronted with [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the girl, these two admitted they had never seen her before and that all their words had been meaningless bragging. The King then said: “As your fun has caused this innocent girl so much pain, I order that you two and Kauhi be put to death immediately, as a matter of justice; and if your gods are powerful enough to bring you back, then good for you.”

Two large imus (ground ovens) had been heated by the followers of the young men, in anticipation of the possible fate of either, and Kauhi, with the two mischief-makers and such of their respective followers and retainers as preferred to die with their chiefs, were baked therein.

Two large imus (ground ovens) had been heated by the followers of the young men, in anticipation of the possible fate of either, and Kauhi, with the two troublemakers and some of their followers and retainers who chose to die with their chiefs, were baked inside.

The greater number of Kauhi’s people were so incensed with his cruelty to the lovely young girl that they transferred their allegiance to her, offering themselves for her vassals as restitution, in a measure, for the undeserved sufferings borne by her at the hands of their cruel chief.

The majority of Kauhi’s people were so angry about his cruelty towards the beautiful young girl that they pledged their loyalty to her, offering to serve her as a way to make up for the unfair suffering she had endured at the hands of their harsh leader.

The King gave her for a bride to the young man who had not only saved her, but had been the means of avenging her wrongs.

The King gave her in marriage to the young man who not only saved her but also helped take revenge for the wrongs done to her.

The Favorite Sport of Surf-Riding.

The Favorite Sport of Surf-Riding.

The Favorite Sport of Surf-Riding.

The Favorite Sport of Surfing.

The imus in which Kauhi and his companions were baked were on the side of the stream of Apuakehau, in the famous Ulukou grove, and very near the sea. The night following, a great tidal wave, sent in by a powerful old shark god, a relative of Kauhi’s, swept over the site of the two ovens, and in the morning it was seen that their contents had disappeared. The bones had been taken by the old shark into the sea. The chiefs, Kumauna and Keawaa, were, through the [131]power of their family gods, transformed into the two mountain peaks on the eastern corner of Manoa Valley, while Kauhi and his followers were turned into sharks.

The imu where Kauhi and his friends were cooked was by the stream of Apuakehau, in the well-known Ulukou grove, and very close to the sea. The next night, a massive tidal wave, sent by a powerful old shark god who was a relative of Kauhi’s, swept over the site of the two ovens, and by morning, it was clear that their contents had vanished. The bones had been taken by the old shark into the ocean. The chiefs, Kumauna and Keawaa, were transformed into the two mountain peaks on the eastern corner of Manoa Valley through the power of their family gods, while Kauhi and his followers became sharks.

Kahalaopuna lived happily with her husband for about two years. Her grandfather, knowing of Kauhi’s transformation, and aware of his vindictive nature, strictly forbade her from ever going into the sea. She remembered and heeded the warning during those years, but one day, her husband and all their men having gone to Manoa to cultivate kalo (Colocasia antiquorum), she was left alone with her maid servants.

Kahalaopuna lived happily with her husband for about two years. Her grandfather, knowing about Kauhi’s transformation and aware of his vengeful nature, strictly warned her never to go into the sea. She remembered and followed the warning during those years, but one day, her husband and all the men had gone to Manoa to plant taro (Colocasia antiquorum), leaving her alone with her maidservants.

The surf on that day was in fine sporting condition, and a number of young women were surf-riding, and Kahalaopuna longed to be with them. Forgetting the warning, as soon as her mother fell asleep she slipped out with one of her maids and swam out on a surf-board. This was Kauhi’s opportunity, and as soon as she was fairly outside the reef he bit her in two and held the upper half of the body up out of the water, so that all the surf-bathers would see and know that he had at last obtained his revenge.

The surf that day was great for riding, and several young women were out enjoying it, making Kahalaopuna wish she could join them. Ignoring the warning, as soon as her mother fell asleep, she snuck out with one of her maids and swam out on a surfboard. This was Kauhi’s chance, and as soon as she was far enough past the reef, he bit her in two and held the upper half of her body above the water, so all the surfers would see and know he had finally gotten his revenge.

Immediately on her death the spirit of the young woman went back and told her sleeping mother of what had befallen her. The latter woke up, and, missing her, gave the alarm. This was soon confirmed by the terrified surf-bathers, who had all fled ashore at seeing the terrible fate of Kahalaopuna. Canoes were launched and manned, and chase given to the shark and his prey, which could be easily tracked by the blood. [132]

Immediately after her death, the spirit of the young woman returned and told her sleeping mother what had happened. The mother woke up, realized her daughter was missing, and raised the alarm. This was quickly confirmed by the frightened beachgoers, who had all rushed to shore after witnessing the terrible fate of Kahalaopuna. Canoes were launched and crewed, and a chase was started for the shark and its prey, which could easily be tracked by the blood. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

He swam just far enough below the surface of the water to be visible, and yet too far to be reached with effect by the fishing-spears of the pursuers. He led them a long chase to Waianae; then, in a sandy opening in the bottom of the sea, where everything was visible to the pursuers, he ate up the young woman, so that she could never again be restored to this life.

He swam just deep enough below the surface of the water to be seen, but not deep enough for the fishing spears of his pursuers to reach him. He led them on a long chase to Waianae; then, in a sandy spot on the ocean floor, where everything was clear to the pursuers, he consumed the young woman, ensuring she could never return to this life.

Her parents, on hearing of her end, retired to Manoa Valley, and gave up their human life, resolving themselves into their supernatural elements. Kahaukani, the father, is known as the Manoa wind, but his usual and visible form is the grove of ha-u (hibiscus) trees, below Kahaiamano. Kauakuahine, the mother, assumed her rain form, and is very often to be met with about the former home of her beloved child.

Her parents, upon hearing about her passing, moved to Manoa Valley and let go of their human lives, transforming into their supernatural forms. Kahaukani, the father, is known as the Manoa wind, but he often takes the visible form of the grove of ha-u (hibiscus) trees, located below Kahaiamano. Kauakuahine, the mother, took on her rain form, and she is frequently seen around the place where her beloved child once lived.

The grandparents also gave up their human forms, and returned, the one to his mountain form, and the other into the lehua bushes still to be met with on the very brow of the hill, where they keep watch over the old home of their petted and adored grandchild. [133]

The grandparents also transformed back into their original selves, with one becoming a mountain and the other turning into lehua bushes that can still be found at the top of the hill, where they watch over the old home of their cherished grandchild. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XII

The Punahou Spring

Mrs. E. M. Nakuina

Mrs. E. M. Nakuina

There formerly lived on the Kaala Mountains a chief by the name of Kahaakea. He had two children, a boy and a girl, twins, whose mother had died at their birth. The brother was called Kauawaahila (Waahila Rain), and the girl Kauakiowao (Mountain Mist). Kahaakea was very tenderly attached to his motherless children, and after a while took to himself a wife, thinking thus to provide his children with a mother’s care and love. This wife was called Hawea and had a boy by her former husband. This boy was deformed and ugly, while the twins were very beautiful. The stepmother was jealous of their beauty, and resented the universal admiration expressed for them, while no one noticed her boy except with looks of aversion. She was very considerate toward the twins when their father was present, but hated and detested them most violently. When they were about ten years old their father had occasion to go to Hawaii, and had to remain away a long time. He felt perfectly safe in leaving his children with his wife, as she had always feigned great love for them, and had successfully concealed from him her real feelings in regard to them. [134]But as soon as he was fairly away she commenced a series of petty persecutions of the poor children.

There used to be a chief named Kahaakea living on the Kaala Mountains. He had two children, a boy and a girl, who were twins, and their mother had died giving birth to them. The boy was named Kauawaahila (Waahila Rain) and the girl was named Kauakiowao (Mountain Mist). Kahaakea was very attached to his motherless kids, and after a while, he decided to marry again, thinking this would give his children the love and care of a mother. His new wife was named Hawea, and she had a son from her previous marriage. This boy was deformed and unattractive, while the twins were very beautiful. The stepmother felt jealous of their looks and resented all the admiration they received, while nobody paid attention to her son other than with disgust. She was nice to the twins when their father was around, but secretly hated them deeply. When the twins were about ten years old, their father had to go to Hawaii for an extended trip. He felt completely comfortable leaving his kids with his wife since she had always pretended to care for them and had hidden her true feelings from him. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]But as soon as he left, she began a series of small but cruel acts against the poor children.

It seems the mother of the children had been “uhae ia” at her death. That is, certain prayers, invocations, fasting, and humiliation had been performed by certain relatives of the deceased, and quantities of prepared awa, black, unblemished pig, red fish, and all the customary food of the gods, had been prepared and offered with the object of strengthening the spirit of the departed and of attracting it strongly, as well as giving it a sort of power and control over mundane affairs and events. So when Hawea began to persecute her stepchildren, the spirit of their own mother would assist and protect them.

It seems the children's mother had undergone “uhae ia” at her death. This means that certain prayers, rituals, fasting, and acts of humility had been carried out by specific relatives of the deceased. A variety of prepared awa, along with a black, unblemished pig, red fish, and all the traditional offerings for the gods, had been made to strengthen the spirit of the departed and to attract it, giving it a form of power and control over earthly matters and events. So when Hawea began to attack her stepchildren, their mother's spirit would come to their aid and protect them.

The persecutions of the stepmother at last became unendurable to the twins. She not only deprived them of food, clothing, and water, but subjected them besides to all sorts of indignities and humiliations. Driven to desperation, they fled to Konahuanui, the mountain peak above the Pali of Nuuanu; but were soon discovered and driven away from there by the cruel Hawea. They then went to the head of Manoa Valley. The stepmother was not at all pleased at their getting out of the way of her daily persecutions, and searched for them everywhere. She finally tracked them by the constant appearance of rainbows at the head of Manoa Valley, those unfailing attendants of rain and mist. The children were again driven away and told to return to Kaala, where they would be constantly under her eye; but they ran and hid themselves in a small cave on the side of the hill of Kukaoo, [135]whose top is crowned by the temple of the Menehunes. Here they lived some time and cultivated a patch of sweet potatoes, their food at this time being grasshoppers and greens. The greens were the leaves and the tender shoots of the popolo, aheahea, pakai, laulele and potato vines, cooked by rolling hot stones around and among them in a covered gourd. This is called the puholoholo.

The stepmother's abuse finally became too much for the twins. She not only took away their food, clothes, and water, but also subjected them to all kinds of insults and humiliations. Driven to desperation, they escaped to Konahuanui, the mountain peak above the Pali of Nuuanu, but were soon discovered and chased away by the cruel Hawea. They then went to the top of Manoa Valley. The stepmother was not at all happy that they had gotten away from her daily torment and searched for them everywhere. She eventually found them by the constant appearance of rainbows at the head of Manoa Valley, those reliable signs of rain and mist. The children were driven away again and told to return to Kaala, where they would be under her watchful eye; but they ran and hid in a small cave on the side of Kukaoo, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]whose peak is topped by the temple of the Menehunes. They lived there for a while and grew a patch of sweet potatoes, their food during this time being grasshoppers and greens. The greens included the leaves and tender shoots of popolo, aheahea, pakai, laulele, and potato vines, cooked by rolling hot stones around and among them in a covered gourd. This is called the puholoholo.

When their potato tubers were fit to be eaten, the brother (Waahila Rain) made a double imu (oven), having a kapu, or sacred side, for his food and a noa, or free side, for his sister. The little cave that was their dwelling was also divided in two, a sacred and a free part, respectively, for brother and sister. The cave can still be seen, and the wall of stone dividing it in two was still intact a few years ago, as also was the double imu. In olden times it was tabooed to females to appear at any eating-place of the males.

When their potato tubers were ready to eat, the brother (Waahila Rain) set up a double imu (oven), with a kapu, or sacred side, for his food and a noa, or free side, for his sister. The small cave they lived in was also split into two parts, a sacred side for him and a free side for her. The cave can still be seen, and the stone wall dividing it was still intact a few years ago, as was the double imu. In the past, it was forbidden for women to go to any eating place meant for men.

When their crops were fairly ripe, the stepmother found them again, and drove them away from their cave, she appropriating the fruit of their labors. The children fled to the rocky hills just back of Punahou, where they found two small caves, which the brother and sister occupied, respectively, as dwellings. The rolling plains and small ravines of the surrounding country, and of what was later known as the Punahou pasture, were not then covered with manienie grass, but with the indigenous shrubs and bushes, tall limas, aheaheas, popolo, etc., making close thickets, with here and there open spaces covered with manienie-akiaki, the valuable medicinal grass of the olden times. [136]These shrubs and bushes either bore edible fruit or flowers, or the leaves and tender shoots made nourishing and satisfying food when cooked in the way previously described. The poor children lived on these and grasshoppers, and sometimes wild fowl.

When their crops were nearly ready, the stepmother found them again and chased them out of their cave, taking all their hard work for herself. The children ran to the rocky hills just behind Punahou, where they found two small caves that the brother and sister used as their homes. The rolling plains and small ravines of the area, which later became known as the Punahou pasture, weren't covered in manienie grass back then, but were filled with native shrubs and bushes, tall limas, aheaheas, popolo, and so on, creating dense thickets, with some clearings full of manienie-akiaki, the valuable medicinal grass from long ago. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] These shrubs and bushes either had edible fruits or flowers, or their leaves and tender shoots could be cooked to make nourishing and satisfying meals. The poor children survived on these, plus grasshoppers and sometimes wild birds.

One day the sister, Kauakiowao, told her brother that she wanted to bathe, and complained of their having taken up their residence in a place where no water could be found. Her brother hushed her complaint by telling her that it was a safe place, and one where their stepmother would not be likely to look for them, but he would try to get her some water. In his trips around the neighborhood for fruit and greens he had noticed a large rain-water pond to the east of the hill on which they dwelt. This pond was called Kanawai. Here he sometimes came to snare wild ducks. He also had met and knew the Kakea water god, a moo, who had charge of and controlled all the water sources of Manoa and Makiki Valleys. This god was one of the ancestors of the children on the mother’s side, and was on the best of terms with Waahila rain. The boy paid him a visit, and asked him to assist him to open a watercourse from the pond of Kanawai to a place he indicated in front of and below the caves inhabited by himself and his sister. The old water god not only consented to help his young relative, but promised to divide the water supply of the neighboring Wailele spring, and let it run into the watercourse that the boy would make, thus insuring its permanence.

One day, the sister, Kauakiowao, told her brother that she wanted to take a bath and complained about living in a place where there was no water. Her brother calmed her down by saying that it was a safe spot, one where their stepmother wouldn't likely find them, but he would try to get her some water. While searching the neighborhood for fruit and vegetables, he had noticed a large rainwater pond to the east of the hill where they lived. This pond was called Kanawai. He sometimes came here to catch wild ducks. He also knew the Kakea water god, a mo'o, who was in charge of all the water sources in Manoa and Makiki Valleys. This god was one of their mother's ancestors and had a good relationship with Waahila rain. The boy visited him and asked for help in creating a watercourse from the Kanawai pond to a spot he pointed out in front of and below the caves where he and his sister lived. The old water god not only agreed to help his young relative but also promised to share the water from the nearby Wailele spring and direct it into the watercourse the boy would create, ensuring it would last.

Waahila Rain then went to the pond of Kanawai and [137]dived under, the water god causing a passage to open underground to the spot indicated, and swam through the water underground till he came out at the place now known as the Punahou Spring. The force of the rushing waters as they burst through the ground soon sufficed to make a small basin, which the boy proceeded to bank and wall up, leaving a narrow outlet for the surplus waters. With the invisible help of the old water god, he immediately set to work to excavate a good-sized pond for his sister to swim in, and when she awoke from a noonday nap, she was astonished to behold a lovely sheet of water where, in the morning, was only dry land. Her brother was swimming and splashing about in it, and gayly called to his sister to come and try her bathing-place.

Waahila Rain then went to the Kanawai pond and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]dove underwater, with the water god creating a passage that opened up underground to the indicated spot. He swam through the underground water until he emerged at what is now called the Punahou Spring. The force of the rushing water that burst through the ground quickly formed a small basin, which the boy then banked and walled up, leaving a narrow outlet for excess water. With the invisible assistance of the old water god, he got to work digging out a good-sized pond for his sister to swim in. When she woke up from her afternoon nap, she was amazed to see a beautiful pool of water where there had only been dry land in the morning. Her brother was swimming and splashing around, cheerfully calling for her to come and try out her new swimming spot.

Kauawaahila afterward made some kalo patches, and people, attracted by the water and consequent fertility of the place, came and settled about, voluntarily offering themselves as vassals to the twins. More and more kalo patches were excavated, and the place became a thriving settlement. The spring became known as Ka Punahou (the new spring), and gave its name to the surrounding place.

Kauawaahila later created some taro patches, and people, drawn by the water and the resulting fertility of the area, came and settled nearby, willingly offering themselves as servants to the twins. More and more taro patches were dug out, and the area turned into a bustling settlement. The spring became known as Ka Punahou (the new spring) and gave its name to the surrounding area.

About this time Kahaakea returned, and hearing of the persecutions to which his beloved children had been subjected, killed Hawea and then himself. Rocky Hill, the home of the children, was called after him, and is known by that name to the present day. Hawea has ever since then been a synonyme in the Hawaiian mind for a cruel stepmother.

About this time, Kahaakea came back and, upon hearing about the abuse his beloved children had endured, killed Hawea and then himself. Rocky Hill, the home of the children, was named after him and is still known by that name today. Ever since then, Hawea has been synonymous in the Hawaiian mind with a cruel stepmother.

The Mountain Mist and Waahila Rain afterward [138]returned to the home of their infancy, Kaala, where they would stay a while, occasionally visiting Konahuanui and upper Manoa Valley, and may be met with in these places at the present day.

The Mountain Mist and Waahila Rain later returned to their childhood home, Kaala, where they would live for a while, occasionally visiting Konahuanui and upper Manoa Valley, and you can still find them in these places today.

They also occasionally visited Punahou, which was under their especial care and protection; but when the land and spring passed into the hands of foreigners, who did not pay homage to the twins, and who allowed the springs to be defiled by the washing of unclean articles and by the bathing of unclean persons, the twins indignantly left the place, and retired to the head of Manoa Valley.

They also sometimes visited Punahou, which they specially cared for and protected; but when the land and spring fell into the hands of outsiders who didn’t honor the twins and let the springs get polluted by washing dirty things and by unclean people bathing, the twins angrily left and went to the top of Manoa Valley.

They sometimes pass swiftly over their old home on their way to Kaala, or Konahuanui, and on such occasions will sometimes linger sorrowfully for a few minutes about Rocky Hill. The rain-water pond of Kanawai is now always dry, as the shrubs and bushes which supplied the food of the twins favored of the gods have disappeared. Old natives say that there is now no inducement for the gentle rain of the Uakiowao and Uawaahila to visit those bare hills and plains, as they would find no food there. [139]

They sometimes pass quickly over their old home on the way to Kaala or Konahuanui, and on those occasions, they might linger sadly for a few minutes around Rocky Hill. The rainwater pond of Kanawai is always dry now, as the shrubs and bushes that provided food for the twins favored by the gods have vanished. Older locals say that there’s no reason for the gentle rain of Uakiowao and Uawaahila to visit those bare hills and plains, since they wouldn’t find any food there. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XIII

Oahunui

Mrs. E. M. Nakuina

Mrs. E. M. Nakuina

On the plateau lying between Ewa and Waialua, on the island of Oahu, and about a mile off, and mauka of the Kaukonahua bridge, is the historical place called Kukaniloko. This was the ancient birthplace of the Oahu kings and rulers. It was incumbent on all women of the royal line to retire to this place when about to give birth to a child, on pain of forfeiting the rank, privileges, and prerogatives of her expected offspring, should that event happen in a less sacred place.

On the plateau between Ewa and Waialua, on the island of Oahu, about a mile away and mauka of the Kaukonahua bridge, is the historical site known as Kukaniloko. This was the ancient birthplace of the kings and rulers of Oahu. All women from the royal line were required to go to this place when they were about to give birth, or they risked losing the rank, privileges, and rights of their expected child if they gave birth in a less sacred location.

The stones were still standing some years ago, and perhaps are yet undisturbed, where the royal accouchements took place. In ancient times this locality was taboo ground, for here the high priest of the island had his headquarters. Himself descended from the chief families, and being, in many instances, an uncle or younger brother of the reigning king, or connected by marriage with those of the royal line, and being also at the head of a numerous, well organized, and powerful priesthood, his influence was hardly second to that of the king, and in some matters his authority was paramount. [140]

The stones were still standing a few years ago, and maybe they’re still untouched, where the royal births took place. In ancient times, this area was sacred ground because it was where the high priest of the island was based. He was from one of the chief families and was often an uncle or younger brother of the reigning king, or married into the royal family. As the leader of a large, organized, and powerful priesthood, his influence was almost equal to that of the king, and in some matters, his authority was supreme. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A few miles mauka of Kukaniloko, toward the Waimea Mountains, is Helemano, where the last of the cannibal chiefs from the South Seas finally settled when driven from the plains of Mokuleia and Waialua by the inhabitants of those districts; for the people had been exasperated by the frequent requisitions on the kamaainas (original inhabitants) by the stranger chiefs to furnish material for their cannibal feasts.

A few miles inland from Kukaniloko, heading toward the Waimea Mountains, is Helemano, where the last of the cannibal chiefs from the South Seas finally settled after being pushed out of the plains of Mokuleia and Waialua by the local residents. The people had become frustrated by the constant demands from the foreign chiefs for resources to fuel their cannibal feasts.

To the east of Helemano, and about the same distance from Kukaniloko, is Oahunui (Greater Oahu), another historical place. This was the residence of the kings of the island. Tradition has it that previous to the advent of the cannibal strangers the place was known by another name.

To the east of Helemano, and about the same distance from Kukaniloko, is Oahunui (Greater Oahu), another historical site. This was the home of the island's kings. According to tradition, before the arrival of the cannibal strangers, the place was called something else.

When the Lo Aikanaka, as the last of the man-eating chiefs are called, were constrained to take up their residence in upper Helemano, a district just outside of the boundaries of those reserved for the royal and priestly residences, a young man called Oahunui was king. An elder sister named Kilikiliula, who had been as a mother to him, was supposed to share equally with him the royal power and prerogative. This sister was married to a chief named Lehuanui, of the priestly line, but one not otherwise directly connected with royalty, and was the mother of three children; the two eldest being boys and the youngest a girl. They all lived together in the royal enclosure, but in separate houses, according to ancient custom.

When the Lo Aikanaka, known as the last of the man-eating chiefs, were forced to move to upper Helemano, a region just outside the areas reserved for the royal and priestly homes, a young man named Oahunui was king. His older sister, Kilikiliula, who had cared for him like a mother, was expected to share the royal authority and responsibilities with him. This sister was married to a chief named Lehuanui, who came from a priestly lineage but was not otherwise directly linked to royalty, and they had three children together; the two oldest were boys and the youngest was a girl. They all lived in the royal enclosure, but in separate houses, as per ancient tradition.

Now, the Lo Aikanaka, on establishing themselves in upper Helemano, had at first behaved very well. They had been circumspect and prudent in their intercourse [141]with the royal retainers, and had visited the young King to render their homage with every appearance of humility.

Now, the Lo Aikanaka, when they settled in upper Helemano, initially acted very positively. They were careful and wise in their interactions [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]with the royal supporters and had paid a visit to the young King to show their respect with all the signs of humility.

Oahunui was quite captivated by the plausible, suave manners of the ingratiating southern chief and those of his immediate retainers, and he invited them to a feast.

Oahunui was really taken by the charming, smooth manners of the friendly southern chief and his close followers, so he invited them to a feast.

This civility was reciprocated, and the King dined with the strangers. Here it was strongly suspected that the dish of honor placed before the King was human flesh, served under the guise of pork.

This politeness was returned, and the King had dinner with the visitors. It was widely believed that the special dish served to the King was human meat, disguised as pork.

The King found the dish very much to his liking, and intimated to the Lo Aikanaka chief that his aipuu-puu (chief cook or steward) understood the preparation and cooking of pork better than the royal cook did.

The King really liked the dish and hinted to the Lo Aikanaka chief that his aipuu-puu (chief cook or steward) knew how to prepare and cook pork better than the royal cook did.

The Lo Aikanaka took the hint, and the young King became a very frequent guest at the Southerner’s board—or rather, mat table. Some excuse or other would be given to invite the royal guest, such as a challenge to the King to a game of konane (a game like checkers); or a contest of skill in the different athletic and warlike sports would be arranged, and Oahunui would be asked to be the judge, or simply invited to view them. As a matter of course, it would be expected that the King would remain after the sports and partake of food when on friendly visits of this nature. Thus with one excuse or another he spent a great deal of his time with his new subjects and friends.

The Lo Aikanaka got the message, and the young King became a regular guest at the Southerner’s table—or rather, mat. Some excuse would be made to invite the royal guest, like challenging him to a game of konane (similar to checkers); or a contest of skill in various athletic and martial sports would be set up, with Oahunui invited to judge or simply watch. Naturally, it was expected that the King would stay after the events to share a meal during these friendly visits. So, with one reason or another, he spent a lot of his time with his new subjects and friends.

To supply the particular dainty craved by the royal visitor, the Lo Aikanaka had to send out warriors to the passes leading to Waianae from Lihue and Kalena, and also to the lonely pathway leading up to Kalakini, [142]on the Waimea side, there to lie in ambush for any lone traveller, or belated person after la-i, aaho, or ferns. Such a one would fall an easy prey to the Lo Aikanaka stalwarts, skilful in the art of the lua (to kill by breaking the bones).

To provide the specific treat desired by the royal guest, the Lo Aikanaka had to send warriors to the routes leading to Waianae from Lihue and Kalena, as well as to the solitary trail up to Kalakini, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]on the Waimea side, where they would wait in ambush for any lone traveler or anyone returning late after gathering la-i, aaho, or ferns. Such a person would be an easy target for the Lo Aikanaka fighters, skilled in the technique of the lua (to kill by breaking bones).

This went on for some time, until the unaccountable disappearance of so many people began to be connected with the frequent entertainments by the southern chief. Oahunui’s subjects began to hint that their young King had acquired the taste for human flesh at these feasts, and that it was to gratify his unnatural appetite for the horrid dish that he paid his frequent visits to those who were his inferiors, contrary to all royal precedent.

This continued for a while, until the strange disappearance of so many people started to be linked to the frequent parties thrown by the southern chief. Oahunui’s subjects began to suggest that their young King had developed a taste for human flesh at these feasts, and that he was making these frequent visits to those beneath him to satisfy his unnatural craving for the gruesome dish, which went against all royal tradition.

The people’s disapproval of the intimacy of Oahunui with his new friends was expressed more and more openly, and the murmurs of discontent grew loud and deep. His chiefs and high priest became alarmed, and begged him to discontinue his visits, or they would not be answerable for the consequences. The King was thereby forced to heed their admonitions and promised to keep away from Lo’s, and did so for quite a while.

The people's disapproval of Oahunui's closeness with his new friends became more and more obvious, and the complaints grew louder and more intense. His chiefs and high priest became worried and urged him to stop visiting, warning that they couldn’t guarantee what would happen next. The King had to listen to their warnings and promised to stay away from Lo's, which he did for a considerable time.

Now, all the male members of the royal family ate their meals with the King when he was at home. This included, among others, Lehuanui, his sister’s husband, and their two sons—healthy, chubby little lads of about eight and six years of age. One day after breakfast, as the roar of the surf at Waialua could be distinctly heard, the King remarked that the fish of Ukoa pond at Waialua must be pressing on to the makaha (floodgates) and he would like some aholehole. [143]

Now, all the male members of the royal family had their meals with the King when he was at home. This included, among others, Lehuanui, his sister’s husband, and their two sons—healthy, chubby little boys about eight and six years old. One day after breakfast, as the roar of the waves at Waialua could be clearly heard, the King mentioned that the fish in Ukoa pond at Waialua must be pushing against the makaha (floodgates) and he wanted some aholehole. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

This observation really meant a command to his brother-in-law to go and get the fish, as he was the highest chief present except his two royal nephews, too small to assume such duties.

This observation was basically a command to his brother-in-law to go and get the fish, since he was the highest chief there besides his two royal nephews, who were too young to take on such responsibilities.

Lehuanui, Kilikiliula’s husband, accordingly went to Waialua with a few of his own family retainers and a number of those belonging to the King. They found the fish packed thick at the makaha, and were soon busily engaged in scooping out, cleaning, and salting them. It was quite late at night when Lehuanui, fatigued with the labors of the day, lay down to rest. He had been asleep but a short time when he seemed to see his two sons standing by his head. The eldest spoke to him: “Why do you sleep, my father? While you are down here we are being eaten by your brother-in-law, the King. We were cooked and eaten up, and our skulls are now hanging in a net from a branch of the lehua-tree you are called after, and the rest of our bones are tied in a bundle and buried under the tree by the big root running to the setting sun.”

Lehuanui, Kilikiliula’s husband, went to Waialua with a few of his family members and some from the King’s group. They found the fish packed tightly at the makaha and quickly got to work scooping them out, cleaning, and salting them. It was quite late at night when Lehuanui, tired from the day’s work, lay down to rest. He had only been asleep for a short while when he thought he saw his two sons standing by his head. The eldest spoke to him: “Why are you sleeping, my father? While you’re down here, we are being eaten by your brother-in-law, the King. We were cooked and eaten, and our skulls are now hanging in a net from a branch of the lehua tree you are named after, and the rest of our bones are tied in a bundle and buried under the tree by the big root that runs toward the setting sun.”

Then they seemed to fade away, and Lehuanui started up, shivering with fear. He hardly knew whether he had been dreaming or had actually seen an apparition of his little sons. He had no doubt they were dead, and as he remembered all the talk and innuendoes about the King’s supposed reasons for visiting the strangers and the enforced cessation of those visits at the urgent request of the high priest and the chiefs, he came to the conclusion that the King had expressed a desire for fish in his presence only to send him out of the way. He reasoned that [144]no doubt the King had noticed the chubby forms and rounded limbs of the little lads, and being debarred a chance of partaking surreptitiously of human flesh, had compelled his servants to kill, cook, and serve up his own nephews. In satisfying his depraved appetite, he had also got rid of two who might become formidable rivals; for it was quite within the possibilities that the priests and chiefs in the near future, should he be suspected of a desire for a further indulgence in cannibal diet, might depose him, and proclaim either one of the young nephews his successor.

Then they seemed to fade away, and Lehuanui jumped up, shivering with fear. He could hardly tell if he had been dreaming or had actually seen the ghost of his little sons. He was sure they were dead, and as he thought about all the rumors and gossip regarding the King’s supposed reasons for visiting the outsiders and the forced end of those visits at the urgent request of the high priest and the chiefs, he concluded that the King had pretended to want fish in his presence just to get him out of the way. He figured that the King had definitely noticed the chubby shapes and rounded limbs of the little boys, and being unable to secretly enjoy human flesh, had ordered his servants to kill, cook, and serve up his own nephews. By satisfying his twisted craving, he also eliminated two potential rivals; because it was entirely possible that the priests and chiefs, if they suspected him of wanting to indulge in cannibalism again, might dethrone him and name one of the young nephews as his successor.

The father was so troubled that he aroused his immediate body servant, and the two left Waialua for home shortly after midnight. They arrived at the royal enclosure at dawn, and went first to the lehua-tree spoken of by the apparition of the child, and on looking up amid the branches, sure enough there dangled two little skulls in a large-meshed fishing-net. Lehuanui then stooped down and scraped away the leaves and loose dirt from the root indicated, and out rolled a bundle of tapa, which on being opened was found to contain the bones of two children. The father reached up for the net containing the skulls, and putting the bundle of tapa in it, tied the net around his neck. The servant stood by, a silent and grieved spectator of a scene whose meaning he fully understood.

The father was so troubled that he woke up his personal servant, and the two left Waialua for home shortly after midnight. They arrived at the royal enclosure at dawn and went straight to the lehua tree mentioned by the child's ghost. Looking up among the branches, they indeed saw two little skulls hanging in a large-meshed fishing net. Lehuanui then bent down and cleared away the leaves and loose dirt from the indicated root, revealing a bundle of tapa, which, when opened, contained the bones of two children. The father reached up to grab the net with the skulls and, placing the bundle of tapa inside, tied the net around his neck. The servant stood by, a silent and grieving witness to a moment whose significance he fully understood.

The father procured a stone adze and went to the King’s sleeping-house, the servant still following. Here every one but an old woman tending the kukui-nut candle was asleep. Oahunui was stretched out on [145]a pile of soft mats covered with his paiula, the royal red kapa of old. The cruel wretch had eaten to excess of the hateful dish he craved, and having accompanied it with copious draughts of awa juice, was in a heavy, drunken sleep.

The father got a stone adze and went to the King’s sleeping quarters, with the servant still following. Everyone there was asleep except for an old woman watching the kukui-nut candle. Oahunui was sprawled out on a pile of soft mats covered with his paiula, the royal red kapa of old. The cruel scoundrel had overeaten the dish he craved and washed it down with lots of awa juice, falling into a deep, drunken sleep.

Lehuanui stood over him, adze in hand, and called, “O King, where are my children?” The stupefied King only stirred uneasily, and would not, or could not, awake. Lehuanui called him three times, and the sight of the drunken brute, gorged with his flesh and blood, so enraged the father that he struck at Oahunui’s neck with his stone adze, and severed the head from the body at one blow.

Lehuanui stood over him, adze in hand, and called, “O King, where are my children?” The dazed King only stirred restlessly, and would not, or couldn’t, wake up. Lehuanui called him three times, and the sight of the drunken brute, stuffed with his flesh and blood, made the father so furious that he swung his stone adze at Oahunui’s neck and decapitated him in one blow.

The father and husband then strode to his own sleeping-house, where his wife lay asleep with their youngest child in her arms. He aroused her and asked for his boys. The mother could only weep, without answering. He upbraided her for her devotion to her brother, and for having tamely surrendered her children to satisfy the appetite of the inhuman monster. He reminded her that she had equal power with her brother, and that the latter was very unpopular, and had she chosen to resist his demands and called on the retainers to defend her children, the King would have been killed and her children saved.

The father and husband then walked to his own house, where his wife was sleeping with their youngest child in her arms. He woke her up and asked about his sons. The mother could only cry, without saying anything. He scolded her for her loyalty to her brother and for letting her children be taken to satisfy the cruelty of the monster. He reminded her that she had as much power as her brother, who was very unpopular, and that if she had chosen to stand up against his demands and called on the supporters to protect her kids, the King would have been killed and her children saved.

He then informed her that, as she had given up his children to be killed for her brother, he had killed him in retaliation, and, saying, “You have preferred your brother to me and mine, so you will see no more of me and mine,” he tore the sleeping child from her arms and turned to leave the house. [146]

He then told her that, since she had let her brother have his children killed, he had killed her brother in revenge. He added, “You chose your brother over me and my children, so you won’t see me or my kids again,” and he wrenched the sleeping child from her arms and turned to leave the house. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The poor wife and mother followed, and, flinging herself on her husband, attempted to detain him by clinging to his knees; but the father, crazed by his loss and the thought of her greater affection for a cruel, inhuman brother than for her own children, struck at her with all his might, exclaiming, “Well, then, follow your brother,” and rushed away, followed by all his retainers.

The desperate wife and mother ran after him, throwing herself on her husband and trying to hold him back by grabbing his knees. But the father, driven mad by his grief and the idea that she cared more for her heartless brother than for their own kids, hit her with all his strength, shouting, “Fine, then, go after your brother,” and stormed off, with all his followers behind him.

Kilikiliula fell on the side of the stream opposite to where the lehua-tree stood, and is said to have turned to stone. The stone is pointed out to this day, balanced on the hillside of the ravine formed by the stream, and is one of the objects for the Hawaiian sightseer.

Kilikiliula fell on the side of the stream across from where the lehua tree was and is said to have turned into stone. The stone can still be seen today, sitting on the hillside of the ravine created by the stream, and it's one of the attractions for visitors in Hawaii.

The headless body of Oahunui lay where he was killed, abandoned by every one. The story runs that in process of time it also turned to stone, as a witness to the anger of the gods and their detestation of his horrible crime. All the servants who had in any way been concerned, in obedience to royal mandate, in killing and cooking the young princes were, at the death of Kilikiliula, likewise turned to stone, just as they were, in the various positions of crouching, kneeling, or sitting. All the rest of the royal retainers, with the lesser chiefs and guards, fled in fear and disgust from the place, and thus the once sacred royal home of the Oahuan chiefs was abandoned and deserted.

The headless body of Oahunui lay where he was killed, abandoned by everyone. The story goes that over time it also turned to stone, serving as a testament to the anger of the gods and their disgust at his terrible crime. All the servants who had been involved, following the royal order, in killing and cooking the young princes were also turned to stone at the death of Kilikiliula, just as they were, in various positions of crouching, kneeling, or sitting. The rest of the royal attendants, along with the lesser chiefs and guards, fled in fear and revulsion from the site, leaving the once-sacred royal home of the Oahuan chiefs empty and deserted.

The great god Kane’s curse, it is believed, still hangs over the desolate spot, in proof of which it is asserted that, although all this happened hundreds of years ago, no one has ever lived there since. [147]

The curse of the great god Kane is thought to still linger over the abandoned place, as evidence shows that, even though this happened hundreds of years ago, no one has lived there since. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XIV

Ahuula

A Legend of Kanikaniaula and the First Feather Cloak

Mrs. E. M. Nakuina

Mrs. E. M. Nakuina

Eleio was a kukini (trained runner) in the service of Kakaalaneo, King of Maui, several runners being always kept by each king or alii of consequence. These kukinis, when sent on any errand, always took a direct line for their destination, climbing hills with the agility of goats, jumping over rocks and streams, and leaping from precipices. They were so fleet of foot that the common illustration of the fact among the natives was the saying that when a kukini was sent on an errand that would ordinarily take a day and a night, fish wrapped in ki leaves (known as lawalu), if put on the fire on his starting, would not be cooked sufficiently to be turned before he would be back. Being so serviceable to the aliis, kukinis always enjoyed a high degree of consideration, freedom, and immunity from the strict etiquette and unwritten laws of a Hawaiian court. There was hardly anything so valuable in their master’s possession that they could not have it if they wished.

Eleio was a kukini (trained runner) serving Kakaalaneo, the King of Maui; every important king or aliʻi kept several runners. These kukinis, when sent on any mission, always took a straight path to their destination, climbing hills with the agility of goats, jumping over rocks and streams, and leaping from cliffs. They were so fast that the common saying among the locals was that if a kukini was sent on a task that usually took a day and a night, fish wrapped in ki leaves (known as lawalu), if put on the fire when he started, wouldn't be cooked enough to turn before he returned. Because they were so useful to the aliʻi, kukinis were highly regarded and enjoyed considerable freedom, along with immunity from the strict rules and unwritten laws of a Hawaiian court. There was hardly anything so valuable in their master's possession that they couldn't have if they wanted it.

Eleio was sent to Hana to fetch awa for the King, [148]and was expected to be back in time for the King’s supper. Kakaalaneo was then living at Lahaina. Now, Eleio was not only a kukini, but he was also a kahuna, and had been initiated in the ceremonies and observances by which he was enabled to see spirits or wraiths, and was skilled in medicines, charms, etc., and could return a wandering spirit to its body unless decomposition had set in.

Eleio was sent to Hana to get awa for the King, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and was expected to return in time for the King’s dinner. Kakaalaneo was living in Lahaina at that time. Now, Eleio was not just a runner; he was also a priest, having been trained in the ceremonies and rituals that allowed him to see spirits or ghosts. He was also skilled in medicine, charms, and other practices, and could bring a wandering spirit back to its body as long as it hadn’t started to decompose.

Soon after leaving Olowalu, and as he commenced the ascent of Aalaloloa, he saw a beautiful young woman ahead of him. He naturally hastened his steps, intending to overtake such a charming fellow-traveller; but, do what he would, she kept always just so far ahead of him. Being the fleetest and most renowned kukini of his time, it roused his professional pride to be outrun by a woman, even if only for a short distance; so he was determined to catch her, and he gave himself entirely to that effort. The young woman led him a weary chase over rocks, hills, mountains, deep ravines, precipices, and dark streams, till they came to the Lae (cape) of Hanamanuloa at Kahikinui, beyond Kaupo, when he caught her just at the entrance to a puoa. A puoa was a kind of tower, generally of bamboo, with a platform half-way up, on which the dead bodies of persons of distinction belonging to certain families or classes were exposed to the elements.

Soon after leaving Olowalu, as he started climbing Aalaloloa, he spotted a beautiful young woman ahead of him. Naturally, he quickened his pace, hoping to catch up to such a charming fellow traveler; but no matter what he did, she always stayed just out of reach. As the fastest and most famous kukini of his time, it stirred his pride to be outpaced by a woman, even if just for a little while. So, he was determined to catch her and committed completely to that effort. The young woman led him on a tiring chase over rocks, hills, mountains, deep ravines, cliffs, and dark streams until they reached the Lae (cape) of Hanamanuloa at Kahikinui, beyond Kaupo, where he finally caught her right at the entrance to a puoa. A puoa was a type of tower, usually made of bamboo, with a platform halfway up, where the bodies of distinguished individuals from certain families or classes were exposed to the elements.

When Eleio caught the young woman she turned to him and cried: “Let me live! I am not human, but a spirit, and inside this inclosure is my dwelling.”

When Eleio caught the young woman, she turned to him and shouted, “Let me live! I’m not human, but a spirit, and this place is my home.”

He answered: “I have been aware for some time [149]of your being a spirit. No human being could have so outrun me.”

He replied, “I’ve known for a while [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]that you’re a spirit. No human could have moved so fast.”

She then said: “Let us be friends. In yonder house live my parents and relatives. Go to them and ask for a hog, kapas, some fine mats, and a feather cloak. Describe me to them and tell them that I give all those things to you. The feather cloak is unfinished. It is now only a fathom and a half square, and was intended to be two fathoms. There are enough feathers and netting in the house to finish it. Tell them to finish it for you.” The spirit then disappeared.

She then said, “Let’s be friends. My parents and relatives live in that house over there. Go to them and ask for a pig, some cotton, some nice mats, and a feather cloak. Describe me to them and tell them that I’m giving you all those things. The feather cloak isn't finished yet. Right now, it’s only a yard and a half square, and it was supposed to be two yards. There are enough feathers and netting in the house to complete it. Ask them to finish it for you.” The spirit then vanished.

Eleio entered the puoa, climbed on to the platform, and saw the dead body of the girl. She was in every way as beautiful as the spirit had appeared to him, and apparently decomposition had not yet set in. He left the puoa and hurried to the house pointed out by the spirit as that of her friends, and saw a woman wailing, whom, from the resemblance, he at once knew to be the mother of the girl; so he saluted her with an aloha. He then said: “I am a stranger here, but I had a travelling companion who guided me to yonder puoa and then disappeared.” At these strange words the woman stopped wailing and called to her husband, to whom she repeated what the stranger had said. The latter then asked: “Does this house belong to you?”

Eleio entered the puoa, climbed onto the platform, and saw the girl's lifeless body. She was just as beautiful as the spirit had shown him, and it seemed that decomposition hadn’t set in yet. He left the puoa and rushed to the house the spirit had indicated as belonging to her friends, where he saw a woman crying, whom he recognized as the girl's mother due to their resemblance. He greeted her with an aloha. He then said, “I’m a stranger here, but I had a traveling companion who led me to that puoa and then vanished.” At his unusual words, the woman stopped crying and called to her husband, repeating what the stranger had said. The husband then asked, “Does this house belong to you?”

Husband and wife, wondering, answered at once: “It does.”

Husband and wife, surprised, responded immediately: “It does.”

“Then,” said Eleio, “my message is to you. My travelling companion has a hog a fathom in length in [150]your care; also a pile of fine kapas of Paiula and others of fine quality; also a pile of mats and an unfinished feather cloak, now a fathom and a half in length, which you are to finish, the materials being in the house. All these things she has given to me, and sent me to you for them.” Then he began to describe the young woman. Both parents recognized the truthfulness of the description, and willingly agreed to give up the things which their beloved daughter must have herself given away. But when they spoke of killing the hog and making an ahaaina (feast) for him, whom they had immediately resolved to adopt as a son, he said: “Wait a little and let me ask: Are all these people I see around this place your friends?”

“Then,” said Eleio, “my message is for you. My traveling companion has a hog that's about six feet long in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]your care; also a pile of fine kapas from Paiula and other high-quality ones; plus a bunch of mats and an unfinished feather cloak, now about a foot and a half long, which you’re supposed to finish since the materials are in the house. She gave all these things to me and sent me to get them from you.” Then he started to describe the young woman. Both parents recognized the accuracy of the description and gladly agreed to give up the things their beloved daughter must have given away. But when they talked about killing the hog and making a feast for him, whom they had immediately decided to adopt as a son, he said: “Wait a moment and let me ask: Are all these people I see around here your friends?”

They both answered: “They are our relatives—uncles, aunts, and cousins to the spirit, who seems to have adopted you either as husband or brother.”

They both replied, “They’re our family—uncles, aunts, and cousins to the spirit, who appears to have taken you in as either a husband or a brother.”

“Will they do your bidding in everything?” he asked.

“Will they fulfill your requests in everything?” he asked.

Hawaiian Arrayed in Feather Cloak and Helmet.

Hawaiian Arrayed in Feather Cloak and Helmet.

Hawaiian Arrayed in Feather Cloak and Helmet.

Hawaiian Dressed in a Feather Cloak and Helmet.

They answered that they could be relied upon. He directed them to build a large lanai, or arbor, to be entirely covered with ferns, ginger, maile, and ieie—the sweet and odorous foliage greens of the islands. An altar was to be erected at one end of the lanai and appropriately decorated. The order was willingly carried out, men, women, and children working with a will, so that the whole structure was finished in a couple of hours.

They said they could be trusted. He instructed them to build a large lanai, or arbor, completely covered with ferns, ginger, maile, and ieie—the fragrant greenery of the islands. An altar was to be set up at one end of the lanai and decorated accordingly. Everyone eagerly took on the task, with men, women, and children working hard, so the entire structure was completed in just a few hours.

Eleio now directed the hog to be cooked. He also ordered cooked red and white fish, red, white, and black cocks, and bananas of the lele and maoli varieties, [151]to be placed on the altar. He ordered all women and children to enter their houses and to assist him with their prayers; all pigs, chickens, and dogs to be tied in dark huts to keep them quiet, and that the most profound silence should be kept. The men at work were asked to remember their gods, and to invoke their assistance for Eleio. He then started for Hana, pulled up a couple of bushes of awa of Kaeleku, famous for its medicinal properties, and was back again before the hog was cooked. The awa was prepared, and when the preparations for the feast were complete and set out, he offered everything to his gods and begged assistance in what he was about to perform.

Eleio now ordered the hog to be cooked. He also requested cooked red and white fish, red, white, and black chickens, and bananas from the lele and maoli varieties, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]to be placed on the altar. He instructed all women and children to go into their houses and help him with their prayers; all pigs, chickens, and dogs were to be tied up in dark huts to keep them quiet, and absolute silence was to be maintained. The working men were asked to remember their gods and seek their assistance for Eleio. He then set off for Hana, pulled up a couple of bushes of awa from Kaeleku, known for its medicinal properties, and returned before the hog was done cooking. The awa was prepared, and when all the preparations for the feast were complete and laid out, he offered everything to his gods and asked for help in what he was about to do.

It seems the spirit of the girl had been lingering near him all the time, seeming to be attached to him, but of course invisible to every one. When Eleio had finished his invocation he turned and caught the spirit, and, holding his breath and invoking the gods, he hurried to the puoa, followed by the parents, who now began to understand that he was going to try the kapuku (or restoration to life of the dead) on their daughter. Arriving at the puoa, he placed the spirit against the insteps of the girl and pressed it firmly in, meanwhile continuing his invocation. The spirit entered its former tenement kindly enough until it came to the knees, when it refused to go any further, as from there it could perceive that the stomach was beginning to decompose, and it did not want to be exposed to the pollution of decaying matter. But Eleio, by the strength of his prayers, was enabled to push the spirit up past the knees till it came to the [152]thigh bones, when the refractory spirit again refused to proceed. He had to put additional fervor into his prayers to overcome the spirit’s resistance, and it proceeded up to the throat, when there was some further check; by this time the father, mother, and male relatives were all grouped around anxiously watching the operation, and they all added the strength of their petitions to those of Eleio, which enabled him to push the spirit past the neck, when the girl gave a sort of crow. There was now every hope of success, and all the company renewed their prayers with redoubled vigor. The spirit made a last feeble resistance at the elbows and wrists, which was triumphantly overborne by the strength of the united prayers. Then it quietly submitted, took complete possession of the body, and the girl came to life. She was submitted to the usual ceremonies of purification by the local priest, after which she was led to the prepared lanai, when kahuna, maid, parents, and relatives had a joyous reunion. Then they feasted on the food prepared for the gods, who were only supposed to absorb the spiritual essence of things, leaving the grosser material parts to their devotees, who, for the time being, are considered their guests.

It seems the girl's spirit had been lingering near him all along, seeming to be connected to him, but of course invisible to everyone. When Eleio finished his invocation, he turned and grabbed the spirit. Holding his breath and calling on the gods, he hurried to the puoa, followed by the parents, who were starting to realize he was going to attempt the kapuku (or bringing the dead back to life) on their daughter. Arriving at the puoa, he placed the spirit against the girl's insteps and pressed it in firmly, while continuing his invocation. The spirit moved back into its former body without much trouble until it reached the knees, where it refused to go any further, sensing that the stomach was starting to decompose and not wanting to be exposed to the decay. But with the strength of his prayers, Eleio managed to push the spirit past the knees until it got to the thigh bones, where the stubborn spirit again resisted. He had to put more energy into his prayers to overcome the spirit’s resistance, and it moved up to the throat, where there was another pause; by this point, the father, mother, and male relatives were all anxiously gathered around, watching the process, and they all added their prayers to Eleio’s. This helped him push the spirit past the neck, at which point the girl let out a sort of crow. There was now every hope of success, and everyone renewed their prayers with even more energy. The spirit made one last weak resistance at the elbows and wrists, but that was triumphantly overcome by the strength of the united prayers. Then it quietly gave in, took full possession of the body, and the girl came back to life. She underwent the usual purification ceremonies by the local priest, after which she was led to the prepared lanai, where kahuna, maid, parents, and relatives had a joyful reunion. Then they feasted on the food prepared for the gods, who were believed to absorb the spiritual essence, leaving the material parts for their devotees, who were considered their guests for the moment.

After the feast the feather cloak, kapas, and fine mats were brought and displayed to Eleio; and the father said to him: “Take the woman thou hast restored and have her for wife, and remain here with us; you will be our son and will share equally in the love we have for her.”

After the feast, the feather cloak, kapas, and fine mats were brought and shown to Eleio; and the father said to him: “Take the woman you’ve brought back and make her your wife, and stay here with us; you will be our son and will share equally in the love we have for her.”

But our hero, with great self-denial and fidelity, [153]said: “No, I accept her as a charge, but for wife, she is worthy to be one for a higher than I. If you will trust her to me, I will take her to my master, for by her beauty and charms she is worthy to be the queen of our lovely island.”

But our hero, with great self-control and loyalty, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]said: “No, I accept her as my responsibility, but she deserves a husband who is better than me. If you will let me take care of her, I will bring her to my master, for with her beauty and charm, she deserves to be the queen of our beautiful island.”

The father answered: “She is yours to do with as you will. It is as if you had created her, for without you, where would she be now? We only ask this, that you always remember that you have parents and relatives here, and a home whenever you choose.”

The father replied, “She’s yours to handle however you want. It’s like you created her, because without you, where would she be right now? We just ask that you always remember you have parents and family here, and a home whenever you decide.”

Eleio then asked that the feather cloak be finished for him before he returned to his master. All who could work at feathers set about it at once, including the fair girl restored to life; and he now learned that she was called Kanikaniaula.

Eleio then requested that the feather cloak be completed for him before he returned to his master. Everyone who was skilled in working with feathers started on it immediately, including the beautiful girl who had been brought back to life; and he learned that she was named Kanikaniaula.

When it was completed he set out on his return to Lahaina accompanied by the girl, and taking the feather cloak and the remaining awa he had not used in his incantations. They travelled slowly according to the strength of Kanikaniaula, who now in the body could not equal the speed she had displayed as a spirit.

When it was finished, he started his journey back to Lahaina with the girl, bringing along the feather cloak and the leftover awa he hadn't used in his rituals. They traveled slowly, matching the pace of Kanikaniaula, who, now in her physical form, couldn't match the speed she had shown as a spirit.

Arriving at Launiupoko, Eleio turned to her and said: “You wait and hide here in the bushes while I go on alone. If by sundown I do not return, I shall be dead. You know the road by which we came; then return to your people. But if all goes well with me I shall be back in a little while.”

Arriving at Launiupoko, Eleio turned to her and said: “You stay hidden here in the bushes while I go on alone. If I’m not back by sundown, it means I’m dead. You know the way we came; just go back to your people. But if everything goes well for me, I’ll be back soon.”

He then went on alone, and when he reached Makila, on the confines of Lahaina, he saw a number of people heating an imu, or underground oven. On [154]perceiving him they started to bind and roast him alive, such being the orders of the King, but he ordered them away with the request, “Let me die at the feet of my master.” And thus he passed successfully the imu heated for him.

He then continued on his own, and when he reached Makila, near Lahaina, he saw a group of people preparing an imu, or underground oven. Upon seeing him, they began to tie him up and cook him alive, as ordered by the King, but he told them to stop, saying, “Let me die at my master’s feet.” And so he was able to pass safely by the imu that was prepared for him.

When he finally stood before Kakaalaneo, the latter said to him: “How is this? Why are you not cooked alive, as I ordered? How came you to pass my lunas?”

When he finally stood in front of Kakaalaneo, the latter said to him: “What’s going on? Why aren't you cooked alive, like I ordered? How did you get past my guards?”

The kukini answered: “It was the wish of the slave to die at the feet of his master, if die he must; but if so, it would be an irreparable loss to you, my master, for I have that with me that will cause your name to be renowned and handed down to posterity.”

The kukini replied, “It was the slave's wish to die at his master's feet, if he had to; but if that happens, it would be an unbearable loss for you, my master, because I have something with me that will make your name famous and remembered for generations.”

“And what is that?” questioned the King.

“And what is that?” asked the King.

Eleio then unrolled his bundle and displayed to the astonished gaze of the King and courtiers the glories of a feather cloak, before then unheard of on the islands. Needless to say, he was immediately pardoned and restored to royal favor, and the awa he had brought from Hana was reserved for the King’s special use in his offerings to the gods that evening.

Eleio then unrolled his bundle and revealed to the amazed King and courtiers the magnificence of a feather cloak, something never seen before on the islands. It goes without saying that he was instantly pardoned and welcomed back into royal favor, and the awa he had brought from Hana was set aside for the King’s exclusive use in his offerings to the gods that evening.

When the King heard the whole story of Eleio’s absence, and that the fair original owner was but a short way off, he ordered her to be immediately brought before him that he might express his gratitude for the wonderful garment. When she arrived, he was so struck with her beauty and modest deportment that he ask her to become his Queen. Thus, some of the highest chiefs of the land traced their descent from Kakaalaneo and Kanikaniaula. [155]The original feather cloak, known as the “Ahu o Kakaalaneo,” is said to be in the possession of the Pauahi Bishop Museum. At one time it was used on state occasions as pa-u, or skirt, by Princess Nahienaena, own sister of the second and third Kamehame-has.

When the King heard the full story about Eleio's absence and realized that the beautiful original owner was nearby, he ordered her to be brought to him right away so he could show his gratitude for the incredible garment. When she arrived, he was so taken by her beauty and graceful demeanor that he asked her to be his Queen. As a result, some of the highest chiefs in the land trace their lineage back to Kakaalaneo and Kanikaniaula. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]The original feather cloak, called the “Ahu o Kakaalaneo,” is said to be held at the Pauahi Bishop Museum. At one point, it was worn during state occasions as a pa-u, or skirt, by Princess Nahienaena, who was the sister of the second and third Kamehamehas.

The ahuulas of the ancient Hawaiians were of fine netting, entirely covered, with feathers woven in. These were either of one color and kind or two or three different colors outlining patterns. The feathers were knotted by twos or threes with twisted strands of the olona, the process being called uo. They were then woven into the foundation netting previously made the exact shape and size wanted. The whole process of feather cloak making was laborious and intricate, and the making of a cloak took a great many years. And as to durability, let the cloak of Kalaalaneo, now several centuries old, attest. [156]

The ahuulas of the ancient Hawaiians were crafted from fine netting, fully covered with woven feathers. These feathers could be of one color and type or combinations of two or three different colors that formed patterns. The feathers were tied in groups of two or three using twisted strands of olona, a process called uo. They were then woven into a foundation net that was made to the exact shape and size required. The entire process of making a feather cloak was complex and time-consuming, often taking many years to complete. As for durability, the cloak of Kalaalaneo, now several centuries old, serves as proof of their lasting quality. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XV

Kaala and Kaaialii

A Legend of Lanai

W. M. Gibson

W. M. Gibson

Bordering upon the land of Kealia, on the southwest coast of Lanai, where was pahonua or place of refuge, are the remains of Kaunolu, an ancient heiau, or temple. Its ruins lie within the mouth of a deep ravine, whose extending banks run out into the sea and form a bold, bluff-bound bay. On the top of the western bank there is a stone-paved platform, called the kuaha. Outside of this, and separated by a narrow alley-way, there runs a broad high wall, which quite encircles the kuaha. Other walls and structures lead down the bank, and the slope is terraced and paved down to the tide-worn stones of the shore.

Bordering the land of Kealia on the southwest coast of Lanai, where the pahonua or place of refuge was located, are the remains of Kaunolu, an ancient heiau or temple. Its ruins sit at the mouth of a deep ravine, with the extending banks leading out to the sea, forming a striking, bluff-bound bay. At the top of the western bank is a stone-paved platform called the kuaha. Outside of this, and separated by a narrow pathway, there is a broad high wall that completely surrounds the kuaha. Other walls and structures lead down the bank, and the slope is terraced and paved down to the tide-worn stones of the shore.

At the beach there is a break; a great block of the bluff has been rent away by some convulsion of nature, and stands out like a lone tower, divided from the main by a gulf of the sea. Its high walls beetle from their tops, upon which neither man nor goat can climb. But you can behold on the flat summit of this islet bluff, portions of ancient work, of altars and walls, and no doubt part of the mainland temple, to which this fragment once was joined. But man can [157]visit this lone tower’s top no more, and his feet can never climb its overhanging walls.

At the beach, there’s a break; a huge chunk of the cliff has been torn away by some natural event and stands out like a solitary tower, separated from the mainland by a stretch of sea. Its high walls jut out at the top, which neither people nor goats can climb. But you can see on the flat top of this island cliff, remnants of ancient structures, altars, and walls, likely part of the mainland temple that this piece once connected to. However, people can no longer visit the top of this solitary tower, and they can never climb its steep walls.

Inland from the temple there are many remains of the huts of the people of the past. The stone foundations, the inclosures for swine, the round earth ovens, and other traces of a throng of people cover many acres of beach and hillside. This was a town famed as an abode of gods and a refuge for those who fled for their lives; but it drew its people mainly through the fame of its fishing-ground, which swarmed with the varied life of the Hawaiian seas.

Inland from the temple, there are many remnants of the huts from long ago. The stone foundations, the enclosures for pigs, the circular earth ovens, and other signs of a large community spread across many acres of beach and hillside. This was a town known as a home for gods and a safe haven for those escaping danger; however, it mainly attracted people because of its famous fishing grounds, teeming with the diverse life of the Hawaiian seas.

To this famed fishing-ground came the great hero of Hawaii to tax the deep, when he had subdued this and the other isles. He came with his fleets of war canoes; with his faithful koas, or fighting men, with his chiefs, and priests, and women, and their trains. He had a house here. Upon the craggy bluff that forms the eastern bank of the bay there is a lonely pa, or wall, and stones of an ancient fort, overlooking the temple, town, and bay.

To this famous fishing spot came the great hero of Hawaii to fish the deep waters after he had conquered this and the other islands. He arrived with his fleets of war canoes, along with his loyal warriors, chiefs, priests, and women, along with their entourages. He had a house here. On the rocky cliff that makes up the eastern bank of the bay, there is a solitary wall and stones of an ancient fort, looking out over the temple, town, and bay.

Kamehameha came to Kealia for sport rather than for worship. Who so loved to throw the maika ball, or hurl the spear, or thrust aside the many javelins flung at his naked chest, as the chief of Kohala? He rode gladly on the crest of the surf waves. He delighted to drive his canoe alone out into the storm. He fought with the monsters of the deep, as well as with men. He captured the great shark that abounds in the bay, and he would clutch in the fearful grip of his hands the deadly eel or snake of these seas, the terror of fishes and men. [158]

Kamehameha came to Kealia for fun rather than for worship. Who loved to throw the maika ball, hurl the spear, or bat away the many javelins aimed at his bare chest more than the chief of Kohala? He happily rode the crest of the surf waves. He enjoyed paddling his canoe out alone into the storm. He battled the monsters of the deep, as well as with people. He caught the huge shark that fills the bay, and he would grip in his powerful hands the deadly eel or snake of these waters, the terror of fish and humans. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

When this warrior king came to Kaunolu, the islanders thronged to the shore to pay homage to the great chief, and to lay at the feet of their sovereign, as was their wont, the products of the isle: the taro, the yam, the hala, the cocoanut, ohelo, banana, and sweet potato. They piled up a mound of food before the door of the King’s pakui, along with a clamorous multitude of fat poi-fed dogs, and of fathom-long swine.

When this warrior king arrived in Kaunolu, the islanders gathered on the shore to show respect to the great chief and to present, as usual, the island's offerings: taro, yam, hala, coconuts, ohelo, bananas, and sweet potatoes. They created a big pile of food in front of the King’s pakui, accompanied by a noisy crowd of well-fed dogs and long swine.

Besides this tribute of the men, the workers of the land, the women filled the air with the sweet odors of their floral offerings. The maidens were twined from head to waist with leis or wreaths of the na-u, which is Lanai’s own lovely jessamine—a rare gardenia, whose sweet aroma loads the breeze, and leads you to the bush when seeking it afar off. These garlands were fastened to the plaited pili thatch of the King’s pakui; they were placed on the necks of the young warriors, who stood around the chief; and around his royal brows they twined an odorous crown of maile.

Besides this tribute from the men, the workers of the land, the women filled the air with the sweet scents of their floral offerings. The young women were adorned from head to waist with leis or wreaths of the na-u, which is Lanai’s beautiful jessamine—a rare gardenia, whose sweet fragrance fills the breeze and guides you to the bush when you’re looking for it from a distance. These garlands were attached to the woven pili thatch of the King’s pakui; they were placed on the necks of the young warriors who stood around the chief; and they twined an aromatic crown of maile around his royal brow.

The Ceremony of the Hula.

The Ceremony of the Hula.

The Ceremony of the Hula.

The Hula Ceremony.

The brightest of the girlish throng who stood before the dread Lord of the Isles was Kaala, or Sweet Scented, whose fifteen suns had just burnished her sweet brown face with a soft golden gloss; and her large, round, tender eyes knew yet no wilting fires. Her neck and arms, and all of her young body not covered by the leafy pa-u, was tinted with a soft sheen like unto a rising moon. Her skin glowed with the glory of youth, and mingled its delicate odor of health with the blooms of the groves, so that the perfume of her presence received fittingly the name of Fragrance. [159]

The brightest of the group of girls standing before the fearsome Lord of the Isles was Kaala, or Sweet Scented. At just fifteen, her lovely brown face was enhanced with a soft golden glow, and her large, round, gentle eyes had yet to see any fading fires. Her neck and arms, along with all of her young body not covered by the leafy pa-u, shimmered like a rising moon. Her skin radiated with the beauty of youth, and combined with the delicate scent of health and the flowers in the groves, the fragrance of her presence was aptly named Fragrance. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In those rude days the island race was sound and clean. The supple round limbs were made bright and strong by the constant bath and the temperate breeze. They were not cumbered with clothing; they wore no long, sweating gowns, but their smooth, shining skins reflected back their sun, which gave them such a rich and dusky charm.

In those rough days, the island people were healthy and fit. Their flexible, well-built bodies were made vibrant and strong by the frequent bathing and the mild breeze. They weren’t weighed down by clothing; they didn’t wear long, heavy gowns, but their smooth, glowing skin reflected the sun, which gave them such a rich and appealing charm.

Perhaps such a race cannot long wear all our gear and live. They are best clothed with sea foam, or with the garlands of their groves. How sweetly blend the brown and green; and when young, soft, amber-tinted cheeks, glowing with the crimson tide beneath, are wreathed with the odorous evergreens of the isles, you see the poesy of our kind, and the sweet, wild grace that dwelt in the Eden Paradise.

Perhaps such a race can't wear all our clothing for long and survive. They look best dressed in sea foam or the garlands from their trees. The brown and green blend so beautifully; and when young, soft, amber-tinted cheeks, glowing with a rosy flush underneath, are adorned with the fragrant evergreens from the islands, you see the poetry of our kind and the sweet, wild grace that existed in the Garden of Eden.

The sweet Kaala stood mindless of harm, as the playful breeze rustled the long blades of the la-i (dracæna) leaves, hanging like a bundle of green swords from her waist; and as they twirled and fluttered in the air, revealed the soft, rounded form, whose charm filled the eye and heart of one who stood among the braves of the great chief—the heart of the stout young warrior Kaaialii.

The lovely Kaala stood unaware of any danger, as the playful breeze stirred the long leaves of the la-i (dracæna), which hung like a bunch of green swords from her waist. As they twirled and danced in the air, they revealed her soft, rounded figure, capturing the attention and heart of the strong young warrior Kaaialii, who was among the brave men of the great chief.

This youth had fought in the battle of Maunalei, Lanai’s last bloody fight. With his long-reaching spear, wielded with sinewy arms, he urged the flying foe to the top of a fearful cliff, and mocking the cries of a huddled crowd of panic-scared men, drove them with thrusts and shouts till they leaped like frightened sheep into the jaws of the deep, dark chasm, and their torn corpses strewed the jagged stones below. [160]

This young man had fought in the battle of Maunalei, Lanai’s last brutal fight. With his long spear, swung by his strong arms, he pushed the fleeing enemy to the edge of a terrifying cliff, and while mocking the cries of a panicked crowd, he drove them with jabs and shouts until they jumped like scared sheep into the dark abyss below, and their torn bodies littered the jagged rocks beneath. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Kaaialii, like many a butcher of his kind, was comely to see. With the lion’s heart, he had the lion’s tawny hue. A swart grace beamed beneath his curling brows. He had the small, firm hand to throttle or caress, and eyes full of fire for hate or love; and love’s flame now lit the face of the hero of the bloody leap, and to his great chief he said, “O King of all the isles, let this sweet flower be mine, rather than the valley thou gavest me for my domain.”

Kaaialii, like many butchers of his kind, was a sight to behold. With the heart of a lion, he had a tawny complexion. A dark grace shone beneath his curly brows. He had small, strong hands meant for both throttling and caressing, and his eyes were filled with passion for both hate and love; and now, love’s flame lit up the face of the hero of the bloody leap, and he said to his great chief, “O King of all the islands, let this sweet flower be mine, rather than the valley you gave me for my domain.”

Said Kamehameha: “You shall plant the Lanai jessamine in the valley I gave you in Kohala. But there is another who claims our daughter, who is the stout bone-breaker, the scarred Mailou. My spearman of Maunalei can have no fear; and you shall wrestle with him; and let the one whose arms can clasp the girl after the fight carry her to his house, where one kapa shall cover the two.”

Said Kamehameha: “You will plant the Lanai jessamine in the valley I gave you in Kohala. But there’s another who wants our daughter, the tough Mailou, who's got scars. My spearman from Maunalei has nothing to fear; you will wrestle with him; and whoever can wrap their arms around the girl after the fight will take her to their home, where one kapa will cover both of them.”

The poor maid, the careless gift of savage power, held up her clasped hands with a frightened gesture at the dread name of the breaker of bones; for she had heard how he had sucked the breath of many a dainty bloom like her, then crunched the wilted blossom with sinews of hate, and flung it to the sharks.

The poor maid, a careless victim of brutal power, raised her clasped hands in fear at the terrifying name of the bone breaker; she had heard how he had drained the life from many delicate flowers like herself, then crushed the wilted petals with hatred, and tossed them to the sharks.

And the Lanai maiden loved the young chief of Hawaii. He had indeed pierced her people, but only the tender darts of his eyes had wounded her. Turning to him, she looked her savage, quick, young love, and said, “O Kaaialii, may thy grip be as sure as thy thrust. Save me from the bloody virgin-eater, and I will catch the squid and beat the kapa for thee all my days.” [161]

And the girl from Lanai loved the young chief of Hawaii. He had certainly harmed her people, but only the gentle gazes of his eyes had hurt her. Turning to him, she expressed her fierce, youthful love and said, “O Kaaialii, may your hold be as strong as your strike. Save me from the bloodthirsty virgin-eater, and I will catch the squid and make kapa for you for the rest of my days.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The time of contest approached. The King sat under the shade of a leafy kou, the royal tree of the olden time, which has faded away with the chiefs it once did shelter. On the smooth shell floor, covered with the hala mat, stood the bare-limbed braves, stripped to the malo, who with hot eyes of hate shot out their rage of lust and blood, and stretched out their strangling arms. They stood, beating with heavy fists their broad, glossy chests of bronze, and grinning face to face, they glowered their savage wish to kill. Then, with right foot advanced, and right arm uplifted, they pause to shout their gage of battle, and tell to each how they would maim and tear, and kill, and give each other’s flesh for food to some beastly maw.

The time for the contest was coming up. The King sat in the shade of a leafy kou, the royal tree from ancient times, which has withered away along with the chiefs it once sheltered. On the smooth shell floor, covered with the hala mat, stood the bare-chested warriors, dressed only in their malo, whose eyes burned with anger as they unleashed their rage and desire for blood. They stretched out their arms, ready to strangle. They stood there, pounding their broad, shiny bronze chests with their heavy fists, grinning at each other as they glared with a savage wish to kill. Then, with their right foot forward and right arm raised, they paused to shout their battle challenge, detailing how they would maim, tear apart, and kill, offering each other's flesh as food for some monstrous beast.

And now, each drawing near to each, with arms uplifted, and outspread palms with sinewy play, like nervy claws trying to clutch or grip, they seek a chance for a deadly clinch. And swift the scarred child-strangler has sprung with his right to the young spear-man’s throat, who as quickly hooks the lunging arm within the crook of his, and with quick, sledge-like blow breaks the shoulder arm-bone.

And now, each one moving closer to the other, with arms raised and palms spread wide like muscular claws trying to grab or hold on, they look for an opportunity for a lethal hold. The scarred child-strangler quickly lunges with his right hand at the young spear-thrower's throat, who immediately hooks the attacking arm with his own and delivers a powerful, hammer-like strike that breaks the shoulder bone.

With fury the baffled bone-breaker grips with the uncrippled hand; but now two stout young arms, tense with rage, soon twist and break the one unaided limb. Then with limp arms the beaten brute turns to flee; but swift hate is upon him, and clutches him by the throat; and pressing him down, the hero of Kaala holds his knee to the hapless wretch’s back, and with knee bored into the backward bended spine, he strains [162]and jerks till the jointed bones snap and break, and the dread throttler of girls and babes lies prone on the mat, a broken and bloody corpse.

With fury, the confused attacker grips tightly with his uninjured hand; but now two strong young arms, filled with anger, quickly twist and break the one free limb. Then, with weak arms, the defeated thug tries to escape; but quick vengeance catches up to him, grabbing him by the throat; and pressing him down, the hero of Kaala keeps his knee on the unfortunate man's back, digging into his bent spine, he strains [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and jerks until the jointed bones crack and break, and the terrifying attacker of women and children lies flat on the mat, a broken and bloody body.

“Good!” cried the King. “Our son has the strength of Kanekoa. Now let our daughter soothe the limbs of her lover. Let her stroke his skin, press his joints, and knead his back with the loving grip and touch of the lomilomi. We will have a great bake, with the hula and song; and when the feast is over, then shall they be one.”

“Good!” shouted the King. “Our son has the strength of Kanekoa. Now let our daughter comfort her lover. Let her caress his skin, press his joints, and massage his back with the loving touch of the lomilomi. We will have a big celebration, with hula and song; and when the feast is over, then they shall be one.”

A line of women squat down. They crone their wild refrain, praising the one who wins in strife and love. They seize in their right hand the hula gourd, clattering with pebbles inside. They whirl it aloft, they shake, they swing, they strike their palms, they thump the mat; and now with supple joints they twirl their loins, and with heave and twist, and with swing and song, the savage dance goes on.

A line of women squats down. They chant their wild song, praising the one who triumphs in struggle and love. They grasp the hula gourd in their right hand, which rattles with pebbles inside. They lift it high, shake it, swing it, clap their hands, and thump the mat; now with flexible bodies they twist their hips, and with heave and turn, and with swing and song, the wild dance continues.

The Hula Dance.

The Hula Dance.

The Hula Dance.

The Hula Dance.

Kaala stood up with the maiden throng, the tender, guarded gifts of kings. They twined their wreaths, they swayed, and posed their shining arms; and flapping with their hands their leafy skirts, revealed their rounded limbs. This fires the gaze of men, and the hero of the day with flaming eyes, springs and clasps his love, crying as he bears her away: “Thou shalt dance in my hut in Kohala for me alone, forever!”

Kaala stood up with the group of young women, the delicate, protected gifts of kings. They twisted their wreaths, swayed, and showcased their shining arms; and as they waved their hands, their leafy skirts revealed their shapely legs. This catches the attention of men, and the hero of the day, with fiery eyes, leaps forward and embraces his love, exclaiming as he carries her away: “You will dance in my hut in Kohala just for me, forever!”

At this, a stout yet grizzled man of the isle lifts up his voice and wails: “Kaala, my child, is gone. Who shall soothe my limbs when I return from spearing the ohua? And who shall feed me with taro and breadfruit like the chief of Olowalu, when I have no [163]daughter to give away? I must hide from the chief or I die.” And thus wailed out Opunui, the father of Kaala.

At this, a sturdy but weathered man from the island raises his voice and cries out: “Kaala, my child, is gone. Who will comfort my weary body when I come back from fishing for the ohua? And who will feed me with taro and breadfruit like the chief of Olowalu, when I have no [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]daughter to offer? I must hide from the chief or I will perish.” And so lamented Opunui, the father of Kaala.

But a fierce hate stirred the heart of Opunui. His friend was driven over the cliff at Maunalei, and he himself had lived only by crawling at the feet of the slayer. He hid his hate, and planned to save his girl and balk the killer of his people. He said in his heart, “I will hide her in the sea, and none but the fish gods and I shall know where the ever-sounding surf surges over Kaala.”

But a deep hatred burned in Opunui's heart. His friend had been thrown off the cliff at Maunalei, and he had survived only by bowing before the murderer. He concealed his anger and plotted to rescue his girl and thwart the killer of his people. He thought to himself, “I will hide her in the sea, and only the fish gods and I will know where the never-ending waves crash over Kaala.”

Now, in the morn, when the girl with ruddy brown cheeks, and glowing with the brightening dawn of love, stood in the doorway of the lodge of her lord, and her face was sparkling with the sheen from the sun, her sire in humble guise stood forth and said, “My child, your mother at Mahana is dying. Pray you, my lord, your love, that you may see her once more before his canoe shall bear you to his great land.”

Now, in the morning, when the girl with rosy brown cheeks, glowing with the brightening dawn of love, stood in the doorway of her lord's lodge, her face sparkling in the sunlight, her father in humble attire stepped forward and said, “My child, your mother at Mahana is dying. I beg you, my lord, with all my love, to see her one more time before his canoe takes you to his distant land.”

“Alas!” said the tender child, “since when is Kalani ill? I shall carry to her this large sweet fish speared by my lord; and when I have rubbed her aching limbs, she will be well again with the love touch of her child. Yes, my lord will let me go. Will you not, O Kaaialii; will you not let me go to give my mother a last embrace, and I shall be back again before the moon has twice spanned the bay?”

“Alas!” said the caring child, “since when has Kalani been sick? I will take her this big sweet fish caught by my lord; and when I’ve massaged her aching limbs, she’ll be well again with the loving touch of her child. Yes, my lord will let me go. Will you not, O Kaaialii; will you not let me go to give my mother one last hug, and I’ll be back before the moon has crossed the bay twice?”

The hero clasped his young love with one stout twining arm, and gazing into her eyes, he with a caressing hand put back from her brow her shining hair, and thus to his heart’s life he spoke: “O my [164]sweet flower, how shall I live without thee, even for this day’s march of the sun? For thou art my very breath, and I shall pant and die like a stranded fish without thee. But no, let me not say so. Kaaialii is a chief who has fought men and sharks; and he must not speak like a girl. He too loves his mother, who looks for him in the valley of Kohala; and shall he deny thy mother, to look her last upon the sweet face and the tender limbs that she fed and reared for him? Go, my Kaala. But thy chief will sit and watch with a hungering heart, till thou come back to his arms again.”

The hero embraced his young love with one strong arm, and looking into her eyes, he gently brushed her shining hair back from her brow, and spoke from his heart: “Oh my sweet flower, how will I survive without you, even for a single day under the sun? You are my very breath, and I will struggle and fade like a fish out of water without you. But no, I shouldn’t say that. Kaaialii is a chief who has fought men and sharks; he shouldn’t speak like a girl. He too loves his mother, who waits for him in the valley of Kohala; and should he deny your mother, who wishes to see for the last time the sweet face and tender limbs she cared for? Go, my Kaala. But your chief will sit and watch with a longing heart until you return to his arms again.”

And the pretty jessamine twined her arms around his neck, and laying her cheek upon his breast said, with upturned tender glances, “O my chief, who gavest me life and sweet joy; thy breath is my breath; thy eyes are my sweetest sight; thy breast is my only resting-place; and when I go away, I shall all the way look back to thee, and go slowly with a backward turned heart; but when I return to thee, I shall have wings to bear me to my lord.”

And the beautiful jasmine wrapped her arms around his neck and resting her cheek on his chest said, with soft, loving looks, “Oh my love, who has given me life and joy; your breath is my breath; your eyes are my favorite sight; your chest is my only refuge; and when I leave, I’ll keep looking back at you, moving slowly with a heart turned backward; but when I come back to you, I’ll have wings to carry me to my love.”

“Yes, my own bird,” said Kaaialii, “thou must fly, but fly swiftly in thy going as well as in thy coming; for both ways thou fliest to me. When thou art gone I shall spear the tender ohua fish, I shall bake the yam and banana, and I will fill the calabash with sweet water, to feed thee, my heart, when thou shalt come; and thou shalt feed me with thy loving eyes.

“Yes, my own bird,” said Kaaialii, “you must fly, but do so quickly both when you leave and when you return; for you fly to me in both directions. When you’re gone, I will catch the tender ohua fish, bake the yam and banana, and fill the calabash with sweet water to feed you, my love, when you arrive; and you will nourish me with your loving gaze.”

“Here, Opunui! take thy child. Thou gavest life to her, but now she gives life to me. Bring her back all well, ere the sun has twice risen. If she come not [165]soon, I shall die; but I should slay thee before I die; therefore, O Opunui, hasten thy going and thy coming, and bring back my life and love to me.”

“Here, Opunui! Take your child. You gave her life, but now she gives life to me. Bring her back safe before the sun has risen twice. If she doesn’t come back [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]soon, I will die; but I should kill you before I die; so, Opunui, please hurry there and back, and bring my life and love back to me.”

And now the stern hero unclasped the weeping girl. His eye was calm, but his shut lips showed the work within of a strong and tender heart of love. He felt the ache of a larger woe than this short parting. He pressed the little head between his palms; he kissed the sobbing lips again and again; he gave one strong clasp, heart to heart, and then quickly strode away.

And now the serious hero released the crying girl. His gaze was steady, but his closed lips revealed the struggle of a strong and loving heart. He felt the pain of a deeper sorrow than this brief goodbye. He held her small head in his hands, kissed her trembling lips over and over, gave one firm embrace, heart to heart, and then quickly walked away.

As Kaala tripped along the stony up-hill path, she glanced backward on her way, to get glimpses of him she loved, and she beheld her chief standing on the topmost rock of the great bluff overhanging the sea. And still as she went and looked, still there he stood; and when on the top of the ridge and about to descend into the great valley, she turned to look her last, still she saw her loving lord looking up to her.

As Kaala walked carefully along the rocky path uphill, she looked back to catch sight of the man she loved and saw her chief standing on the highest rock of the steep cliff overlooking the sea. No matter how far she went and how often she looked back, there he remained; and when she reached the top of the ridge and was about to head down into the vast valley, she turned for one last look and still saw her beloved looking up at her.

The silent sire and the weeping child soon trod the round, green vale of Palawai. She heeded not now to pluck, as was her wont, the flowers in her path; but thought how she should stop a while, as she came back, to twine a wreath for her dear lord’s neck. And thus this sad young love tripped along with innocent hope by the moody Opunui’s side.

The quiet father and the crying child soon walked through the round, green valley of Palawai. She didn’t pay attention to picking the flowers in her path like she usually did; instead, she thought about how she would stop for a moment on her way back to make a wreath for her beloved’s neck. And so, this sorrowful young love walked on with innocent hope beside the brooding Opunui.

They passed through the groves of Kalulu and Kumoku, and then the man swerved from the path leading to Mahana and turned his face again seaward. At this the sad and silent child looked up into the face of her grim and sullen sire and said: “O father, [166]we shall not find mother on this path, but we shall lose our way and come to the sea once more.”

They walked through the groves of Kalulu and Kumoku, then the man veered off the path toward Mahana and faced the sea again. Seeing this, the sad and quiet child looked up at her stern and moody father and said, “Oh father, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]we won’t find mother on this path, but we’ll get lost and end up by the sea again.”

“And thy mother is by the sea, by the bay of Kaumalapau. There she gathers limpets on the rocks. She has dried a large squid for thee. She has pounded some taro and filled her calabash with poi, and would feed thee once more. She is not sick; but had I said she was well, thy lord would not have let thee go; but now thou art on the way to sleep with thy mother by the sea.”

“And your mother is by the sea, by the bay of Kaumalapau. There she gathers limpets on the rocks. She has dried a large squid for you. She has pounded some taro and filled her calabash with poi, and would feed you once more. She is not sick; but if I had said she was well, your lord would not have let you go; but now you are on your way to sleep with your mother by the sea.”

The poor weary girl now trudged on with a doubting heart. She glanced sadly at her dread sire’s moody eye. Silent and sore she trod the stony path leading down to the shore, and when she came to the beach with naught in view but the rocks and sea, she said with a bursting heart, “O my father, is the shark to be my mother, and I to never see my dear chief any more?”

The tired girl walked on with a heavy heart. She looked sadly at her father's gloomy expression. Silent and upset, she walked the rocky path down to the shore, and when she reached the beach with nothing in sight but rocks and sea, she exclaimed with a breaking heart, “Oh my father, is the shark going to be my mother, and will I never see my dear chief again?”

“Hear the truth,” cried Opunui. “Thy home for a time is indeed in the sea, and the shark shall be thy mate, but he shall not harm thee. Thou goest down where the sea god lives, and he shall tell thee that the accursed chief of the bloody leap shall not carry away any daughter of Lanai. When Kaaialii has sailed for Kohala then shall the chief of Olowalu come and bring thee to earth again.”

“Listen to the truth,” shouted Opunui. “For a while, your home will be in the sea, and the shark will be your companion, but it won’t hurt you. You will go down where the sea god resides, and he will inform you that the cursed chief of the bloody leap will not take any daughter of Lanai. When Kaaialii has set sail for Kohala, then the chief of Olowalu will come and bring you back to land.”

As the fierce sire spoke, he seized the hand of Kaala, and unheeding her sobs and cries, led her along the rugged shore to a point eastward of the bay, where the beating sea makes the rocky shore tremble beneath the feet. Here was a boiling gulf, a fret and foam of [167]the sea, a roar of waters, and a mighty jet of brine and spray from a spouting cave whose mouth lay deep beneath the battling tide.

As the fierce father spoke, he grabbed Kaala's hand and, ignoring her sobs and cries, led her along the rugged shore to a spot east of the bay, where the crashing waves made the rocky shore shake beneath their feet. Here was a boiling gulf, churning and foaming with [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the sea, a roar of water, and a powerful spray of saltwater erupting from a cave whose entrance lay deep beneath the surging tide.

See yon advancing billow! The south wind sends it surging along. It rears its combing, whitening crest, and with mighty, swift-rushing volume of angry green sea, it strikes the mouth of the cave; it drives and packs the pent-up air within, and now the tightened wind rebounds, and driving back the ramming sea, bursts forth with a roar as the huge spout of sea leaps upward to the sky, and then comes curving down in gentle silver spray.

See that wave approaching! The south wind pushes it forward. It lifts its frothy, white crest, and with a powerful rush of churning green water, it hits the cave entrance; it compresses the trapped air inside, and now the built-up wind pushes back against the crashing sea, bursting out with a roar as the massive spray shoots up into the sky, then falls back down in a soft silver mist.

The fearful child now clasped the knees of her savage sire. “Not there, O father,” she sobbed and wailed. “The sea snake (the puhi) has his home in the cave, and he will bite and tear me, and ere I die, the crawling crabs will creep over me and pick out my weeping eyes. Alas, O father, better give me to the shark, and then my cry and moan will not hurt thine ear.”

The scared child clung to her father's knees. “Not there, Dad,” she cried and sobbed. “The sea snake (the puhi) lives in the cave, and he will bite and tear me apart. Before I die, the crawling crabs will crawl over me and pick out my crying eyes. Oh, Dad, it’s better to give me to the shark, so my cries won’t hurt your ears.”

Opunui clasped the slender girl with one sinewy arm, and with a bound he leaped into the frothed and fretted pool below. Downward with a dolphin’s ease he moved, and with his free arm beating back the brine, moved along the ocean bed into the sea cave’s jagged jaws; and then stemming with stiffened sinew the wind-driven tide, he swam onward till he struck a sunless beach and then stood inside the cave, whose mouth is beneath the sea.

Opunui wrapped his strong arm around the slim girl, and with a leap, he jumped into the foamy pool below. He effortlessly shot downward, like a dolphin, using his free arm to push away the waves as he swam along the ocean floor into the jagged opening of the sea cave. Then, bracing against the choppy tide, he swam on until he reached a dark beach and stood inside the cave, which was located beneath the sea.

Here was a broad, dry space with a lofty, salt-icicled roof. The green, translucent sea, as it rolled back and [168]forth at their feet, gave to their brown faces a ghastly white glare. The scavenger crabs scrambled away over the dank and dripping stones, and the loathsome biting eel, slowly reached out its well-toothed, wide-gaping jaw to tear the tender feet that roused it from its horrid lair, where the dread sea god dwelt.

Here was a wide, dry space with a high ceiling covered in salt icicles. The green, clear sea rolled in and out at their feet, casting a ghostly white glare on their brown faces. The scavenger crabs scurried away over the wet and dripping stones, while the repulsive biting eel slowly extended its jagged, gaping mouth to snap at the delicate feet that disturbed it from its terrible hiding place, where the dreaded sea god lived.

The poor hapless girl sank down upon this gloomy shore and cried, clinging to the kanaka’s knee: “O father, beat out my brains with this jagged stone, and do not let the eel twine around my neck, and trail with a loathsome, slimy, creeping crawl over my body before I die. Oh! the crabs will pick and tear me before my breath is gone.”

The unfortunate girl sank down on this gloomy shore and cried, holding onto the kanaka’s knee: “Oh, father, please crush my head with this jagged stone, and don't let the eel wrap around my neck and crawl over my body before I die. Oh! The crabs will pick at me and tear me apart before I take my last breath.”

“Listen,” said Opunui. “Thou shalt go back with me to the warm sunny air. Thou shalt tread again the sweet-smelling flowery vale of Palawai, and twine thy neck with wreaths of scented jessamine, if thou wilt go with me to the house of the chief of Olowalu and there let thy bloody lord behold thee wanton with thy love in another chief’s arms.”

“Listen,” said Opunui. “You will come back with me to the warm, sunny air. You will walk again through the sweet-smelling, flowery vale of Palawai, and wear wreaths of fragrant jasmine around your neck if you come with me to the house of the chief of Olowalu and let your bloody lord see you in another chief’s arms.”

“Never,” shouted the lover of Kaaialii, “never will I meet any clasp of love but that of my own chief. If I cannot lay my head again upon his breast, I will lay it in death upon these cold stones. If his arm shall never again draw me to his heart, then let the eel twine my neck and let him tear away my cheeks rather than that another beside my dear lord shall press my face.”

“Never,” shouted Kaaialii's lover, “never will I embrace love from anyone but my own chief. If I can’t rest my head on his chest again, I’ll lay it in death on these cold stones. If his arm never pulls me to his heart again, then let the eel wrap around my neck and tear at my cheeks, rather than let anyone else but my dear lord touch my face.”

“Then let the eel be thy mate,” cried Opunui, as he roughly unclasped the tender arms twined around his knees; “until the chief of Olowalu comes to seize [169]thee, and carry thee to his house in the hills of Maui. Seek not to leave the cave. Thou knowest that with thy weak arms, thou wilt tear thyself against the jagged rocks in trying to swim through the swift flowing channel. Stay till I send for thee, and live.” Then dashing out into the foaming gulf with mighty buffeting arms he soon reached the upper air.

“Then let the eel be your companion,” shouted Opunui, as he roughly pulled away the soft arms wrapped around his knees; “until the chief of Olowalu comes to take you and bring you to his home in the hills of Maui. Don’t try to leave the cave. You know that with your weak arms, you’ll hurt yourself against the sharp rocks if you attempt to swim through the fast-flowing channel. Stay until I come for you, and survive.” Then, plunging into the churning sea with powerful strokes, he quickly reached the surface.

And Kaaialii stood upon the bluff, looking up to the hillside path by which his love had gone, long after her form was lost to view in the interior vales. And after slight sleep upon his mat, and walking by the shore that night, he came at dawn and climbed the bluff again to watch his love come down the hill. And as he gazed he saw a leafy skirt flutter in the wind, and his heart fluttered to clasp his little girl; but as a curly brow drew near, his soul sank to see it was not his love, but her friend Ua (rain) with some sad news upon her face.

And Kaaialii stood on the cliff, looking up at the hillside path where his love had gone, long after he could no longer see her figure in the distant valleys. After a bit of sleep on his mat and a walk along the shore that night, he returned at dawn and climbed the cliff again to wait for his love to come down the hill. As he watched, he saw a leafy skirt fluttering in the wind, and his heart raced at the thought of seeing his little girl; but as a curly head approached, his heart sank when he realized it wasn’t his love, but her friend Ua (rain) with a sorrowful look on her face.

With hot haste and eager asking eyes does the love-lorn chief meet the maiden messenger, and cries, “Why does Kaala delay in the valley? Has she twined wreaths for another’s neck for me to break? Has a wild hog torn her? Or has the anaana prayer of death struck her heart, and does she lie cold on the sod of Mahana? Speak quickly, for thy face kills me, O Ua!”

With urgent urgency and desperate eyes, the heartbroken chief meets the maiden messenger and exclaims, “Why is Kaala taking so long in the valley? Has she made wreaths for someone else for me to destroy? Has a wild boar attacked her? Or has the prayer of death struck her heart, and is she lying cold on the ground of Mahana? Speak quickly, because your face is making me suffer, oh Ua!”

“Not thus, my lord,” said the weeping girl, as the soft shower fell from Ua’s sweet eyes. “Thy love is not in the valley; and she has not reached the hut of her mother Kalani. But kanakas saw from the hills of Kalulu her father lead her through the forest of [170]Kumoku; since then our Kaala has not been seen, and I fear has met some fate that is to thwart thy love.”

“Not like this, my lord,” said the crying girl, as tears fell from Ua’s beautiful eyes. “Your love is not in the valley; and she hasn’t arrived at her mother Kalani's hut. But locals saw her father leading her through the forest of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Kumoku from the hills of Kalulu; since then, we haven’t seen Kaala, and I’m afraid she’s met with some fate that could get in the way of your love.”

“Kaala lost? The blood of my heart is gone!” He hears no more! The fierce chief, hot with baffled passion, strikes madly at the air, and dashes away, onward up the stony hill; and upward with his stout young savage thews, he bounds along without halt or slack of speed till he reaches the valley’s rim, then rushes down its slopes.

“Kaala lost? The blood of my heart is gone!” He hears no more! The fierce chief, burning with confused anger, strikes wildly at the air and storms away, charging up the rocky hill; and with his strong, young body, he races on without stopping or slowing down until he reaches the edge of the valley, then rushes down its slopes.

He courses over its bright green plains. He sees in the dusty path some prints that must be those of the dear feet he follows now. His heart feels a fresh bound; he feels neither strain of limb nor scantness of breath, and, searching as he runs, he descries before him in the plain the deceitful sire alone.

He races across its bright green fields. He spots some tracks in the dusty path that must belong to the beloved feet he’s following now. His heart lifts with excitement; he feels neither exhaustion nor shortness of breath, and, while searching as he runs, he sees ahead of him in the field the deceptive father all alone.

“Opunui,” he cries, “give me Kaala, or thy life!” The stout, gray kanaka looks to see the face of flame and the outstretched arms, and stops not to try the strength of his own limbs, or to stay for any parley, but flies across the valley, along the very path by which the fierce lover came; and with fear to spur him on, he keeps well before his well blown foe.

“Opunui,” he shouts, “give me Kaala, or you're dead!” The strong, gray kanaka sees the fiery face and outstretched arms, and without testing his own strength or stopping to talk, he bolts across the valley, following the same path the fierce lover took; driven by fear, he stays ahead of his fierce adversary.

But Kaaialii is now a god; he runs with new strung limbs, and presses hard this fresh-footed runner of many a race. They are within two spears’ length of each other’s grip upon the rim of the vale; and hot with haste the one, and with fear the other, they dash along the rugged path of Kealia, and rush downward to the sea. They bound o’er the fearful path of clinkers. Their torn feet heed not the pointed stones. [171]The elder seeks the shelter of the taboo; and now, both roused by the outcries of a crowd that swarm on the bluffs around, they put forth their remaining strength and strive who shall gain first the entrance to the sacred wall of refuge.

But Kaaialii is now a god; he moves with new, strong limbs and pushes hard against this fresh-footed runner in many races. They are just a couple of spear lengths away from each other’s grasp at the edge of the valley; one is fueled by urgency and the other by fear as they race down the rugged path of Kealia toward the sea. They leap over the treacherous trail of sharp rocks. Their battered feet ignore the pointed stones. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]The elder seeks the protection of the sacred ground, and now, both stirred by the cries of a crowd gathering on the bluffs around them, they put forth their last bit of strength to see who will be the first to reach the entrance of the sacred wall of refuge.

For this the hunted sire strains his fast failing nerve; and the youth with a shout quickens his still tense limbs. He is within a spear’s length; he stretches out his arms. Ha, old man! he has thy throat within his grip. But no, the greased neck slips the grasp; the wretch leaps for his dear life, he gains the sacred wall, he bounds inside, and the furious foe is stopped by the staves of priests.

For this, the hunted father pushes his weakening strength to the limit; and the young man, with a shout, energizes his tense limbs. He is within arm's reach; he extends his arms. Ha, old man! He has your throat in his grasp. But no, the slippery neck escapes his hold; the desperate man leaps for his life, makes it to the sacred wall, jumps inside, and the angry enemy is blocked by the priests' staffs.

The baffled chief lies prone in the dust, and curses the gods and the sacred taboo. After a time he is led away to his hut by friends; and then the soothing hands of Ua rub and knead the soreness out of his limbs. And when she has set the calabash of poi before him along with the relishing dry squid, and he has filled himself and is strong again, he will not heed any entreaty of chief or friends; not even the caressing lures of Ua, who loves him; but he says, “I will go and seek Kaala; and if I find her not, I die.”

The confused chief lies face down in the dirt, cursing the gods and the sacred taboos. After a while, his friends help him up and take him to his hut; then the comforting hands of Ua massage the aches out of his limbs. Once she sets the bowl of poi and some tasty dry squid in front of him, and he has eaten enough to regain his strength, he ignores any pleas from his chief or friends; not even Ua's affectionate coaxing sways him, as she loves him; instead, he says, “I’m going to find Kaala; and if I can’t find her, I’ll die.”

Again the love-lorn chief seeks the inland. He shouts the name of his lost love in the groves of Kumoku, and throughout the forest of Mahana. Then he roams through the cloud-canopied valley of Palawai; he searches among the wooded canyons of Kalulu, and he wakes the echoes with the name of Kaala in the gorge of the great ravine of Maunalei. He follows this high walled barranca over its richly [172]flowered and shaded floor; and also along by the winding stream, until he reaches its source, an abrupt wall of stone, one hundred feet high, and forming the head of the ravine. From the face of this steep, towering rock, there exudes a sweet, clear rain, a thousand trickling rills of rock-filtered water leaping from points of fern and moss, and filling up an ice cold pool below, at which our weary chief gladly slaked his thirst. The hero now clambers the steep walls of the gorge, impassable to the steps of men in these days; but he climbs with toes thrust in crannies, or resting on short juts and points of rock; and he pulls himself upward by grasping at out-cropping bushes and strong tufts of fern. And thus with stout sinew and bold nerve the fearless spearman reaches the upper land from whence he had, in his day of devouring rage, hurled and driven headlong the panic-stricken foe.

Again, the love-sick chief heads inland. He calls out the name of his lost love in the groves of Kumoku and throughout the forest of Mahana. Then he wanders through the cloud-covered valley of Palawai, searching among the wooded canyons of Kalulu, waking the echoes with the name of Kaala in the gorge of the great ravine of Maunalei. He follows this high-walled canyon over its richly [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]flowered and shaded floor, alongside the winding stream, until he reaches its source—an abrupt stone wall, a hundred feet high, marking the head of the ravine. From the face of this steep, towering rock, sweet, clear rain flows, as a thousand trickling streams of rock-filtered water leap from fern and moss, filling an ice-cold pool below, where our weary chief happily quenches his thirst. The hero now scrambles up the steep walls of the gorge, which are impossible for modern men to climb; he ascends with his toes wedged in crevices or resting on small ledges of rock, pulling himself up by grasping at protruding bushes and sturdy ferns. Thus, with strong muscles and daring spirit, the fearless warrior reaches the high ground from which he had, in a fit of rage, thrown and chased away his terrified enemies.

And now he runs on over the lands of Paomai, through the wooded dells of the gorge of Kaiholena, and onward across Kaunolu and Kalulu, until he reaches the head spring of sacred Kealia called Waiakekua; and here he gathered bananas and ohelo berries; and as he stayed his hunger with the pleasant wild fruit, he beheld a white-haired priest of Kaunolu, bearing a calabash of water.

And now he runs over the lands of Paomai, through the wooded valleys of the Kaiholena gorge, and onward across Kaunolu and Kalulu, until he reaches the head spring of the sacred Kealia called Waiakekua; here he gathers bananas and ohelo berries; and as he satisfies his hunger with the delicious wild fruit, he sees a white-haired priest of Kaunolu carrying a calabash of water.

The aged priest feared the stalwart chief, because he was not upon his own sacred ground, under the safe wing of the taboo; and therefore he bowed low and clasped the stout knees, and offered the water to slake the thirst of the sorrowing chief. But Kaaialii cried out: “I thirst not for water, but for the sight of my [173]love. Tell me where she is hid, and I will bring thee hogs and men for the gods.” And to this the glad priest replied:

The old priest was intimidated by the strong chief because he wasn't on his own sacred ground, protected by the taboos; so he bowed deeply, held onto the chief's solid knees, and offered water to quench the chief's sorrow. But Kaaialii shouted: “I don’t thirst for water, but for the sight of my [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]love. Tell me where she is hidden, and I'll bring you pigs and men for the gods.” The cheerful priest responded to this:

“Son of the stout spear! I know thou seekest the sweet Flower of Palawai; and no man but her sire has seen her resting-place; but I know that thou seekest in vain in the groves, and in the ravines, and in this mountain. Opunui is a great diver and has his dens in the sea. He leaves the shore when no one follows, and he sleeps with the fish gods, and thou wilt find thy love in some cave of the rock-bound southern shore.”

“Son of the sturdy spear! I know you're looking for the beautiful Flower of Palawai; and no one besides her father has seen where she rests; but I know that you're searching in vain in the groves, and in the ravines, and in this mountain. Opunui is a great diver and has his lairs in the sea. He leaves the shore when no one is watching, and he sleeps with the fish gods, and you'll find your love in some cave along the rugged southern shore.”

The chief quickly turns his face again seaward. He descends the deep shaded pathway of the ravine of Kaunolu. He winds his way through shaded thickets of ohia, sandalwood, the yellow mamani, the shrub violet, and the fragrant na-u. He halted not as he reached the plain of Palawai, though the ever overhanging canopy of cloud that shades this valley of the mountain cooled his weary feet. These upper lands were still, and no voice was heard by the pili grass huts, and the maika balls and the wickets of the bowling alley of Palawai stood untouched, because all the people were with the great chief by the shore of Kaunolu; and Kaaialii thought that he trod the flowery pathway of the still valley alone.

The chief quickly turns his face back toward the sea. He makes his way down the deeply shaded path of the Kaunolu ravine. He navigates through the shaded thickets of ohia, sandalwood, yellow mamani, violet shrubs, and fragrant na-u. He didn’t stop when he reached the Palawai plain, even though the constant cloud cover that blankets this valley of the mountain cooled his tired feet. These higher lands were quiet, and no sounds were heard near the pili grass huts. The maika balls and the bowling alley wickets in Palawai were untouched because everyone was with the great chief by the Kaunolu shore; Kaaialii felt as if he was walking the flowery path of the silent valley alone.

But there was one who, in soothing his strained limbs after he fell by the gateway of the temple, had planted strong love in her own heart; and she, Ua, with her lithe young limbs, had followed this sorrowing lord through all his weary tramp, even through [174]the gorges, and over the ramparts of the hills, and she was near the sad, wayworn chief when he reached the southern shore.

But there was one person who, while soothing his tired limbs after he fell by the temple gate, had planted deep love in her heart; and she, Ua, with her agile young body, had followed this sorrowful lord through all his exhausting journey, even through [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the canyons, and over the hills, and she was close to the sad, weary chief when he reached the southern shore.

The weary hero only stayed his steps when he reached the brow of the great bluff of Palikaholo. The sea broke many hundred feet below where he stood. The gulls and screaming boatswain birds sailed in mid-air between his perch and the green waves. He looked up the coast to his right, and saw the lofty, wondrous sea columns of Honopu. He looked to the left, and beheld the crags of Kalulu, but nowhere could he see any sign which should tell him where his love was hid away.

The tired hero only paused when he reached the top of the high bluff of Palikaholo. The ocean crashed many hundred feet below him. Seagulls and noisy boatswain birds glided through the air between his spot and the green waves. He looked up the coast to his right and saw the amazing sea columns of Honopu. He looked to the left and saw the cliffs of Kalulu, but he couldn't find any sign of where his love was hiding.

His strong, wild nature was touched by the distant sob and moan of the surf. It sang a song for his sad, savage soul. It roused up before his eyes other eyes, and lips, and cheeks, and clasps of tender arms. His own sinewy ones he now stretched out wildly in the mocking air. He groaned, and sobbed, and beat his breast as he cried out, “Kaala! O Kaala! Where art thou? Dost thou sleep with the fish gods, or must I go to join thee in the great shark’s maw?”

His fierce, untamed spirit was moved by the distant sound of the waves crashing. It sang a song for his sorrowful, wild soul. It brought to mind other eyes, lips, cheeks, and the embrace of gentle arms. He stretched out his strong arms wildly into the mocking air. He groaned, sobbed, and beat his chest as he cried out, “Kaala! O Kaala! Where are you? Are you sleeping with the fish gods, or must I go to join you in the jaws of the great shark?”

As the sad hero thought of this dread devourer of many a tender child of the isles, he hid his face with his hands,—looking with self-torture upon the image of his soft young love, crunched, bloody and shrieking, in the jaws of the horrid god of the Hawaiian seas; and as he thought and waked up in his heart the memories of his love, he felt that he must seek her even in her gory grave in the sea.

As the sorrowful hero contemplated this terrifying creature that had consumed many innocent children of the islands, he covered his face with his hands, tormented by the image of his gentle young love, crushed, bloody, and screaming, in the jaws of the dreadful god of the Hawaiian seas. As he remembered his love, he realized that he had to search for her, even in her bloody grave beneath the sea.

Then he looks forth again, and as he gazes down [175]by the shore his eyes rest upon the spray of the blowing cave near Kaumalapau. It leaps high with the swell which the south wind sends. The white mist gleams in the sun. Shifting forms and shades are seen in the varied play of the up-leaping cloud. And as with fevered soul he glances, he sees a form spring up in the ever bounding spray.

Then he looks out again, and as he gazes down [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]by the shore, his eyes are drawn to the spray from the blowing cave near Kaumalapau. It shoots up high with the waves pushed by the south wind. The white mist sparkles in the sun. Shifting shapes and shades appear in the playful dance of the rising cloud. And with an anxious heart, he glances and sees a figure rising in the ever-splashing spray.

He sees with his burning eyes the lines of the sweet form that twines with tender touch around his soul. He sees the waving hair, that mingles on his neck with his own swart curls. He sees,—he thinks he sees,—in the leap and play of sun-tinted spray, his love, his lost Kaala; and with hot foot he rushes downward to the shore.

He sees with his intense gaze the curves of the lovely figure that gently wraps around his heart. He notices the flowing hair that mixes with his own dark curls on his neck. He sees—he thinks he sees—in the dance of sunlit waves, his love, his lost Kaala; and with urgency, he hurriedly makes his way down to the shore.

He stands upon the point of rock whence Opunui sprang. He feels the throb beneath his feet of the beating, bounding tide. He sees the fret and foam of the surging gulf below the leaping spray, and is wetted by the shore-driven mist. He sees all of this wild, working water, but he does not see Kaala.

He stands on the rock where Opunui originated. He feels the pulse of the crashing, rushing tide beneath his feet. He watches the churning and frothing of the turbulent ocean below the splashing spray, and gets dampened by the mist pushed in from the shore. He takes in all this wild, active water, but he doesn't see Kaala.

And yet he peers into this mad surf for her he seeks. The form that he has seen still leads him on. He will brave the sea god’s wrath; and he fain would cool his brow of flame in the briny bath. He thinks he hears a voice sounding down within his soul; and cries, “Where art thou, O Kaala? I come, I come!” And as he cries, he springs into the white, foaming surge of this ever fretted sea.

And yet he looks into this crazy surf searching for her. The shape he has seen still drives him forward. He’ll face the sea god’s anger; he desperately wants to cool his burning forehead in the salty water. He thinks he hears a voice echoing deep within his soul and shouts, “Where are you, O Kaala? I’m coming, I’m coming!” And as he shouts, he jumps into the white, foaming waves of this constantly troubled sea.

And one was near as the hero sprang; even Ua, with the clustering curls. She loved the chief; she did hope that when his steps were stayed by the sea, and [176]he had mingled his moan with the wild waters’ wail, that he would turn once more to the inland groves, where she would twine him wreaths, and soothe his limbs, and rest his head upon her knees; but he has leaped for death, he comes up no more. And Ua wailed for Kaaialii; and as the chief rose no more from out the lashed and lathered sea, she cried out, “Auwe ka make!” (Alas, he is dead!) And thus wailing and crying out, and tearing her hair, she ran back over the bluffs, and down the shore to the tabooed ground of Kealia, and wailing ever, flung herself at the feet of Kamehameha.

And one was close by as the hero jumped; even Ua, with her curly hair. She loved the chief; she hoped that when he stopped by the sea, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]he mixed his cries with the wild waves’ sounds, he would turn back to the inland groves, where she would make him wreaths, and comfort his body, and rest his head on her lap; but he has leaped to his death, he doesn’t come back. And Ua cried for Kaaialii; and as the chief didn’t rise again from the churning sea, she shouted, “Auwe ka make!” (Oh no, he is dead!) And while crying and screaming, and pulling her hair, she ran back over the cliffs, and down the shore to the sacred ground of Kealia, still wailing, and threw herself at the feet of Kamehameha.

The King was grieved to hear from Ua of the loss of his young chief. But the priest Papalua standing near, said: “O Chief of Heaven, and of all the isles; there where Kaaialii has leaped is the sea den of Opunui, and as thy brave spearman can follow the turtle to his deep sea nest, he will see the mouth of the cave, and in it, I think, he will find his lost love, Kaala, the flower of Palawai.”

The King was saddened to hear from Ua about the loss of his young chief. But the priest Papalua, standing nearby, said: “O Chief of Heaven and all the islands; where Kaaialii has jumped in is the sea den of Opunui, and just like your brave spearman can follow the turtle to its deep sea nest, he will see the entrance of the cave, and in it, I think, he will find his lost love, Kaala, the flower of Palawai.”

At this Ua roused up. She called to her brother Keawe, and laying hold on him, pulled him toward the shore, crying out, “To thy canoe, quick! I will help thee to paddle to Kaumalapau.” For thus she could reach the cave sooner than by the way of the bluffs. And the great chief also following, sprang into his swiftest canoe, and helping as was his wont, plunged his blade deep into the swelling tide, and bounded along by the frowning shore of Kumoku.

At this, Ua woke up. She called to her brother Keawe and grabbed him, pulling him toward the shore, shouting, “Get to your canoe, hurry! I’ll help you paddle to Kaumalapau.” This way, she could get to the cave faster than by going over the cliffs. The great chief, following close behind, jumped into his fastest canoe and, as was his habit, plunged his paddle deep into the rising tide, speeding along the steep shore of Kumoku.

When Kaaialii plunged beneath the surging waters, he became at once the searching diver of the Hawaiian [177]seas; and as his keen eye peered throughout the depths, he saw the portals of the ocean cave into which poured the charging main. He then, stemming with easy play of his well-knit limbs the suck and rush of the sea, shot through the current of the gorge; and soon stood up upon the sunless strand.

When Kaaialii dove into the rushing waters, he instantly became the searching diver of the Hawaiian [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]seas. As his sharp eyes scanned the depths, he spotted the entrance to the ocean cave where the waves crashed in. He skillfully used his strong limbs to navigate through the pull and force of the sea and soon emerged on the dark shore.

At first he saw not, but his ears took in at once a sad and piteous moan,—a sweet, sad moan for his hungry ear, of the voice of her he sought. And there upon the cold, dank, dismal floor he could dimly see his bleeding, dying love. Quickly clasping and soothing her, he lifted her up to bear her to the upper air; but the moans of his poor weak Kaala told him she would be strangled in passing through the sea.

At first, he didn’t see anything, but his ears immediately caught a sad and pitiful moan—a sweet, sorrowful sound that resonated with his hungry heart, the voice of the one he was searching for. There, on the cold, damp, gloomy floor, he could barely see his bleeding, dying love. Quickly holding and comforting her, he tried to lift her up to bring her to the surface, but the weak moans of his poor Kaala warned him that she wouldn’t survive the journey through the sea.

And as he sat down, and held her in his arms, she feebly spoke: “O my chief, I can die now! I feared that the fish gods would take me, and I should never see thee more. The eel bit me, and the crabs crawled over me, and when I dared the sea to go and seek thee, my weak arms could not fight the tide; I was torn against the jaws of the cave, and this and the fear of the gods have so hurt me, that I must die.”

And as he sat down and held her in his arms, she weakly said, “Oh my leader, I can die now! I was scared the fish gods would take me, and I wouldn’t see you again. The eel bit me, and the crabs crawled over me, and when I challenged the sea to go find you, my tired arms couldn’t fight the waves; I was pulled against the mouth of the cave, and this, along with my fear of the gods, has hurt me so much that I must die.”

“Not so, my love,” said the sad and tearful chief. “I am with thee now. I give thee the warmth of my heart. Feel my life in thine. Live, O my Kaala, for me. Come, rest and be calm, and when thou canst hold thy breath I will take thee to the sweet air again, and to thy valley, where thou shalt twine wreaths for me.” And thus with fond words and caresses he sought to soothe his love.

“Not like that, my love,” said the sad and tearful chief. “I’m here with you now. I give you the warmth of my heart. Feel my life in yours. Live, oh my Kaala, for me. Come, rest and be calm, and when you can hold your breath, I’ll take you back to the fresh air and your valley, where you can weave wreaths for me.” And with tender words and affection, he tried to comfort his love.

But the poor girl still bled as she moaned; and with [178]fainter voice she said, “No, my chief, I shall never twine a wreath, but only my arms once more around thy neck.” And feebly clasping him, she said in sad, sobbing, fainting tones, “Aloha, my sweet lord! Lay me among the flowers by Waiakeakua, and do not slay my father.”

But the poor girl kept bleeding as she groaned; and with a weaker voice she said, “No, my chief, I will never weave a wreath, but only wrap my arms around your neck one more time.” And weakly holding him, she said in a sorrowful, sobbing, faint voice, “Aloha, my sweet lord! Lay me among the flowers by Waiakeakua, and don't harm my father.”

Then, breathing moans and murmurs of love, she lay for a time weak and fainting upon her lover’s breast, with her arms drooping by her side. But all at once she clasps his neck, and with cheek to cheek, she clings, she moans, she gasps her last throbs of love and passes away; and her poor torn corse lies limp within the arms of the love-lorn chief.

Then, breathing soft moans and whispers of love, she lay for a while weak and faint on her lover’s chest, her arms hanging by her sides. But suddenly, she wraps her arms around his neck, and with her cheek against his, she clings to him, moaning and gasping her final feelings of love before she fades away; and her poor, lifeless body lies limp in the arms of the heartbroken chief.

As he cries out in his woe there are other voices in the cave. First he hears the voice of Ua speaking to him in soothing tones as she stoops to the body of her friend; and then in a little while he hears the voice of his great leader calling to him and bidding him stay his grief. “O King of all the Seas,” said Kaaialii, standing up and leaving Kaala to the arms of Ua, “I have lost the flower thou gavest me; it is broken and dead, and I have no more joy in life.”

As he calls out in his sorrow, there are other voices in the cave. First, he hears Ua speaking to him gently as she bends down to her friend's body; and then shortly after, he hears his great leader's voice calling to him and telling him to hold back his grief. “O King of all the Seas,” said Kaaialii, standing up and leaving Kaala in Ua's arms, “I have lost the flower you gave me; it is broken and dead, and I have no more joy in life.”

“What!” said Kamehameha, “art thou a chief, and wouldst cast away life for a girl? Here is Ua, who loves thee; she is young and tender like Kaala. Thou shalt have her, and more, if thou dost want. Thou shalt have, besides the land I gave thee in Kohala, all that thou shalt ask of Lanai. Its great valley of Palawai shall be thine; and thou shalt watch my fishing grounds of Kaunolu, and be the Lord of Lanai.”

“What!” said Kamehameha, “are you a chief, and would you throw away your life for a girl? Here is Ua, who loves you; she is young and delicate like Kaala. You can have her, and more, if that's what you want. You will have, in addition to the land I gave you in Kohala, everything you ask for in Lanai. Its vast valley of Palawai will be yours; and you will oversee my fishing grounds of Kaunolu, and be the Lord of Lanai.”

“Hear, O King,” said Kaaialii. “I gave to Kaala [179]more of my life in loving her, and of my strength in seeking for her than ever I gave for thee in battle. I gave to her more of love than I ever gave to my mother, and more of my thought than I ever gave to my own life. She was my very breath, and my life, and how shall I live without her? Her face, since first I saw her, has been ever before me; and her warm breasts were my joy and repose; and now that they are cold to me, I must go where her voice and love have gone. If I shut my eyes now I see her best; therefore let me shut my eyes forevermore.” And as he spoke, he stooped to clasp his love, said a tender word of adieu to Ua, and then with a swift, strong blow, crushed in brow and brain with a stone.

“Hear me, O King,” said Kaaialii. “I gave more of my life to loving Kaala and more of my strength in searching for her than I ever gave for you in battle. I loved her more than I ever loved my mother and thought about her more than I ever thought about my own life. She was my very breath and my life. How can I live without her? Her face has been in my mind since the first time I saw her, and her warm embrace brought me joy and comfort. Now that she is gone cold to me, I must follow where her voice and love have gone. If I close my eyes now, I see her more clearly; therefore, let me close my eyes forever.” And as he spoke, he bent down to hold his love, said a gentle goodbye to Ua, and then with a quick, strong blow, crushed his brow and brain with a stone.

The dead chief lay by the side of his love, and Ua wailed over both. Then the King ordered that the two lovers should lie side by side on a ledge of the cave; and that they should be wrapped in tapas which should be brought down through the sea in tight bamboos. Then there was great wailing for the chief and the maid who lay in the cave; and thus wailed Ua:

The dead chief lay next to his beloved, and Ua mourned over them both. Then the King ordered that the two lovers should be placed side by side on a ledge in the cave, and that they should be wrapped in tapa cloth that would be brought down through the sea in tightly bound bamboo. There was a lot of mourning for the chief and the maiden resting in the cave; and this is how Ua mourned:

“Where art thou, O brave chief?

"Where are you, courageous leader?"

Where art thou, O fond girl?

Where are you, sweet girl?

Will ye sleep by the sound of the sea?

Will you sleep to the sound of the sea?

And will ye dream of the gods of the deep?

Will you dream of the ocean gods?

O sire, where now is thy child?

Oh sir, where is your child now?

O mother, where now is thy son?

Oh mom, where is your son now?

The lands of Kohala shall mourn,

The lands of Kohala will mourn,

And valleys of Lanai shall lament.

And the valleys of Lanai will grieve.

The spear of the chief shall rot in the cave,

The chief's spear will rot in the cave,

And the tapa of the maid is left undone.

And the maid's tapa is left incomplete.

The wreaths for his neck, they shall fade, [180]

The wreaths around his neck will fade away, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

They shall fade away on the hills.

They will vanish into the hills.

O Kaaialii, who shall spear the uku?

Oh Kaaialii, who will catch the uku?

O Kaala, who shall gather the na-u?

O Kaala, who will collect the na-u?

Have ye gone to the shores of Kahiki,

Have you visited the beaches of Kahiki,

To the land of our father, Wakea?

To the land of our father, Wakea?

Will ye feed on the moss of the cave,

Will you eat the moss from the cave,

And the limpets of the surf-beaten shore?

And what about the limpets on the eroded shore?

O chief, O friend, I would feed ye,

Oh leader, oh friend, I would support you,

O chief, O friend, I would rest ye.

Oh leader, oh friend, I want you to take a break.

Ye loved, like the sun and the flower,

You loved, like the sun loves the flower,

Ye lived like the fish and the wave,

You lived like the fish and the ocean wave,

And now like the seeds in a shell,

And now, like the seeds in a shell,

Ye sleep in your cave by the sea.

You sleep in your cave by the ocean.

Alas! O chief, alas! O my friend,

Oh no! O leader, oh no! O my friend,

Will ye sleep in the cave evermore?”

Will you sleep in the cave for eternity?

And thus Ua wailed, and then was borne away by her brother to the sorrowful shore of Kaunolu, where there was loud wailing for the chief and the maid; and many were the chants of lamentation for the two lovers, who sleep side by side in the Spouting Cave of Kaala. [181]

And so Ua cried out, and then her brother took her to the grieving shore of Kaunolu, where there was loud mourning for the chief and the maid; and many songs of sorrow were sung for the two lovers, who rest next to each other in the Spouting Cave of Kaala. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XVI

The Tomb of Puupehe

A Legend of Lanai

From “The Hawaiian Gazette”

From “The Hawaiian Gazette”

One of the interesting localities of tradition, famed in Hawaiian song and story of ancient days, is situate at the southwestern point of the island of Lanai, and known as the Kupapau o Puupehe, or Tomb of Puupehe. At the point indicated, on the leeward coast of the island, may be seen a huge block of red lava about eighty feet high and some sixty feet in diameter, standing out in the sea, and detached from the mainland some fifty fathoms, around which centres the following legend.

One of the interesting places rooted in tradition, celebrated in Hawaiian songs and stories from ancient times, is located at the southwestern tip of the island of Lanai and is known as the Kupapau o Puupehe, or Tomb of Puupehe. At this point, on the island's leeward coast, there’s a massive block of red lava about eighty feet high and around sixty feet in diameter, standing out in the ocean and separated from the mainland by about fifty fathoms. This setting is the center of the following legend.

Observed from the overhanging bluff that overlooks Puupehe, upon the summit of this block or elevated islet, would be noticed a small inclosure formed by a low stone wall. This is said to be the last resting-place of a Hawaiian girl whose body was buried there by her lover Makakehau, a warrior of Lanai.

From the overhanging cliff that looks out over Puupehe, you would see a small enclosure made by a low stone wall at the top of this elevated islet. This is believed to be the final resting place of a Hawaiian girl whose body was buried there by her lover Makakehau, a warrior from Lanai.

Puupehe was the daughter of Uaua, a petty chief, one of the dependents of the king of Maui, and she was won by young Makakehau as the joint prize of love and war. These two are described in the Kanikau, or Lamentation, of Puupehe, as mutually captive, [182]the one to the other. The maiden was a sweet flower of Hawaiian beauty. Her glossy brown, spotless body “shone like the clear sun rising out of Haleakala.” Her flowing, curly hair, bound by a wreath of lehua blossoms, streamed forth as she ran “like the surf crests scudding before the wind.” And the starry eyes of the beautiful daughter of Uaua blinded the young warrior, so that he was called Makakehau, or Misty Eyes.

Puupehe was the daughter of Uaua, a minor chief and a dependent of the king of Maui, and she became the shared prize of love and war for young Makakehau. These two are described in the Kanikau, or Lamentation, of Puupehe, as being captives to one another. The maiden was a stunning example of Hawaiian beauty. Her smooth brown skin “shone like the clear sun rising out of Haleakala.” Her long, curly hair, held back by a wreath of lehua blossoms, flowed as she ran “like the surf crests racing before the wind.” And the starry eyes of the beautiful daughter of Uaua dazzled the young warrior, earning him the nickname Makakehau, or Misty Eyes.

The Hawaiian brave feared that the comeliness of his dear captive would cause her to be coveted by the chiefs of the land. His soul yearned to keep her all to himself. He said: “Let us go to the clear waters of Kalulu. There we will fish together for the kala and the aku, and there I will spear the turtle. I will hide you, my beloved, forever in the cave of Malauea. Or, we will dwell together in the great ravine of Palawai, where we will eat the young of the uwau bird, and we will bake them in ki leaf with the sweet pala fern root. The ohelo berries of the mountains will refresh my love. We will drink of the cool waters of Maunalei. I will thatch a hut in the thicket of Kaohai for our resting-place, and we shall love on till the stars die.

The Hawaiian warrior was worried that the beauty of his beloved captive would attract the interest of the chiefs in the area. He desperately wanted to keep her for himself. He said: “Let’s go to the clear waters of Kalulu. We can fish for kala and aku there, and I’ll spear the turtle. I’ll hide you, my love, forever in the cave of Malauea. Or we can live together in the great ravine of Palawai, where we can eat the young uwau bird and bake them in ti leaves with sweet pala fern root. The ohelo berries from the mountains will refresh you. We’ll drink from the cool waters of Maunalei. I’ll build a hut in the thicket of Kaohai for us to rest, and we’ll love each other until the stars fade away."

The meles tell of their love in the Pulou ravine, where they caught the bright iiwi birds, and the scarlet apapani. Ah, what sweet joys in the banana groves of Waiakeakua, where the lovers saw naught so beautiful as themselves! But the “misty eyes” were soon to be made dim by weeping, and dimmer, till the drowning brine should close them forevermore. [183]

The tales reveal their love in the Pulou ravine, where they caught the bright iiwi birds and the red apapani. Oh, what sweet joys in the banana groves of Waiakeakua, where the lovers saw nothing as beautiful as themselves! But the “misty eyes” were soon to be clouded by tears, and dimmer, until the drowning waves would close them forever. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Makakehau left his love one day in the cave of Malauea while he went to the mountain spring to fill the water-gourds with sweet water. This cavern yawns at the base of the overhanging bluff that overtops the rock of Puupehe. The sea surges far within, but there is an inner space which the expert swimmer can reach, and where Puupehe had often rested and baked the honu> or sea turtle, for her absent lover.

Makakehau left his love one day in the cave of Malauea while he went to the mountain spring to fill the water-gourds with sweet water. This cave opens wide at the base of the steep cliff that towers over the rock of Puupehe. The sea crashes deep inside, but there's an inner area that an experienced swimmer can reach, where Puupehe often rested and cooked the honu> or sea turtle for her absent lover.

This was the season for the kona, the terrific storm that comes up from the equator and hurls the ocean in increased volume upon the southern shores of the Hawaiian Islands. Makakehau beheld from the rock springs of Pulou the vanguard of a great kona,—scuds of rain and thick mist, rushing with a howling wind, across the valley of Palawai. He knew the storm would fill the cave with the sea and kill his love. He flung aside his calabashes of water and ran down the steep, then across the great valley and beyond its rim he rushed, through the bufferings of the storm, with an agonized heart, down the hill slope to the shore.

This was the season for the kona, the fierce storm that comes up from the equator and crashes the ocean onto the southern shores of the Hawaiian Islands. Makakehau watched from the rock springs of Pulou as the first signs of a strong kona appeared—sheets of rain and thick mist, rushing with a howling wind across the valley of Palawai. He realized the storm would flood the cave and take away his love. He tossed aside his water containers and raced down the steep incline, then across the vast valley and beyond its edge, battling against the storm with a broken heart, rushing down the hillside to the shore.

The sea was up indeed. The yeasty foam of mad surging waves whitened the shore. The thundering buffet of the charging billows chorused with the howl of the tempest. Ah! where should Misty Eyes find his love in this blinding storm? A rushing mountain of sea filled the mouth of Malauea, and the pent-up air hurled back the invading torrent with bubbling roar, blowing forth great streams of spray. This was a war of matter, a battle of the elements to thrill with pleasure the hearts of strong men. But with one’s [184]love in the seething gulf of the whirlpool, what would be to him the sublime cataract? What, to see amid the boiling foam the upturned face, and the dear, tender body of one’s own and only poor dear love, all mangled? You might agonize on the brink; but Makakehau sprang into the dreadful pool and snatched his murdered bride from the jaws of an ocean grave.

The sea was really rough. The foamy spray from the wild, crashing waves whitened the shore. The thunderous crash of the rolling surf blended with the howling storm. Ah! where could Misty Eyes find his love in this blinding storm? A massive wave filled the mouth of Malauea, and the trapped air pushed back the incoming torrent with a loud roar, sending large sprays flying. This was a struggle of nature, a battle of the elements meant to excite the hearts of strong men. But with one’s [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]love caught in the raging whirlpool, what would a stunning waterfall matter? What, to see amidst the churning foam the upturned face and the dear, tender body of one’s only true love, all battered? You might be on the edge of despair; but Makakehau jumped into the terrifying water and pulled his beloved bride from the clutches of an ocean grave.

The next day, fishermen heard the lamentation of Makakehau, and the women of the valley came down and wailed over Puupehe. They wrapped her in bright new kapa. They placed upon her garlands of the fragrant na-u (gardenia). They prepared her for burial, and were about to place her in the burial ground of Manele, but Makakehau prayed that he might be left alone one night more with his lost love. And he was left as he desired.

The next day, fishermen heard Makakehau's cries of grief, and the women from the valley came down and mourned over Puupehe. They wrapped her in bright new kapa. They adorned her with garlands of the fragrant na-u (gardenia). They prepared her for burial and were about to lay her in the burial ground of Manele, but Makakehau asked to be left alone with his lost love for one more night. And they granted his wish.

The next day no corpse nor weeping lover were to be found, till after some search Makakehau was seen at work piling up stones on the top of the lone sea tower. The wondering people of Lanai looked on from the neighboring bluff, and some sailed around the base of the columnar rock in their canoes, still wondering, because they could see no way for him to ascend, for every face of the rock is perpendicular or overhanging. The old belief was, that some akua, kanekoa, or keawe-manhili (deities), came at the cry of Makakehau and helped him with the dead girl to the top.

The next day, no body or grieving lover could be found until, after some searching, Makakehau was spotted stacking stones on top of the lonely sea tower. The curious people of Lanai watched from the nearby bluff, and some paddled their canoes around the base of the towering rock, still puzzled, because they saw no way for him to climb up; every side of the rock is either vertical or overhanging. The old belief was that some akua, kanekoa, or keawe-manhili (deities) responded to Makakehau's cry and helped him carry the dead girl to the top.

When Makakehau had finished his labors of placing his lost love in her grave and placed the last stone upon it, he stretched out his arms and wailed for Puupehe, thus: [185]

When Makakehau finished burying his lost love and set the last stone on her grave, he stretched out his arms and cried out for Puupehe like this: [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Where are you O Puupehe?

“Where are you, O Puupehe?

Are you in the cave of Malauea?

Are you in the Malauea cave?

Shall I bring you sweet water,

Should I get you some fresh water?

The water of the mountain?

The mountain's water?

Shall I bring the uwau,

Shall I bring the uwau,

The pala, and the ohelo?

The pala and the ohelo?

Are you baking the honu

Are you baking the turtle?

And the red sweet hala?

And the sweet red hala?

Shall I pound the kalo of Maui?

Should I mash the kalo from Maui?

Shall we dip in the gourd together?

Shall we drink from the gourd together?

The bird and the fish are bitter,

The bird and the fish dislike each other,

And the mountain water is sour.

The mountain water doesn't taste good.

I shall drink it no more;

I'm not drinking that again;

I shall drink with Aipuhi,

I'll drink with Aipuhi,

The great shark of Manele.”

"The big shark of Manele."

Ceasing his sad wail, Makakehau leaped from the rock into the boiling surge at its base, where his body was crushed in the breakers. The people who beheld the sad scene secured the mangled corpse and buried it with respect in the kupapau of Manele. [186]

Stopping his mournful cry, Makakehau jumped from the rock into the churning water below, where his body was smashed by the waves. The onlookers who witnessed this tragic event retrieved the broken body and buried it with honor in the kupapau of Manele. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XVII

Ai Kanaka

A Legend of Molokai

Rev. A. O. Forbes

Rev. A. O. Forbes

On the leeward side of the island of Molokai, a little to the east of Kaluaaha lies the beautiful valley of Mapulehu, at the mouth of which is located the heiau, or temple, of Iliiliopae, which was erected by direction of Ku-pa, the Moi, to look directly out upon the harbor of Ai-Kanaka, now known as Pukoo. At the time of its construction, centuries ago, Kupa was the Moi, or sovereign, of the district embracing the Ahupuaas, or land divisions, of Mapulehu and Kaluaaha, and he had his residence in this heiau which was built by him and famed as the largest throughout the whole Hawaiian group.,

On the leeward side of the island of Molokai, a bit east of Kaluaaha, lies the beautiful valley of Mapulehu. At the entrance of this valley is the heiau, or temple, of Iliiliopae, which was built under the direction of Ku-pa, the Moi, to face the harbor of Ai-Kanaka, now known as Pukoo. When it was constructed centuries ago, Kupa was the Moi, or ruler, of the district that included the Ahupuaas, or land divisions, of Mapulehu and Kaluaaha, and he made this heiau his residence, renowned as the largest in the entire Hawaiian group.

Kupa had a priest named Kamalo, who resided at Kaluaaha. This priest had two boys, embodiments of mischief, who one day while the King was absent on a fishing expedition, took the opportunity to visit his house at the heiau. Finding there the pahu kaeke1 [187]belonging to the temple, they commenced drumming on it.

Kupa had a priest named Kamalo, who lived at Kaluaaha. This priest had two mischievous boys who, one day while the King was away on a fishing trip, saw their chance to sneak into his house at the heiau. Once there, they found the pahu kaeke1 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] belonging to the temple and started drumming on it.

Some evil-minded persons heard Kamalo’s boys drumming on the Kaeke and immediately went and told Kupa that the priest’s children were reviling him in the grossest manner on his own drum. This so enraged the King that he ordered his servants to put them to death. Forthwith they were seized and murdered; whereupon Kamalo, their father, set about to secure revenge on the King.

Some wicked people overheard Kamalo's boys drumming on the Kaeke and quickly went to tell Kupa that the priest's children were insulting him in the most offensive way on his own drum. This infuriated the King so much that he commanded his servants to execute them. Immediately, they were captured and killed; then, Kamalo, their father, began plotting revenge against the King.

Taking with him a black pig as a present, he started forth to enlist the sympathy and services of the celebrated seer, or wizard, Lanikaula, living some twelve miles distant at the eastern end of Molokai. On the way thither, at the village of Honouli, Kamalo met a man the lower half of whose body had been bitten off by a shark, and who promised to avenge him provided he would slay some man and bring him the lower half of his body to replace his own. But Kamalo, putting no credence in such an offer, pressed on to the sacred grove of Lanikaula. Upon arrival there Lanikaula listened to his grievances but could do nothing for him. He directed him, however, to another prophet, named Kaneakama, at the west end of the island, forty miles distant. Poor Kamalo picked up his pig and travelled back again, past his own home, down the coast to Palaau. Meeting with Kaneakama the prophet directed him to the heiau of Puukahi, at the foot of the pali, or precipice, of Kalaupapa, on the [188]windward side of the island, where he would find the priest Kahiwakaapuu, who was a kahu, or steward, of Kauhuhu, the shark god. Once more the poor man shouldered his pig, wended his way up the long ascent of the hills of Kalae to the pali of Kalaupapa, descending which he presented himself before Kahiwakaapuu, and pleaded his cause. He was again directed to go still farther along the windward side of the island till he should come to the Ana puhi (eel’s cave), a singular cavern at sea level in the bold cliffs between the valleys of Waikolu and Pelekunu, where Kauhuhu, the shark god, dwelt, and to him he must apply. Upon this away went Kamalo and his pig. Arriving at the cave, he found there Waka and Moo, two kahus of the shark god. “Keep off! Keep off!” they shouted. “This place is kapu. No man can enter here, on penalty of death.”

Taking a black pig as a gift, he set out to gain the sympathy and services of the famous seer, or wizard, Lanikaula, who lived about twelve miles away at the eastern end of Molokai. On his way there, at the village of Honouli, Kamalo encountered a man whose lower body had been bitten off by a shark. The man promised to get revenge if Kamalo would kill someone and bring him the lower half of their body to replace his own. However, Kamalo, not believing such a claim, continued on to the sacred grove of Lanikaula. When he arrived, Lanikaula heard his complaints but couldn't help him. Instead, he directed Kamalo to another prophet named Kaneakama, located on the west end of the island, forty miles away. Poor Kamalo picked up his pig and traveled back, passing his own home, down the coast to Palaau. When he met Kaneakama, the prophet sent him to the heiau of Puukahi, at the base of the pali, or cliff, of Kalaupapa, on the windward side of the island, where he would find the priest Kahiwakaapuu, who was a kahu, or steward, of Kauhuhu, the shark god. Once again, the poor man took on the burden of his pig and made his way up the steep hills of Kalae to the pali of Kalaupapa. After descending, he presented himself before Kahiwakaapuu and pleaded his case. Again, he was told to go even further along the windward side of the island until he reached Ana puhi (eel’s cave), a unique cave at sea level in the steep cliffs between the valleys of Waikolu and Pelekunu, where Kauhuhu, the shark god, resided, and he should seek him there. With that, Kamalo and his pig set off. When they arrived at the cave, they found Waka and Moo, two kahus of the shark god. “Stay back! Stay back!” they yelled. “This place is kapu. No one can enter here, under penalty of death.”

“Death or life,” answered he, “it is all the same to me if I can only gain my revenge for my poor boys who have been killed.” He then related his story, and his wanderings, adding that he had come to make his appeal to Kauhuhu and cared not for his own life.

“Death or life,” he replied, “it doesn’t matter to me as long as I can get my revenge for my poor boys who were killed.” He then shared his story and his travels, saying he had come to seek an audience with Kauhuhu and didn’t care about his own life.

“Well,” said they to him, “Kauhuhu is away now fishing, but if he finds you here when he returns, our lives as well as yours will pay the forfeit. However, we will see what we can do to help you. We must hide you hereabouts, somewhere, and when he returns trust to circumstances to accomplish your purpose.”

“Well,” they said to him, “Kauhuhu is out fishing right now, but if he finds you here when he gets back, it could cost us both our lives. However, we’ll see what we can do to help you. We need to hide you somewhere around here, and when he returns, we’ll leave it up to chance to achieve your goal.”

But they could find no place to hide him where he would be secure from the search of the god, except the rubbish pile where the offal and scrapings of taro were [189]thrown. They therefore thrust him and his pig into the rubbish heap and covered them over with the taro peelings, enjoining him to keep perfectly still, and watch till he should see eight heavy breakers roll in successively from the sea. He then would know that Kauhuhu was returning from his fishing expedition.

But they couldn’t find any place to hide him where he would be safe from the god's search, except for the rubbish pile where the scraps and leftovers of taro were [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]thrown. So, they shoved him and his pig into the rubbish heap and covered them with the taro peels, telling him to stay completely still and watch until he saw eight big waves come rolling in from the sea. That’s when he would know that Kauhuhu was coming back from his fishing trip.

Accordingly, after waiting a while, the eight heavy rollers appeared, breaking successively against the rocks; and sure enough, as the eighth dissolved into foam, the great shark god came ashore. Immediately assuming human form, he began snuffing about the place, and addressing Waka and Moo, his kahus, said to them, “There is a man here.” They strenuously denied the charge and protested against the possibility of their allowing such a desecration of the premises. But he was not satisfied. He insisted that there was a man somewhere about, saying, “I smell him, and if I find him you are dead men; if not, you escape.” He examined the premises over and over again, never suspecting the rubbish heap, and was about giving up the search when, unfortunately, Kamalo’s pig sent forth a squeal which revealed the poor fellow’s hiding-place.

After a while, the eight heavy rollers showed up, crashing against the rocks one after another; and sure enough, as the eighth turned into foam, the great shark god came ashore. He immediately took on human form and started sniffing around, addressing Waka and Moo, his kahus, saying to them, “There’s a man here.” They strongly denied it and insisted that they would never allow such a violation of the area. But he wasn’t convinced. He insisted that there was a man nearby, saying, “I can smell him, and if I find him, you’re dead; if not, you’re in the clear.” He searched the place over and over, never thinking to check the rubbish heap, and was about to give up when, unfortunately, Kamalo’s pig let out a squeal that revealed the poor guy's hiding spot.

Now came the dread moment. The enraged Kauhuhu seized Kamalo with both hands and, lifting him up with the intention of swallowing him, according to his shark instinct, had already inserted the victim’s head and shoulders into his mouth before he could speak.

Now came the terrifying moment. The furious Kauhuhu grabbed Kamalo with both hands and, lifting him up with the intent to swallow him, as his shark instincts dictated, had already shoved the victim’s head and shoulders into his mouth before he could utter a word.

“O Kauhuhu, before you eat me, hear my petition; then do as you like.”

“O Kauhuhu, before you eat me, listen to my request; then do whatever you want.”

“Well for you that you spoke as you did,” [190]answered Kauhuhu, setting him down again on the ground. “Now, what have you to say? Be quick about it.”

“Well, it’s good for you that you spoke like that,” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] replied Kauhuhu, putting him back on the ground. “Now, what do you have to say? Be quick.”

Kamalo then rehearsed his grievances and his travels in search for revenge, and presented his pig to the god.

Kamalo then went over his complaints and his journey to seek revenge, and offered his pig to the god.

Compassion arose in the breast of Kauhuhu, and he said, “Had you come for any other purpose I would have eaten you, but as your cause is a sacred one I espouse it, and will revenge it on Kupa the King. You must, however, do all that I tell you. Return to the heiau of Puukahi, at the foot of the pali, and take the priest Kahiwakaapuu on your back, and carry him up the pali over to the other side of the island, all the way to your home at Kaluaaha. Erect a sacred fence all around your dwelling-place, and surround it with the sacred flags of white kapa. Collect black hogs by the lau (four hundred), red fish by the lau, white fowls by the lau, and bide my coming. Wait and watch till you see a small cloud the size of a man’s hand arise, white as snow, over the island of Lanai. That cloud will enlarge as it makes its way across the channel against the wind until it rests on the mountain peaks of Molokai back of Mapulehu Valley. Then a rainbow will span the valley from side to side, whereby you will know that I am there, and that your time of revenge has come. Go now, and remember that you are the only man who ever ventured into the sacred precincts of the great Kauhuhu and returned alive.”

Compassion filled Kauhuhu, and he said, “If you had come for any other reason, I would have eaten you, but since your cause is sacred, I support it and will take revenge on Kupa the King. However, you must do everything I tell you. Go back to the heiau of Puukahi, at the base of the cliff, and carry the priest Kahiwakaapuu on your back over the cliff to the other side of the island, all the way to your home in Kaluaaha. Build a sacred fence around your home and surround it with sacred flags made of white kapa. Gather four hundred black hogs, red fish, and white chickens, and wait for my arrival. Keep an eye out for a small cloud the size of a man's hand rising, white as snow, over the island of Lanai. That cloud will grow as it crosses the channel against the wind until it reaches the mountain peaks of Molokai behind Mapulehu Valley. Then a rainbow will stretch across the valley, and you'll know that I'm there and that the time for your revenge has come. Now go, and remember that you are the only person who ever dared to enter the sacred space of the great Kauhuhu and lived to tell the tale.”

Kamalo returned with a joyful heart and performed all that had been commanded him. He built the sacred fence around his dwelling; surrounded the [191]inclosure with sacred flags of white kapa; gathered together black hogs, red fish, and white fowls, each by the lau, as directed, with other articles sacred to the gods, such as cocoanuts and white kapas, and then sat himself down to watch for the promised signs of his revenge. Day after day passed until they multiplied into weeks, and the weeks began to run into months.

Kamalo returned feeling really happy and did everything he was told to do. He built a sacred fence around his home; surrounded the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]enclosure with sacred white kapa flags; collected black pigs, red fish, and white chickens, each by the lau, as instructed, along with other items sacred to the gods, like coconuts and white kapas, and then sat down to watch for the signs of his revenge that were promised. Days turned into weeks, and those weeks started to stretch into months.

Finally, one day, the promised sign appeared. The snow white speck of cloud, no bigger than a man’s hand, arose over the mountains of Lanai and made its way across the stormy channel in the face of the opposing gale, increasing as it came, until it settled in a majestic mass on the mountains at the head of Mapulehu Valley. Then appeared a splendid rainbow, proudly overarching the valley, its ends resting on the high lands on either side. The wind began to blow; the rain began to pour, and shortly a furious storm came down the doomed valley, filling its bed from side to side with a mad rushing torrent, which, sweeping everything before it, spread out upon the belt of lowlands at the mouth of the valley, overwhelming Kupa and all his people in one common ruin, and washing them all into the sea, where they were devoured by the sharks. All were destroyed except Kamalo and his family, who were safe within their sacred inclosure, which the flood dared not touch, though it spread terror and ruin on every side of them. Wherefore the harbor of Pukoo, where this terrible event occurred, was long known as Ai Kanaka (man eater), and it has passed into a proverb among the inhabitants of [192]that region that “when the rainbow spans Mapulehu Valley, then look out for the Waiakoloa,”—a furious storm of rain and wind which sometimes comes suddenly down that valley. [193]

Finally, one day, the promised sign appeared. A small white cloud, no bigger than a man’s hand, rose over the mountains of Lanai and made its way across the stormy channel against the strong wind, growing larger as it approached, until it settled in a majestic mass on the mountains at the head of Mapulehu Valley. Then a beautiful rainbow appeared, majestically arching over the valley, its ends resting on the high lands on either side. The wind began to blow; the rain started pouring, and soon a violent storm rushed down the doomed valley, filling its bed from side to side with a wild torrent that swept everything in its path, spreading out onto the lowlands at the mouth of the valley, overwhelming Kupa and all his people in a shared disaster, washing them all into the sea, where they were eaten by sharks. All were destroyed except Kamalo and his family, who were safe within their sacred enclosure, which the flood dared not touch, even though it caused terror and destruction all around them. As a result, the harbor of Pukoo, where this terrible event took place, was long known as Ai Kanaka (man eater), and it has become a proverb among the people of that region that “when the rainbow spans Mapulehu Valley, then watch out for the Waiakoloa,”—a fierce storm of rain and wind that sometimes suddenly sweeps down that valley. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 A species of drum made out of a hollowed section of the trunk of a cocoanut tree and covered over one end with sharkskin. It was generally used in pairs, one larger than the other, somewhat after the idea of the bass and tenor drums of civilized nations. One of these drums was placed on either side of the performer, and the drumming was performed with both hands by tapping with the fingers. By peculiar variations of the [183n]drumming, known only to the initiated, the performer could drum out whatever he wished to express in such a way, it is alleged, as to be intelligible to initiated listeners without uttering a single syllable with the voice.

1 A type of drum made from a hollowed-out section of a coconut tree trunk, covered on one end with sharkskin. It was typically used in pairs, one larger than the other, similar to the bass and tenor drums in more developed cultures. One drum was placed on each side of the performer, and they drummed with both hands by tapping with their fingers. Through unique variations of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]drumming, known only to those trained in it, the performer could communicate whatever they wanted to express in a way that, it is said, could be understood by knowledgeable listeners without saying a single word.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XVIII

Kaliuwaa

Scene of the Demigod Kamapuaa’s Escape from Olopana

From “The Hawaiian Spectator”

From "The Hawaiian Spectator"

A few miles east of Laie, on the windward side of the island of Oahu, are situated the valley and falls of Kaliuwaa, noted as one of the most beautiful and romantic spots of the island, and famed in tradition as possessing more than local interest.

A few miles east of Laie, on the windward side of the island of Oahu, are the valley and falls of Kaliuwaa, known as one of the most beautiful and romantic places on the island, and famous in tradition for having more than just local significance.

The valley runs back some two miles, terminating abruptly at the foot of the precipitous chain of mountains which runs nearly the whole length of the windward side of Oahu, except for a narrow gorge which affords a channel for a fine brook that descends with considerable regularity to a level with the sea. Leaving his horse at the termination of the valley and entering this narrow pass of not over fifty or sixty feet in width, the traveller winds his way along, crossing and recrossing the stream several times, till he seems to be entering into the very mountain. The walls on each side are of solid rock, from two hundred to three hundred, and in some places four hundred feet high, directly overhead, leaving but a narrow strip of sky visible.

The valley stretches back about two miles, abruptly ending at the base of the steep mountain range that runs nearly the entire length of the windward side of Oahu, except for a narrow gorge that provides a route for a beautiful brook that flows consistently down to sea level. After leaving his horse at the end of the valley and entering this narrow passage, which is no more than fifty or sixty feet wide, the traveler makes his way through, crossing and re-crossing the stream several times, until it feels like he is entering the mountain itself. The walls on either side are solid rock, ranging from two hundred to three hundred, and in some spots four hundred feet high, towering directly above him, leaving only a narrow strip of sky in view.

Following up the stream for about a quarter of a [194]mile, one’s attention is directed by the guide to a curiosity called by the natives a waa (canoe). Turning to the right, one follows up a dry channel of what once must have been a considerable stream, to the distance of fifty yards from the present stream. Here one is stopped by a wall of solid rock rising perpendicularly before one to the height of some two hundred feet, and down which the whole stream must have descended in a beautiful fall. This perpendicular wall is worn in by the former action of the water in the shape of a gouge, and in the most perfect manner; and as one looks upon it in all its grandeur, but without the presence of the cause by which it was formed, he can scarcely divest his mind of the impression that he is gazing upon some stupendous work of art.

Following the stream for about a quarter of a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]mile, the guide points out an interesting feature called a waa (canoe) by the locals. Turning right, you follow a dry channel that used to be a significant stream, about fifty yards away from the current waterway. Here, you're stopped by a solid rock wall rising straight up to about two hundred feet, where the entire stream must have once cascaded down in a stunning waterfall. This vertical wall has been shaped by the water's previous action into a perfect gouge, and as you take in its magnificence, without the natural force that created it in sight, it's hard not to feel like you're looking at an incredible piece of art.

Returning to the present brook, we again pursued our way toward the fall, but had not advanced far before we arrived at another, on the left hand side of the brook, similar in many respects, but much larger and higher than the one above mentioned. The forming agent cannot be mistaken, when a careful survey is made of either of these stupendous perpendicular troughs. The span is considerably wider at the bottom than at the top, this result being produced by the spreading of the sheet of water as it was precipitated from the dizzy height above. The breadth of this one is about twenty feet at the bottom, and its depth about fourteen feet. But its depth and span gradually diminish from the bottom to the top, and the rock is worn as smooth as if chiselled by the hand of an artist. Moss and small plants have sprung out from the little [195]soil that has accumulated in the crevices, but not enough to conceal the rock from observation. It would be an object worth the toil to discover what has turned the stream from its original channel.

Returning to the current brook, we continued our journey toward the waterfall, but we hadn’t gone far before we came across another one on the left side of the brook. This one was similar in many ways but much larger and taller than the previous one. The source of its formation is clear when you carefully examine these impressive vertical troughs. The base is significantly wider than the top, a result of the water spreading as it flows down from the dizzying height above. This waterfall is about twenty feet wide at the base and roughly fourteen feet deep. However, both its depth and width gradually decrease from the bottom to the top, and the rock is worn so smooth it looks like it was carved by an artist. Moss and small plants have grown out of the little soil that has built up in the crevices, though not enough to hide the rock from view. It would definitely be worthwhile to find out what caused the stream to shift from its original path.

Leaving this singular curiosity, we pursued our way a few yards farther, when we arrived at the fall. This is from eighty to one hundred feet high, and the water is compressed into a very narrow space just where it breaks forth from the rock above. It is quite a pretty sheet of water when the stream is high. We learned from the natives that there are two falls above this, both of which are shut out from the view from below, by a sudden turn in the course of the stream. The perpendicular height of each is said to be much greater than of the one we saw. The upper one is visible from the road on the seashore, which is more than two miles distant, and, judging from information obtained, must be between two and three hundred feet high. The impossibility of climbing the perpendicular banks from below deprived us of the pleasure of farther ascending the stream toward its source. This can be done only by commencing at the plain and following up one of the lateral ridges. This would itself be a laborious and fatiguing task, as the way would be obstructed by a thick growth of trees and tangled underbrush.

Leaving this unique curiosity, we continued a few yards further until we reached the waterfall. This waterfall is between eighty to one hundred feet high, and the water is forced through a very narrow space just where it bursts forth from the rock above. It’s quite a beautiful sight when the stream is high. We learned from the locals that there are two waterfalls above this one, both of which are hidden from view from below due to a sudden turn in the stream. Each of those is said to be much taller than the one we saw. The upper one can be seen from the road along the seashore, which is more than two miles away, and, based on the information we gathered, it must be between two and three hundred feet high. The steep banks from below made it impossible for us to climb further up the stream toward its source. This journey can only start from the plains and follow up one of the side ridges. Even that would be a laborious and tiring task, as the path would be blocked by a dense growth of trees and tangled underbrush.

The path leading to this fall is full of interest to any one who loves to study nature. From where we leave our horses at the head of the valley and commence entering the mountain, every step presents new and peculiar beauties. The most luxuriant verdure [196]clothes the ground, and in some places the beautifully burnished leaves of the ohia, or native apple-tree (Eugenia malaccensis), almost exclude the few rays of light that find their way down into this secluded nook. A little farther on, and the graceful bamboo sends up its slender stalk to a great height, mingling its dark, glossy foliage with the silvery leaves of the kukui, or candle-nut (Aleurites moluccana); these together form a striking contrast to the black walls which rise in such sullen grandeur on each side.

The path to this waterfall is fascinating for anyone who loves studying nature. From the moment we leave our horses at the valley's entrance and begin our ascent into the mountains, every step reveals new and unique beauty. The lush greenery covers the ground, and in some areas, the shiny leaves of the ohia, or native apple-tree (Eugenia malaccensis), almost block out the few rays of light that manage to reach this secluded spot. A little further ahead, the elegant bamboo stretches its slender stalks high, mixing its dark, glossy leaves with the silvery foliage of the kukui, or candle-nut (Aleurites moluccana); together, they create a striking contrast against the imposing black walls that rise superbly on either side.

Kuumana, the Rain God of Kau.

Kuumana, the Rain God of Kau.

Kuumana, the Rain God of Kau.

Kuumana, the Rain God of Kau.

Nor is the beauty of the spot confined to the luxuriant verdure, or the stupendous walls and beetling crags. The stream itself is beautiful. From the basin at the falls to the lowest point at which we observed it, every succeeding step presents a delightful change. Here, its partially confined waters burst forth with considerable force, and struggle on among the opposing rocks for some distance; there, collected in a little basin, its limpid waves, pure as the drops of dew from the womb of the morning, circle round in ceaseless eddies, until they get within the influence of the downward current, when away they whirl, with a gurgling, happy sound, as if joyous at being released from their temporary confinement. Again, an aged kukui, whose trunk is white with the moss of accumulated years, throws his broad boughs far over the stream that nourishes his vigorous roots, casting a meridian shadow upon the surface of the water, which is reflected back with singular distinctness from its mirrored bosom.

The beauty of this place isn't just about the lush greenery, towering walls, or steep cliffs. The stream itself is stunning. From the basin at the falls to the lowest point we could see, every step shows a charming change. Here, the partially confined waters burst forth with significant force, fighting their way among the rocks for quite a distance; there, collected in a small basin, its clear waves, as pure as morning dew, swirl in endless eddies until they get caught in the downward current, rushing away with a joyful, gurgling sound, as if thrilled to be free from their temporary hold. Once more, an old kukui tree, its trunk covered in years of moss, stretches its broad branches far over the stream that feeds its strong roots, casting a shadow on the water's surface, which reflects back with remarkable clarity from its mirrored surface.

To every other gratification must be added the incomparable fragrance of the fresh wood, in perpetual [197]life and vigor, which presents a freshness truly grateful to the senses. But it is in vain to think of conveying an adequate idea of a scene where the sublime is mingled with the beautiful, and the bold and striking with the delicate and sensitive; where every sense is gratified, the mind calmed, and the whole soul delighted.

To every other pleasure must be added the unmatched scent of fresh wood, full of life and energy, which offers a freshness that is truly pleasing to the senses. However, it's pointless to try to properly describe a scene where the sublime blends with the beautiful, and the bold and striking coexist with the delicate and sensitive; where every sense is satisfied, the mind is at ease, and the entire soul is joyful.

Famed as this spot is for its natural scenic attractions, intimated in the foregoing description, its claim of distinction with Hawaiians is indelibly fixed by the traditions of ancient times, the narration of which, at this point, will assist the reader to understand the character of the native mind and throw some light also on the history of the Hawaiians.

Famous as this place is for its beautiful natural scenery, as mentioned earlier, its unique significance to Hawaiians is firmly established by the traditions of ancient times. Sharing these stories now will help the reader understand the native mindset and also shed some light on Hawaiian history.

Tradition in this locality deals largely with Kamapuaa, the famous demigod whose exploits figure prominently in the legends of the entire group. Summarized, the story is about as follows:

Tradition in this area mostly focuses on Kamapuaa, the well-known demigod whose adventures are a big part of the legends of the whole community. In summary, the story goes like this:

Kamapuaa, the fabulous being referred to, seems, according to the tradition, to have possessed the power of transforming himself into a hog, in which capacity he committed all manner of depredations upon the possessions of his neighbors. He having stolen some fowls belonging to Olopana, who was the King of Oahu, the latter, who was then living at Kaneohe, sent some of his men to secure the thief. They succeeded in capturing him, and having tied him fast with cords, were bearing him in triumph to the King, when, thinking they had carried the joke far enough, he burst the bands with which he was bound, and killed all the men except one, whom he permitted to [198]convey the tidings to the King. This defeat so enraged the monarch that he determined to go in person with all his force, and either destroy his enemy, or drive him from his dominions. He accordingly, despising ease inglorious,

Kamapuaa, the amazing being mentioned, reportedly had the ability to transform into a hog. While in this form, he wreaked havoc on his neighbors’ possessions. After stealing some chickens from Olopana, the King of Oahu, who was living in Kaneohe at the time, Olopana sent some men to capture the thief. They managed to catch him and tied him up securely, taking him back to the King in triumph. However, thinking they had gone far enough with the joke, he broke free from the ropes and killed all the men except one, who he let go to return the news to the King. This defeat made the King so furious that he decided to go himself with all his forces to either eliminate his enemy or drive him out of his territory. So, disregarding a life of ease,

Waked up, with sound of conch and trumpet shell,

Woke up to the sound of a conch and a trumpet shell,

The well-tried warriors of his native dell,

The seasoned fighters from his hometown,

at whose head he sought his waiting enemy. Success attending the King’s attack, his foe was driven from the field with great loss, and betook himself to the gorge of Kaliuwaa, which leads to the falls. Here the King thought he had him safe; and one would think so too, to look at the immense precipices that rise on each side, and the falls in front. But the sequel will show that he had a slippery fellow to deal with, at least when he chose to assume the character of a swine; for, being pushed to the upper end of the gorge near the falls, and seeing no other way of escape, he suddenly transformed himself into a hog, and, rearing upon his hind legs and leaning his back against the perpendicular precipice, thus afforded a very comfortable ladder upon which the remnant of the army ascended and made their escape from the vengeance of the King. Possessing such powers, it is easy to see how he could follow the example of his soldiers and make his own escape. The smooth channels before described are said to have been made by him on these occasions; for he was more than once caught in the same predicament. Old natives still believe that they are the prints of his back; and they account for a very [199]natural phenomenon, by bringing to their aid this most natural and foolish superstition.

at whose head he sought his waiting enemy. With the King’s attack proving successful, his opponent was driven from the battlefield with significant losses and retreated to the gorge of Kaliuwaa, which leads to the falls. Here, the King thought he had trapped him; and anyone would think so too, considering the massive cliffs that rise on either side and the falls ahead. But the outcome will reveal that he was dealing with a slippery character, especially when he decided to play the part of a hog; for, when pushed to the upper end of the gorge near the falls and seeing no other way out, he suddenly transformed into a pig and, standing on his hind legs with his back against the sheer cliff, provided a convenient ladder for the remnants of the army to ascend and escape from the King’s wrath. With such abilities, it’s clear how he could follow the example of his soldiers and make his own getaway. The smooth channels mentioned earlier are said to have been created by him during these instances; he found himself in the same situation more than once. Old locals still believe that they are the impressions of his back; they explain this unusual phenomenon by invoking this rather natural and silly superstition.

Many objects in the neighborhood are identified with this remarkable personage, such as a large rock to which he was tied, a wide place in the brook where he used to drink, and a number of trees he is said to have planted. Many other things respecting him are current, but as they do not relate to the matter in hand, it will perhaps suffice to say, in conclusion, that tradition further asserts that Kamapuaa conquered the volcano, when Pele its goddess became his wife, and that they afterward lived together in harmony. That is the reason why there are no more islands formed, or very extensive eruptions in these later days, as boiling lava was the most potent weapon she used in fighting her enemies, throwing out such quantities as greatly to increase the size of the islands, and even to form new ones.

Many objects in the neighborhood are associated with this remarkable person, like a large rock to which he was tied, a wide spot in the stream where he used to drink, and several trees he’s said to have planted. There are many other stories about him that circulate, but since they don’t relate to the matter at hand, it might be enough to conclude by saying that tradition also claims Kamapuaa defeated the volcano, when Pele, its goddess, became his wife, and that they later lived together happily. That’s why no new islands have formed or why there haven’t been major eruptions in recent times, as boiling lava was her strongest weapon in fighting her enemies, producing such large amounts that it significantly increased the size of the islands and even created new ones.

Visitors to the falls, even to this day, meet with evidences of the superstitious awe in which the locality is held by the natives. A party who recently visited the spot state that when they reached the falls they were instructed to make an offering to the presiding goddess. This was done in true Hawaiian style; they built a tiny pile of stones on one or two large leaves, and so made themselves safe from falling stones, which otherwise would assuredly have struck them. [200]

Visitors to the falls, even today, encounter signs of the superstitious respect the locals have for the area. A group who recently visited the site said that when they arrived at the falls, they were advised to make an offering to the goddess of the location. They did this in authentic Hawaiian fashion; they constructed a small pile of stones on one or two large leaves, which they believed would protect them from falling rocks that would have otherwise hit them. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XIX

Battle of the Owls

Jos. M. Poepoe

Jos. M. Poepoe

The following is a fair specimen of the animal myths current in ancient Hawaii, and illustrates the place held by the owl in Hawaiian mythology.

The following is a good example of the animal myths that were common in ancient Hawaii and shows the role of the owl in Hawaiian mythology.

There lived a man named Kapoi, at Kahehuna, in Honolulu, who went one day to Kewalo to get some thatching for his house. On his way back he found some owl’s eggs, which he gathered together and brought home with him. In the evening he wrapped them in ti leaves and was about to roast them in hot ashes, when an owl perched on the fence which surrounded his house and called out to him, “O Kapoi, give me my eggs!”

There was a man named Kapoi living in Kahehuna, Honolulu, who one day went to Kewalo to get some thatching for his house. On his way back, he found some owl’s eggs, which he collected and took home with him. In the evening, he wrapped them in ti leaves and was about to roast them in hot ashes when an owl perched on the fence surrounding his house and called out to him, “O Kapoi, give me my eggs!”

Kapoi asked the owl, “How many eggs had you?”

Kapoi asked the owl, “How many eggs did you have?”

“Seven eggs,” replied the owl.

“Seven eggs,” said the owl.

Kapoi then said, “Well, I wish to roast these eggs for my supper.”

Kapoi then said, “Well, I want to cook these eggs for my dinner.”

The owl asked the second time for its eggs, and was answered by Kapoi in the same manner. Then said the owl, “O heartless Kapoi! why don’t you take pity on me? Give me my eggs.”

The owl asked for its eggs again, and Kapoi responded the same way. The owl then said, “Oh, heartless Kapoi! Why won’t you show me some mercy? Give me my eggs.”

Kapoi then told the owl to come and take them.

Kapoi then told the owl to come and get them.

The owl, having got the eggs, told Kapoi to build up a heiau, or temple, and instructed him to make an [201]altar and call the temple by the name of Manua. Kapoi built the temple as directed; set kapu days for its dedication, and placed the customary sacrifice on the altar.

The owl, after getting the eggs, told Kapoi to build a heiau, or temple, and instructed him to create an [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]altar and name the temple Manua. Kapoi built the temple as instructed, designated kapu days for its dedication, and offered the usual sacrifice on the altar.

News spread to the hearing of Kakuihewa, who was then King of Oahu, living at the time at Waikiki, that a certain man had kapued certain days for his heiau, and had already dedicated it. This King had made a law that whoever among his people should erect a heiau and kapu the same before the King had his temple kapued, that man should pay the penalty of death. Kapoi was thereupon seized, by the King’s orders, and led to the heiau of Kupalaha, at Waikiki.

News reached Kakuihewa, the King of Oahu, who was living in Waikiki at the time, that a certain man had set certain days as sacred for his heiau and had already dedicated it. This King had established a law stating that anyone among his people who built a heiau and declared it sacred before the King had his temple declared sacred would pay the penalty of death. Kapoi was then captured, by the King’s orders, and taken to the heiau of Kupalaha in Waikiki.

That same day, the owl that had told Kapoi to erect a temple gathered all the owls from Lanai, Maui, Molokai, and Hawaii to one place at Kalapueo.1 All those from the Koolau districts were assembled at Kanoniakapueo,2 and those from Kauai and Niihau at Pueohulunui, near Moanalua.

That same day, the owl that had told Kapoi to build a temple gathered all the owls from Lanai, Maui, Molokai, and Hawaii together in one spot at Kalapueo.1 All the ones from the Koolau districts were gathered at Kanoniakapueo,2 and those from Kauai and Niihau at Pueohulunui, near Moanalua.

It was decided by the King that Kapoi should be put to death on the day of Kane.3 When that day came, at daybreak the owls left their places of rendezvous and covered the whole sky over Honolulu; and as the King’s servants seized Kapoi to put him to death, the owls flew at them, pecking them with their beaks and scratching them with their claws. Then and there was fought the battle between Kakuihewa’s people and the owls. At last the owls conquered, and [202]Kapoi was released, the King acknowledging that his Akua (god) was a powerful one. From that time the owl has been recognized as one of the many deities venerated by the Hawaiian people. [203]

It was decided by the King that Kapoi should be executed on the day of Kane.3 When that day arrived, at dawn the owls left their hiding spots and filled the entire sky over Honolulu; and as the King’s servants captured Kapoi to carry out the execution, the owls attacked them, pecking at them with their beaks and scratching them with their claws. Right then, a battle broke out between Kakuihewa’s people and the owls. Eventually, the owls triumphed, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Kapoi was freed, with the King admitting that his Akua (god) was indeed powerful. From that moment on, the owl has been regarded as one of the many deities honored by the Hawaiian people. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Situated beyond Diamond Head.

1 Located past Diamond Head.

2 In Nuuanu Valley.

2 In Nuuanu Valley.

3 When the moon is twenty-seven days old.

3 When the moon is twenty-seven days old.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XX

This Land is the Sea’s

Traditional Account of an Ancient Hawaiian Prophecy

Translated from Moke Manu by Thos. G. Thrum

Please modernize the following text into contemporary English while keeping the original meaning intact. Do not omit or add any information, and do not provide any commentary. Remember to maintain any placeholder tokens like __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ exactly as they are, without any modifications. Translated from Moke Manu by Thos. G. Thrum

It is stated in the history of Kaopulupulu that he was famed among the kahunas of the island of Oahu for his power and wisdom in the exercise of his profession, and was known throughout the land as a leader among the priests. His place of residence was at Waimea, between Koolauloa and Waialua, Oahu. There he married, and there was born to him a son whom he named Kahulupue, and whom he instructed during his youth in all priestly vocations.

It is said in the history of Kaopulupulu that he was well-known among the kahunas of the island of Oahu for his strength and wisdom in his trade, and he was recognized across the land as a leader among the priests. He lived in Waimea, located between Koolauloa and Waialua, Oahu. There he got married, and his son, whom he named Kahulupue, was born. He taught him all the priestly duties during his childhood.

In after years when Kumahana, brother of Kahahana of Maui, became the governing chief (alii aimoku) of Oahu, Kahulupue was chosen by him as his priest. This chief did evil unto his subjects, seizing their property and beheading and maiming many with the leiomano (shark’s tooth weapon) and pahoa (dagger), without provocation, so that he became a reproach to his people. From such treatment Kahulupue endeavored to dissuade him, assuring him that such a course would fail to win their support and obedience, whereas the supplying of food and fish, with covering [204]for the body, and malos, would insure their affectionate regard. The day of the people was near, for the time of conflict was approaching when he would meet the enemy. But these counsels of Kahulupue were disregarded, so he returned to his father at Waimea.

In later years, when Kumahana, brother of Kahahana of Maui, became the governing chief (alii aimoku) of Oahu, he appointed Kahulupue as his priest. This chief treated his subjects poorly, taking their property and randomly beheading and injuring many with the leiomano (shark’s tooth weapon) and pahoa (dagger), earning their deep resentment. Kahulupue tried to advise him against this behavior, telling him that such actions wouldn’t earn their loyalty or obedience. Instead, providing food, fish, clothing, and support would win their affection. The people’s day was approaching, as conflict was imminent when he would face their enemies. However, Kumahana ignored Kahulupue's advice, and he went back to his father in Waimea.

Not long thereafter this chief Kumahana was cast out and rejected by the lesser chiefs and people, and under cover of night he escaped by canoe to Molokai, where he was ignored and became lost to further history in consequence of his wrong-doings.

Not long after, this chief Kumahana was cast out and rejected by the lesser chiefs and the people. He escaped under the cover of night by canoe to Molokai, where he was ignored and faded from history because of his wrongdoings.

When Kahekili, King of Maui, heard of the stealthy flight of the governing chief of Oahu, he placed the young prince Kahahana, his foster-son, as ruler over Oahu in the place of his deposed relative, Kumahana. This occurred about the year 1773, and Kahahana took with him as his intimate friend and companion one Alapai. Kahahana chose as his place of residence the shade of the kou and cocoanut trees of Ulukou, Waikiki, where also gathered together the chiefs of the island to discuss and consider questions of state.

When Kahekili, the King of Maui, heard about the secret escape of the ruling chief of Oahu, he appointed his foster-son, the young prince Kahahana, as the new ruler of Oahu instead of his removed relative, Kumahana. This happened around the year 1773, and Kahahana brought along his close friend and companion Alapai. Kahahana decided to live in the shade of the kou and coconut trees in Ulukou, Waikiki, where the island's chiefs would also gather to discuss and address matters of state.

The new ruler being of fine and stalwart form and handsome appearance, the chiefs and common people maintained that his fame in this respect induced a celebrated chieftainess of Kauai, named Kekuapoi, to voyage hither. Her history, it is said, showed that she alone excelled in maiden charm and beauty; she was handsome beyond all other chieftainesses from Hawaii to Kauai, as “the third brightness of the sun” (he ekolu ula o ka la). In consequence, Kahahana took her as his wife, she being own sister to Kekuamanoha.

The new ruler was strong and good-looking, leading both the chiefs and common people to believe that his reputation attracted a famous chieftainess from Kauai named Kekuapoi to come here. According to her story, she was unmatched in charm and beauty; she was more beautiful than any other chieftainess from Hawaii to Kauai, described as “the third brightness of the sun” (he ekolu ula o ka la). As a result, Kahahana made her his wife, as she was the sister of Kekuamanoha.

At this time the thought occurred to the King to [205]inquire through the chiefs of Oahu of the whereabouts of Kaopulupulu, the celebrated priest, of whom he had heard through Kahekili, King of Maui. In reply to this inquiry of Kahahana, the chiefs told him that his place of residence was at Waimea, whereupon a messenger was sent to bid him come up by order of the King. When the messenger reached Kaopulupulu he delivered the royal order. Upon the priest hearing this word of the King he assented thereto, with this reply to the messenger: “You return first and tell him that on the morning after the fourteenth night of the moon (po o akua), I will reach the place of the King.”

At that time, the King thought to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]ask the chiefs of Oahu about the whereabouts of Kaopulupulu, the famous priest, whom he had heard about from Kahekili, King of Maui. In response to Kahahana's inquiry, the chiefs informed him that Kaopulupulu lived in Waimea. A messenger was then sent to summon him on the King's orders. When the messenger found Kaopulupulu, he delivered the royal request. Upon hearing the King's message, the priest agreed and replied to the messenger, "You go back first and tell him that the morning after the fourteenth night of the moon (po o akua), I will arrive at the King's place."

At the end of the conference the messenger returned and stood before Kahahana and revealed the words of Kaopulupulu; and the King waited for the time of his arrival.

At the end of the conference, the messenger returned and stood before Kahahana, sharing Kaopulupulu's words; the King waited for the moment of his arrival.

It is true, Kaopulupulu made careful preparation for his future. Toward the time of his departure he was engaged in considering the good or evil of his approaching journey by the casting of lots, according to the rites of his profession. He foresaw thereby the purpose of the King in summoning him to dwell at court. He therefore admonished his son to attend to all the rites and duties of the priesthood as he had been taught, and to care for his mother and relatives.

It’s true, Kaopulupulu made careful plans for his future. As he got ready to leave, he reflected on the good and bad aspects of his upcoming journey by casting lots, as required by his profession. He realized the King’s intention in calling him to live at court. So, he advised his son to follow all the rituals and responsibilities of the priesthood as he had been taught, and to look after his mother and relatives.

At early dawn Kaopulupulu arose and partook of food till satisfied, after which he prepared himself for the journey before him. After he had given his farewell greetings to his household he seized his bundle and, taking a cocoanut fan in his hand, set out toward Punanue, where was a temple (heiau) for priests only, [206]called Kahokuwelowelo. This was crown land at Waialua in ancient times. Entering the temple he prayed for success in his journey, after which he proceeded along the plains of Lauhulu till reaching the Anahulu stream, thence by Kemoo to Kukaniloko, the shelter of whose prominent rock the chieftainesses of Oahu were wont to choose for their place of confinement.

At dawn, Kaopulupulu woke up and ate until he was satisfied. After that, he got ready for the journey ahead. After saying his goodbyes to his family, he grabbed his bundle, took a coconut fan in his hand, and set off toward Punanue, where there was a temple (heiau) reserved for priests only, called Kahokuwelowelo. This land was part of the crown in Waialua in ancient times. Upon entering the temple, he prayed for success on his journey, then continued across the plains of Lauhulu until he reached the Anahulu stream, and from there, he went through Kemoo to Kukaniloko, where the prominent rock was a place the chieftainesses of Oahu chose for confinement.

Leaving this place he came to Kalakoa, where Kekiopilo the prophet priest lived and died, and the scene of his vision at high noon when he prophesied of the coming of foreigners with a strange language. Here he stopped and rested with some of the people, and ate food with them, after which he journeyed on by way of Waipio by the ancient path of that time till he passed Ewa and reached Kapukaki.

Leaving this place, he traveled to Kalakoa, where Kekiopilo, the prophet priest, lived and died. It was here that he had his vision at high noon, predicting the arrival of foreigners who spoke a strange language. He stopped here to rest with some of the people and shared a meal with them. After that, he continued on via Waipio, following the ancient path of that time, until he passed Ewa and reached Kapukaki.

The sun was well up when he reached the water of Lapakea, so he hastened his steps in ascending Kauwalua, at Moanalua, and paused not till he came to the mouth of the Apuakehau stream at Waikiki. Proceeding along the sand at this place he was discerned by the retainers of the King and greeted with the shout, “Here comes the priest Kaopulupulu.”

The sun was already high in the sky when he arrived at the waters of Lapakea, so he quickened his pace up Kauwalua, at Moanalua, and didn't stop until he reached the mouth of the Apuakehau stream at Waikiki. As he walked along the sand there, the king's attendants spotted him and shouted, “Here comes the priest Kaopulupulu.”

When the King heard this he was exceedingly pleased (pihoihoi loa) at the time, and on the priest’s meeting with King Kahahana he welcomed Kaopulupulu with loud rejoicing.

When the King heard this, he was extremely pleased at the time, and when the priest met with King Kahahana, he welcomed Kaopulupulu with loud cheers.

Without delay the King set apart a house wherein to meet and discuss with the priest those things he had in mind, and in the consideration of questions from first to last, Kaopulupulu replied with great wisdom in accordance with his knowledge of his profession. [207]At this time of their conference he sat within the doorway of the house, and the sun was near its setting. As he turned to observe this he gazed out into the sky and noticing the gathering short clouds (ao poko) in the heavens, he exclaimed:

Without wasting any time, the King designated a house for meeting and discussing his thoughts with the priest. Throughout their conversation, from beginning to end, Kaopulupulu responded with great wisdom based on his expertise. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]During their meeting, he sat in the doorway of the house as the sun was setting. As he looked up to observe this, he saw the low-hanging clouds (ao poko) in the sky and exclaimed:

“O heaven, the road is broad for the King, it is full of chiefs and people; narrow is my path, that of the kahuna; you will not be able to find it, O King. Even now the short clouds reveal to me the manner of your reign; it will not be many days. Should you heed my words, O King, you will live to gray hair. But you will be the king to slay me and my child.”

“O heaven, the road is wide for the King, filled with leaders and people; narrow is my path, that of the kahuna; you won't be able to find it, O King. Even now the fleeting clouds show me how you will rule; it won't be long. If you listen to my words, O King, you will live to have gray hair. But you will be the king who kills me and my child.”

At these words of the priest the King meditated seriously for some time, then spoke as follows: “Why should my days be short, and why should your death be by me, the King?”

At the priest's words, the King thought deeply for a while, then said, “Why should my days be numbered, and why should your death come about because of me, the King?”

Kaopulupulu replied: “O King, let us look into the future. Should you die, O King, the lands will be desolate; but for me, the kahuna, the name will live on from one generation to another; but my death will be before thine, and when I am up on the heaven-feared altar then my words will gnaw thee, O King, and the rains and the sun will bear witness.”

Kaopulupulu replied, “O King, let’s consider what lies ahead. If you die, O King, the lands will be abandoned; but I, the kahuna, will have my name remembered through the generations. However, I will die before you, and when I am on the revered altar, my words will haunt you, O King, and both the rains and the sun will testify to this.”

These courageous words of Kaopulupulu, spoken in the presence of Kahahana without fear, and regardless of the dignity and majesty of the King, were uttered because of the certainty that the time would come when his words would be carried into effect. The King remained quiet without saying a word, keeping his thoughts to himself.

These brave words of Kaopulupulu, spoken in front of Kahahana without fear and regardless of the King’s dignity and power, were said because he believed that one day his words would be acted upon. The King stayed silent, keeping his thoughts to himself.

After this conference the King took Kaopulupulu [208]to be his priest, and in course of time he became also an intimate companion, in constant attendance upon the King, and counselled him in the care of his subjects, old and young, in all that pertained to their welfare. The King regarded his words, and in their circuit of the island together they found the people contented and holding their ruler in high esteem. But at the end of three years the King attempted some wrong to certain of his subjects like unto that of his deposed predecessor. The priest remonstrated with him continually, but he would not regard his counsel; therefore, Kaopulupulu left King Kahahana and returned to his land at Waimea and at once tattooed his knees. This was done as a sign that the King had turned a deaf ear to his admonitions.

After this conference, the King chose Kaopulupulu [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]to be his priest. Over time, he also became a close companion, always by the King’s side, advising him on how to take care of his subjects, both old and young, in matters related to their well-being. The King valued his advice, and as they traveled around the island together, they found that the people were happy and respected their ruler. However, after three years, the King started to act wrongly towards some of his subjects, similar to what his ousted predecessor had done. The priest constantly warned him about this, but the King ignored his advice. As a result, Kaopulupulu left King Kahahana and returned to his home in Waimea, where he immediately tattooed his knees. This was a signal that the King had ignored his warnings.

When several days had passed, rumors among certain people of Waialua reached the priest that he was to be summoned to appear before the King in consequence of this act, which had greatly angered his august lord. Kahahana had gone to reside at Waianae, and from there shortly afterward he sent messengers to fetch Kaopulupulu and his son Kahulupue from Waimea.

When several days went by, gossip among some people in Waialua reached the priest that he was being called to appear before the King because of this act, which had greatly upset his esteemed lord. Kahahana had moved to Waianae, and not long after, he sent messengers to bring Kaopulupulu and his son Kahulupue from Waimea.

In the early morning of the day of the messenger’s arrival, a rainbow stood directly in the doorway of Kaopulupulu’s house, and he asked of his god its meaning; but his prayer was broken (ua haki ka pule). This boded him ill; therefore he called to his son to stand in prayer; but the result was the same. Then he said, “This augurs of the day of death; see! the rising up of a man in the pass of Hapuu, putting on [209]his kapa with its knot fastening on the left side of the neck, which means that he is bringing a death message.”

In the early morning of the day the messenger arrived, a rainbow appeared right at the entrance of Kaopulupulu’s house, and he asked his god what it meant; however, his prayer was interrupted (ua haki ka pule). This was a bad omen for him; so he called his son to pray as well, but the outcome was the same. Then he said, “This signals the day of death; look! A man is rising in the pass of Hapuu, wearing his kapa with its knot tied on the left side of his neck, which means he’s delivering a death message.”

Shortly after the priest had ended these words a man was indeed seen approaching along the mountain pass, with his kapa as indicated; and he came and stood before the door of their house and delivered the order of the King for them to go to Waianae, both him and his son.

Shortly after the priest finished speaking, a man was seen walking along the mountain pass, wearing his kapa as described. He came and stood in front of their house and delivered the King's order for them to go to Waianae, both him and his son.

The priest replied: “Return you first; we will follow later,” and the messenger obeyed. When he had departed Kaopulupulu recalled to his son the words he had spoken before the advent of the messenger, and said: “Oh, where are you, my child? Go clothe the body; put on the malo; eat of the food till satisfied, and we will go as commanded by the King; but this journey will result in placing us on the altar (kau i ka lele). Fear not death. The name of an idler, if he be beaten to death, is not passed on to distinction.”

The priest said, “You go back first; we’ll follow later,” and the messenger did what he was asked. After he left, Kaopulupulu reminded his son of the words he had shared before the messenger arrived, saying, “Oh, where are you, my child? Go get dressed; put on the malo; eat until you’re full, and we will go as the King commands; but this journey will end with us on the altar (kau i ka lele). Don't be afraid of death. The name of a slacker, if beaten to death, won't be remembered with honor.”

At the end of these words of his father, Kahulupue wept for love of his relatives, though his father bid him to weep not for his family, because he, Kaopulupulu, saw the end that would befall the King, Kahahana, and his court of chiefs and retainers. Even at this time the voices of distress were heard among his family and their tears flowed, but Kaopulupulu looked on unmoved by their cries.

At the end of his father's words, Kahulupue cried out of love for his family, even though his father told him not to weep for them, as he, Kaopulupulu, foresaw the fate that awaited King Kahahana and his court of chiefs and followers. Even then, the sounds of grief filled the air among his family, and their tears streamed down, but Kaopulupulu remained unaffected by their wailing.

He then arose and, with his son, gave farewell greetings to their household, and set forth. In journeying they passed through Waialua, resting in the house of [210]a kamaaina at Kawaihapai. In passing the night at this place Kahulupue slept not, but went out to examine the fishing canoes of that neighborhood. Finding a large one suitable for a voyage, he returned and awoke his father, that they might flee together that night to Kauai and dwell on the knoll of Kalalea. But Kaopulupulu declined the idea of flight. In the morning, ascending a hill, they turned and looked back over the sea-spray of Waialua to the swimming halas of Kahuku beyond. Love for the place of his birth so overcame Kaopulupulu for a time that his tears flowed for that he should see it no more.

He got up and, along with his son, said goodbye to their family and set out. As they traveled, they went through Waialua and rested at the home of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a kamaaina at Kawaihapai. That night, Kahulupue couldn't sleep; he went out to check on the fishing canoes in the area. He found a large canoe that was perfect for a voyage and went back to wake his father so they could escape to Kauai and live on the knoll of Kalalea that night. However, Kaopulupulu didn’t want to flee. In the morning, as they climbed a hill, they turned and looked back over the sea spray of Waialua toward the swimming halas of Kahuku in the distance. Kaopulupulu’s love for his birthplace overwhelmed him for a moment, and he cried at the thought that he might never see it again.

Then they proceeded on their way till, passing Kaena Point, they reached the temple of Puaakanoe. At this sacred boundary Kaopulupulu said to his son, “Let us swim in the sea and touch along the coast of Makua.” At one of their resting-places, journeying thus, he said, with direct truthfulness, as his words proved: “Where are you, my son? For this drenching of the high priests by the sea, seized will be the sacred lands (moo-kapu) from Waianae to Kualoa by the chief from the east.”

Then they continued on their journey until, after passing Kaena Point, they arrived at the temple of Puaakanoe. At this sacred boundary, Kaopulupulu said to his son, “Let’s swim in the ocean and explore along the coast of Makua.” During one of their breaks on the journey, he said, honestly, as his words showed: “Where are you, my son? Because the high priests are being soaked by the sea, the sacred lands (moo-kapu) from Waianae to Kualoa will be seized by the chief from the east.”

A Grass House of the Olden Time.

A Grass House of the Olden Time.

A Grass House of the Olden Time.

A Grass House from the Past.

As they were talking they beheld the King’s men approaching along the sand of Makua, and shortly afterward these men came before them and seized them and tied their hands behind their backs and took them to the place of King Kahahana at Puukea, Waianae, and put them, father and son, in a new grass hut unfinished of its ridge thatch, and tied them, the one to the end post (pouhana) and the other to the corner post (poumanu) of the house. [211]

As they were talking, they saw the King's men coming along the sand of Makua, and soon after, these men arrived, grabbed them, tied their hands behind their backs, and took them to King Kahahana's place at Puukea, Waianae. They put father and son in a new grass hut that wasn't finished yet, tying one to the end post (pouhana) and the other to the corner post (poumanu) of the house. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

At the time of the imprisonment of the priest and his son in this new house Kaopulupulu spake aloud, without fear of dire consequences, so that the King and all his men heard him, as follows: “Here I am with my son in this new unfinished house; so will be unfinished the reign of the King that slays us.” At this saying Kahahana, the King, was very angry.

At the time when the priest and his son were imprisoned in this new house, Kaopulupulu spoke out loudly, without fear of serious consequences, so that the King and all his men heard him, saying: “Here I am with my son in this new unfinished house; just like the reign of the King who is killing us will be unfinished.” This statement made Kahahana, the King, very angry.

Throughout that day and the night following, till the sun was high with warmth, the King was directing his soldiers to seize Kahulupue first and put him to death. Obeying the orders of the King, they took Kahulupue just outside of the house and stabbed at his eyes with laumake spears and stoned him with stones before the eyes of his father, with merciless cruelty. These things, though done by the soldiers, were dodged by Kahulupue, and the priest, seeing the King had no thought of regard for his child, spoke up with priestly authority, as follows: “Be strong of breath, my son, till the body touch the water, for the land indeed is the sea’s.”

Throughout that day and the night that followed, until the sun was high and warm, the King was ordering his soldiers to capture Kahulupue first and kill him. Following the King's orders, they took Kahulupue just outside the house and attacked his eyes with laumake spears and stoned him mercilessly in front of his father. Although the soldiers carried out these acts, Kahulupue managed to dodge them. The priest, noticing the King showed no regard for his child, spoke up with authority, saying, “Stay strong, my son, until your body touches the water, for indeed the land belongs to the sea.”

When Kahulupue heard the voice of his father telling him to flee to the sea, he turned toward the shore in obedience to these last words to him, because of the attack by the soldiers of the King. As he ran, he was struck in the back by a spear, but he persevered and leaped into the sea at Malae and was drowned, his blood discoloring the water. His dead body was taken and placed up in the temple at Puehuehu. After the kapu days therefore the King, with his chiefs and soldiers, moved to Puuloa, Ewa, bringing with them the priest Kaopulupulu, and after some days [212]he was brought before the King by the soldiers, and without groans for his injuries was slain in the King’s presence. But he spoke fearlessly of the vengeance that would fall upon the King in consequence of his death, and during their murderous attack upon him proclaimed with his dying breath: “You, O King, that kill me here at Puuloa, the time is near when a direct death will be yours. Above here in this land, and the spot where my lifeless body will be borne and placed high on the altar for my flesh to decay and slip to the earth, shall be the burial place of chiefs and people hereafter, and it shall be called ‘the royal sand of the mistaken’; there will you be placed in the temple.” At the end of these words of Kaopulupulu his spirit took flight, and his body was left for mockery and abuse, as had been that of his son in the sea of Malae, at Waianae.

When Kahulupue heard his father's voice urging him to escape to the sea, he turned toward the shore, obeying his father's last words, due to the attack by the King’s soldiers. As he ran, a spear struck him in the back, but he kept going and jumped into the sea at Malae, where he drowned, his blood staining the water. His lifeless body was recovered and placed in the temple at Puehuehu. After the kapu days, the King, along with his chiefs and soldiers, moved to Puuloa, Ewa, bringing the priest Kaopulupulu with them. After a few days [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], the soldiers brought him before the King, and without expressing any pain from his injuries, he was killed in the King’s presence. But he fearlessly spoke of the retribution that would come for the King because of his death, and during the attack on him, he proclaimed with his last breath: “You, O King, who kill me here at Puuloa, your time is near when you will meet a direct death. In this land, where my lifeless body will be placed high on the altar for my flesh to decompose and return to the earth, will become the burial site for chiefs and people in the future, and it will be called ‘the royal sand of the mistaken’; there you shall be laid to rest in the temple.” With these words, Kaopulupulu’s spirit departed, leaving his body for mockery and indignity, just as had happened to his son in the sea of Malae, at Waianae.

After a while the body of the priest was placed on a double canoe and brought to Waikiki and placed high in the cocoanut trees at Kukaeunahi, the place of the temple, for several ten-day periods (he mau anahulu) without decomposition and falling off of the flesh to the sands of Waikiki.

After some time, the priest's body was placed on a double canoe and taken to Waikiki, where it was positioned high in the coconut trees at Kukaeunahi, the temple site, for several ten-day periods (he mau anahulu), remaining intact without any decomposition or flesh falling onto the sands of Waikiki.

When King Kahekili of Maui heard of the death of the priest Kaopulupulu by Kahahana, he sent some of his men thither by canoe, who landed at Waimanalo, Koolau, where, as spies, they learned from the people respecting Kaopulupulu and his death, with that of his son; therefore they returned and told the King the truth of these reports, at which the affection of Kahekili welled up for the dead priest, and he condemned [213]the King he had established. Coming with an army from Maui, he landed at Waikiki without meeting Kahahana, and took back the government of Oahu under his own kingship. The chiefs and people of Oahu all joined under Kahekili, for Kahahana had been a chief of wrong-doing. This was the first sea of Kaopulupulu in accordance with his prophetic utterance to his son, “This land is the sea’s.”

When King Kahekili of Maui heard about the death of the priest Kaopulupulu at the hands of Kahahana, he sent some of his men by canoe. They landed at Waimanalo, Koolau, where they acted as spies and learned from the locals about Kaopulupulu and his death, along with that of his son. They returned and informed the King about the truth of these reports, which made Kahekili feel deep affection for the deceased priest, and he condemned the king he had set up. Coming with an army from Maui, he landed at Waikiki without encountering Kahahana and took over the government of Oahu for himself. The chiefs and people of Oahu all rallied under Kahekili because Kahahana had been a chief who did wrong. This marked the first sea of Kaopulupulu, in line with his prophetic statement to his son, “This land is the sea’s.”

Upon the arrival here at Oahu of Kahekili, Kahahana fled, with his wife Kekuapoi, and friend Alapai, and hid in the shrubbery of the hills. They went to Aliomanu, Moanalua, to a place called Kinimakalehua; then moved along to Keanapuaa and Kepookala, at the lochs of Puuloa, and from there to upper Waipoi; thence to Wahiawa, Helemano, and on to Lihue; thence they came to Poohilo, at Honouliuli, where they first showed themselves to the people and submitted themselves to their care.

When Kahekili arrived in Oahu, Kahahana ran away with his wife Kekuapoi and friend Alapai, hiding in the bushes on the hills. They traveled to Aliomanu, Moanalua, to a place called Kinimakalehua; then moved on to Keanapuaa and Kepookala, by the lagoons of Puuloa, and from there to upper Waipoi; then to Wahiawa, Helemano, and on to Lihue; finally, they arrived at Poohilo, in Honouliuli, where they first revealed themselves to the people and asked for their help.

While they were living there, report thereof was made to Kahekili, the King, who thereupon sent Kekuamanoha, elder brother of Kekuapoi, the wife of Kahahana, with men in double canoes from Waikiki, landing first at Kupahu, Hanapouli, Waipio, with instructions to capture and put to death Kahahana, as also his friend Alapai, but to save alive Kekuapoi. When the canoes touched at Hanapouli, they proceeded thence to Waikele and Hoaeae, and from there to Poohilo, Honouliuli, where they met in conference with Kahahana and his party. At the close of the day Kekuamanoha sought by enticing words to induce his brother-in-law to go up with him and see the father [214]King and be assured of no death condemnation, and by skilled flattery he induced Kahahana to consent to his proposition; whereupon preparation was made for the return. On the following morning, coming along and reaching the plains of Hoaeae, they fell upon and slew Kahahana and Alapai there, and bore their lifeless bodies to Halaulani, Waipio, where they were placed in the canoes and brought up to Waikiki and placed up in the cocoanut trees by King Kahekili and his priests from Maui, as Kaopulupulu had been. Thus was fulfilled the famous saying of the Oahu priest in all its truthfulness.

While they were living there, a report was made to Kahekili, the King, who then sent Kekuamanoha, the older brother of Kekuapoi, Kahahana's wife, with men in double canoes from Waikiki. They first landed at Kupahu, Hanapouli, and Waipio, with instructions to capture and kill Kahahana and his friend Alapai, but to spare Kekuapoi. When the canoes arrived at Hanapouli, they went on to Waikele and Hoaeae, and from there to Poohilo, Honouliuli, where they held a conference with Kahahana and his group. At the end of the day, Kekuamanoha tried to persuade his brother-in-law to come with him to see the King and be assured that he wouldn’t face death. With clever flattery, he got Kahahana to agree to his plan, and preparations were made for their return. The next morning, as they reached the plains of Hoaeae, they ambushed and killed Kahahana and Alapai there, and took their bodies to Halaulani, Waipio. They were placed in the canoes and brought back to Waikiki, where King Kahekili and his priests from Maui hung them in the coconut trees, just like Kaopulupulu had been. Thus, the famous saying of the Oahu priest was fulfilled in every detail.

According to the writings of S. M. Kamakau and David Malo, recognized authorities, the thought of Kaopulupulu as expressed to his son Kahulupue, “This land is the sea’s,” was in keeping with the famous prophetic vision of Kekiopilo that “the foreigners possess the land,” as the people of Hawaii now realize. The weighty thought of this narration and the application of the saying of Kaopulupulu to this time of enlightenment are frequent with certain leaders of thought among the people, as shown in their papers. [215]

According to the writings of S. M. Kamakau and David Malo, acknowledged experts, Kaopulupulu’s statement to his son Kahulupue, “This land belongs to the sea,” aligns with the well-known prophetic vision of Kekiopilo that “the foreigners own the land,” something the people of Hawaii now recognize. The significance of this story and the relevance of Kaopulupulu’s saying in today’s era of awareness are often highlighted by certain thought leaders among the populace, as reflected in their writings. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XXI

Ku-ula, the Fish God of Hawaii

Translated from Moke Manu by M. K. Nakuina

Sure! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

The story of Ku-ula, considered by ancient Hawaiians as the deity presiding over and controlling the fish of the sea,—a story still believed by many of them to-day,—is translated and somewhat condensed from an account prepared by a recognized legendary bard of these islands. The name of Ku-ula is known from the ancient times on each of the islands of the Hawaiian group, and the writer gives the Maui version as transmitted through the old people of that island.

The story of Ku-ula, regarded by ancient Hawaiians as the god who oversees and controls the fish in the ocean—a belief that many still hold today—is adapted and slightly condensed from a narrative created by a well-known legendary storyteller of these islands. The name Ku-ula has been recognized since ancient times across all the islands of the Hawaiian group, and the writer presents the Maui version as passed down through the elders of that island.

Ku-ula had a human body, and was possessed with wonderful or miraculous power (mana kupua) in directing, controlling, and influencing all fish of the sea, at will.

Ku-ula had a human body and was endowed with incredible power (mana kupua) to direct, control, and influence all the fish in the sea, whenever he wanted.

Leho-ula, in the land of Aleamai, Hana, Maui, is where Ku-ula and Hina-pu-ku-ia lived. Nothing is known of their parents, but tradition deals with Ku-ula, his wife, their son Ai-ai, and Ku-ula-uka, a younger brother of Ku-ula. These lived together for a time at Leho-ula, and then the brothers divided their work between them, Ku-ula-uka choosing farm work, or work pertaining to the land, from the seashore to the mountain-top, while Ku-ula—known also [216]as Ku-ula-kai—chose to be a fisherman, with such other work as pertained to the sea, from the pebbly shore to ocean depths. After this division Ku-ula-uka went up in the mountains to live, and met a woman known as La-ea—called also Hina-ulu-ohia—a sister of Hina-pu-ku-ia, Ku-ula’s wife. These sisters had three brothers, named Moku-ha-lii, Kupa-ai-kee, and Ku-pulu-pulu-i-ka-na-hele. This trio were called by the old people the gods of the canoe-making priests—“Na akua aumakua o ka poe kahuna kalai waa.

Leho-ula, in the land of Aleamai, Hana, Maui, is where Ku-ula and Hina-pu-ku-ia lived. There is no information about their parents, but tradition tells the story of Ku-ula, his wife, their son Ai-ai, and Ku-ula-uka, Ku-ula's younger brother. They lived together for a while in Leho-ula, and then the brothers divided their responsibilities. Ku-ula-uka chose to work on the farm, taking care of the land from the seashore to the mountain top, while Ku-ula—also known as Ku-ula-kai—decided to be a fisherman, engaging in activities related to the sea, from the rocky shore to the deep ocean. After this division of labor, Ku-ula-uka moved up into the mountains, where he met a woman named La-ea—also known as Hina-ulu-ohia—who was the sister of Hina-pu-ku-ia, Ku-ula's wife. These sisters had three brothers named Moku-ha-lii, Kupa-ai-kee, and Ku-pulu-pulu-i-ka-na-hele. This trio was referred to by the elders as the gods of the canoe-making priests—“Na akua aumakua o ka poe kahuna kalai waa.

While Ku-ula and his wife were living at Leho-ula he devoted all his time to his chosen vocation, fishing. His first work was to construct a fish-pond handy to his house but near to the shore where the surf breaks, and this pond he stocked with all kinds of fish. Upon a rocky platform he also built a house to be sacred for the fishing kapu which he called by his own name, Ku-ula.

While Ku-ula and his wife were living at Leho-ula, he dedicated all his time to his chosen profession, fishing. His first task was to build a fish pond close to his house but near the shore where the waves crash, and he filled this pond with all kinds of fish. He also built a house on a rocky platform to serve as a sacred space for the fishing kapu, which he named after himself, Ku-ula.

It is asserted that when Ku-ula made all these preparations he believed in the existence of a God who had supreme power over all things. That is why he prepared this place wherein to make his offerings of the first fish caught by him to the fish god. From this observance of Ku-ula all the fish were tractable (laka loa) unto him; all he had to do was to say the word, and the fish would appear. This was reported all over Hana and when Kamohaolii, the King (who was then living at Wananalua, the land on which Kauiki Hill stands) heard of it, he appointed Ku-ula to be his head fisherman. Through this pond, which was well stocked with all kinds of fish, the King’s [217]table was regularly supplied with all rare varieties, whether in or out of season. Ku-ula was his mainstay for fish-food and was consequently held in high esteem by Kamohoalii, and they lived without disagreement of any kind between them for many years.

It is said that when Ku-ula made all these preparations, he believed in a God who had ultimate power over everything. That's why he set up this spot to offer the first fish he caught to the fish god. Because of Ku-ula's devotion, all the fish were easy to catch for him; he just had to say the word, and the fish would come. This news spread throughout Hana, and when Kamohaolii, the King (who was living at Wananalua, the area where Kauiki Hill is located), heard about it, he made Ku-ula his head fisherman. Through this pond, which was filled with all kinds of fish, the King's table was regularly supplied with all sorts of rare varieties, regardless of the season. Ku-ula became the King's go-to for fish, and as a result, he was greatly respected by Kamohoalii, and they lived in harmony for many years.

During this period the wife of Ku-ula gave birth to a son, whom they called Aiai-a-Ku-ula (Aiai of Ku-ula), The child was properly brought up according to the usage of those days, and when he was old enough to care for himself an unusual event occurred.

During this time, Ku-ula's wife gave birth to a son, whom they named Aiai-a-Ku-ula (Aiai of Ku-ula). The child was raised according to the customs of the time, and when he was old enough to take care of himself, something unusual happened.

A large puhi (eel), called Koona, lived at Wailau, on the windward side of the island of Molokai. This eel was deified and prayed to by the people of that place, and they never tired telling of the mighty things their god did, one of which was that a big shark came to Wailau and gave it battle, and during the fight the puhi caused a part of the rocky cliff to fall upon the shark, which killed it. A cave was thus formed, with a depth of about five fathoms; and that large opening is there to this day, situate a little above the sea and close to the rocky fort where lived the well known Kapeepeekauila. This puhi then left its own place and came and lived in a cave in the sea near Aleamai, called Kapukaulua, some distance out from the Alau rocks. It came to break and rob the pond that Ku-ula had built and stocked with fish of various kinds and colors, as known to-day.

A large puhi (eel), named Koona, lived at Wailau on the windward side of the island of Molokai. The people there worshipped this eel and often shared stories about the incredible things their god did. One famous story is about a big shark that came to Wailau to challenge it, and during the fight, the puhi caused a large part of the rocky cliff to fall on the shark, killing it. This created a cave about five fathoms deep; that large opening still exists today, situated a little above the sea and close to the rocky fort where the well-known Kapeepeekauila lived. Afterward, this puhi left its original home and moved into a sea cave near Aleamai called Kapukaulua, some distance out from the Alau rocks. It came to raid and steal from the pond that Ku-ula had created and filled with various kinds and colors of fish, as we know today.

Ku-ula was much surprised on discovering his pond stock disappearing, so he watched day and night, and at last, about daybreak, he saw a large eel come in through the makai (seaward) wall of the pond. When [218]he saw this he knew that it was the cause of the loss of his fish, and was devising a way to catch and kill it; but on consulting with his wife they decided to leave the matter to their son Aiai, for him to use his own judgment as to the means by which the thief might be captured and killed. When Aiai was told of it he sent word to all the people of Aleamai and Haneoo to make ili hau ropes several lau fathoms in length; and when all was ready a number of the people went out with it in two canoes, one each from the two places, with Aiai-a-Ku-ula in one of them. He put two large stones in his canoe and held in his hands a fisherman’s gourd (hokeo), in which was a large fishhook called manaiaakalani.

Ku-ula was very surprised to find his pond fish disappearing, so he observed closely day and night. Finally, just before dawn, he spotted a large eel coming through the seaward wall of the pond. When he saw this, he realized it was the reason for the loss of his fish and started thinking about how to catch and kill it. However, after discussing it with his wife, they decided to leave the problem to their son, Aiai, allowing him to decide how to capture and kill the thief. When Aiai learned of the issue, he sent a message to all the people of Aleamai and Haneoo to make ili hau ropes several lau fathoms long. Once everything was prepared, a group of people set out in two canoes—one from each place—with Aiai-a-Ku-ula in one of them. He placed two large stones in his canoe and held a fisherman’s gourd in his hands, which contained a large fishhook called manaiaakalani.

When the canoes had proceeded far out he located his position by landmarks; and looking down into the sea, and finding the right place, he told the paddlers to cease paddling. Standing up in the canoe and taking one of the stones in his hands he dived into the sea. Its weight took him down rapidly to the bottom, where he saw a big cave opening right before him, with a number of fishes scurrying about the entrance, such as uluas and other deep sea varieties. Feeling assured thereby that the puhi was within, he arose to the surface and got into his canoe. Resting for a moment, he then opened the gourd and took out the hook manaiaakalani and tied the hau rope to it. He also picked up a long stick and placed at the end of it the hook, baited with a preparation of cocoanut and other substances attractive to fishes. Before taking his second dive he arranged with those on the canoe as to the signs to them of his [219]success. Saying this, he picked up the other stone and dived down again into the sea; then, proceeding to the cave, he placed the hook in it, at the same time murmuring a few incantations in the name of his parents. When he knew that the puhi was hooked he signalled, as planned, to tell those on the canoe of his success. In a short while he came to the surface, and entering the canoe they all returned to shore, trailing the rope behind. He told those in the canoe from Haneoo to paddle thither and to Hamoa, and to tell all the people to pull the puhi; like instructions were given those on the Aleamai canoe for their people. The two canoes set forth on their courses to the landings, keeping in mind Aiai’s instructions, which were duly carried out by the people of the two places; and there were many for the work.

When the canoes had gone far out, he found his location by looking at landmarks. He looked down into the sea, identified the right spot, and told the paddlers to stop. Standing up in the canoe, he picked up one of the stones and dove into the water. The stone's weight quickly pulled him to the bottom, where he saw a large cave opening right in front of him, with several fish swimming around the entrance, like uluas and other deep-sea varieties. Confident that the puhi was inside, he surfaced and climbed back into his canoe. After resting for a moment, he opened the gourd, took out the manaiaakalani hook, and tied a hau rope to it. He also grabbed a long stick and attached the baited hook, made with coconut and other fish-attracting substances. Before diving again, he coordinated with those in the canoe on the signals to indicate his [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]success. Saying this, he picked up the other stone and dove back into the sea; then he made his way to the cave, placed the hook inside, and quietly recited some incantations in honor of his parents. Once he felt the puhi was hooked, he signaled, as planned, to let those in the canoe know he was successful. Soon after, he surfaced, climbed into the canoe, and they all returned to shore, dragging the rope behind them. He instructed the people from Haneoo to paddle to that spot and to Hamoa, and to tell everyone to pull the puhi; similar instructions were given to those on the Aleamai canoe for their people. The two canoes set off toward their destinations, following Aiai’s instructions, which the people from both places carried out, and many were there to help.

Then Aiai ascended Kaiwiopele Hill and motioned to the people of both places to pull the ropes attached to the hook on the mouth of the puhi. It was said that the Aleamai people won the victory over the much greater number from the other places, by landing the puhi on the pahoehoe stones at Lehoula. The people endeavored to kill the prize, but without success till Aiai came and threw three ala stones at it and killed it. The head was cut off and cooked in the imu (oven). The bones of its jaw, with the mouth wide open, are seen to this day at a place near the shore, washed by the waves,—the rock formation at a short distance having such a resemblance.

Then Aiai climbed up Kaiwiopele Hill and signaled to the people from both areas to pull the ropes connected to the hook at the mouth of the puhi. It was said that the Aleamai people triumphed over the much larger crowd from other places by landing the puhi on the pahoehoe stones at Lehoula. The people tried to kill the prize but were unsuccessful until Aiai arrived and threw three ala stones at it, killing it. The head was then chopped off and cooked in the imu (oven). The bones of its jaw, with the mouth wide open, can still be seen today at a spot near the shore, washed by the waves—the rock formation nearby bears a striking resemblance.

Residents of the place state that all ala stones near where the imu was made in which the puhi was baked [220]do not crack when heated, as they do elsewhere, because of the imu heating of that time. It is so even to this day. The backbone (iwi kuamoo) of this puhi is still lying on the pahoehoe where Aiai killed it with the three ala stones,—the rocky formation, about thirty feet in length, exactly resembling the backbone of an eel. The killing of this puhi by Aiai gave him fame among the people of Hana. Its capture was the young lad’s first attempt to follow his father’s vocation, and his knowledge was a surprise to the people.

Residents of the area say that all the ala stones near where the imu was set up to bake the puhi [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]don't crack when heated, unlike stones elsewhere, because of the imu heating back then. This is still true today. The backbone (iwi kuamoo) of this puhi is still lying on the pahoehoe where Aiai killed it with the three ala stones—this rocky formation, about thirty feet long, looks just like the backbone of an eel. Aiai's killing of this puhi made him famous among the people of Hana. It was the young man's first attempt to follow in his father's footsteps, and his knowledge surprised everyone.

After this event a man came over from Waiiau, Molokai, who was a kahu (keeper) of the puhi. He dreamed one night that he saw its spirit, which told him that his aumakua (god) had been killed at Hana, so he came to see with his own eyes where this had occurred. Arriving at Wananalua he was befriended by one of the retainers of Kamohoalii, the King of Hana, and lived there a long time serving under him, during which time he learned the story of how the puhi had been caught and killed by Aiai, the son of Ku-ula and Hinapukuia, whereupon he sought to accomplish their death.

After this event, a man came over from Waiiau, Molokai, who was a kahu (keeper) of the puhi. One night he dreamed he saw its spirit, which told him that his aumakua (god) had been killed at Hana, so he came to see for himself where this had happened. When he arrived at Wananalua, he was taken in by one of the retainers of Kamohoalii, the King of Hana, and he lived there for a long time serving him. During that time, he learned the story of how the puhi had been caught and killed by Aiai, the son of Ku-ula and Hinapukuia, and then he sought to avenge their death.

Considering a plan of action, he went one day to Ku-ula, without orders, and told him that the King had sent him for fish for the King. Ku-ula gave him but one fish, an ulua, with a warning direction, saying, “Go back to the King and tell him to cut off the head of the fish and cook it in the imu, and the flesh of its body cut up and salt and dry in the sun, for ‘this is Hana the aupehu land; Hana of the scarce fish; the fish Kama; the fish of Lanakila.’ (Eia o Hana la he aina [221]aupehu; o Hana keia i ka ia iki; ka ia o Kama; ka ia o Lanakila).”

Considering a plan of action, he went one day to Ku-ula, without orders, and told him that the King had sent him for fish for the King. Ku-ula gave him only one fish, an ulua, with a warning, saying, “Go back to the King and tell him to cut off the head of the fish and cook it in the imu, and the flesh of its body should be cut up and salted and dried in the sun, for ‘this is Hana the aupehu land; Hana of the scarce fish; the fish Kama; the fish of Lanakila.’ (Eia o Hana la he aina [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]aupehu; o Hana keia i ka ia iki; ka ia o Kama; ka ia o Lanakila).”

When the man returned to the King and gave him the fish, the King asked: “Who gave it to you?” and the man answered:

When the man went back to the King and handed him the fish, the King asked, “Who gave this to you?” and the man replied:

“Ku-ula.”

“Ku-ula.”

Then it came into his head that this was his chance for revenge, so he told the King what Ku-ula had said but not in the same way, saying: “Your head fisherman told me to come back and tell you that your head should be cut from your body and cooked in the imu, and the flesh of your body should be cut up and salted and dried in the sun.”

Then it occurred to him that this was his opportunity for revenge, so he told the King what Ku-ula had said but twisted the words, saying: “Your chief fisherman told me to come back and inform you that your head should be severed from your body and cooked in the imu, and the flesh of your body should be cut into pieces, salted, and dried in the sun.”

The King on hearing this message was so angered with Ku-ula, his head fisherman, that he told the man to go and tell all his konohikis (head men of lands with others under them) and people, to go up in the mountains and gather immediately plenty of firewood and place it around Ku-ula’s house, for he and his wife and child should be burned up.

The King, upon hearing this message, was so furious with Ku-ula, his chief fisherman, that he ordered the man to go and tell all his konohikis (the head men of lands with others under them) and people to head into the mountains and quickly gather a lot of firewood. They were to surround Ku-ula’s house because he and his wife and child were to be burned alive.

This order of the King was carried out by the konohikis and people of all his lands except those of Aleamai. These latter did not obey this order of the King, for Ku-ula had always lived peaceably among them. There were days when they had no fish, and he had supplied them freely.

This order from the King was executed by the konohikis and the people in all his territories except for those of Aleamai. The Aleamai people did not follow this King's order because Ku-ula had always lived peacefully among them. There were days when they had no fish, and he had generously provided for them.

When Ku-ula and his wife saw the people of Hana bringing firewood and placing it around the house they knew it foreboded trouble; so Ku-ula went to a place where taro, potatoes, bananas, cane, and some gourds were growing. Seeing three dry gourds on the vine, [222]he asked the owner for them and was told to take them. These he took to his house and discussed with his wife the evil day to come, and told Aiai that their house would be burned and their bodies too, but not to fear death nor trouble himself about it when the people came to shut them in.

When Ku-ula and his wife saw the people of Hana bringing firewood and stacking it around the house, they knew it meant trouble was coming. So, Ku-ula went to a place where taro, potatoes, bananas, sugarcane, and some gourds were growing. Spotting three dry gourds on the vine, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]he asked the owner if he could take them, and was told to go ahead. He brought these back home and talked with his wife about the bad day ahead, telling Aiai that their house would be set on fire along with their bodies, but not to fear death or worry about anything when the people came to trap them inside.

After some thinking Ku-ula remembered his giving the ulua to the King’s retainer and felt that he was the party to blame for this action of the King’s people. He had suspected it before, but now felt sure; therefore he turned to his son and said: “Our child, Aiai-a-Ku-ula, if our house is burned, and our bodies too, you must look sharp for the smoke when it goes straight up to the hill of Kaiwiopele. That will be your way out of this trouble, and you must follow it till you find a cave where you will live. You must take this hook called manaiaakalani with you; also this fish-pearl (pa hi aku), called Kahuoi; this shell called lehoula, and this small sandstone from which I got the name they call me, Ku-ula-au-a-Ku-ulakai. It is the progenitor of all the fish in the sea. You will be the one to make all the ku-ulas from this time forth, and have charge also of making all the fishing stations (ko’a lawaia) in the sea throughout the islands. Your name shall be perpetuated and those of your parents also, through all generations to come, and I hereby confer upon you all my power and knowledge. Whenever you desire anything call, or ask, in our names, and we will grant it. We will stand up and go forth from here into the sea and abide there forever; and you, our child, shall live on the land here without worrying about anything that [223]may happen to you. You will have power to punish with death all those who have helped to burn us and our house. Whether it be king or people, they must die; therefore let us calmly await the calamity that is to befall us.”

After thinking for a while, Ku-ula remembered giving the ulua to the King’s retainer and felt he was to blame for what the King’s people had done. He had suspected it before, but now he was certain. So he turned to his son and said: “Our child, Aiai-a-Ku-ula, if our house is burned, and we are too, you need to watch for the smoke when it rises straight up towards the hill of Kaiwiopele. That will be your way out of this trouble, and you must follow it until you find a cave where you can live. Take this hook called manaiaakalani with you, as well as this fish-pearl (pa hi aku) named Kahuoi, this shell called lehoula, and this small sandstone from which I got the name Ku-ula-au-a-Ku-ulakai. It is the ancestor of all the fish in the sea. From now on, you will be the one to create all the ku-ulas and be in charge of establishing all the fishing stations (ko’a lawaia) in the sea throughout the islands. Your name and the names of your parents will be remembered through all future generations, and I pass on to you all my power and knowledge. Whenever you need anything, call or ask in our names, and we will grant it. We will rise and go forth from here into the sea and stay there forever; and you, our child, shall live on this land without worrying about anything that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]might happen to you. You will have the power to execute anyone who helped burn us and our house. Whether it’s the king or the people, they must die; so let’s calmly await the disaster that’s coming our way.”

All these instructions Aiai consented to carry out from first to last, as a dutiful son.

Aiai agreed to follow all these instructions from start to finish, like a devoted son.

After Ku-ula’s instructions to his son, consequent upon the manifestations of coming trouble, the King’s people came one day and caught them and tied their hands behind their backs, the evil-doer from Molokai being there to aid in executing the cruel orders of Kamohoalii resulting from his deceitful story. Upon being taken into their house Ku-ula was tied to the end post of the ridge pole (pouhana), the wife was tied to the middle post (kai waena) of the house, and the boy, Aiai, was tied to one of the corner posts (pou o manu). Upon fastening them in this manner the people went out of the house and barricaded the doorway with wood, which they then set on fire. Before the fire was lit, the ropes with which the victims were tied dropped off from their hands. Men, women, and children looked on at the burning house with deep pity for those within, and tears were streaming down their cheeks as they remembered the kindness of Ku-ula during all the time they had lived together. They knew not why this family and their house should be burned in this manner.

After Ku-ula’s instructions to his son, following the signs of impending trouble, the King’s men came one day, captured them, and bound their hands behind their backs. The troublemaker from Molokai was there to help carry out the cruel orders of Kamohoalii, stemming from his deceptive story. Once taken into their house, Ku-ula was tied to the end post of the ridge pole (pouhana), his wife was tied to the middle post (kai waena) of the house, and the boy, Aiai, was tied to one of the corner posts (pou o manu). After securing them this way, the people left the house and barricaded the doorway with wood, which they then set on fire. Before the flames were ignited, the ropes binding the victims fell away from their hands. Men, women, and children watched the burning house with deep sorrow for those inside, tears streaming down their cheeks as they remembered Ku-ula's kindness during all the time they had spent together. They did not understand why this family and their home were being burned in such a way.

When the fire was raging all about the house and the flames were consuming everything, Ku-ula and his wife gave their last message to their son and left him. [224]They went right out of the house as quietly as the last breath leaves the body, and none of the people standing there gazing saw where, or how, Ku-ula and his wife came forth out of the house. Aiai was the only one that retained material form. Their bodies were changed by some miraculous power and entered the sea, taking with them all the fish swimming in and around Hana. They also took all sea-mosses, crabs, crawfish, and the various kinds of shellfish along the seashore, even to the opihi-koele at the rocky beach; every edible thing in the sea was taken away. This was the first stroke of Ku-ula’s revenge on the King and the people of Hana who obeyed his mandate; they suffered greatly from the scarcity of fish.

When the fire was raging around the house and the flames were consuming everything, Ku-ula and his wife passed on their last message to their son and left him. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]They slipped out of the house as quietly as a final breath leaves the body, and none of the onlookers saw how Ku-ula and his wife emerged from the house. Aiai was the only one who maintained a physical form. Their bodies were transformed by some miraculous power and entered the sea, taking with them all the fish swimming in and around Hana. They also took all the sea moss, crabs, crawfish, and various kinds of shellfish along the shore, even the opihi-koele on the rocky beach; everything edible in the sea was removed. This was the first act of revenge by Ku-ula against the King and the people of Hana who followed his orders; they suffered greatly because of the fish shortage.

When Ku-ula and his wife were out of the house the three gourds exploded from the heat, one by one, and all those who were gazing at the burning house believed the detonations indicated the bursting of the bodies of Ku-ula, his wife, and child. The flames shot up through the top of the house, and the black smoke hovered above it, then turned toward the front of Kaiwiopele Hill. The people saw Aiai ascend through the flames and walk upon the smoke toward the hill till he came to a small cave that opened to receive and rescue him.

When Ku-ula and his wife left the house, the three gourds exploded from the heat, one after another, and everyone watching the burning house thought the blasts meant that Ku-ula, his wife, and child had perished. Flames shot up from the roof, and thick black smoke rose above it, then drifted toward the front of Kaiwiopele Hill. People saw Aiai rise through the flames and walk on the smoke toward the hill until he reached a small cave that opened up to take him in and save him.

As Aiai left the house it burned fiercely, and, carrying out the instructions of his father he called upon him to destroy by fire all those who had caught and tied them in their burning house. As he finished his appeal he saw the rippling of the wind on the sea and a misty rain coming with it, increasing as it came [225]till it reached Lehoula, which so increased the blazing of the fire that the flames reached out into the crowd of people for those who had obeyed the King. The man from Molokai, who was the cause of the trouble, was reached also and consumed by the fire, and the charred bodies were left to show to the people the second stroke of Ku-ula’s vengeance. Strange to say, all those who had nothing to do with this cruel act, though closer to the burning house, were uninjured; the tongues of fire reached out only for the guilty ones. In a little while but a few smouldering logs and ashes were all that remained of the house of Ku-ula. Owing to this strange action of the fire some of the people doubted the death of Ku-ula and his wife, and much disputation arose among them on the subject.

As Aiai left the house, it was blazing fiercely. Following his father's orders, he called on him to destroy by fire all those who had captured and tied them in the burning building. Just as he finished his plea, he noticed the wind rippling on the sea and a misty rain approaching, intensifying as it came until it reached Lehoula. This increased the intensity of the fire, with flames reaching out towards the crowd who had obeyed the King. The man from Molokai, who caused the trouble, was also caught and consumed by the flames, leaving behind charred bodies to show the people the second act of Ku-ula’s vengeance. Strangely, all those who were innocent, despite being closer to the burning house, were unharmed; the flames only reached for the guilty. Soon, only a few smoldering logs and ashes remained of Ku-ula's house. Because of this unusual behavior of the fire, some people began to doubt the deaths of Ku-ula and his wife, leading to much debate among them about the matter.

When Aiai walked out through the flames and smoke and reached the cave, he stayed there through that night till the next morning, then, leaving his hook, pearl shell, and stone there, he went forth till he came to the road at Puilio, where he met several children amusing themselves by shooting arrows, one of whom made friends with him and asked him to his house. Aiai accepted the invitation, and the boy and his parents treating him well, he remained with them for some days.

When Aiai walked through the flames and smoke and arrived at the cave, he stayed there that night until the next morning. After leaving his hook, pearl shell, and stone behind, he set off and reached the road at Puilio, where he encountered several kids having fun shooting arrows. One of them became friends with him and invited him to his house. Aiai accepted the invitation, and since the boy and his parents treated him well, he stayed with them for a few days.

While Aiai was living in their house the parents of the boy heard of the King’s order for all the people of Hana to go fishing for hinalea. The people obeyed the royal order, but when they went down to the shore with their fishing baskets they looked around for the usual bait (ueue), which was to be pounded up and put [226]into the baskets, but they could not find any, nor any other material to be so used, neither could they see any fish swimming around in the sea. “Why?” was the question. Because Ku-ula and his wife had taken with them all the fish and everything pertaining to fishing. Finding no bait they pounded up limestone and placed it in the baskets and swam out and set them in the sea. They watched and waited all day, but in vain, for not a single hinalea was seen, nor did any enter the baskets. When night came they went back empty-handed and came down again the next day only to meet the same luck. The parents of the boy who had befriended Aiai were in this fishing party, in obedience to the King’s orders, but they got nothing for their trouble. Aiai, seeing them go down daily to Haneoo, asked concerning it, and was told everything; so he bade his friend come with him to the cave where he had stayed after his father’s house was burned. Arriving there he showed the stone fish god, Pohaku-muone, and said: “We can get fish up here from this stone without much work or trouble.”

While Aiai was living in their house, the boy's parents heard about the King's order for everyone in Hana to go fishing for hinalea. The people followed the royal command, but when they went down to the shore with their fishing baskets, they looked around for the usual bait (ueue) that was supposed to be pounded and put [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]into the baskets. However, they couldn't find any, nor any other materials to use, and they didn’t see any fish swimming in the sea. “Why?” was the question. Because Ku-ula and his wife had taken all the fish and everything related to fishing with them. Finding no bait, they pounded up limestone, placed it in the baskets, swam out, and set them in the sea. They watched and waited all day in vain, as not a single hinalea was seen, nor did any enter the baskets. When night came, they returned empty-handed and came back the next day only to have the same luck. The boy's parents, who had befriended Aiai, were part of this fishing party to follow the King’s orders, but they got nothing for their efforts. Aiai, seeing them head down to Haneoo each day, asked about it and was told everything. So he asked his friend to come with him to the cave where he had stayed after his father's house was burned. Once they arrived, he showed him the stone fish god, Pohaku-muone, and said, “We can get fish up here from this stone without much work or trouble.”

Then Aiai picked up the stone and they went down to Lehoula, and setting it down at a point facing the pond which his father had made he repeated these words: “O Ku-ula, my father; O Hina, my mother, I place this stone here in your name, Ku-ula, which action will make your name famous and mine too, your son; the keeping of this ku-ula stone I give to my friend, and he and his offspring hereafter will do and act in all things pertaining to it in our names.”

Then Aiai picked up the stone and they went down to Lehoula. He set it down at a spot facing the pond that his father had made and said: “O Ku-ula, my father; O Hina, my mother, I place this stone here in your name, Ku-ula, which will make your name famous and mine too, as your son. I give the responsibility of this ku-ula stone to my friend, and he and his descendants will handle everything related to it in our names.”

After saying these words he told his friend his duties [227]and all things to be observed relative to the stone and the benefits to be derived therefrom as an influencing power over such variety of fish as he desired. This was the first establishment of the ko’a ku-ula on land,—a place where the fisherman was obliged to make his offering of the first of his catch by taking two fishes and placing them on the ku-ula stone as an offering to Ku-ula. Thus Aiai first put in practice the fishing oblations established by his father at the place of his birth, in his youth, but it was accomplished only through the mana kupua of his parents.

After saying this, he explained to his friend his responsibilities [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and everything that should be done regarding the stone and the benefits that could be gained from it as a way to influence the various kinds of fish he wanted. This was the first establishment of the ko’a ku-ula on land—a place where fishermen had to make an offering of the first catch by taking two fish and placing them on the ku-ula stone as a gift to Ku-ula. This was how Aiai first practiced the fishing offerings that his father set up at his birthplace during his youth, but it only happened through the mana kupua of his parents.

When Aiai had finished calling on his parents and instructing his friend, there were seen several persons walking along the Haneoo beach with their fishing baskets and setting them in the sea, but catching nothing. At Aiai’s suggestion he and his friend went over to witness this fishing effort. When they reached the fishers Aiai asked them, “What are those things placed there for?”

When Aiai finished visiting his parents and giving instructions to his friend, he saw several people walking along Haneoo beach with their fishing baskets, setting them in the sea but not catching anything. At Aiai's suggestion, he and his friend went over to check out this fishing activity. When they reached the fishermen, Aiai asked them, "What are those things over there for?"

They answered, “Those are baskets for catching hinaleas, a fish that our King, Kamohoalii, longs for, but we cannot get bait to catch the fish with.”

They replied, “Those are baskets for catching hinaleas, a fish that our King, Kamohoalii, desires, but we can't find bait to catch the fish.”

“Why is it so?” asked Aiai.

“Why is it like that?” asked Aiai.

And they answered, “Because Ku-ula and his family are dead, and all the fish along the beach of Hana are taken away.”

And they replied, “Because Ku-ula and his family are gone, and all the fish along the beach of Hana have been caught.”

Then Aiai asked them for two baskets. Having received them, he bade his friend take them and follow him. They went to a little pool near the beach, and setting the baskets therein, he called on his parents for hinaleas. As soon as he had finished, the fish [228]were seen coming in such numbers as to fill the pool, and still they came. Aiai now told his friend to go and fetch his parents and relatives to get fish, and to bring baskets with which to take home a supply; they should have the first pick, and the owners of the baskets should have the next chance. The messenger went with haste and brought his relatives as directed. Aiai then took two fishes and gave them to his friend to place on the ko’a they had established at Lehoula for the ku-ula. He also told him that before the setting of the sun of that day they would hear that King Kamohoalii of Hana was dead, choked and strangled to death by the fish. These prophetic words of Aiai came true.

Then Aiai asked them for two baskets. After receiving them, he told his friend to take them and follow him. They went to a small pool near the beach and set the baskets in the water, calling on his parents for hinaleas. As soon as he finished, the fish [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]were seen coming in such large numbers that they filled the pool, and they kept coming. Aiai then told his friend to go get his parents and relatives to catch fish and to bring baskets to take home a supply; they would have the first pick, and the owners of the baskets would have the next chance. The messenger hurried off and brought his relatives as instructed. Aiai then took two fish and gave them to his friend to place on the ko’a they had set up at Lehoula for the ku-ula. He also told him that before sunset that day, they would hear that King Kamohoalii of Hana was dead, choked and strangled to death by the fish. Aiai's prophetic words came true.

Making Ready the Feast.

Making Ready the Feast.

Making Ready the Feast.

Preparing the Feast.

After Aiai had made his offering, his friend’s parents came to where the fish were gathering and were told to take all they desired, which they did, returning home happy for the liberal supply obtained without trouble. The owners of the baskets were then called and told to take all the fish they wished for themselves and for the King. When these people saw the great supply they were glad and much surprised at the success of these two boys. The news of the reappearing of the fish spread through the district, and the people flocked in great numbers and gathered hinaleas to their satisfaction, and returned to their homes with rejoicing. Some of those who gave Aiai the baskets returned with their bundles of fish to the King. When he saw so many of those he had longed for he became so excited that he reached out and picked one up and put it in his mouth, intending to eat it; but instead the [229]fish slipped right into his throat and stuck there. Many tried to reach and take it out, but were unable, and before the sun set that day Kamohoalii, the King of Hana, died, being choked and strangled to death by the fish. Thus the words of Aiai, the son of Ku-ula, proved true.

After Aiai made his offering, his friend's parents came to where the fish were gathering and were told to take all they wanted, which they did, happily returning home with an abundant supply without any hassle. The owners of the baskets were then called and told to take as many fish as they needed for themselves and for the King. When these people saw the huge amount, they were glad and pleasantly surprised by the success of the two boys. The news of the fish returning spread throughout the area, and people came in large numbers to gather hinaleas to their satisfaction, heading home with joy. Some of those who had given Aiai the baskets returned to the King with their catch. When he saw so many of the fish he had longed for, he got so excited that he reached out, grabbed one, and put it in his mouth, intending to eat it; but instead, the fish slipped right down his throat and got stuck. Many tried to reach in and pull it out, but they were unable to, and before the sun set that day, Kamohoalii, the King of Hana, died, choked to death by the fish. Thus, the words of Aiai, the son of Ku-ula, proved true.

By the death of the King of Hana the revenge was complete. The evil-doer from Molokai, and those who obeyed the King’s orders on the day Ku-ula’s house was fired, met retribution, and Aiai thus won a victory over all his father’s enemies.

By the time the King of Hana died, the revenge was finished. The wrongdoer from Molokai, along with those who followed the King's orders on the day Ku-ula's house was burned down, faced justice, and Aiai celebrated a victory over all his father's enemies.

After living for a time at Hana Aiai left that place and went among the different islands of the group establishing fishing ko’as (ko’a aina aumakua). He was the first to measure the depth of the sea to locate these fishing ko’as for the deep sea fishermen who go out in their canoes, and the names of many of these ko’as located around the different islands are well known. [230]

After spending some time at Hana, Aiai left that place and traveled to the various islands in the group, setting up fishing ko’as (ko’a aina aumakua). He was the first to measure the sea's depth to find these fishing ko’as for the deep-sea fishermen who venture out in their canoes, and the names of many of these ko’as around the different islands are widely recognized. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XXII

Aiai, Son of Ku-ula

Part II of the Legend of Ku-ula, the Fish God of Hawaii

Translated from Moke Manu by M. K. Nakuina

Sure! Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

After the death of the King of Hana, Aiai left the people of Haneoo catching hinalea and went to Kumaka, a place where fresh water springs out from the sand and rocks near the surf of Puhele, at Hamoa, where lay a large, long stone in the sea. This stone he raised upright and also placed others about the water spring, and said to his friend: “To-day I name this stone Ku-a-lanakila, for I have triumphed over my enemies; and I hereby declare that all fishes, crabs, and sea-moss shall return again in plenty throughout the seas of Hana, as in the days when my parents were living in the flesh at Lehoula.”

After the death of the King of Hana, Aiai left the people of Haneoo catching hinalea and went to Kumaka, a place where fresh water flows up from the sand and rocks near the surf of Puhele, at Hamoa, where a large, long stone lay in the sea. He stood this stone upright and placed others around the spring, saying to his friend: “Today I name this stone Ku-a-lanakila, for I have triumphed over my enemies; and I declare that all fish, crabs, and seaweed shall return in abundance throughout the seas of Hana, just like in the days when my parents were alive at Lehoula.”

From the time Aiai raised this stone, up to the present generation, the story of Ku-ula and Aiai is well preserved, and people have flocked to the place where the stone stands to see it and verify the tradition. Some kahunas advise their suffering patients to pay a visit to the stone, Ku-lanakila, with some offerings for relief from their sickness and also to bathe in the spring of Kumaka and the surf of Puhele. This was a favorite [231]spot of the kings and chiefs of the olden times for bathing and surf-riding, and is often referred to in the stories and legends of Hawaii-nei. This was the first stone raised by Aiai and established as a ku-ula at Hamoa; and the old people of Hana attributed to its influence the return of the fish to their waters.

Since Aiai raised this stone, the story of Ku-ula and Aiai has been well preserved up to the present day, and people have come to the site where the stone stands to see it and confirm the tradition. Some kahunas recommend that their ailing patients visit the stone, Ku-lanakila, with offerings for relief from their illness, as well as to bathe in the spring of Kumaka and the waves of Puhele. This spot was a favorite place for the kings and chiefs of ancient times for bathing and surfing, and it's often mentioned in the stories and legends of Hawaii. This was the first stone raised by Aiai, established as a ku-ula at Hamoa, and the elders of Hana believed that its influence brought the fish back to their waters.

After Aiai’s practice of his father’s instructions and the return of the fishes, his fame spread throughout the district, and the people made much of him during his stay with them.

After Aiai practiced his father's instructions and the fishes returned, he became well-known in the area, and the people celebrated him during his time with them.

A great service wrought by Aiai during his boyhood was the teaching of his friend and his friend’s parents how to make the various nets for all kinds of fishing. He also taught them to make the different kinds of fishing lines. When they were skilled in all these branches of knowledge pertaining to fishing, he called the people together, and in their presence declared his friend to be the head fisherman of Hana, with full control of all the stations (ko’a ia) he had established. This wonder-working power second to none, possessed by Aiai, he now conferred on his friend, whereby his own name would be perpetuated and his fame established all over the land.

A great service done by Aiai during his childhood was teaching his friend and his friend's parents how to make different nets for all kinds of fishing. He also showed them how to create various fishing lines. Once they became skilled in all these fishing techniques, he gathered the people together and publicly declared his friend the head fisherman of Hana, giving him full control of all the stations (ko’a ia) he had set up. This incredible power, unmatched by anyone else, was now passed on to his friend, ensuring that Aiai's name would continue to be remembered and his reputation spread throughout the land.

The first ko’a ia (fishing ground, or station) where Aiai measured the depth of the sea is near Aleamai, his birthplace, and is called Kapukaulua, where he hooked and killed the eel Koona. It is a few miles from the shore to the southeast of the rocky islet called Alau. The second station he established was at a spot about a mile from Haneoo and Hamoa which was for the kala, palani, nanue, puhi, and ula. These [232]varieties of fish are not caught by nets, or with the hook, but in baskets which are filled with bait and let down in the deep sea.

The first ko’a ia (fishing ground, or station) where Aiai measured the depth of the sea is near Aleamai, his birthplace, and is called Kapukaulua, where he caught and killed the eel Koona. It is a few miles from the shore to the southeast of the rocky islet called Alau. The second station he set up was about a mile from Haneoo and Hamoa, which was for the kala, palani, nanue, puhi, and ula. These [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]types of fish are not caught with nets or hooks, but in baskets that are filled with bait and lowered into the deep sea.

The third station, which he named Koauli, was located out in the deep sea for the deep sea fishes, the depth ranging about two hundred fathoms. This is the ko’a that fishermen have to locate by certain shore bearings, lest a mistake be made as to the exact spot and the bottom be found rocky and the hooks entangle in the coral. In all the stations Aiai located there are no coral ledges where the fisherman’s hook would catch, or the line be entangled; and old Hawaiians commended the skill of such locations, believing that the success of Aiai’s work was due to his father’s influence as an ocean deity.

The third station, which he called Koauli, was located out in the deep sea for deep-sea fish, with a depth of about two hundred fathoms. This is the ko’a that fishermen have to find using specific shore bearings, to avoid getting the exact spot wrong and ending up with a rocky bottom where the hooks could get stuck in the coral. In all the stations Aiai located, there are no coral ledges where the fisherman’s hook would snag or the line get tangled; and older Hawaiians praised the skill behind such locations, believing that the success of Aiai’s work was influenced by his father, who was an ocean deity.

At one time Aiai went over to the bay of Wananalua, the present port of Hana, with its noted hill of Kauiki and the sandy beach of Pueokahi. Here he made and placed a ku-ula, and also placed a fish stone in the cliff of Kauiki whereon is the ko’a known as Makakiloia. And the people of Hana give credit to this stone for the frequent appearance of the akule, oio, moi, and other fishes in their waters.

At one time, Aiai went to the bay of Wananalua, now the port of Hana, with its famous Kauiki hill and Pueokahi sandy beach. Here, he created and placed a ku-ula, and also put a fish stone in the Kauiki cliff, which is known as the ko’a Makakiloia. The people of Hana believe that this stone is responsible for the frequent appearance of akule, oio, moi, and other fish in their waters.

Aiai’s good work did not stop at this point; proceeding to Honomaele he picked up three pebbles at the shore and, going into the sea, out beyond the breaking surf, he placed them there. In due time these three pebbles gathered others together and made a regular ridge; and when this was accomplished, the aweoweo gathered from the far ocean to this ridge of pebbles for rest; whereupon the people came with net, [233]hook, and line, and caught them as they desired. The writer witnessed this in 1845 with his own eyes. This ko’a for aweoweo is still there, but difficult to locate, from the fact that all the old residents are gone—either dead or moved away.

Aiai’s good work didn’t stop there; he went to Honomaele, picked up three pebbles from the shore, and placed them in the sea beyond the breaking waves. Over time, those three pebbles collected others and formed a solid ridge. Once this was done, the aweoweo came from the deep ocean to rest on this ridge of pebbles. This attracted people, who came with nets, hooks, and lines to catch them as they pleased. The writer witnessed this in 1845 with his own eyes. This ko’a for aweoweo is still there, but it’s hard to find since all the old residents are gone—either passed away or moved away.

He next went over to Waiohue, Koolau, where he placed a stone on a sharp rocky islet, called Paka, whereon a few puhala grow. It is claimed that during the season of the kala, they come in from the ocean, attracted to this locality by the power of this stone. They continue on to Mokumana, a cape between Keanae and Wailuanui. They come in gradually for two days, and on the third day of their reaching the coast, at the pali of Ohea, is the time and place to surround them with nets. In olden times while the fishermen were hauling in their nets full of kala into the canoes, the akule and oio also came in numbers at the same time, making it impossible to catch all in one day; and as there were so many gathered in the net it took them a day and a night before they could care for their draught, which yielded so many more than could be made use of that they were fed to the pigs and dogs. The kala of Ohea is noted for its fatness and fine flavor. Few people are now living there, and the people who knew all about this are dead; but the stone that Aiai placed on that little island at Waiohue is still there.

He then went to Waiohue, Koolau, where he put a stone on a sharp rocky islet called Paka, where a few puhala trees grow. It’s said that during the kala season, fish come in from the ocean, drawn to this spot by the power of the stone. They gradually make their way to Mokumana, a cape between Keanae and Wailuanui. They arrive slowly over two days, and on the third day once they reach the coast, at the pali of Ohea, that’s the time and place to surround them with nets. In the past, while fishermen were pulling in their nets filled with kala into their canoes, the akule and oio also arrived in large numbers at the same time, making it impossible to catch everything in one day. With so many caught in the net, it took them a whole day and night to handle the catch, which was so plentiful that they had to feed the excess to pigs and dogs. The kala from Ohea is known for its richness and great taste. Few people live there now, and those who knew all about this are gone, but the stone that Aiai placed on that little island at Waiohue is still there.

Aiai stayed there a few days and then returned to Hana and lived at his birthplace quite a length of time till he was a man grown. During this period he was teaching his art of fishing in all its forms; and when [234]he was satisfied the people were proficient, he prepared to visit other places for like service. But before leaving, Aiai told his friend to go and kill the big hee kupua (wonderful octopus) in the deep sea, right out of Wailuanui, Koolau, and he consented.

Aiai stayed there for a few days and then went back to Hana, where he lived at his birthplace for quite some time until he became an adult. During this time, he taught his fishing techniques in all their forms; and when [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]he felt the people were skilled enough, he got ready to travel to other places to offer similar services. But before leaving, Aiai instructed his friend to go and catch the big hee kupua (wonderful octopus) in the deep sea, right off Wailuanui, Koolau, and he agreed.

When the canoes were made ready and drawn to the beach and the people came prepared to start, Aiai brought the hokeo (fishing gourd), where the leho (kauri shell) that Ku-ula his father gave him was kept, and gave it to his friend. This shell is called lehoula, and the locality at Hana of that name was called after it.

When the canoes were ready and pulled up on the beach, and the people gathered to begin their journey, Aiai brought the hokeo (fishing gourd), which held the leho (kauri shell) that his father Ku-ula had given him, and handed it to his friend. This shell is known as lehoula, and the area in Hana with that name was named after it.

Then the canoes and people sailed away till they got out along the palis near Kopiliula, where they rested. Aiai was not with the party, but overlooked their operations from the pali of Puhiai. While they rested, preparation for the lowering of the leho was being made, and when ready, Aiai’s friend called on Ku-ula and Hina for the assistance of their wonderful powers. When he was through, he took off the covering of the gourd and took out the leho, which had rich beautiful colors like the rainbow, and attaching it to the line, he lowered it into the sea, where it sent out rays of a fiery light. The hee was so attracted by its radiance that it came out of its hole and with its great arms, which were as long and large as a full-grown cocoanut tree, came up to the surface of the water and stood there like a cocoanut grove. The men were frightened, for it approached and went right into the canoes with the intention of destroying them and the men and capturing the leho; but it failed, because Aiai’s friend, with his skill and power, had provided himself with a stone, [235]which, at the proper time, he shoved into the head of the squid; and the weight of the stone drew it down to the bottom of the sea and kept it there, and being powerless to remove the stone, it died. The men seized and cut off one of the arms, which was so big that it loaded the canoes down so that they returned to Hana. When the squid died, it turned to stone. It is pointed out to-day just outside of Wailuanui, where a stone formation resembles the body of a squid and the arms, with one missing.

Then the canoes and people sailed away until they reached the hillside near Kopiliula, where they took a break. Aiai wasn't with the group but watched them from the slope of Puhiai. While they rested, preparations were made to lower the leho, and once everything was ready, Aiai’s friend called on Ku-ula and Hina to help with their incredible powers. Afterward, he removed the covering from the gourd and took out the leho, which had vibrant colors like a rainbow. He attached it to the line and lowered it into the sea, where it emitted bright rays of light. The hee was so drawn to its glow that it came out of its hole and, with its massive arms as long and thick as a full-grown coconut tree, rose to the surface of the water, resembling a grove of coconuts. The men were terrified as it approached and came right into the canoes with the intent to destroy them and the men while capturing the leho; however, it failed because Aiai’s friend, with his skill and power, had armed himself with a stone, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]which he shoved into the squid’s head at the right moment. The weight of the stone pulled it down to the ocean floor and held it there, and unable to remove the stone, it died. The men managed to cut off one of its arms, which was so enormous that it weighed down the canoes on their way back to Hana. When the squid died, it turned to stone. Today, you can see a stone formation just outside of Wailuanui that looks like the body of a squid with one arm missing.

When Aiai saw from the pali that his friend was successful in killing the hee, he returned to Hana unseen, and in a short while the canoes arrived with its arm, which was divided among the people according to the directions of Aiai.

When Aiai saw from the cliff that his friend had successfully killed the eel, he went back to Hana without being noticed, and soon after, the canoes arrived with its arm, which was shared among the people according to Aiai's instructions.

When Aiai saw that his friend and others of Hana were skilled in all the art of fishing, he decided to leave his birthplace and journey elsewhere. So he called a council of his friends and told them of his intended departure, to establish other fishing stations and instruct the people with all the knowledge thereof in conformity with the injunction of Ku-ula his father. They approved of the course contemplated and expressed their indebtedness to him for all the benefits he had shown them.

When Aiai noticed that his friend and the others from Hana were really good at fishing, he decided to leave his hometown and go somewhere else. He gathered his friends for a meeting and shared his plans to leave, aiming to set up new fishing spots and teach the locals everything he knew, just as his father Ku-ula had instructed him. They supported his decision and thanked him for all the help he had given them.

On leaving Aleamai he took with him the fish-hook, manaiaakalani, and the fish pearl, Kahuoi, for aku from the little cave where he had lodged on the hill of Kaiwiopele, and then disappeared in the mysterious manner of his parents. He established ku-ulas and ko’a aina, by placing three fish stones at various points [236]as far as Kipahulu. At the streams of Kikoo and Maulili there stands a stone to-day, which was thrown by Aiai and dropped at a bend in the waters, unmoved by the many freshets that have swept the valleys since that time.

On leaving Aleamai, he took with him the fish-hook, manaiaakalani, and the fish pearl, Kahuoi, for aku from the small cave where he had stayed on the hill of Kaiwiopele, and then vanished in the mysterious way of his parents. He set up ku-ulas and ko’a aina by placing three fish stones at different points [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]all the way to Kipahulu. Today, at the streams of Kikoo and Maulili, there is a stone that was thrown by Aiai and dropped at a bend in the waters, still unmoved by the many floods that have swept through the valleys since then.

Out in the sea of Maulili is a famous station known as Koanui. It is about a mile from the shore and marks the boundary of the sea of Maulili, and the fish that appear periodically and are caught within its limits have been subject to a division between the fishermen and the landowner ever since. This is a station where the fisherman’s hook shall not return without a fish except the hook be lost, or the line cut.

Out in the ocean of Maulili is a well-known spot called Koanui. It's about a mile from the shore and marks the edge of the Maulili waters. The fish that show up regularly and are caught within its boundary have led to disputes between the fishermen and the landowner ever since. This is a place where a fisherman’s hook won't come back empty unless the hook gets lost or the line gets cut.

The first time that Aiai tested this station and caught a fish with his noted hook, he saw a fisherman in his canoe drifting idly, without success. When he saw Aiai, this fisherman, called Kanemakua, paddled till he came close to where Aiai was floating on an improvised canoe, a wiliwili log, without an outrigger,—which much surprised him. Before the fisherman reached him, Aiai felt a tug at his line and knew that he had caught a fish and began pulling it in. When Kanemakua came within speaking distance Aiai greeted him and gave him the fish, putting it into his canoe. Kanemakua was made happy and thanked Aiai for his generosity. While putting it in the canoe Aiai said:

The first time Aiai tried out this station and caught a fish with his special hook, he noticed a fisherman in his canoe drifting aimlessly, without any luck. When the fisherman, Kanemakua, saw Aiai, he paddled over to where Aiai was floating on a makeshift canoe made from a wiliwili log, without an outrigger—which surprised him a lot. Just before Kanemakua reached him, Aiai felt a tug on his line and realized he had caught a fish, so he started reeling it in. Once Kanemakua was close enough to talk, Aiai greeted him and handed him the fish, placing it in his canoe. Kanemakua was really happy and thanked Aiai for his kindness. While putting the fish in the canoe, Aiai said:

“This is the first time I have fished in these waters to locate (or found) this station, and as you are the first man I meet I give you the first fish caught. I also give you charge of this ko’a; but take my advice. When you come here to fish and see a man meeting [237]you in a canoe and floating alongside of you, if at that time you have caught a fish, then give it to him as I have done to you, without regret, and thus get a good name and be known as a generous man. If you observe this, great benefits will come to you and those related to you.”

“This is the first time I’ve fished in these waters to find this station, and since you’re the first person I’ve met, I’m giving you the first fish I caught. I’m also putting you in charge of this ko’a; but take my advice. When you come here to fish and see a guy coming towards you in a canoe and floating alongside you, if you have caught a fish at that time, give it to him just like I have done for you, without hesitation, and you’ll earn a good reputation as a generous person. If you do this, great benefits will come to you and your relatives.”

As Aiai finished speaking he suddenly disappeared, and Kanemakua could hardly realize that he had not been dreaming but for the assurance he had in the great fish lying in his canoe. He returned to the shore with his prize, which was so large and heavy that it required the help of two others to carry it to the house, where it was cut up and the oven made hot for its baking. When it was cooked he took the eyes of the fish and offered them up as a thanksgiving sacrifice. Then the family, friends, and neighbors around came to the feast and ate freely. During all this time Kanemakua was thinking of the words spoken by the young man, which he duly observed. The first ku-ula established in Maulili, Maui, was named after him, and from that time its fish have been given out freely without restriction or division.

As Aiai finished speaking, he suddenly vanished, and Kanemakua could barely believe he wasn’t dreaming, except for the reassurance of the huge fish in his canoe. He returned to the shore with his catch, which was so large and heavy that it took the help of two others to carry it to the house, where it was cut up and prepared for baking in a hot oven. Once it was cooked, he took the fish’s eyes and offered them as a thanksgiving sacrifice. Then family, friends, and neighbors gathered for the feast and ate to their heart's content. Throughout this time, Kanemakua reflected on the words spoken by the young man, which he carefully followed. The first ku-ula established in Maulili, Maui, was named after him, and since then, its fish have been shared freely without restriction or division.

After establishing the different ku-ula stations along the coast from Hana to Kipahulu, Aiai went to Kaupo and other places. A noted station and ku-ula is at Kahikinui. All the stations of this place are in the deep sea, where they use nets of three kinds; there is also fishing with poles, and ulua fishing, because this part of the island faces the wind; but the ku-ulas are located on the seashore, as is also the one at Honuaula, where it is covered over by the lava flow. [238]

After setting up the different ku-ula stations along the coast from Hana to Kipahulu, Aiai headed to Kaupo and other areas. A notable station and ku-ula is located at Kahikinui. All the stations here are in the deep sea, where they use three types of nets; they also fish with poles and ulua fish due to this part of the island facing the wind. However, the ku-ulas are positioned on the shore, like the one at Honuaula, which is covered by a lava flow. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Thus was performed the good work of Aiai in establishing ku-ula stations and fish stones continued all around the island of Maui. It is also said that he visited Kahoolawe and established a ku-ula at Hakioawa, though it differs from the others, being built on a high bluff overlooking the sea, somewhat like a temple, by placing stones in the form of a square, in the middle of which was left a space wherein the fishermen of that island laid their first fish caught, as a thank offering. Awa and kapa were also placed there as offerings to the fish deities.

Thus, Aiai successfully set up ku-ula stations and fish stones all around the island of Maui. It’s also said that he went to Kahoolawe and established a ku-ula at Hakioawa, although it’s different from the others. This one was built on a high bluff overlooking the sea, somewhat like a temple, with stones arranged in a square. In the center, there was a space where the fishermen of that island placed their first catch as a thank-you offering. Awa and kapa were also offered there to honor the fish deities.

An idea prevails with some people that the ko’a of Kamohoalii, the king shark of Kahoolawe, is on this island, but if all the stories told of it be examined there will be found no reference to a ko’a of his on this island.

Some people believe that the ko’a of Kamohoalii, the king shark of Kahoolawe, is on this island, but if you look at all the stories about it, you'll find no mention of a ko’a of his here.

From Kahoolawe, Aiai next went to Lanai, where he started fishing for aku (bonito) at Cape Kaunolu, using his pearl Kahuoi. This is the first case known of fishing for aku with pearl from the land, as it is a well known fact that this fish is caught only in deep sea, far from shore. In the story of Kaneapua it is shown that he is the only one who had fished for aku at the Cape of Kaunolu, where it was started by Aiai.

From Kahoolawe, Aiai then traveled to Lanai, where he began fishing for aku (bonito) at Cape Kaunolu, using his pearl Kahuoi. This is the first recorded instance of fishing for aku with a pearl from the land, as it is widely known that this fish is caught only in deep water, far from the shore. In the tale of Kaneapua, it is shown that he is the only one who fished for aku at Cape Kaunolu, where Aiai started this practice.

From Kaunolu, Aiai went to Kaena Cape, where at a place close to Paomai, was a little sandy beach now known as Polihua. Here he took a stone and carved a figure on it, then carried and placed it on the sandy beach, and called on his parents. While making his incantations the stone moved toward the sea and disappeared under the water. His incantations finished, [239]the stone reappeared and moved toward him till it reached the place where it had been laid; whereupon it was transformed into a turtle, and gave the name of Polihua to that beach. This work of Aiai on the island of Lanai was the first introduction of the turtle in the seas of Hawaii, and also originated the habit of the turtle of going up the beach to lay its eggs, then returning to the sea.

From Kaunolu, Aiai went to Kaena Cape, where near Paomai, there was a small sandy beach now known as Polihua. Here, he took a stone and carved a figure into it, then carried it and placed it on the sandy beach, calling on his parents. While he was chanting, the stone moved toward the sea and disappeared under the water. Once his chanting was done, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the stone reappeared and moved toward him until it reached the spot where he had laid it; then it transformed into a turtle, which gave the name Polihua to that beach. This action by Aiai on the island of Lanai was the first introduction of the turtle to the waters of Hawaii, and it also started the habit of turtles coming up the beach to lay their eggs and then returning to the sea.

After making the circuit of Lanai he went over to Molokai, landing at Punakou and travelled along the shore till he reached Kaunakakau. At this place he saw spawns of mullet, called Puai-i, right near the shore, which he kicked with his foot, landing them on the sand. This practice of kicking fish with the feet is carried on to this time, but only at that locality. Aiai continued on along the Kona side of Molokai, examining its fishing grounds and establishing ku-ulas till he got to Halawa. At the Koolau side of the island he stopped at Wailau and saw the cave of the eel Koona that went to Hana and stole the fish from his father’s pond, and the cause of all the trouble that befell his parents and himself.

After circling Lanai, he went over to Molokai, landing at Punakou and traveling along the shore until he reached Kaunakakau. At this place, he saw mullet fry, called Puai-i, right near the shore, which he kicked onto the sand. This practice of kicking fish with feet is still done today, but only in that area. Aiai continued along the Kona side of Molokai, checking out the fishing spots and setting up ku-ulas until he arrived at Halawa. On the Koolau side of the island, he stopped at Wailau and saw the cave of the eel Koona, who went to Hana and stole fish from his father's pond, causing all the trouble that fell upon his parents and himself.

When Aiai landed at Wailau he saw that both sides of the valley were covered with men, women, and children engaged in closing up the stream and diverting its water to another course, whereby they would be enabled to catch oopu and opae. The water being low, the gourds of some of the people were full from their catch.

When Aiai arrived at Wailau, he noticed that both sides of the valley were filled with men, women, and children working to block the stream and redirect its water elsewhere, so they could catch oopu and opae. With the water low, some people had their gourds filled with their haul.

Aiai noticed their wanton method of fishing, whereby all oopus and opaes were caught without thought [240]of any reservation for their propagation; therefore he called on his parents to take them all away. The prayer was granted, for suddenly they all disappeared; those in the water went up the stream to a place called Koki, while those in the gourds were turned to lizards which scampered out and ran all over the rocks. The people were much surprised at this change and felt sorely disappointed at the loss of their food supply.

Aiai noticed their reckless fishing methods, where all the oopus and opaes were caught without any thought for their reproduction. So he asked his parents to remove them all. His request was granted, and suddenly they all vanished; those in the water swam upstream to a place called Koki, while those in the gourds transformed into lizards that scurried out and ran across the rocks. The people were very surprised by this change and were deeply disappointed at losing their food supply.

On account of his regard for a certain lad of that place, named Kahiwa, he showed him the place of the opaes to be up the precipitous cliff, Koki. The youth was attentive to the direction of Aiai and going there he found the oopus and opaes as stated, as they are to this day. That is what established the noted saying of the old people of that land: “Kokio of Wailau is the ladder of the opae.” It is also known as the “Pali of Kahiwa.”

Because of his fondness for a local boy named Kahiwa, he showed him where the opaes were located up the steep cliff, Koki. The young man paid close attention to Aiai's directions, and when he went there, he found the oopus and opaes just as mentioned, just like they are today. This is what led to the famous saying among the elders of that land: “Kokio of Wailau is the ladder of the opae.” It is also referred to as the “Pali of Kahiwa.”

When Aiai left Wailau he showed this lad the ku-ula and the fish station in the sea he had located there, at the same distance as that rocky island known as Mokapu. He went also to Pelekunu, Waikolu and Kalawao, even to Kalaupapa, the present home of the lepers. At the latter place he left a certain fish stone. That is the reason fish constantly gather there even to this day. He also went to Hoolehua and so on as far as Ka lae o ka ilio (the dog’s forehead) and Ka lae o ka laau. Between these two capes in the sea is a station established by Aiai, where a tree grew out from under a rock, Ekaha by name. It is a hardwood tree, but the trunk and [241]also the branches are without leaves. This place is a great haunt for fishermen with their hooks.

When Aiai left Wailau, he showed the boy the ku-ula and the fish station in the sea he had found there, at the same distance as the rocky island called Mokapu. He also visited Pelekunu, Waikolu, Kalawao, and all the way to Kalaupapa, the current home of the lepers. At Kalaupapa, he left behind a specific fish stone, which is why fish still gather there today. He continued to Hoolehua and further to Ka lae o ka ilio (the dog’s forehead) and Ka lae o ka laau. Between these two capes in the sea is a station set up by Aiai, where a tree called Ekaha grew out from under a rock. It’s a hardwood tree, but the trunk and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the branches are leafless. This spot is a favorite for fishermen with their hooks.

Aiai then came to Oahu, first landing at Makapuu, in Koolau, where he founded a pohaku-ia (fish stone) for red fish and for speckled fish, and called it Malei. This was a female rock, and the fish of that place is the uhu. It is referred to in the mele of Hiiaka, thus:

Aiai then arrived in Oahu, first stopping at Makapuu in Koolau, where he established a pohaku-ia (fish stone) for red fish and speckled fish, naming it Malei. This was a female rock, and the fish from that area is the uhu. It is mentioned in the mele of Hiiaka, like this:

“I will not go to the stormy capes of Koolau,

"I'm not going to the rough shores of Koolau,

The sea-cliffs of Moeaau.

The sea cliffs of Moeaau.

The woman watching uhu of Makapuu

The woman watching the uhu at Makapuu

Dwells on the ledge of Kamakani

Stays on the edge of Kamakani

At Koolau. The living

At Koolau. The living

Offers grass-twined sacrifices, O Malie!”

"Offers grass-twined sacrifices, O Malie!"

From the time Aiai founded that spawning-place until the present, its fish have been the uhu, extending to Hanauma. There were also several gathering-places for fish established outside of Kawaihoa. Aiai next moved to Maunalua, then to Waialae and Kahalaia. At Kaalawai he placed a white and brown rock. There in that place is a hole filled with aholehole, therefore the name of the land is Kaluahole. Right outside of Kahuahui there is a station where Aiai placed a large round sandstone that is surrounded by spawning-places for fish; Ponahakeone is its name.

From the time Aiai established that spawning area until now, its fish have been the uhu, reaching as far as Hanauma. There were also several fishing spots set up outside of Kawaihoa. Aiai then moved to Maunalua, followed by Waialae and Kahalaia. At Kaalawai, he placed a white and brown rock. In that spot is a hole filled with aholehole, which is how the land got its name, Kaluahole. Right outside of Kahuahui, there's a site where Aiai put a large round sandstone surrounded by fish spawning areas; it's called Ponahakeone.

In ancient times the chiefs selected a very secret place wherein to hide the dead bodies of their greatly beloved, lest some one should steal their bones to make fish-hooks, or arrows to shoot mice with. For that reason the ancients referred to Ponahakeone as “He Lualoa no Na’lii”—a deep pit for the chiefs. [242]

In ancient times, the chiefs chose a very secluded spot to hide the bodies of their dearly loved ones, so that no one would steal their bones to make fish hooks or arrows for hunting mice. Because of this, the ancients called Ponahakeone “He Lualoa no Na’lii”—a deep pit for the chiefs. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Aiai came to Kalia and so on to Kakaako. Here he was befriended by a man named Apua, with whom he remained several days, observing and listening to the murmurs of the chief named Kou. This chief was a skilful hiaku fisherman, his grounds being outside of Mamala until you came to Moanalua. There was none so skilled as he, and generous withal, giving akus to the people throughout the district.

Aiai arrived at Kalia and then went to Kakaako. There, he made friends with a man named Apua, and they spent several days together, watching and listening to the whispers of the chief named Kou. This chief was an expert hiaku fisherman, with his fishing grounds located beyond Mamala and up to Moanalua. No one was as skilled as he was, and he was generous too, sharing akus with the people in the area.

As Aiai was dwelling with his friend Apua at Kakaako, he meandered off one day along the shore of Kulolia, and so on to Pakaka and Kapapoko. But he did not return to the house of his friend, for he met a young woman gathering limu (sea-moss) and fishing for crabs. This young woman, whose name was Puiwa, lived at Hanakaialama and was a virgin, never having had a husband. She herself, as the people would say, was forward to ask Aiai to be her husband; but he listened to her voice, and they went up together to her home and saw the parents and relatives, and forthwith were married. After living with this young woman some time a son was born to them, whom Aiai named Puniaiki. During those days was the distribution of aku which were sent up from Honolulu to the different dwellings; but while others were given a whole fish, they got but a portion from some neighbor. For this reason the woman was angry, and told Aiai to go to the brook and get some oopus fit to eat, as well as opae. Aiai listened to the voice of his wife. He dug a ditch and constructed a dam so as to lead the water of the brook into some pits, and thus be able to catch the oopu and opae. He [243]labored some days at this work, and the fish and shrimps were hung up to dry.

As Aiai was staying with his friend Apua at Kakaako, he wandered off one day along the shore of Kulolia, then on to Pakaka and Kapapoko. However, he didn’t return to his friend's house because he met a young woman collecting limu (sea-moss) and crabbing. This young woman, named Puiwa, lived at Hanakaialama and was a virgin, having never had a husband. She was bold enough to ask Aiai to be her husband; he listened to her, and they went to her home together to meet her parents and relatives, and they were soon married. After living with this young woman for a while, they had a son whom Aiai named Puniaiki. During that time, there was a distribution of aku that were sent from Honolulu to different homes; but while others received a whole fish, they only got a portion from a neighbor. Because of this, the woman was upset and told Aiai to go to the stream and catch some oopu to eat, along with opae. Aiai listened to his wife and dug a ditch, building a dam to channel the stream's water into some pits to catch the oopu and opae. He worked for several days on this project, hanging the fish and shrimp up to dry.

On a certain day following, Aiai and his wife went with their child to the brook. She left her son upon the bank of the stream while she engaged herself in catching opae and oopu from the pits. But it was not long before the child began to cry; and as he cried, Aiai told his wife to leave her fishing, but she talked saucily to him. So Aiai called upon the names of his ancestors. Immediately a dark and lowering cloud drew near and poured out a flood of water upon the stream, and in a short time the dam was broken by the freshet and all the oopu and opae, together with the child, were swept toward the sea. But the woman was not taken by the flood. Aiai then rose up and departed, without thought of his wife.

On a certain day after that, Aiai and his wife took their child to the brook. She left their son on the bank while she focused on catching opae and oopu from the pits. But it wasn’t long before the child started crying, and as he cried, Aiai told his wife to stop fishing, but she replied back disrespectfully. So Aiai called on the names of his ancestors. Suddenly, a dark and threatening cloud rolled in and unleashed a heavy downpour on the stream, and soon the dam gave way under the flood, sweeping away all the oopu and opae, along with the child, towards the sea. But the woman was not caught in the flood. Aiai then got up and left, without considering his wife.

He went down from the valley to Kaumakapili, and as he was standing there he saw some women fishing for oopu on the banks of the stream, the daughter of the chief Kikihale being with them. At that time, behold, there was caught by the female guardian of the daughter of Kikihale a very large oopu. This oopu she showed to her protégée, who told her to put it into a large calabash with water and feed it with limu, so that it might become a pet fish. This was done and the oopu was tended very carefully night and day.

He came down from the valley to Kaumakapili, and while he was there, he saw some women fishing for oopu on the banks of the stream, including the daughter of the chief Kikihale. At that moment, the female guardian of Kikihale’s daughter caught a really large oopu. She showed it to her protégée, who told her to place it in a large calabash with water and feed it limu so it could become a pet fish. This was done, and they took great care of the oopu day and night.

Aiai stood by and saw the fish lifted out of the brook, and recognized it at the same time as his own child, changed from a human being into an oopu.

Aiai stood by and saw the fish pulled out of the stream, and recognized it at the same time as his own child, transformed from a human being into an oopu.

(At this point the story of Aiai gives place to that of his child.) [244]

(At this point, the story of Aiai shifts to that of his child.) [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

When the oopu was placed in a large calabash with water, it was carefully tended and fed with sea-moss for some time, but one day in seeing to this duty the guardian of the chieftainess, on reaching the calabash, was startled to behold therein a human child, looking with its eyes. And the water in the calabash had disappeared. She was greatly surprised and seized with a dark foreboding, and a trembling fear possessed her as she looked upon this miraculous child.

When the oopu was put in a large bowl of water, it was carefully looked after and fed with sea moss for a while, but one day, while taking care of it, the chieftainess's guardian was shocked to find a human baby inside the bowl, staring back at her. The water in the bowl had vanished. She was extremely surprised and filled with a sense of dread, and a shiver of fear washed over her as she gazed at this miraculous child.

This woman went and told the chieftainess of this child they knew to have had the form of an oopu, and as Kikihale heard the story of her guardian she went quickly, with grave doubts, however, of this her report; but there, on reaching the calabash, as she looked she saw indeed a child therein. She immediately put forth her hands toward the child and lifting it, carefully examined its form and noted its agreeable features. As the thought quickly possessed this girl, she said: “Now, my guardian, you and your husband take and rear this child till he is grown, then I will be his wife.”

This woman went to tell the chieftainess about a child they believed to have taken the form of an oopu. When Kikihale heard her guardian's story, she hurried over, although she had serious doubts about the report. Upon reaching the calabash, she looked inside and saw a child there. She immediately reached out her hands, lifted the child, and carefully examined its form, noting its pleasant features. As this thought quickly crossed her mind, she said, “Now, my guardian, you and your husband should raise this child until he’s grown, and then I will marry him.”

The guardian answered her: “When this child becomes grown you will be old; that is, your days will be in the evening of life, while his place will be in the early morn. Will you not thereby have lasting cause for dissatisfaction and contention between you in the future?”

The guardian replied, “When this child grows up, you will be old; in other words, your days will be in the evening of life, while his will be in the early morning. Won't that give you plenty of reasons for dissatisfaction and conflict between you in the future?”

Kikihale answering her guardian said: “You are not to blame; these things are mine to consider, for the reason that the desire is mine, not yours, my guardian.” [245]

Kikihale responded to her guardian, “You’re not at fault; these matters are mine to think about, because the desire is mine, not yours, my guardian.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

After this talking the child was quickly known of among the chiefs and attendants. He was nourished and brought up to adult age, when Kikihale took him for her husband as she had said; and for a time they dwelt together as man and wife without disagreement between them. But during these days Kikihale saw plainly that her husband was not disposed to do anything for their support; therefore she mourned over it continually and angrily reproved him, finally, saying:

After talking like this, the child quickly became known among the chiefs and attendants. He was raised and grew to adulthood, when Kikihale took him as her husband as she had promised; and for a while, they lived together as a couple without any issues. But during this time, Kikihale clearly saw that her husband was not willing to do anything to support them; so she constantly worried about it and eventually scolded him, saying:

“O my husband, can you not go forth also, as others, to assist our father and the attendants in the duties of fishing, instead of eating till you are satisfied, then rolling over with face upward to the ridge-pole of the house and counting the ahos? It may do while my father is alive; but if he should die, whence would come our support?” Thus she spoke reproachingly from day to day, and the words stung Puniaiki’s heart with much pain.

“O my husband, can’t you also go out like others to help our father and the team with fishing instead of just eating until you’re full, then lying back with your face up to the roof and counting the stars? That may be fine while my father is alive, but if he dies, where will our support come from?” She said this in a reproachful tone day after day, and her words pierced Puniaiki’s heart with deep pain.

And this is what he said to his wife one day: “It is unpleasant to hear you constantly talking thus. Not as wild animals is the catching of fish in the sea; they are obedient if called, and you may eat wastefully of my fish when procured. I have authority over fish, men, pigs, and dogs. If you are a favorite of your father then go to him for double canoes, with their fishing appurtenances, and men to paddle them.”

And this is what he said to his wife one day: “It’s frustrating to hear you talking like this all the time. Fishing in the sea isn’t like hunting wild animals; they respond when called, and you can feast on the fish I catch without holding back. I have control over fish, people, pigs, and dogs. If you’re your father’s favorite, then go to him for double canoes, complete with fishing gear, and men to paddle them.”

When Kikihale heard these words of her husband she hastened to Kou, her father, and told him all that Puniaiki had said, and the request was promptly [246]executed. Kikihale returned to her husband and told him all she had done.

When Kikihale heard her husband's words, she quickly went to Kou, her father, and shared everything that Puniaiki had said. The request was quickly [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]carried out. Kikihale went back to her husband and told him everything she had done.

On Puniaiki’s going down to the canoe place he found the men were making ready the canoes with the nets, rods, lines, and the pearl fish-hooks. Here he lit a fire and burned up the pearl fish-hooks, at which his wife was much angered and cried loudly for the hiaku pearl hooks of her father. She went and told Kou of this mischievous action of her husband, but he answered her not a word at this act of his son-in-law, though he had supplied five gourds filled with them, a thousand in number, and the strangest thing was, that all were burned up save two only which Kou had reserved.

On Puniaiki's way to the canoe area, he saw that the men were preparing the canoes with nets, rods, lines, and pearl fishhooks. He started a fire and burned the pearl fishhooks, which made his wife very angry, and she cried out loud for her father's hiaku pearl hooks. She went to tell Kou about her husband's reckless behavior, but he didn't say a word about his son-in-law's actions, even though he had given him five gourds filled with a thousand hooks. The strange thing was that only two hooks were left, which Kou had saved.

Hawaiian Fisherman Using the Throw-Net.

Hawaiian Fisherman Using the Throw-Net.

Hawaiian Fisherman Using the Throw-Net.

Hawaiian Fisherman Using the Throw Net.

That night Puniaiki slept apart from his wife, and he told the canoe paddlers to sleep in the canoe sheds, not to go to their homes that night; and they obeyed his voice.

That night, Puniaiki slept away from his wife, and he instructed the canoe paddlers to stay in the canoe sheds instead of going home that night; they followed his orders.

It was Kou’s habit to rouse his men before break of day to sail in the malaus for aku fishing at the mouth of the harbor, for that was their feeding-time, not after the sun had risen. Thus would the canoes enter the schools of aku and this chief became famous thereby as a most successful fisherman. But on this day was seen the sorcerer’s work of this child of Aiai.

It was Kou’s routine to wake his men before dawn to go aku fishing at the harbor entrance, since that was when the fish were feeding, not after the sun had come up. This way, the canoes would get into the schools of aku, and Kou gained fame as a very successful fisherman. But on this day, the sorcerer's magic from this child of Aiai was witnessed.

As Kou with his men set out always before dawn, here was this Puniaiki above at his place at sunrise. At this time on his awaking from sleep he turned his face mountainward, and looking at Kaumakapili he saw a rainbow and its reddish mist spread out at that place, wherein was standing a human form. He felt [247]conscious that it was Aiai his father, therefore he went there and Aiai showed him the place of the pa (fish-hook) called Kahuai, and he said to his son: “Here will I stay till you return; be quick.”

As Kou and his men set out before dawn, Puniaiki was already at his spot by sunrise. Upon waking, he turned his face toward the mountains and, looking at Kaumakapili, noticed a rainbow and a reddish mist spread out in that area, where he saw a human figure. He felt conscious that it was Aiai, his father, so he went there, and Aiai pointed out the place of the pa (fish-hook) called Kahuai, saying to his son, “I will stay here until you get back; hurry up.”

Upon Puniaiki reaching the landing the canoes were quickly made ready to depart, and as they reached Kapapoko and Pakaka, at the sea of Kuloloia, they went on to Ulukua, now the lighthouse location of Honolulu harbor. At this place Puniaiki asked the paddlers: “What is the name of that surf cresting beneath the prow of our canoes?”

Upon Puniaiki arriving at the landing, the canoes were quickly prepared to leave, and as they reached Kapapoko and Pakaka, at the Kuloloia sea, they continued on to Ulukua, now the location of the lighthouse in Honolulu harbor. At this spot, Puniaiki asked the paddlers, “What’s the name of that surf breaking beneath the front of our canoes?”

“Puuiki,” replied the men.

“Puuiki,” the men replied.

He then said to them: “Point straight the prow of the canoes and paddle with strength.” At these words of Puniaiki their minds were in doubt, because there were probably no akus at that place in the surf; but that was none of their business. As they neared the breakers of Puuiki, below the mouth of Mamala, Puniaiki said to his men: “Turn the canoes around and go shorewards.” And in returning he said quickly, “Paddle strong, for here we are on the top of a school of akus.” But strange to say, as the men looked in the water they saw no fish swimming about, but on reaching Ulakua Puniaiki opened up the fish-hook, Kahuai, from its wrapping in the gourd and held it in his hand.

He then said to them, “Point the canoes straight ahead and paddle hard.” At Puniaiki’s words, they felt uncertain because there likely weren’t any akus in the surf at that spot; but that wasn’t their concern. As they approached the breakers of Puuiki, below the mouth of Mamala, Puniaiki told his men, “Turn the canoes around and head to shore.” On the way back, he quickly added, “Paddle hard, because we’re right above a school of akus.” But oddly enough, as the men looked into the water, they didn’t see any fish swimming around. When they reached Ulakua, Puniaiki took the fish-hook, Kahuai, out of its wrapping in the gourd and held it in his hand.

At this the akus, unprecedented in number, fairly leaped into the canoes. They became so filled with the fish, without labor, that they sank in the water as they reached Kapuukolo, and the men jumped overboard to float them to the beach. The canoe men [248]wondered greatly at this work of the son-in-law of Kou the chief; and the shore people shouted as the akus which filled the harbor swam toward the fishpond of Kuwili and on to the mouth of Leleo stream.

At this, the akus, in numbers like never before, jumped into the canoes. They filled with fish so quickly and easily that they started to sink as they arrived at Kapuukolo. The men had to jump overboard to help float them to the beach. The canoe guys [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]were amazed by what the son-in-law of Kou the chief had done; and the people on the shore cheered as the akus filled the harbor and swam toward the fishpond of Kuwili and on to the mouth of Leleo stream.

When the canoes touched shore Puniaiki seized two fishes in his hands and went to join his father where he was staying, and Aiai directed him to take them up to where his mother lived. These akus were not gifts for her, but an offering to Ku-ula at a ko’a established just above Kahuailanawai. Puniaiki obeyed the instructions of his father, and on returning to him he was sent back to his mother, Puiwa, with a supply of akus. She was greatly surprised that this handsome young man, with his gift of akus for her to eat, was her own son, and these were the first fruits of his labor.

When the canoes reached the shore, Puniaiki grabbed two fish in his hands and went to join his father, who was waiting for him. Aiai told him to take the fish up to where his mother lived. These akus weren’t gifts for her but an offering to Ku-ula at a ko’a set just above Kahuailanawai. Puniaiki followed his father's instructions, and after returning to him, he was sent back to his mother, Puiwa, with a supply of akus. She was really surprised that this handsome young man, who brought her akus to eat, was her own son, and these were the first fruits of his labor.

The people marvelled at the quantity of fish throughout the harbor, so that even the stream at Kikihale was also full of akus, and Puniaiki commanded the people to take of them day and night; and the news of this visit of akus went all around Oahu. This unequalled haul of akus was a great humiliation to Kou, affecting his fame as a fisherman; but he was neither jealous of his son-in-law nor angry,—he just sat silent. He thought much on the subject but with kindly feelings, resulting in turning over this employment to him who could prosecute it without worry.

The people were amazed at how many fish there were in the harbor, so much so that even the stream at Kikihale was filled with akus. Puniaiki told everyone to catch them day and night, and news of the akus’ arrival spread all over Oahu. This incredible catch of akus was a huge embarrassment for Kou, impacting his reputation as a fisherman. However, he wasn’t jealous of his son-in-law or angry—he just sat quietly. He thought about it a lot but with good intentions, deciding to hand over this job to someone who could handle it without stress.

Shortly afterwards Aiai arranged with Puniaiki for the establishing of ku-ulas, ko’as, and fish stones around the island of Oahu, which were as follows: [249]

Shortly after, Aiai coordinated with Puniaiki to set up ku-ulas, ko’as, and fish stones around the island of Oahu, which included the following: [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Kou stone was for Honolulu and Kaumakapili; a ku-ula at Kupahu; a fish stone at Hanapouli, Ewa. Ahuena was the ku-ula for Waipio; two were assigned for Honouliuli. Hani-o was the name of the ko’a outside of Kalaeloa; Kua and Maunalahilahi for Waianae; Kamalino for Waimea; and Kaihukuuna for Laiemaloo, Koolau.

The Kou stone was for Honolulu and Kaumakapili; a ku-ula at Kupahu; a fish stone at Hanapouli, Ewa. Ahuena was the ku-ula for Waipio; two were assigned for Honouliuli. Hani-o was the name of the ko’a outside of Kalaeloa; Kua and Maunalahilahi for Waianae; Kamalino for Waimea; and Kaihukuuna for Laiemaloo, Koolau.

Aiai and his son also visited Kauai and Niihau on this work, then they turned and went together to Hawaii. The principal or most noted fishing-grounds there are: Poo-a, Kahaka, and Olelomoana at Kona; Kalae at Kau; Kupakea at Puna, and I at Hilo.

Aiai and his son also visited Kauai and Niihau for this work, then they turned and went together to Hawaii. The main or most famous fishing spots there are: Poo-a, Kahaka, and Olelomoana at Kona; Kalae at Kau; Kupakea at Puna, and I at Hilo.

In former times at most of these fishing-grounds were seen multitudes and varieties of fish, all around the islands, and occasionally deep sea kinds came close in shore, but in this new era there are not so many. Some people say it is on account of the change of the times. [250]

In the past, many different types of fish could be found in most of these fishing spots all around the islands, and sometimes deep-sea fish would swim close to the shore. But today, there aren’t as many. Some people think it's because of how things have changed over time. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XXIII

Kaneaukai

A Legend of Waialua

Thos. G. Thrum

Thos. G. Thrum

Long ago, when the Hawaiians were in the darkness of superstition and kahunaism, with their gods and lords many, there lived at Mokuleia, Waialua, two old men whose business it was to pray to Kaneaukai for a plentiful supply of fish. These men were quite poor in worldly possessions, but given to the habit of drinking a potion of awa after their evening meal of poi and fish.

Long ago, when Hawaiians were caught up in superstition and kahunaism, worshiping many gods and lords, there lived two old men at Mokuleia, Waialua, whose job was to pray to Kaneaukai for a good supply of fish. These men didn't have much in terms of material wealth but had the routine of drinking a potion of awa after their evening meal of poi and fish.

The fish that frequented the waters of Mokuleia were the aweoweo, kala, manini, and many other varieties that find their habitat inside the coral reefs. Crabs of the white variety burrowed in the sand near the seashore and were dug out by the people, young and old. The squid also were speared by the skilful fishermen, and were eaten stewed, or salted and sun-dried and roasted on the coals. The salt likely came from Kaena Point, from salt-water evaporation in the holes of rocks so plentiful on that stormy cape. Or it may have been made on the salt pans of Paukauwila, near the stream of that name, where a few years ago this industry existed on a small scale. [251]

The fish that were often found in the waters of Mokuleia included aweoweo, kala, manini, and many other types that made their home in the coral reefs. White crabs dug into the sand near the shore and were collected by people of all ages. The skillful fishermen also speared squid, which were eaten stewed, salted, sun-dried, or roasted over coals. The salt likely came from Kaena Point, from saltwater evaporating in the rock holes that are abundant on that stormy cape. Alternatively, it might have been produced in the salt pans of Paukauwila, by the stream of the same name, where a small-scale salt industry existed a few years ago. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

But to return to our worshippers of Kaneaukai. One morning on going out upon the seashore they found a log of wood, somewhat resembling the human form, which they took home and set in a corner of their lowly hut, and continued their habit of praying to Kaneaukai. One evening, after having prepared a scanty supper of poi and salt, with perhaps a few roasted kukui-nuts, as a relish, and a couple of cocoanut cups of awa as their usual drink, they saw a handsome young man approaching, who entered their hut and saluted them. He introduced himself by saying, “I am Kaneaukai to whom you have been praying, and that which you have set up is my image; you have done well in caring for it.”

But let's go back to the worshippers of Kaneaukai. One morning, when they went out to the beach, they found a log of wood that looked somewhat like a human figure. They took it home and placed it in a corner of their modest hut, continuing their practice of praying to Kaneaukai. One evening, after preparing a meager dinner of poi and salt, along with a few roasted kukui nuts as a side dish, and a couple of coconut cups of awa as their usual drink, they noticed a handsome young man approaching. He entered their hut and greeted them. He introduced himself by saying, “I am Kaneaukai, the one you have been praying to, and that which you have set up is my likeness; you have done well in taking care of it.”

He sat down, after the Hawaiian custom, as if to share their evening meal, which the two old men invited him to partake of with them, but regretted the scanty supply of awa. He said: “Pour the awa back into the bowl and divide into three.” This they did and at once shared their meal with their guest.

He sat down, following the Hawaiian custom, as if to share their evening meal, which the two old men invited him to join. However, they regretted the limited supply of awa. He said, “Pour the awa back into the bowl and split it into three.” They did this and immediately shared their meal with their guest.

After supper Kaneaukai said to the two old men, “Go to Keawanui and you will get fish enough for the present.” He then disappeared, and the fishermen went as instructed and obtained three fishes; one they gave to an old sorceress who lived near by, and the other two they kept for themselves.

After dinner, Kaneaukai told the two old men, “Go to Keawanui, and you’ll catch plenty of fish for now.” He then vanished, and the fishermen followed his advice, bringing back three fish; they gave one to an old sorceress who lived nearby and kept the other two for themselves.

Soon after this there was a large school of fish secured by the fishermen of Mokuleia. So abundant were the fish that after salting all they could, there was enough to give away to the neighbors; and even the dogs had more than they desired. [252]

Soon after that, the fishermen of Mokuleia caught a huge school of fish. There were so many fish that after salting as much as they could, they had enough to share with the neighbors; even the dogs had more than they wanted. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Leaving the Mokuleia people to the enjoyment of their unusual supply of fish, we will turn to the abode of two kahunas, who were also fishermen, living on the south side of Waimea Valley, Oahu. One morning, being out of fish, they went out into the harbor to try their luck, and casting their net they caught up a calcareous stone about as large as a man’s head, and a pilot fish. They let the pilot fish go, and threw the stone back into the sea. Again they cast their net and again they caught the stone and the pilot fish; and so again at the third haul. At this they concluded that the stone was a representative of some god. The elder of the two said: “Let us take this stone ashore and set it up as an idol, but the pilot fish we will let go.” So they did, setting it up on the turn of the bluff on the south side of the harbor of Waimea. They built an inclosure about it and smoothed off the rocky bluff by putting flat stones from the immediate neighborhood about the stone idol thus strangely found.

Leaving the Mokuleia people to enjoy their unusual catch of fish, we will focus on the home of two kahunas, who were also fishermen, living on the south side of Waimea Valley, Oahu. One morning, running low on fish, they headed into the harbor to try their luck. They cast their net and caught a calcareous stone about the size of a man's head, along with a pilot fish. They released the pilot fish and tossed the stone back into the sea. Once again, they cast their net, and again they caught the stone and the pilot fish; this happened a third time. They concluded that the stone must represent some god. The elder of the two said, “Let’s take this stone ashore and set it up as an idol, but we’ll let the pilot fish go.” So they did, placing it on the bluff overlooking the south side of the Waimea harbor. They built an enclosure around it and smoothed the rocky bluff by laying flat stones from the nearby area around the strangely found stone idol.

About ten days after the finding of the stone idol the two old kahunas were sitting by their grass hut in the dusk of the evening, bewailing the scarcity of fish, when Kaneaukai himself appeared before them in the guise of a young man. He told them that they had done well in setting up his stone image, and if they would follow his directions they would have a plentiful supply of fish. Said he, “Go to Mokuleia, and you will find my wooden idol; bring it here and set it up alongside of my stone idol.” But they demurred, as it was a dark night and there were usually quicksands [253]after a freshet in the Kamananui River. His answer was, “Send your grandsons.” And so the two young men were sent to get the wooden idol and were told where they could find it.

About ten days after they discovered the stone idol, the two old kahunas were sitting by their grass hut in the evening, lamenting the lack of fish, when Kaneaukai appeared before them as a young man. He told them they had done well in setting up his stone image, and if they followed his instructions, they would have plenty of fish. He said, “Go to Mokuleia, and you will find my wooden idol; bring it here and set it up next to my stone idol.” But they hesitated, as it was a dark night and there were usually quicksand spots after heavy rain in the Kamananui River. He replied, “Send your grandsons.” So the two young men were sent to retrieve the wooden idol, and they were told where to find it.

The young men started for Mokuleia by way of Kaika, near the place where salt was made a few years ago. Being strangers, they were in doubt about the true way, when a meteor (hoku kaolele) appeared and went before them, showing them how to escape the quicksands. After crossing the river they went on to Mokuleia as directed by Kaneaukai, and found the wooden idol in the hut of the two old men. They shouldered it, and taking as much dried fish as they could carry, returned by the same way that they had come, arriving at home about midnight.

The young men set out for Mokuleia through Kaika, near where salt had been made a few years earlier. As they were newcomers, they weren't sure of the correct path when a meteor (hoku kaolele) appeared and guided them, showing them how to avoid the quicksand. After crossing the river, they continued on to Mokuleia as Kaneaukai had instructed, and found the wooden idol in the hut of the two old men. They took the idol on their shoulders and grabbed as much dried fish as they could carry before heading back the same way they had come, arriving home around midnight.

The next day the two old kahunas set up the wooden idol in the same inclosure with the stone representative of Kaneaukai. The wooden image has long since disappeared, having been destroyed, probably, at the time Kaahumanu made a tour of Oahu after her conversion to Christianity, when she issued her edict to burn all the idols. But the stone idol was not destroyed. Even during the past sixty years offerings of roast pigs are known to have been placed before it. This was done secretly for fear of the chiefs, who had published laws against idolatry.

The next day, the two old kahunas set up the wooden idol in the same enclosure with the stone representation of Kaneaukai. The wooden image has long since vanished, likely destroyed when Kaahumanu toured Oahu after converting to Christianity and declared her order to burn all the idols. However, the stone idol remained intact. Even over the last sixty years, people have secretly made offerings of roast pigs before it, out of fear of the chiefs who enforced laws against idolatry.

Accounts differ, various narrators giving the story some embellishments of their own. So good a man as a deacon of Waialua in telling the above seemed to believe that, instead of being a legend it was true; for an old man, to whom he referred as authority, said [254]that one of the young men who went to Mokuleia and brought the wooden idol to Waimea was his own grandfather.

Accounts vary, with different storytellers adding their own details. A deacon from Waialua, who is a good man, genuinely seemed to believe that instead of being a legend, it was true; because an old man he referred to as an authority claimed that one of the young men who traveled to Mokuleia and brought the wooden idol to Waimea was his own grandfather.

An aged resident of the locality gives this version: Following the placement of their strangely found stone these two men dreamed of Kaneaukai as a god in some far-distant land, to whom they petitioned that he would crown their labors with success by granting them a plentiful supply of fish. Dreaming thus, Kaneaukai revealed himself to them as being already at their shore; that the stone which they had been permitted to find and had honored by setting up at Kehauapuu, was himself, in response to their petitions; and since they had been faithful so far, upon continuance of the same, and offerings thereto, they should ever after be successful in their fishing. As if in confirmation of this covenant, this locality has ever since been noted for the periodical visits of schools of the anae-holo and kala, which are prevalent from April to July, coming, it is said, from Ohea, Honuaula, Maui, by way of Kahuku, and returning the same way.

An elderly local resident shares this story: After they discovered a strange stone, these two men dreamed of Kaneaukai as a god in a distant land. They asked him to bless their efforts by giving them a good supply of fish. In their dream, Kaneaukai appeared to them, saying he was already at their shore; the stone they found and placed at Kehauapuu was actually him, in response to their requests. He told them that as long as they stayed faithful and continued their offerings, they would always be successful in their fishing. To confirm this promise, this area has been known for the regular visits of schools of anae-holo and kala, which are plentiful from April to July. It's said that these fish come from Ohea, Honuaula, Maui, passing through Kahuku, and then return the same way.

So strong was the superstitious belief of the people in this deified stone that when, some twenty years ago, the road supervisor of the district threw it over and broke off a portion, it was prophesied that Kaneaukai would be avenged for the insult. And when shortly afterward the supervisor lost his position and removed from the district, returning not to the day of his death; and since several of his relatives have met untimely ends, not a few felt it was the recompense of his sacrilegious act. [255]

The people were so strongly superstitious about this revered stone that when the district road supervisor vandalized it and broke off a piece about twenty years ago, it was said that Kaneaukai would get revenge for the disrespect. Shortly after that, the supervisor lost his job and left the area, never to return until the day he died. Since then, several of his relatives have met untimely fates, and many believe it was a form of punishment for his sacrilegious act. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XXIV

The Shark-Man, Nanaue

Mrs. E. M. Nakuina

Mrs. E. M. Nakuina

Kamohoalii, the King-shark of Hawaii and Maui, has several deep sea caves that he uses in turn as his habitat. There are several of these at the bottom of the palisades, extending from Waipio toward Kohala, on the island of Hawaii. A favorite one was at Koamano, on the mainland, and another was at Maiaukiu, the small islet just abreast of the valley of Waipio. It was the belief of the ancient Hawaiians that several of these shark gods could assume any shape they chose, the human form even, when occasion demanded.

Kamohoali'i, the King Shark of Hawaii and Maui, has several deep-sea caves that he uses as his home. There are a number of these at the bottom of the cliffs, stretching from Waipio to Kohala, on the island of Hawaii. One of his favorites was at Koamano, on the mainland, and another was at Maiaukiu, the small islet right next to the valley of Waipio. Ancient Hawaiians believed that several of these shark gods could take on any shape they wanted, even human form, when the need arose.

In the reign of Umi, a beautiful girl, called Kalei, living in Waipio, was very fond of shellfish, and frequently went to Kuiopihi for her favorite article of diet. She generally went in the company of other women, but if the sea was a little rough, and her usual companion was afraid to venture out on the wild and dangerous beach, she very often went alone rather than go without her favorite sea-shells.

In the reign of Umi, a beautiful girl named Kalei lived in Waipio and loved shellfish. She often went to Kuiopihi to get her favorite food. Usually, she went with other women, but if the sea was a bit rough and her friends were too scared to go to the wild and dangerous beach, she often went alone instead of missing out on her favorite sea-shells.

In those days the Waipio River emptied over a low fall into a basin partly open to the sea; this basin is now completely filled up with rocks from some convulsion [256]of nature, which has happened since then. In this was a deep pool, a favorite bathing-place for all Waipio. The King shark god, Kamohoalii, used to visit this pool very often to sport in the fresh waters of the Waipio River. Taking into account the many different tales told of the doings of this shark god, he must have had quite an eye for human physical beauty.

In those days, the Waipio River flowed over a low waterfall into a basin that was partly open to the sea; today, this basin is completely filled with rocks from a natural upheaval that occurred since then. There was a deep pool here, a popular swimming spot for everyone in Waipio. The shark god, Kamohoalii, would often visit this pool to enjoy the fresh waters of the Waipio River. Considering the many stories about this shark god's adventures, he must have had quite the appreciation for human beauty.

Kalei, as was to be expected from a strong, well-formed Hawaiian girl of those days, was an expert swimmer, a good diver, and noted for the neatness and grace with which she would lelekawa (jump from the rocks into deep water) without any splashing of water, which would happen to unskilful divers, from the awkward attitudes they would assume in the act of jumping.

Kalei, like any strong, well-built Hawaiian girl of her time, was an amazing swimmer, a skilled diver, and known for the neatness and grace with which she would lelekawa (jump from the rocks into deep water) without making any splashes, unlike inexperienced divers who would create a mess with their clumsy jumping styles.

It seems Kamohoalii, the King-shark, had noted the charms of the beautiful Kalei, and his heart, or whatever answers in place of it with fishes, had been captured by them. But he could not expect to make much of an impression on the maiden’s susceptibilities in propria persona, even though he was perfectly able to take her bodily into his capacious maw; so he must needs go courting in a more pleasing way. Assuming the form of a very handsome man, he walked on the beach one rather rough morning, waiting for the girl’s appearance.

It seems Kamohoalii, the King Shark, had noticed the charms of the beautiful Kalei, and his heart, or whatever serves that purpose for fish, had been captured by her. But he couldn’t expect to make a significant impact on the girl’s feelings directly, even though he could easily take her into his large mouth; so he had to court her in a more appealing way. Taking the form of a very handsome man, he wandered along the beach on a rather stormy morning, waiting for the girl's arrival.

Now the very wildness of the elements afforded him the chance he desired, as, though Kalei was counted among the most agile and quick of rock-fishers, that morning, when she did come, and alone, as her usual companions were deterred by the rough weather, she [257]made several unsuccessful springs to escape a high threatening wave raised by the god himself; and apparently, if it had not been for the prompt and effective assistance rendered by the handsome stranger, she would have been swept out into the sea.

Now the wildness of the elements gave him the opportunity he wanted. Even though Kalei was known as one of the most skilled and quick rock-fishers, that morning, when she came alone—her usual companions staying back because of the rough weather—she [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]made several unsuccessful attempts to escape a huge wave created by the god himself. Apparently, without the swift and effective help from the handsome stranger, she would have been swept out to sea.

Thus an acquaintance was established. Kalei met the stranger from time to time, and finally became his wife.

Thus, a friendship was formed. Kalei saw the stranger occasionally and eventually became his wife.

Some little time before she expected to become a mother, her husband, who all this time would only come home at night, told her his true nature, and informing her that he would have to leave her, gave orders in regard to the bringing up of the future child. He particularly cautioned the mother never to let him be fed on animal flesh of any kind, as he would be born with a dual nature, and with a body that he could change at will.

Some time before she expected to become a mother, her husband, who had only come home at night until then, revealed his true nature to her. He told her that he would have to leave her and gave instructions about raising their future child. He specifically warned the mother never to let him be fed any kind of animal flesh since he would be born with a dual nature and a body that he could change at will.

In time Kalei was delivered of a fine healthy boy, apparently the same as any other child, but he had, besides the normal mouth of a human being, a shark’s mouth on his back between the shoulder blades. Kalei had told her family of the kind of being her husband was, and they all agreed to keep the matter of the shark-mouth on the child’s back a secret, as there was no knowing what fears and jealousies might be excited in the minds of the King or high chiefs by such an abnormal being, and the babe might be killed.

In time, Kalei gave birth to a healthy baby boy who looked just like any other child, but he had, in addition to a normal mouth, a shark’s mouth on his back between his shoulder blades. Kalei had informed her family about what her husband was, and they all agreed to keep the shark mouth on the baby's back a secret, as they couldn't predict what fears and jealousies might arise in the minds of the King or high chiefs due to such an unusual child, and the baby could be in danger.

The old grandfather, far from heeding the warning given by Kamohoalii in the matter of animal diet, as soon as the boy, who was called Nanaue, was old enough to come under the taboo in regard to the eating [258]of males, and had to take his meals at the mua house with the men of the family, took especial pains to feed him on dog meat and pork. He had a hope that his grandson would grow up to be a great, strong man, and become a famous warrior; and there was no knowing what possibilities lay before a strong, skilful warrior in those days. So he fed the boy with meat, whenever it was obtainable. The boy thrived, grew strong, big, and handsome as a young lama (Maba sandwicensis) tree.

The old grandfather, ignoring the warning from Kamohoalii about animal diets, made sure that once the boy, named Nanaue, was old enough to follow the taboo regarding eating males and began having his meals at the males' house, he was especially fed dog meat and pork. He hoped his grandson would grow up to be a great, strong man and a famous warrior; back then, a strong, skilled warrior had endless possibilities. So, he fed the boy meat whenever it was available. The boy thrived, becoming strong, big, and handsome like a young lama (Maba sandwicensis) tree.

There was another pool with a small fall of the Waipio River very near the house of Kalei, and the boy very often went into it while his mother watched on the banks. Whenever he got into the water he would take the form of a shark and would chase and eat the small fish which abounded in the pool. As he grew old enough to understand, his mother took especial pains to impress on him the necessity of concealing his shark nature from other people.

There was another pool with a small waterfall from the Waipio River very close to Kalei's house, and the boy often went there while his mother kept an eye on him from the bank. Whenever he jumped into the water, he would transform into a shark and chase down the small fish that were plentiful in the pool. As he grew older and started to understand more, his mother made a special effort to stress the importance of hiding his shark nature from other people.

This place was also another favorite bathing-place of the people, but Nanaue, contrary to all the habits of a genuine Hawaiian, would never go in bathing with the others, but always alone; and when his mother was able, she used to go with him and sit on the banks, holding the kapa scarf, which he always wore to hide the shark-mouth on his back.

This spot was also a popular swimming location for the locals, but Nanaue, unlike most true Hawaiians, would never swim with anyone else and always preferred to go alone; when she could, his mother would accompany him and sit on the shore, holding the kapa scarf that he always wore to cover the shark-mouth on his back.

When he became a man, his appetite for animal diet, indulged in childhood, had grown so strong that a human being’s ordinary allowance would not suffice for him. The old grandfather had died in the meantime, so that he was dependent on the food supplied [259]by his stepfather and uncles, and they had to expostulate with him on what they called his shark-like voracity. This gave rise to the common native nickname of a manohae (ravenous shark) for a very gluttonous man, especially in the matter of meat.

When he grew up, his craving for meat, which he had indulged in during childhood, became so intense that an average person's portion wouldn't be enough for him. By then, his grandfather had passed away, so he relied on the food provided by his stepfather and uncles, who often had to lecture him about what they considered his shark-like hunger. This led to the popular local nickname of a manohae (ravenous shark) for someone who is extremely greedy, especially when it comes to meat.

Nanaue used to spend a good deal of his time in the two pools, the one inland and the other opening into the sea. The busy-bodies (they had some in those days as well as now) were set to wondering why he always kept a kihei, or mantle, on his shoulders; and for such a handsomely shaped, athletic young man, it was indeed a matter of wonder and speculation, considering the usual attire of the youth of those days. He also kept aloof from all the games and pastimes of the young people, for fear that the wind or some active movement might displace the kapa mantle, and the shark-mouth be exposed to view.

Nanaue spent a lot of his time in two pools, one inland and the other leading to the sea. The busybodies (they had those back then too) were curious about why he always wore a kihei, or cape, on his shoulders; and for such a handsome, athletic young man, it was definitely something to wonder about, especially considering how young people usually dressed back then. He also stayed away from all the games and activities of the other youth, worried that the wind or any sudden movement might shift the kapa mantle and expose the shark-mouth design.

About this time children and eventually grown-up people began to disappear mysteriously.

Around this time, kids and eventually adults started to vanish without a trace.

Nanaue had one good quality that seemed to redeem his apparent unsociability; he was almost always to be seen working in his mother’s taro or potato patch when not fishing or bathing. People going to the sea beach would have to pass these potato or taro patches, and it was Nanaue’s habit to accost them with the query of where they were going. If they answered, “To bathe in the sea,” or, “Fishing,” he would answer, “Take care, or you may disappear head and tail.” Whenever he so accosted any one it would not be long before some member of the party so addressed would be bitten by a shark. [260]

Nanaue had one redeeming quality that made up for his apparent unsociability; he was almost always seen working in his mother's taro or potato patch when he wasn't fishing or bathing. People heading to the beach had to pass by these potato or taro patches, and Nanaue would often call out to them, asking where they were going. If they replied, “To swim in the sea,” or, “Fishing,” he would respond, “Be careful, or you might disappear head and tail.” Whenever he said this to someone, it wouldn't be long before a member of the group he addressed would get bitten by a shark. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

If it should be a man or woman going to the beach alone, that person would never be seen again, as the shark-man would immediately follow, and watching for a favorable opportunity, jump into the sea. Having previously marked the whereabouts of the person he was after, it was an easy thing for him to approach quite close, and changing into a shark, rush on the unsuspecting person and drag him or her down into the deep, where he would devour his victim at his leisure. This was the danger to humanity which his king-father foresaw when he cautioned the mother of the unborn child about feeding him on animal flesh, as thereby an appetite would be evoked which they had no means of satisfying, and a human being would furnish the most handy meal of the kind that he would desire.

If a man or woman went to the beach alone, that person would never be seen again, as the shark-man would immediately follow them and wait for the right moment to jump into the sea. Having already tracked the person he was after, it was easy for him to get close, transforming into a shark to rush at the unsuspecting individual and pull them down into the depths, where he could enjoy his meal at his leisure. This was the danger to humanity that his king-father foresaw when he warned the mother of the unborn child against feeding him animal flesh, as it would create an appetite they couldn't satisfy, and a human would be the easiest kind of meal he would want.

Nanaue had been a man grown some time, when an order was promulgated by Umi, King of Hawaii, for every man dwelling in Waipio to go to koele work, tilling a large plantation for the King. There were to be certain days in an anahulu (ten days) to be set aside for this work, when every man, woman, and child had to go and render service, excepting the very old and decrepit, and children in arms.

Nanaue was already an adult when Umi, the King of Hawaii, announced that every man living in Waipio had to go work at koele, farming a large plantation for the King. There were specific days within an anahulu (ten days) designated for this work, during which everyone—men, women, and children—had to participate, except for the very old and frail, and infants.

The first day every one went but Nanaue. He kept on working in his mother’s vegetable garden to the astonishment of all who saw him. This was reported to the King, and several stalwart men were sent after him. When brought before the King he still wore his kapa kihei or mantle.

The first day everyone went except for Nanaue. He kept working in his mother's vegetable garden, much to the amazement of everyone who saw him. This was reported to the King, and several strong men were sent after him. When he was brought before the King, he still wore his kapa kihei or mantle.

The King asked him why he was not doing koele [261]work with every one else. Nanaue answered he did not know it was required of him. Umi could not help admiring the bold, free bearing of the handsome man, and noting his splendid physique, thought he would make a good warrior, greatly wanted in those ages, and more especially in the reign of Umi, and simply ordered him to go to work.

The King asked him why he wasn't doing koele [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] work like everyone else. Nanaue replied that he didn't know it was expected of him. Umi couldn't help but admire the confident, carefree attitude of the handsome man, and noticing his impressive physique, thought he would make a great warrior, which was greatly needed during those times, especially during Umi's reign, and simply told him to get to work.

Nanaue obeyed, and took his place in the field with the others, and proved himself a good worker, but still kept on his kihei, which it would be natural to suppose that he would lay aside as an incumbrance when engaged in hard labor. At last some of the more venturesome of the younger folks managed to tear his kapa off, as if accidentally, when the shark-mouth on his back was seen by all the people near.

Nanaue obeyed and took his spot in the field with the others, showing himself to be a good worker, but he still kept his kihei on, which one might expect him to take off as it could get in the way while doing hard labor. Finally, some of the bolder younger people managed to rip his kapa off, seemingly by accident, revealing the shark mouth on his back to everyone nearby.

Nanaue was so enraged at the displacement of his kapa and his consequent exposure, that he turned and bit several of the crowd, while the shark-mouth opened and shut with a snap, and a clicking sound was heard such as a shark is supposed to make when baulked by its prey.

Nanaue was so furious about the loss of his kapa and the fact that he was exposed, that he turned and bit several people in the crowd, while his shark mouth opened and closed with a snap, making a clicking sound like a shark does when it’s frustrated with its prey.

The news of the shark-mouth and his characteristic shark-like actions were quickly reported to the King, with the fact of the disappearance of so many people in the vicinity of the pools frequented by Nanaue; and of his pretended warnings to people going to the sea, which were immediately followed by a shark bite or by their being eaten bodily, with every one’s surmise and belief that this man was at the bottom of all those disappearances. The King believed it was even so, [262]and ordered a large fire to be lighted, and Nanaue to be thrown in to be burnt alive.

The news about the shark-man and his typical shark-like behavior quickly reached the King, along with the alarming fact that so many people had gone missing near the pools where Nanaue often visited. There were reports of his supposed warnings to anyone headed to the sea, which were always followed by a shark bite or someone being devoured, leading everyone to suspect that he was responsible for all these disappearances. The King believed this was true, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and ordered a big fire to be lit and for Nanaue to be thrown in to burn alive.

When Nanaue saw what was before him, he called on the shark god, his father, to help him; then, seeming to be endowed with superhuman strength in answer to his prayer, he burst the ropes with which he had been bound in preparation for the burning, and breaking through the throng of Umi’s warriors, who attempted to detain him, he ran, followed by the whole multitude, toward the pool that emptied into the sea. When he got to the edge of the rocks bordering the pool, he waited till the foremost persons were within arm’s length, when he leaped into the water and immediately turned into a large shark on the surface of the water, in plain view of the people who had arrived, and whose numbers were being continually augmented by more and more arrivals.

When Nanaue saw what was in front of him, he called on the shark god, his father, for help. Then, as if he had been given superhuman strength in response to his prayer, he broke the ropes that had bound him for the burning. Breaking through the crowd of Umi’s warriors who tried to stop him, he ran, with the entire crowd following, toward the pool that flowed into the sea. When he reached the edge of the rocks by the pool, he waited until the people in front were within arm’s reach, then he jumped into the water and immediately transformed into a large shark on the surface, clearly visible to the growing number of people who had gathered.

Coast Surf Scene.

Coast Surf Scene.

Coast Surf Scene.

Coastal Surf Culture.

He lay on the surface some little time, as if to recover his breath, and then turned over on his back, and raising his head partly out of the water, snapped his teeth at the crowd who, by this time, completely lined the banks, and then, as if in derision or defiance of them, turned and flirted his tail at them and swam out to sea.

He lay on the surface for a little while, as if trying to catch his breath, then rolled onto his back and lifted his head partly out of the water. He snapped his teeth at the crowd, who had completely lined the banks by this time, and then, as if mocking or challenging them, turned and flicked his tail at them before swimming out to sea.

The people and chiefs were for killing his mother and relatives for having brought up such a monster. Kalei and her brothers were seized, bound, and dragged before Umi, while the people clamored for their immediate execution, or as some suggested, that they be thrown into the fire lighted for Nanaue.

The people and chiefs wanted to kill his mother and relatives for raising such a monster. Kalei and her brothers were captured, tied up, and brought before Umi, while the crowd shouted for their immediate execution, or as some suggested, that they be thrown into the fire set for Nanaue.

But Umi was a wise king and would not consent to [263]any such summary proceedings, but questioned Kalei in regard to her fearful offspring. The grieved and frightened mother told everything in connection with the paternity and bringing up of the child, and with the warning given by the dread sea-father.

But Umi was a wise king and wouldn’t agree to any quick decisions, so he asked Kalei about her terrified child. The heartbroken and scared mother revealed everything about the child's father and how she raised them, along with the warning given by the fearsome sea-father.

Umi considered that the great sea god Kamohoalii was on the whole a beneficent as well as a powerful one. Should the relatives and mother of that shark god’s son be killed, there would then be no possible means of checking the ravages of that son, who might linger around the coast and creeks of the island, taking on human shape at will, for the purpose of travelling inland to any place he liked, and then reassume his fish form and lie in wait in the many deep pools formed by the streams and springs.

Umi thought that the great sea god Kamohoalii was generally both kind and strong. If the relatives and mother of that shark god’s son were killed, there would be no way to stop the destruction caused by that son, who could hang around the coast and creeks of the island, take on human form whenever he wanted to travel inland to whatever place he wanted, and then change back into a shark to lie in wait in the many deep pools created by the streams and springs.

Umi, therefore, ordered Kalei and her relatives to be set at liberty, while the priests and shark kahunas were requested to make offerings and invocations to Kamohoalii that his spirit might take possession of one of his hakas (mediums devoted to his cult), and so express to humanity his desires in regard to his bad son, who had presumed to eat human beings, a practice well known to be contrary to Kamohoalii’s design.

Umi, therefore, commanded that Kalei and her family be freed, while the priests and shark kahunas were asked to make offerings and prayers to Kamohoalii so that his spirit could take control of one of his hakas (mediums dedicated to his worship), and convey to people his wishes about his wayward son, who had dared to consume human flesh, an act widely recognized as against Kamohoalii’s intentions.

This was done, whereupon the shark god manifested himself through a haka, and expressed his grief at the action of his wayward son. He told them that the grandfather was to blame for feeding him on animal flesh contrary to his orders, and if it were not for that extenuating circumstance, he would order his son to be killed by his own shark officers; but as it was, he would require of him that he should disappear forever [264]from the shores of Hawaii. Should Nanaue disregard that order and be seen by any of his father’s shark soldiers, he was to be instantly killed.

This happened, and then the shark god appeared through a haka, expressing his sadness about his rebellious son’s actions. He explained that the grandfather was at fault for feeding him animal flesh against his wishes, and if it weren't for that mitigating factor, he would have commanded his son’s death at the hands of his shark officers. However, since that was the case, he demanded that his son vanish forever [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]from the shores of Hawaii. If Nanaue ignored that order and was spotted by any of his father’s shark soldiers, he was to be killed immediately.

Then the shark god, who it seems retained an affection for his human wife, exacted a promise that she and her relatives were to be forever free from any persecutions on account of her unnatural son, on pain of the return and freedom from the taboo of that son.

Then the shark god, who apparently still cared for his human wife, made a promise that she and her family would always be free from any persecution because of her unnatural son, or else the son would return and be free from the taboo surrounding him.

Accordingly Nanaue left the island of Hawaii, crossed over to Maui, and landing at Kipahulu, resumed his human shape and went inland. He was seen by the people, and when questioned, told them he was a traveller from Hawaii, who had landed at Hana and was going around sightseeing. He was so good looking, pleasant, and beguiling in his conversation that people generally liked him. He was taken as aikane by one of the petty chiefs of the place, who gave his own sister for wife to Nanaue. The latter made a stipulation that his sleeping house should be separated from that of his wife, on account of a pretended vow, but really in order that his peculiar second mouth might escape detection.

Nanaue left the island of Hawaii, crossed over to Maui, and landed at Kipahulu, where he transformed back into his human form and went inland. The locals saw him, and when they asked who he was, he told them he was a traveler from Hawaii who had arrived at Hana and was exploring the area. He was so good-looking, charming, and engaging in conversation that people generally liked him. One of the local petty chiefs took him in as aikane and offered his own sister as a wife to Nanaue. Nanaue insisted that his sleeping quarters be separate from his wife's, claiming it was due to a supposed vow, but in reality, it was to keep his unusual second mouth hidden.

For a while the charms of the pretty girl who had become his wife seem to have been sufficient to prevent him from trying to eat human beings, but after a while, when the novelty of his position as a husband had worn off, and the desire for human flesh had again become very strong, he resumed the old practice for which he had been driven away from Hawaii.

For a while, the allure of the beautiful girl who had become his wife seemed enough to keep him from wanting to eat humans. But eventually, after the excitement of being a husband wore off and the craving for human flesh grew strong again, he went back to the old habit that had gotten him kicked out of Hawaii.

He was eventually detected in the very act of pushing [265]a girl into the sea, jumping in after her, then turning into a shark, and commencing to devour her, to the horror of some people who were fishing with hook and rod from some rocks where he had not observed them. These people raised the alarm, and Nanaue seeing that he was discovered, left for Molokai where he was not known.

He was finally caught in the act of shoving [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a girl into the ocean, jumping in after her, then transforming into a shark and starting to eat her, shocking some fishermen using rods and reels on the rocks who hadn't been noticed by him. These fishermen raised the alarm, and Nanaue, realizing he was found out, fled to Molokai where he was unknown.

He took up his residence on Molokai at Poniuohua, adjoining the ahupuaa of Kainalu, and it was not very long before he was at his old practice of observing and accosting people, giving them his peculiar warning, following them to the sea in his human shape, then seizing one of them as a shark and pulling the unfortunate one to the bottom, where he would devour his victim. In the excitement of such an occurrence, people would fail to notice his absence until he would reappear at some distant point far away from the throng, as if engaged in shrimping or crabbing.

He moved to Molokai at Poniuohua, next to the ahupuaa of Kainalu, and it wasn't long before he was back to his old habits of watching and approaching people, giving them his strange warning, following them to the sea in his human form, then turning into a shark and dragging one of them down to the depths, where he would eat his victim. In the chaos of such an event, people would often not notice he was gone until he showed up again at some distant spot away from the crowd, as if he were out catching shrimp or crabs.

This went on for some time, till the frightened and harassed people in desperation went to consult a shark kahuna, as the ravages of the man-eating shark had put a practical taboo on all kinds of fishing. It was not safe to be anywhere near the sea, even in the shallowest water.

This continued for a while, until the scared and stressed people, in their desperation, decided to consult a shark kahuna, since the attacks by the man-eating shark had practically banned all forms of fishing. It wasn’t safe to be near the ocean, even in the shallowest water.

The kahuna told them to lie in wait for Nanaue, and the next time he prophesied that a person would be eaten head and tail, to have some strong men seize him and pull off his kapa mantle, when a shark mouth would be found on his back. This was done, and the mouth seen, but the shark-man was so strong when they seized him and attempted to bind him, that he [266]broke away from them several times. He was finally overpowered near the seashore and tightly bound. All the people then turned their attention to gathering brush and firewood to burn him, for it was well known that it is only by being totally consumed by fire that a man-shark can be thoroughly destroyed, and prevented from taking possession of the body of some harmless fish shark, who would then be incited to do all the pernicious acts of a man-shark.

The kahuna told them to wait for Nanaue, and the next time he predicted that someone would be eaten from head to tail, they should have some strong men grab him and take off his kapa mantle, revealing a shark mouth on his back. This was done, and the mouth was seen, but the shark-man was so strong that when they tried to capture and tie him up, he broke free several times. Eventually, they managed to overpower him near the shore and bound him tightly. Everyone then focused on gathering brush and firewood to burn him because it was well known that only by being completely consumed by fire can a man-shark be fully destroyed, preventing him from taking control of the body of some innocent fish shark, who would then be driven to commit all the harmful actions of a man-shark.

While he lay there on the low sandy beach, the tide was coming in, and as most of the people were returning with fagots and brush, Nanaue made a supreme effort and rolled over so that his feet touched the water, when he was enabled at once to change into a monster shark. Those who were near him saw it, but were not disposed to let him off so easily, and they ran several rows of netting makai, the water being very shallow for quite a distance out. The shark’s flippers were all bound by the ropes with which the man Nanaue had been bound, and this with the shallowness of the water prevented him from exerting his great strength to advantage. He did succeed in struggling to the breakers, though momentarily growing weaker from loss of blood, as the people were striking at him with clubs, spears, stone adzes and anything that would hurt or wound, so as to prevent his escape.

While he lay there on the sandy beach, the tide was coming in, and as most people returned with bundles of sticks and brush, Nanaue made a big effort and rolled over so that his feet touched the water, which immediately allowed him to transform into a giant shark. Those nearby saw it, but they weren't going to let him get away so easily, so they quickly set up several rows of nets toward the ocean, as the water was shallow for quite a distance. The shark's fins were tangled in the ropes that had restrained the man Nanaue, and this along with the shallow water kept him from using his immense strength effectively. He managed to struggle toward the waves, but he was getting weaker from losing blood as people struck him with clubs, spears, stone axes, and anything else they could use to hurt or wound him to block his escape.

With all that, he would have got clear, if the people had not called to their aid the demigod Unauna, who lived in the mountains of upper Kainalu. It was then a case of Akua vs. Akua, but Unauna was only a young demigod, and not supposed to have acquired [267]his full strength and supernatural powers, while Nanaue was a full-grown man and shark. If it had not been for the latter’s being hampered by the cords with which he was bound, the nets in his way, as well as the loss of blood, it is fully believed that he would have got the better of the young local presiding deity; but he was finally conquered and hauled up on the hill slopes of Kainalu to be burnt.

With all that, he would have escaped if the people hadn’t called on the demigod Unauna, who lived in the mountains of upper Kainalu. It became a showdown of Akua vs Akua, but Unauna was just a young demigod and hadn’t fully developed his strength and supernatural powers, while Nanaue was a fully grown man and shark. If it hadn’t been for Nanaue being tied up with the cords that bound him, the nets in his way, and the loss of blood, it's widely believed that he would have emerged victorious over the young local god; however, he was ultimately defeated and dragged up to the hills of Kainalu to be burned.

The shallow ravine left by the passage of his immense body over the light yielding soil of the Kainalu Hill slope can be seen to this day, as also a ring or deep groove completely around the top of a tall insulated rock very near the top of Kainalu Hill, around which Unauna had thrown the rope, to assist him in hauling the big shark uphill. The place was ever afterwards called Puumano (Shark Hill), and is so known to this day.

The shallow ravine created by the movement of his massive body across the soft soil of Kainalu Hill can still be seen today, along with a ring or deep groove completely around the top of a tall isolated rock near the summit of Kainalu Hill, where Unauna had thrown the rope to help him pull the big shark uphill. This spot has since been known as Puumano (Shark Hill), and it still carries that name today.

Nanaue was so large, that in the attempt to burn him, the blood and water oozing out of his burning body put out the fire several times. Not to be outwitted in that way by the shark son of Kamohoalii, Unauna ordered the people to cut and bring for the purpose of splitting into knives, bamboos from the sacred grove of Kainalu. The shark flesh was then cut into strips, partly dried, and then burnt, but the whole bamboo grove had to be used before the big shark was all cut. The god Mohoalii (another form of the name of the god Kamohoalii), father of Unauna, was so angered by the desecration of the grove, or more likely on account of the use to which it was put, that he took away all the edge and sharpness from the [268]bamboos of this grove forever, and to this day they are different from the bamboos of any other place or grove on the islands, in this particular, that a piece of them cannot cut any more than any piece of common wood. [269]

Nanaue was so huge that when they tried to burn him, the blood and water seeping from his burning body extinguished the flames several times. Not wanting to be outsmarted by Kamohoalii's shark son, Unauna told the people to cut down and collect bamboos from the sacred grove of Kainalu to make knives. The shark meat was then sliced into strips, dried a bit, and then cooked, but the entire bamboo grove had to be used before the massive shark was completely cut up. The god Mohoalii (a different name for Kamohoalii), Unauna's father, was so furious about the disrespect shown to the grove, or more likely, the way it was being used, that he stripped all the sharpness and cutting ability from the bamboos of that grove forever. To this day, they are different from bamboos found anywhere else on the islands in that a piece of them can't cut any more than an ordinary piece of wood. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XXV

Fish Stories and Superstitions

Translated by M. K. Nakuina

Translated by M.K. Nakuina

The following narration of the different fishes here given is told and largely believed in by native fishermen. All may not agree as to particulars in this version, but the main features are well known and vary but little. Some of these stories are termed mythical, in others the truth is never questioned, and together they have a deep hold on the Hawaiian mind. Further and confirmatory information may be obtained from fishermen and others, and by visiting the market the varieties here mentioned may be seen almost daily.

The following description of the different fish presented here is shared and widely accepted by local fishermen. Not everyone may agree on the details in this version, but the key points are familiar to most and change very little. Some of these tales are called myths, while in other cases, the truth is never doubted, and collectively they have a strong impact on Hawaiian culture. More information can be gathered from fishermen and others, and by visiting the market, you can see the varieties mentioned here almost every day.

In the olden time certain varieties of fish were tabooed and could not be caught at all times, being subject to the kapu of Ku-ula, the fish god, who propagated the finny tribes of Hawaiian waters. While deep sea fishing was more general, that in the shallow sea, or along shore, was subject to the restrictions of the konohiki of the land, and aliis, both as to certain kinds and periods. The sign of the shallow sea kapu was the placing of branches of the hau tree all along the shore. The people seeing this token of the kapu respected it, and any violation thereof in ancient times was said to be punishable by death. [270]While this kapu prevailed the people resorted to the deep sea stations for their food supply. With the removal of the hau branches, indicating that the kapu was lifted, the people fished as they desired, subject only to the makahiki taboo days of the priest or alii, when no canoes were allowed to go out upon the water.

In ancient times, certain types of fish were off-limits and couldn't be caught at all times, as they were protected by the kapu of Ku-ula, the fish god, who created the fish populations in Hawaiian waters. While deep-sea fishing was more common, fishing in the shallow waters or along the coast was regulated by the konohiki of the land and the aliis, both in terms of specific types of fish and fishing times. The sign for the shallow sea kapu was the placement of hau tree branches along the shore. The community recognized this sign of the kapu and respected it, with any violations in those ancient times reportedly punishable by death. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]While this kapu was in effect, people turned to deep-sea fishing for their food. Once the hau branches were removed, signaling that the kapu was lifted, people could fish as they pleased, except during the makahiki taboo days set by the priest or aliis, when no canoes were allowed to venture out onto the water.

The first fish caught by a fisherman, or any one else, was marked and dedicated to Ku-ula. After this offering was made, Ku-ula’s right therein being thus recognized, they were free from further oblations so far as that particular variety of fish was concerned. All fishermen, from Hawaii to Niihau, observed this custom religiously. When the fishermen caught a large supply, whether by the net, hook, or shell, but one of a kind, as just stated, was reserved as an offering to Ku-ula; the remainder was then free to the people.

The first fish caught by a fisherman or anyone else was set apart and dedicated to Ku-ula. Once this offering was made, acknowledging Ku-ula’s rights, they were no longer required to make further offerings for that specific type of fish. All fishermen, from Hawaii to Niihau, followed this tradition faithfully. When they caught a large haul, whether using a net, hook, or shell, only one of that type was kept as an offering to Ku-ula; the rest was then available for the people.

Deified Fish Superstition

Some of the varieties of fish we now eat were deified and prayed to by the people of the olden time, and even some Hawaiians of to-day labor under like superstition with regard to sharks, eels, oopus, and some others. They are afraid to eat or touch these lest they suffer in consequence; and this belief has been perpetuated, handed down from parents to children, even to the present day. The writer was one of those brought up to this belief, and only lately has eaten the kapu fish of his ancestors without fearing a penalty therefor.

Some of the types of fish we eat today were worshipped and prayed to by people in ancient times, and even some Hawaiians today still hold similar superstitions about sharks, eels, oopus, and others. They hesitate to eat or touch these fish for fear of negative consequences; and this belief has been passed down from parents to children, right up to the present day. The author was raised with this belief and only recently ate the kapu fish of his ancestors without fearing any punishment for it.

Story of the Anae-holo

The anae-holo is a species of mullet unlike the shallow water, or pond, variety; and the following [271]story of its habit is well known to any kupa (native born) of Oahu.

The anae-holo is a type of mullet that’s different from the shallow water or pond variety, and the following [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] story about its behavior is well known to any kupa (native born) of Oahu.

The home of the anae-holo is at Honouliuli, Pearl Harbor, at a place called Ihuopalaai. They make periodical journeys around to the opposite side of the island, starting from Puuloa and going to windward, passing successively Kumumanu, Kalihi, Kou, Kalia, Waikiki, Kaalawai and so on, around to the Koolau side, ending at Laie, and then returning by the same course to their starting-point. This fish is not caught at Waianae, Kaena, Waialua, Waimea, or Kahuku because it does not run that way, though these places are well supplied with other kinds. The reason given for this is as follows:

The home of the anae-holo is in Honouliuli, Pearl Harbor, at a place called Ihuopalaai. They regularly travel to the other side of the island, starting from Puuloa and heading windward, passing through Kumumanu, Kalihi, Kou, Kalia, Waikiki, Kaalawai, and so on, around to the Koolau side, ending at Laie, then returning the same way to where they started. This fish isn't found in Waianae, Kaena, Waialua, Waimea, or Kahuku because it doesn't migrate that way, even though those areas have plenty of other types of fish. The explanation for this is as follows:

Ihuopalaai had a Ku-ula, and this fish god supplied anaes. Ihuopalaai’s sister took a husband and went and lived with him at Laie, Koolauloa. In course of time a day came when there was no fish to be had. In her distress and desire for some she bethought herself of her brother, so she sent her husband to Honouliuli to ask Ihuopalaai for a supply, saying: “Go to Ihuopalaai, my brother, and ask him for fish. If he offers you dried fish, refuse it by all means;—do not take it, because the distance is so long that you would not be able to carry enough to last us for any length of time.”

Ihuopalaai had a Ku-ula, and this fish god provided fish. Ihuopalaai’s sister married and moved in with her husband at Laie, Koolauloa. Eventually, a day came when there was no fish available. In her distress and longing for some, she thought of her brother, so she sent her husband to Honouliuli to ask Ihuopalaai for fish, saying: “Go to Ihuopalaai, my brother, and ask him for fish. If he offers you dried fish, definitely refuse it; don’t take it, because the distance is so far that you won’t be able to carry enough to last us for very long.”

When her husband arrived at Honouliuli he went to Ihuopalaai and asked him for fish. His brother-in-law gave him several large bundles of dried fish, one of which he could not very well lift, let alone carry a distance. This offer was refused and reply given [272]according to instruction. Ihuopalaai sat thinking for some time and then told him to return home, saying: “You take the road on the Kona side of the island; do not sit, stay, nor sleep on the way till you reach your own house.”

When her husband got to Honouliuli, he went to Ihuopalaai and asked him for fish. His brother-in-law gave him several large bundles of dried fish, one of which he could hardly lift, let alone carry any distance. He declined the offer and responded as instructed. Ihuopalaai sat quietly for a while and then told him to go back home, saying: “Take the road on the Kona side of the island; don’t stop, linger, or sleep until you reach your own house.”

The man started as directed, and Ihuopalaai asked Ku-ula to send fish for his sister, and while the man was journeying homeward as directed a school of fish was following in the sea, within the breakers. He did not obey fully the words of Ihuopalaai, for he became so tired that he sat down on the way; but he noticed that whenever he did so the fish rested too. The people seeing the school of fish went and caught some of them. Of course, not knowing that this was his supply, he did not realize that the people were taking his fish. Reaching home, he met his wife and told her he had brought no fish, but had seen many all the way, and pointed out to her the school of anae-holo which was then resting abreast of their house. She told him it was their supply, sent by Ihuopalaai, his brother-in-law. They fished, and got all they desired, whereupon the remainder returned by the same way till they reached Honouliuli where Ihuopalaai was living. Ever afterward this variety of fish has come and gone the same way every year to this day, commencing some time in October and ending in March or April.

The man began his journey as instructed, and Ihuopalaai asked Ku-ula to send fish for his sister. As the man was making his way home, a school of fish was following him in the sea, within the waves. He didn’t fully follow Ihuopalaai's instructions because he got so tired that he sat down along the way. However, he noticed that whenever he rested, the fish did as well. People saw the school of fish and went to catch some. Not realizing that these fish were meant for him, he didn’t understand that the people were taking his fish. When he got home, he told his wife that he hadn’t caught any fish but had seen many along the way, pointing out the school of anae-holo that was resting near their house. She informed him that it was their supply, sent by Ihuopalaai, his brother-in-law. They went fishing and caught all they needed, and then the rest of the fish returned the same way until they reached Honouliuli, where Ihuopalaai lived. Since then, this type of fish has come and gone in the same manner every year, starting sometime in October and ending in March or April.

Expectant mothers are not allowed to eat of the anae-holo, nor the aholehole, fearing dire consequences to the child, hence they never touch them till after the eventful day. Nor are these fish ever given to children till they are able to pick and eat them of their own accord. [273]

Expectant mothers are not allowed to eat anae-holo or aholehole, fearing harmful effects on the child, so they avoid them until after the big day. These fish are also never given to children until they can choose and eat them on their own. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Myth of the Hilu

The hilu is said to have once possessed a human form, but by some strange event its body was changed to that of a fish. No knowledge of its ancestry or place of origin is given, but the story is as follows:

The hilu is said to have once had a human form, but due to some strange event, its body was transformed into that of a fish. There's no information about its ancestry or where it came from, but the story goes like this:

Hilu-ula and Hilu-uli were born twins, one a male and the other a female. They had human form, but with power to assume that of the fish now known as hilu. The two children grew up together and in due time when Hilu-uli, the sister, was grown up, she left her brother and parents without saying a word and went into the sea, and, assuming her fish form, set out on a journey, eventually reaching Heeia, Koolaupoko. During the time of her journey she increased the numbers of the hilu so that by the time they came close to Heeia there was so large a school that the sea was red with them. When the people of Heeia and Kaneohe saw this, they paddled out in their canoes to discover that it was a fish they had never seen nor heard of before. Returning to the shore for nets, they surrounded the school and drew in so many that they were not able to care for them in their canoes. The fishes multiplied so rapidly that when the first school was surrounded and dragged ashore, another one appeared, and so on, till the people were surfeited. Yet the fish stayed in the locality, circling around. The people ate of them in all styles known to Hawaiians; raw, lawalued, salted, and broiled over a fire of coals.

Hilu-ula and Hilu-uli were born as twins, one a boy and the other a girl. They appeared human but had the ability to transform into the fish now known as hilu. The two grew up together, and when Hilu-uli, the sister, came of age, she silently left her brother and parents and went into the sea. Transforming into her fish form, she embarked on a journey and eventually arrived at Heeia, Koolaupoko. During her journey, she increased the hilu population, so by the time she neared Heeia, there were so many that the sea appeared red with them. When the people of Heeia and Kaneohe saw this, they paddled out in their canoes to discover a fish they had never seen or heard of before. They returned to the shore to grab nets, surrounded the school, and caught so many that they couldn’t manage them all in their canoes. The fish multiplied so quickly that as soon as the first school was captured and brought ashore, another one appeared, and this continued until the people were overwhelmed. Yet the fish stayed nearby, swimming in circles. The people enjoyed them in every way known to Hawaiians: raw, lawalued, salted, and grilled over hot coals.

While the Koolau people were thus fishing and [274]feasting, Hilu-ula, the brother, arrived among them in his human form; and when he saw the hilu-uli broiling over the coal fire he recognized the fish form of his sister. This so angered him that he assumed the form of a whirlwind and entered every house where they had hilu and blew the fish all back into the sea. Since then the hilu-uli has dark scales, and is well known all over the islands.

While the Koolau people were fishing and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]feasting, Hilu-ula, the brother, showed up among them in his human form. When he saw the hilu-uli cooking over the coal fire, he recognized the fish as his sister. This made him so angry that he turned into a whirlwind and blew through every house where they had hilu, sending the fish back into the sea. Since then, the hilu-uli has had dark scales and is well-known all over the islands.

The Hou, or Snoring Fish

The hou lives in shallow water. When fishing with torches on a quiet, still night, if one gets close to where it is sleeping it will be heard to snore as if it were a human being. This is a small, beautifully colored fish. Certain sharks also, sleeping in shallow water, can be heard at times indulging in the same habit.

The hou lives in shallow water. When fishing with torches on a quiet, calm night, if you get close to where it's sleeping, you'll hear it snoring like a human. This is a small, beautifully colored fish. Some sharks also sleep in shallow water and can sometimes be heard doing the same thing.


There are many kinds of fish known to these islands, and other stories connected with them, which, if gathered together, would make an interesting collection of yarns as “fishy” as any country can produce.

There are many types of fish found in these islands, along with various stories related to them, which, if compiled, would create an interesting collection of tales as “fishy” as any country can offer.

The End

The End

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Glossary of Hawaiian Words

aaho, p. 142.

aaho, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

ahaaina, feast, p. 150.

Ahaaina, feast, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

aheahea, p. 135.

aheahea, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

aholehole, a species of fish.

aholehole, a type of fish.

ahos, small sticks used in thatching, p. 245.

ahos, small sticks used for thatching, p. 245.

Ahu o Kakaalaneo, the name given to the original feather cloak, p. 155.

Ahu o Kakaalaneo, the name given to the original feather cloak, p. 155.

ahupuaa, a small division of a country under the care of a head man.

ahupuaa, a small area of land in a country overseen by a leader.

ahuula, a feather cloak, p. 155.

ahuula, a feather cape, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ai Kanaka, man eater, p. 191.

Ai Kanaka, cannibal, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

aikane, an intimate friend of the same sex, p. 264.

aikane, a close friend of the same sex, p. 264.

Aina-i ka-kaupo-o-Kane (the land in the heart of Kane), the primeval home of mankind, p. 17.

Aina-i ka-kaupo-o-Kane (the land in the heart of Kane), the original home of humanity, p. 17.

Aina kumupuaa a Kane, see Kan-aka-maoli.

Aina kumupuaa a Kane, see Kanaka Maoli.

Aina lauena a Kane, p. 24.

Aina lauena a Kane, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Aina-wai-akua-a-Kane (the land of the divine water of Kane), the primeval home of mankind, p. 17.

Aina-wai-akua-a-Kane (the land of the divine water of Kane), the ancient home of humanity, p. 17.

aipunpuu, chief cook or steward, p. 141.

aipunpuu, head chef or manager, p. 141.

akaaka laughter, p. 118.

akaaka laughter, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

aku, a species of fish, the bonito.

aku, a type of fish known as bonito.

akua, a deity, p. 184.

Akua, a deity, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

akule, a species of fish.

akule, a type of fish.

ala, a smooth, round stone.

ala, a smooth round rock.

alae, mud-hens, p. 33.

alae, mud hens, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

alaea, red earth, of which the body of the first man was made, p. 16.

alaea, red earth, from which the body of the first man was formed, p. 16.

Alehe-ka-la, sun snarer, p. 32.

Alehe-ka-la, sun snatcher, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

alii, chief.

chief.

Alii aimoku, sovereign of the land.

Alii aimoku, ruler of the land.

aloha, a word betokening greeting or farewell.

aloha, a word that means hello or goodbye.

Aloha ino oe, eia ihonei paha oe e make ai, he ai mainei Pele, Compassion great to you! Close here, perhaps, is your death; Pele comes devouring, p. 40.

Aloha to you, perhaps you are about to die, eaten up by Pele, Great compassion to you! Close here, perhaps, is your death; Pele comes devouring, p. 40.

Aloha oe! Alas for you! p. 41.

Aloha oe! Unfortunately for you! p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

anae-holo, p. 270.

anae-holo, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

anahulu, a period of ten days.

anahulu, a 10-day period.

Ana puhi, eel’s cave, p. 188.

Ana puhi, eel cave, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

ano akua nae, p. 51.

ano akua nae, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Aole! no! p. 40.

No way! p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

ao poko, short cloud, p. 207.

ao poko, short cloud, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

apapani (or apapane), a scarlet bird, p. 182. [278]

apapani (or apapane), a bright red bird, p. 182. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

a-pe, a plant having broad leaves of an acrid taste, like kalo, but stronger.

a-pe, a plant with broad leaves that have a strong, bitter taste, similar to kalo, but more intense.

auki, the ki leaf (Dracæna terminalis), p. 119.

auki, the ki leaf (Dracæna terminalis), p. 119.

Aumakua, ancestral shades, p. 93; god, p. 220.

Aumakua, ancestral spirits, p. 93; deity, p. 220.

aupehu, p. 220.

aupehu, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

auwai, watercourse, p. 110.

auwai, waterway, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Auwe ka make! alas, he is dead! p. 176.

Oh no, he's gone! p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

awa, the name of a plant of a bitter, acrid taste, from which an intoxicating drink is made; also the name of the liquor itself, expressed from the root of the plant.

awa is the name of a plant with a bitter, sharp taste, used to make an intoxicating drink; it’s also the name of the liquor itself, derived from the root of the plant.

aweoweo, a species of reddish fish.

aweoweo, a type of reddish fish.

Eia o Hana la he aina aupehu; o Hana keia i ka ia iki; ka ia o Kama; ka ia o Lanakila, p. 220.

This is Hana, a beautiful land; this is Hana of the little fish; the fish of Kama; the fish of Lanakila, p. 220.

Elepaio, a small green bird (Chasiempis sandwichensis), p. 125.

Elepaio, a small green bird (Chasiempis sandwichensis), p. 125.

ha, the lower stem of leaves when cut from the root, p. 114.

ha, the lower part of leaves when cut from the root, p. 114.

haawe, back-load, p. 126.

haawe, back-load, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

haka, a medium devoted to the cult of a god, p. 263.

haka, a medium dedicated to the worship of a deity, p. 263.

hala tree (Pandanus odoratissimus), p. 121.

hala tree (Pandanus odoratissimus), p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

halau, shed, p. 113.

halau, shed, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

hau, a forest tree—a species of hibiscus; also, the bark of this tree from which ropes are made.

Hau, a type of tree found in forests—a species of hibiscus; also, the bark from this tree that is used to make ropes.

he ekolu ula o ka la, the third brightness of the sun, p. 204.

the third brightness of the sun, p. 204.

hee kupua, wonderful octopus, p. 234.

Hee Kupua, amazing octopus, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

heiau, temple.

heiau, shrine.

he keehina honua a Kane, p. 15.

he keehina honua a Kane, p. 15.

he ’lii kahuli, p. 19.

he ’lii kahuli, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

He Lualoa no Na ’lii, a deep pit for the chiefs, p. 241.

He Lualoa no Na ’lii, a deep pit for the chiefs, p. 241.

he mau anahulu, about thirty days.

he mau anahulu, about thirty days.

He po hookahi, a ao ua pau, in one night, and by dawn it is finished, p. 109.

He po hookahi, a ao ua pau, in one night, and by dawn it is done, p. 109.

He waa halau Alii o ka Moku, the royal vessel, the ark, p. 20.

He waa halau Alii o ka Moku, the royal boat, the ark, p. 20.

hiaku, name of a place in the sea beyond the kaiuli, and inside the kohola, p. 242.

hiaku, the name of a location in the ocean past the kaiuli, and within the kohola, p. 242.

Hi-ka-po-loa, Most Excellent, p. 15

Hi-ka-po-loa, Most Excellent, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Hilo, the first day (of the new moon), p. 75.

Hilo, the first day (of the new moon), p. 75.

hilu, a species of fish, spotted with various colors, p. 273.

hilu, a type of fish, marked with different colors, p. 273.

hinahina, leaves of a gray or withered appearance, p. 98.

hinahina, leaves that look gray or dried out, p. 98.

hinalea, a species of small fish.

hinalea, a type of small fish.

hokeo, a fisherman’s gourd.

hokeo, a fisherman's gourd.

hoku kaolele, a meteor, p. 253. [279]

hoku kaolele, a meteor, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

holua, sled.

sled.

honu, sea turtle, p. 183.

honu, sea turtle, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

hou, a species of fish, p. 274.

hou, a type of fish, p. 274.

hula, drum.

hula, drum.

ieie, the leaves of the ie, a decorative vine.

ieie, the leaves of the ie, a decorative vine.

iiwi, a small red bird.

iiwi, a tiny red bird.

i ka muli o Hea, p. 24.

i ka muli o Hea, p. 24.

Ikiki, a summer month—July or August, p. 74.

Ikiki, a summer month—July or August, p. 74.

i kini akua, spirits, angels.

i kini akua, spirits, angels.

Ikua, a winter month—December or January, p. 74.

Ikua, a winter month—December or January, p. 74.

i kuhaia, the spittle of the gods, p. 18.

i kuhaia, the spit of the gods, p. 18.

ilalo loa i ka po, p. 18.

ilalo loa i ka po, p. 18.

ili hau, the bark of the hau tree from which ropes are made, p. 218.

ili hau, the bark of the hau tree used for making ropes, p. 218.

ilio, dog.

ilio, pup.

i mea ole, nothing.

nothing.

imu, oven.

imu, oven.

iwi kuamoo, the backbone.

iwi kuamoo, the backbone.

ka aina i ka haupo a Kane, p. 24.

ka aina i ka haupo a Kane, p. 24.

ka aina momona a Kane, p. 24.

the rich land of Kane, p. 24.

kaao, legend-bearer, p. 108.

Kaao, legend holder, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

ka holua ana o Kahawali, Kahawali’s sliding-place, p. 39.

Kahawali’s sliding place, Kahawali’s sliding-place, p. 39.

kahu, keeper, p. 188.

kahu, keeper, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

kahuna lapaau, medical priest, p. 53.

kahuna lapaau, medical healer, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kaiakahinalii, the Flood, p. 20.

Kaiakahinalii, the Flood, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kai a Kahinalii, Sea of Kahinalaa, p. 37.

Kai a Kahinalii, Sea of Kahinalaa, p. 37.

kai-ula-a-Kane, the Red Sea of Kane, p. 24.

kai-ula-a-Kane, the Red Sea of Kane, p. 24.

kaiuli, the deep sea.

kaiuli, the ocean depths.

kai waena, middle post (of a house), p. 223.

kai waena, middle post (of a house), p. 223.

Kakelekele, hydropathic cure, p. 126.

Kakelekele, spa treatment, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

kala, a species of fish.

kala, a type of fish.

Ka lae o ka ilio, the dog’s forehead, p. 240.

Ka lae o ka ilio, the dog's forehead, p. 240.

Ka lae o ka laau, p. 240.

Ka lae o ka laau, p. 240.

Kalana-i hau-ola (Kalana with the life-giving dew), the primeval home of mankind, p. 17.

Kalana-i hau-ola (Kalana with the life-giving dew), the original home of humanity, p. 17.

kalo, the well-known vegetable of Hawaii, a species of Arum esculentum; Colocasia antiquorum, p. 131.

kalo, the famous vegetable from Hawaii, a type of Arum esculentum; Colocasia antiquorum, p. 131.

kamaainas, original inhabitants, p. 140.

locals, original inhabitants, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

kamani tree, Calophyllum inophyllum, p. 72.

kamani tree, Calophyllum inophyllum, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

kanaka, a man; the general name of men, women, and children of all classes, in distinction from animals.

kanaka, a person; the general term for men, women, and children of all backgrounds, distinguishing them from animals.

Kanaka-maoli, the people living on the mainland of Kane (Aina kumupuaa a Kane), p. 22.

Kanaka-maoli, the people living on the mainland of Kane (Aina kumupuaa a Kane), p. 22.

Kane, sunlight, p. 15.

Kane, sunlight, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

kanekoa, a deity, p. 184. [280]

kanekoa, a god, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Kane-laa-uli, the fallen chief, he who fell on account of the tree, p. 17.

Kane-laa-uli, the fallen chief, the one who fell because of the tree, p. 17.

Kanikau, lamentation, p. 181.

Kanikau, grieving, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

ka one lauena a Kane, p. 24.

ka one lauena a Kane, p. 24.

kapa, the cloth beaten from the bark of the paper mulberry, also from the bark of several other trees; hence, cloth of any kind; clothing generally.

Kapa is the cloth made by beating the bark of the paper mulberry tree and also the bark from various other trees; therefore, it refers to cloth in general and clothing overall.

Kapapahanaumoku, the island bearing rock or stratum, p. 49.

Kapapahanaumoku, the island made of rock or layers, p. 49.

ka poe keo keo maoli, p. 22.

ka poe keo keo maoli, p. 22.

kapu, sacred.

kapu, holy.

kapu-hoano, sacred or holy days, p. 24.

kapu-hoano, sacred or holy days, p. 24.

kapuku, the restoration to life of the dead, p. 151.

kapuku, bringing the dead back to life, p. 151.

Ka Punahou, the new spring, p. 37.

Ka Punahou, the new spring, p. 37.

Kauakiowao, Mountain Mist, p. 133.

Kauakiowao, Mountain Mist, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kauawaahila, Waahila Rain, p. 133.

Kauawaahila, Waahila Rain, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

kau i ka lele, p. 209.

you in the flight, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

ki-wai-ola-loa-a-Kane, p. 23.

ki-wai-ola-loa-a-Kane, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

kawelewele, guiding-ropes, p. 115.

kawelewele, guiding ropes, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Keakeomilu, the liver of Milu, p. 56.

Keakeomilu, the liver of Milu, p. 56.

keawemanhili, a deity, p. 184,

keawemanhili, a deity, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__,

Keinohoomanawanui, a sloven, one persistently unclean, p. 88.

Keinohoomanawanui, a slob, someone who is always messy, p. 88.

Ke po-lua ahi, the pit of fire, inferno, p. 18.

Ke po-lua ahi, the fire pit, inferno, p. 18.

Ke ue nei au ia olua, I grieve for you two, p. 41.

I'm grieving for you two, I grieve for you two, p. 41.

ki, a plant having a saccharine root, the leaves of which are used for wrapping up bundles of food; the leaves are also used as food for cattle and for thatching.

ki, a plant with a sweet root, whose leaves are used to wrap bundles of food; the leaves are also used as feed for cattle and for roofing.

kihei, a mantle worn over the shoulders.

kihei, a cloak worn over the shoulders.

kilu, play, or game, p. 127.

kilu, play, or game, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

koa tree, Acacia koa.

koa tree, Acacia koa.

ko’a aina aumakua, fishing-station, p. 229.

ko’a aina aumakua, fishing station, p. 229.

ko’a ia, fishing-station.

ko’a ia, fishing spot.

ko’a ku-ula, p. 227.

ko’a ku-ula, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

ko’a lawaia, fishing-station, p. 222.

ko’a lawaia, fishing spot, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

koali, same as kowali.

koali, same as kowali.

koas, fighting men, p. 157.

Koas, warriors, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

koele, a small division of land; hence, a field planted by the tenants for a landlord; a garden belonging to the chief, but cultivated by his people, p. 260.

koele, a small piece of land; therefore, a field planted by tenants for a landlord; a garden owned by the chief, but tended to by his people, p. 260.

kohola, a reef.

kohola, a coral reef.

kolea, plover, p. 71.

kolea, plover, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

kona, a severe storm that comes up from the equator, p. 183.

kona, a powerful storm that develops near the equator, p. 183.

konane, a game like checkers.

konane, a game similar to checkers.

Konohiki, feudal lord, a head man with others under him.

Konohiki, a feudal lord, is a leader with others beneath him.

konohili, wife of a feudal lord, p. 87. [281]

konohili, wife of a feudal lord, p. 87. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

kou, a large shade tree growing mostly near the sea, p. 161.

kou, a big shade tree typically found near the ocean, p. 161.

kowali, convolvulus vine, a swing made of these vines, p. 46.

kowali, bindweed vine, a swing made from these vines, p. 46.

Ku, Substance.

Ku, Substance.

ku, arose, p. 24.

ku, emerged, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

kuaha, a stone-paved platform, p. 156.

kuaha, a stone-paved platform, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ku-Kaua-Kahi, a triad—the Fundamental Supreme Unity, p. 15.

Ku-Kaua-Kahi, a triad—the Fundamental Supreme Unity, p. 15.

kukini, trained runner.

kukini, trained athlete.

kuko, to wish, to lust, p. 89.

kuko, to desire, to crave, p. 89.

kukui tree, Aleurites molluccana, p. 88.

kukui tree, Aleurites molluccana, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kulu-ipo, the fallen chief, he who fell on account of the tree, p. 17.

Kulu-ipo, the fallen chief, the one who fell because of the tree, p. 17.

kumukahi, east wind, p. 41.

kumukahi, east wind, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kumu-uli, the fallen tree, he who fell on account of the tree, p. 17.

Kumu-uli, the fallen tree, the one who fell because of the tree, p. 17.

kupa, native born person, p. 271.

kupa, someone born in the region, p. 271.

Kupapau o Puupehe, Tomb of Puupehe, p. 181.

Kupapau o Puupehe, Tomb of Puupehe, p. 181.

kupua, demigod, p. 43.

kupua, demigod, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

ku-ula, fishing-station.

ku-ula, fishing spot.

Lae, cape (of land), p. 148.

Lae, a cape (of land), p. 148.

la-i leaves, dracæna leaves.

la-i leaves, dracaena leaves.

laka loa, p. 216.

laka loa, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

lalo puhaka, p. 16.

lalo puhaka, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

lama, a forest tree (Maba sandwicensis) which has very hard wood, p. 258.

lama, a forest tree (Maba sandwicensis) known for its extremely hard wood, p. 258.

lana, floating, p. 20.

lana, floating, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

lanai, arbor, p. 150.

lanai, pergola, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

lau, four hundred, p. 190.

lau, 400, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

lauele, a species of turnip.

lauele, a type of turnip.

lawalu, to cook meat on the coals wrapped in ki leaves, p. 147.

lawalu, to grill meat over coals wrapped in ki leaves, p. 147.

leho, kauri shell.

Leho, kauri shell.

lehoula, a species of leho of a red color, a red shell-fish.

lehoula, a type of leho that is red, a red shellfish.

lehua tree, Metrosideros polymorpha.

Lehua tree, Metrosideros polymorpha.

leiomano, shark’s tooth weapon, p. 203.

leiomano, shark tooth weapon, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

leis, wreaths.

leis, flower crowns.

lele, p. 150.

lele, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

lelekawa, to jump from the rocks into deep water, p. 256.

lelekawa, to leap from the rocks into deep water, p. 256.

lele kowali, p. 46.

lele kowali, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Lelepua, arrow flight, p. 88.

Lelepua, arrow flight, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

lepo ula, red earth, of which the body of the first man was made, p. 16.

lepo ula, red earth, from which the first man's body was formed, p. 16.

lilo ai kona ola a make iho la, p. 55.

he was living his life and then he died, p. 55.

limu, sea-moss, p. 242.

sea moss, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Lo Aikanaka, the last of the man-eating chiefs.

Lo Aikanaka, the final chief known for cannibalism.

lomilomi, to rub or chafe the body.

lomilomi, to massage or soothe the body.

Lono, Sound.

Lono, Sound.

lua, killing by breaking the bones, p. 142.

lua, killing by breaking the bones, p. 142.

Lua o Milu, the nether world, p. 46.

Lua o Milu, the underworld, p. 46.

luau, the kalo leaf; boiled herbs; young kalo leaves gathered and cooked for food. [282]

luau, the taro leaf; boiled herbs; young taro leaves collected and cooked for food. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

ma, a syllable signifying accompanying, together, etc., p. 54.

ma, a syllable meaning together, etc., p. 54.

maika, the name of a popular game; also, the stone used for rolling in that game, p. 157.

maika, the name of a popular game; also, the stone used for rolling in that game, p. 157.

mai ka po mia, from the time of night, darkness, chaos, p. 15.

mai ka po mia, from the time of night, darkness, chaos, p. 15.

mai, komo mai, p. 78.

come in, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

maile, Alyxia olivaeformis, p. 120; fine-leaved variety, Maile laulii, p. 95.

maile, Alyxia olivaeformis, p. 120; fine-leaved variety, Maile laulii, p. 95.

makaha, floodgates, p. 142.

makaha, floodgates, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

makahelei, drawn eyes, p. 120.

makahelei, drawn eyes, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

makahiki, the name of the first day of the year, p. 270.

makahiki, the name of the first day of the year, p. 270.

makai, seaward, p. 217.

makai, toward the sea, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Makakehau, Misty Eyes, p. 182.

Makakehau, Misty Eyes, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

malailua, goats without horns, such as were found on Mauna Loa, p. 24.

malailua, hornless goats like those found on Mauna Loa, p. 24.

malau, a place in the sea where the water is still and quiet; a place where the bait for the aku or bonito is found, p. 246.

malau, a calm and quiet spot in the sea; a place where you can find bait for the aku or bonito, p. 246.

malos, girdles worn by the males.

malos, belts worn by the men.

mamani, p. 173.

mom, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

manaiaakalani, p. 218.

manaiaakalani, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

mana kupua, miraculous power, p. 215.

mana kupua, miraculous power, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

manawa ole, in no time, p. 110; in a short time, p. 113.

manawa ole, before you know it, p. 110; in a little while, p. 113.

manienie-akiaki, a medicinal grass of the olden time, p. 135.

manienie-akiaki, a healing herb from ancient times, p. 135.

manini, a species of fish caught by diving, p. 250.

manini, a type of fish caught by diving, p. 250.

mano, dam, p. 110.

hand, dam, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

manohae, a ravenous shark, p. 259.

manohae, a hungry shark, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

maoli, a species of banana; the long, dark-colored plantain, p. 150.

maoli, a type of banana; the long, dark-colored plantain, p. 150.

mauka, inland.

mauka, towards the land.

Milu, inferno.

Milu, hell.

Moi, sovereign, p. 186.

Hi, sovereign, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

moi, a species of fish of a white color.

moi, a type of white fish.

moo, a general name for all lizards, a serpent.

moo, a general term for all lizards, a snake.

Moo-kapu, sacred lands, p. 210.

Moo-kapu, sacred land, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

mua, p. 258.

makeup artist, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Na akua aumakua o ka poe kahuna kalai waa, p. 216.

To the ancestral spirits of the canoe carvers, p. 216.

nae, the farther side, p. 116.

no, the other side, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

na-u, jessamine, gardenia.

na-u, jasmine, gardenia.

noa, pertaining to the lower class of people, p. 135.

noa, relating to the lower class of people, p. 135.

O haehae ka manu, ke ale nei ka wai, p. 95.

Oh the bird, the water is flowing, p. 95.

ohelo, a species of small reddish berry; the Hawaiian whortleberry, p. 182.

ohelo, a type of small reddish berry; the Hawaiian whortleberry, p. 182.

ohia, native apple.

ohia, local apple.

ohia hemolele, the sacred apple-tree, p. 17.

ohia hemolele, the sacred apple tree, p. 17.

ohiki-makaloa, long-eyed sand-crabs, p. 70. [283]

ohiki-makaloa, long-eyed sand crabs, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

ohua, the name given to the young of the manini fish.

ohua, the term used for the young of the manini fish.

Oi-e, Most Excellent, p. 15.

Hey, Most Excellent, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Oio, p. 48.

Hey, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

oio, a species of fish.

oio, a type of fish.

oo, digger, p. 52.

oo, excavator, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

oopu, a species of small fish living in fresh water rivers and ponds.

oopu is a type of small fish that lives in freshwater rivers and ponds.

opae, a small fish; a shrimp; a crab.

opae, a tiny fish; a shrimp; a crab.

opihi-koele, a species of shell-fish, p. 224.

opihi-koele, a type of shellfish, p. 224.

opihis, shell-fish, p. 70.

opihis, shellfish, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

pa, wall, p. 157.

pa, wall, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

pa, fish-hook, p. 247.

pa, fish hook, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

pa hi aku, fish-pearl.

fish-pearl

pahoa, stone hatchet.

pahoa, stone axe.

pahoehoe, smooth, shining lava.

Pahoehoe, smooth, glossy lava.

pahonua, place of refuge, p. 156.

Pahonua, a place of refuge, p. 156.

pahoola, a remnant, a piece, p. 56.

pahoola, a leftover, a part, p. 56.

pahu kaeke, p. 186.

clay drum, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

paiula, the royal red kapa of old, p 145.

paiula, the royal red kapa of old, p 145.

pakai, an herb used for food in time of scarcity.

pakai, an herb used as food during times of scarcity.

pakui, a house joined to a house above—that is, a tower, p. 158.

pakui, a house connected to another house above—that is, a tower, p. 158.

pala, ripe, soft; also, as a noun, a vegetable used as food in time of scarcity.

pala, ripe, soft; also, as a noun, a vegetable eaten during times of scarcity.

pale, a director, p. 115.

pale, a director, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

pali, precipice.

pali, cliff.

Pali-uli (the blue mountain), the primeval home of mankind, p. 17.

Pali-uli (the blue mountain), the original home of humanity, p. 17.

palolo, whitish clay, of which the head of the first man was made, p. 16.

palolo, whitish clay, used to create the head of the first man, p. 16.

pani, a stoppage, a closing up, that which stops or closes.

pani, a halt, an ending, that which prevents or shuts down.

papa holua, a flat sled, p. 40.

papa holua, a flat sled, p. 40.

pa-u, skirt.

pa-u, skirt.

pihoihoi loa, p. 206.

long ago, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

pili, the long, coarse grass used in thatching houses, p. 158.

pili, the long, rough grass used for thatching roofs, p. 158.

pipipi, p. 54.

pipipi, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

po, night, chaos, pp. 15, 49.

po, night, chaos, pp. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

poe poi-uhane, spirit catchers, p. 129.

poe poi-uhane, spirit catchers, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

pohaku-ia, fish stone, p. 241.

pohaku-ia, fish stone, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

poi, the paste or pudding which was formerly the chief food of the Hawaiians, and still is so to a great extent. It is made of kalo, sweet potatoes, or breadfruit, but mostly of kalo, by baking the above articles in an underground oven, and then peeling or pounding them, adding a little water; it is then left in a mass to ferment; after fermentation, it is again worked over with more water until it has the consistency of thick paste. It is eaten cold with the fingers. [284]

Poi is a paste or pudding that used to be the main food for Hawaiians and still is for many. It’s made from kalo, sweet potatoes, or breadfruit, but mostly from kalo. The ingredients are baked in an underground oven, then peeled or pounded with a bit of water added; it's left to ferment. After fermentation, it's worked again with more water until it reaches a thick, paste-like consistency. It’s eaten cold using your fingers. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Po-ia-milu, inferno, p. 18.

Po-ia-milu, hell, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Po-kini-kini, inferno, p. 18.

Pokémon, inferno, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Po-kua-kini, inferno, p. 18.

Po-kua-kini, inferno, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

po o akua, p. 205.

po o akua, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Po-papa-ia-owa, inferno, p. 18.

Po-papa-ia-owa, hell, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Po-pau-ole, inferno, p. 18.

Pop culture, inferno, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

popolo, a plant sometimes eaten in times of scarcity, also used as a medicine.

popolo, a plant sometimes eaten during times of shortage, also used for medicinal purposes.

pouhana, end post (of a house).

pouhana, the end post (of a house).

poumanu, corner post (of a house), p. 210.

poumanu, corner post (of a house), p. 210.

pou o manu, corner post (of a house), p. 223.

pou o manu, corner post (of a house), p. 223.

pu, head, p. 115.

pu, head, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

puaa, a hog, p. 16.

Puaa, a hog, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

puhala, the hala tree, p. 233.

puhala, the hala tree, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

puhi, eel, sea snake.

puhi, eel, sea snake.

puholoholo, to cook (food) by rolling with hot stones in a covered gourd, p. 135.

puholoholo, to cook (food) by rolling with hot stones in a covered gourd, p. 135.

puloulou, sign of kapu, p. 119.

puloulou, sign of kapu, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

puni ka hiamoe, p. 81.

puni ka hiamoe, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

puoa, a burial tower, p. 148.

puoa, a burial tower, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Reinga, the leaping place, p. 50.

Reinga, the gateway, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

tapa, p. 144.

tapa, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ua, rain, p. 169.

Ua, rain, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

ua haki ka pule, p. 208.

your rights to pray, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

ueue, bait, p. 225.

queue, bait, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

uhae ia, p. 134.

uhae ia, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

uhu, a species of fish about the size of the salmon, p. 241.

uhu, a type of fish roughly the size of a salmon, p. 241.

uki, a plant or shrub sometimes used in thatching; a species of grass, p. 98.

uki, a plant or shrub sometimes used for roofing; a type of grass, p. 98.

uku, a species of fish.

uku, a type of fish.

Ulu kapu a Kane, the breadfruit tabooed for Kane, p. 17.

Ulu kapu a Kane, the breadfruit designated for Kane, p. 17.

uo, a part of the process of feather cloak making, p. 155.

uo, a part of the process of making a feather cloak, p. 155.

uwau, a species of bird; a kind of waterfowl.

uwau, a type of bird; a kind of waterfowl.

waa, canoe, p. 194.

waa, canoe, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

waa halau, see He waa halau Alii o ka Moku.

waa halau, see He waa halau Alii o ka Moku.

Wai a Hiku, water of Hiku, p. 44

Wai a Hiku, water of Hiku, p. 44

Waiakoloa, p. 192.

Waiakoloa, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wai nao, the spittle of the gods, p. 16.

Wai nao, the spit of the gods, p. 16.

waoke, banana, p. 79.

waoke, banana, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wawa ka Menehune i Puukapele, ma Kauai, puohu ka manu o ka loko o Kawainui ma Koolaupoko, Oahu, the hum of the voices of the Menehunes at Puukapele, Kauai, startled the birds of the pond of Kawainui, at Koolaupoko, Oahu, p. 111.

The Menehunes at Puukapele on Kauai stirred the birds at the Kawainui pond in Koolaupoko, Oahu, the hum of their voices surprising the wildlife nearby, p. 111.

wiliwili tree, Erythrina monosperma, p. 121. [285]

wiliwili tree, Erythrina monosperma, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Hawaiian Yesterdays

By Dr. Henry M. Lyman

By Dr. Henry M. Lyman

“Belongs to the small and choice class of books which were written for the mere joy of calling back days that are past, and with little thought that other eyes than those of the most intimate friends of the writer would ever read the pages in which he had set down the memories of his childhood and youth. In this instance the childhood and youth were passed among the most unusual surroundings, and the memories are such as no one born of the present generation can ever hope to have. Dr. Lyman was born in Hilo in 1835, the child of missionary parents. With an artistic touch which has placed the sketches just published among ‘the books which are books,’ he has given an unequaled picture of a boyhood lived under tropical skies. As I read on and on through his delightful pages memories came back to me of three friends of my own childhood—‘Robinson Crusoe,’ ‘The Swiss Family Robinson,’ and ‘Masterman Ready’—and I would be glad to know that all, old and young, who have enjoyed those immortal tales would take to their hearts this last idyl of an island.”—Sara Andrew Shafer, in the N.Y. Times Saturday Review.

“Belongs to the small and select group of books written for the simple pleasure of recalling days gone by, with little thought that anyone other than the writer's closest friends would ever read the pages where he recorded the memories of his childhood and youth. In this case, the childhood and youth were spent in very unusual surroundings, and the memories are ones that no one from today’s generation can ever expect to have. Dr. Lyman was born in Hilo in 1835, the child of missionary parents. With an artistic touch that has placed the recently published sketches among ‘the books that matter,’ he has provided an unmatched depiction of a boyhood spent under tropical skies. As I read through his delightful pages, I was reminded of three friends from my own childhood—‘Robinson Crusoe,’ ‘The Swiss Family Robinson,’ and ‘Masterman Ready’—and I would be happy to know that everyone, young and old, who has enjoyed those timeless tales would cherish this latest idyl of an island.” —Sara Andrew Shafer, in the New York Times Saturday Review.

“It is a delicious addition to the pleasanter, less serious literature about Hawaii... A record of the recollections of the first eighteen years of a boy’s life, in Hawaii, where that life was ushered into being. They are told after the mellowing lapse of half a century, which has been very full of satisfying labors in an ennobling profession... Pure boyhood recollections, unadulterated by later visits to the scenes in which they had their birth”—The Hawaiian Star.

“It’s a delightful addition to the lighter, more enjoyable literature about Hawaii... A account of the memories of a boy’s first eighteen years in Hawaii, where his life began. These stories are shared after the soothing passage of fifty years, which have been filled with rewarding work in a noble profession... Genuine childhood memories, untouched by later visits to the places where they originated”—The Hawaiian Star.

“‘Hawaiian Yesterdays’ is a book you will like to read. Whatever else it is, every page of it is in its own way literature.... It is because of this characteristic, the perfect blending of memory and imagination, that these personal descriptive reminiscences of the childhood and early youth of the author in the Hawaiian Islands, in the times of those marvelous missionary ventures and achievements near the beginning of the last century, that this book takes its place as literature.”—Chicago Evening Post. [286]

“‘Hawaiian Yesterdays’ is a book you'll enjoy reading. Regardless of anything else, every page is unique literature.... It’s due to this quality—the perfect mix of memory and imagination—that these personal descriptive memories of the author's childhood and early youth in the Hawaiian Islands, during the remarkable missionary efforts and achievements at the start of the last century, earn this book its status as literature.”—Chicago Evening Post. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Keeping the more serious and sometimes tragic elements in the background, the book gives, in a most interesting way, the youthful impressions and occupations and amusements of the writer. Indeed, not a few of his pages, in their graphic account of ingenious adaptation of means to ends, are agreeably reminiscent—unintentionally reminiscent, no doubt—of that classic of our childhood, ‘The Swiss Family Robinson.’ Could a reviewer bestow higher praise.”—The Dial.

“While the more serious and sometimes tragic elements take a backseat, the book interestingly captures the youthful experiences, activities, and fun of the writer. In fact, several of his pages, with their vivid descriptions of clever problem-solving, surprisingly remind us—though likely unintentionally—of our childhood classic, ‘The Swiss Family Robinson.’ Could any reviewer offer higher praise?”—The Dial.

“The author gives some delightful pictures of the islands, the people and the manner of living. There is a good deal of life and color and much interesting statement, particularly as to the life of the kings and queens who ruled like despots over the tiny kingdom.”—Philadelphia Inquirer.

“The author presents some charming descriptions of the islands, the people, and their way of life. There is a lot of vibrancy and color, along with many captivating insights, especially about the lives of the kings and queens who ruled like tyrants over the small kingdom.” —Philadelphia Inquirer.

“Evidently the author, even in boyhood, had a boundless love and admiration for the works of nature, for some of his descriptions of that wonderfully creviced and volcano-studded land are truly marvelous in their vivid and beautiful portrayal.”—Oregon Journal.

“Clearly, the author had a deep love and admiration for the wonders of nature, even as a child, because some of his descriptions of that incredibly fractured and volcano-filled land are truly amazing in their vivid and beautiful representation.”—Oregon Journal.

“If one desires to obtain an impression of the inside of the mission work which transformed the character of the Sandwich Islanders, as they used to be known, from heathenism to Christianity, he will find it in this interesting volume. It is a description of conditions in the Hawaiian Islands at the time when American missionaries were establishing their work.”—The Standard.

“If you want to get a sense of the mission work that changed the character of the Sandwich Islanders, as they were once called, from paganism to Christianity, you’ll find it in this fascinating book. It describes the situation in the Hawaiian Islands when American missionaries were starting their work.” —The Standard.

“The volume is unique in that it relates to a period about which American readers have known little.”—Boston Transcript.

“The book is unique because it connects to a time that American readers have known very little about.”—Boston Transcript.

With numerous illustrations from photographs

With many illustrations from photos

$2.00 net

$2.00 net

A. C. McClurg & Co., Publishers

A. C. McClurg & Co., Publishers



        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!